advertisement
TECHNICAL MANUAL
Sigma
CD IOT Transmitters
© Copyright HARRIS CORPORATION
1998, 1999 All rights reserved
Returns And Exchanges
Damaged or undamaged equipment should not be returned unless written approval and a Return
Authorization is received from HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Division. Special shipping instructions and coding will be provided to assure proper handling. Complete details regarding circumstances and reasons for return are to be included in the request for return. Custom equipment or special order equipment is not returnable. In those instances where return or exchange of equipment is at the request of the customer, or convenience of the customer, a restocking fee will be charged. All returns will be sent freight prepaid and properly insured by the customer. When communicating with
HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Division, specify the HARRIS Order Number or Invoice
Number.
Unpacking
Carefully unpack the equipment and preform a visual inspection to determine that no apparent damage was incurred during shipment. Retain the shipping materials until it has been determined that all received equipment is not damaged. Locate and retain all PACKING CHECK LISTs. Use the PACK-
ING CHECK LIST to help locate and identify any components or assemblies which are removed for shipping and must be reinstalled. Also remove any shipping supports, straps, and packing materials prior to initial turn on.
Technical Assistance
HARRIS Technical and Troubleshooting assistance is available from HARRIS Field Service during normal business hours (8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Central Time). Emergency service is available 24 hours a day. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the Field Service Department or address correspondence to
Field Service Department, HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290,
Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290, USA. The HARRIS factory may also be contacted through a FAX facility
(217/222-7041) or a TELEX service (650/372-2976).
Replaceable Parts Service
Replacement parts are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week from the HARRIS Service Parts
Department. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the service parts department or address correspondence to Service Parts Department, HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290,
Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290, USA. The HARRIS factory may also be contacted through a FAX facility
(217/222-7041) or a TELEX service (650/372-2976).
NOTE
The # symbol used in the parts list means used with (e.g. #C001 = used with C001)
.
WARNING
THE CURRENTS AND VOLTAGES IN THIS EQUIPMENT ARE DANGEROUS. PER-
SONNEL MUST AT ALL TIMES OBSERVE SAFETY WARNINGS, INSTRUCTIONS
AND REGULATIONS.
This manual is intended as a general guide for trained and qualified personnel who are aware of the dangers inherent in handling potentially hazardous electrical/electronic circuits. It is not intended to contain a complete statement of all safety precautions which should be observed by personnel in using this or other electronic equipment.
The installation, operation, maintenance and service of this equipment involves risks both to personnel and equipment, and must be performed only by qualified personnel exercising due care. HARRIS CORPORATION shall not be responsible for injury or damage resulting from improper procedures or from the use of improperly trained or inexperienced personnel performing such tasks.
During installation and operation of this equipment, local building codes and fire protection standards must be observed. The following National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards are recommended as reference:
- Automatic Fire Detectors, No. 72E
- Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, No. 10
- Halogenated Fire Extinguishing Agent Systems, No. 12A
WARNING
ALWAYS DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING COVERS, DOORS, ENCLO-
SURES, GATES, PANELS OR SHIELDS.
ALWAYS USE GROUNDING STICKS AND
SHORT OUT HIGH VOLTAGE POINTS BEFORE SERVICING. NEVER MAKE INTER-
NAL ADJUSTMENTS, PERFORM MAINTENANCE OR SERVICE WHEN ALONE OR
WHEN FATIGUED.
Do not remove, short-circuit or tamper with interlock switches on access covers, doors, enclosures, gates, panels or shields.
Keep away from live circuits, know your equipment and don’t take chances.
WARNING
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ENSURE THAT POWER HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED.
WARNING
IF OIL FILLED OR ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS ARE UTILIZED IN YOUR EQUIP-
MENT, AND IF A LEAK OR BULGE IS APPARENT ON THE CAPACITOR CASE
WHEN THE UNIT IS OPENED FOR SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE, ALLOW THE
UNIT TO COOL DOWN BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO REMOVE THE DEFECTIVE CA-
PACITOR. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE A DEFECTIVE CAPACITOR WHILE IT
IS HOT DUE TO THE POSSIBILITY OF A CASE RUPTURE AND SUBSEQUENT IN-
JURY.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
i
ii 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
FIRST-AID
Personnel engaged in the installation, operation, maintenance or servicing of this equipment are urged to become familiar with first-aid theory and practices. The following information is not intended to be complete first-aid procedures, it is a brief and is only to be used as a reference. It is the duty of all personnel using the equipment to be prepared to give adequate
Emergency First Aid and thereby prevent avoidable loss of life.
Treatment of Electrical Burns
1.
Extensive burned and broken skin a.
Cover area with clean sheet or cloth. (Cleanest available cloth article.) b.
Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or apply any salve or ointment.
c.
Treat victim for shock as required.
d.
Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.
e.
If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.
NOTE
If medical help will not be available within an hour and the victim is conscious and not vomiting, give him a weak solution of salt and soda:
1 level teaspoonful of salt and 1/2 level teaspoonful of baking soda to each quart of water (neither hot or cold). Allow victim to sip slowly about 4 ounces (a half of glass) over a period of 15 minutes. Discontinue fluid if vomiting occurs. (Do not give alcohol.)
2.
Less severe burns - (1st & 2nd degree) a.
Apply cool (not ice cold) compresses using the cleanest available cloth article.
b.
Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or apply salve or ointment.
c.
Apply clean dry dressing if necessary.
d.
Treat victim for shock as required.
e.
Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.
f.
If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.
REFERENCE:
ILLINOIS HEART ASSOCIATION
AMERICAN RED CROSS STANDARD FIRST AID AND PERSONAL SAFETY MANUAL (SECOND
EDITION)
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
iii
Section I
Introduction
Scope and Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Transmitter Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Beam Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Optional Dry High Voltage Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
System Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
CD 1A Exciter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Exciter Switcher (Refer to Technical Manual 988-
2426-001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Amplifier Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
AGC and UHF Linearizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Intermediate Power Amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Feed Forward Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
EEV IOT Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
CPI Klystrode Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
IOT Crowbar Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Size and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Heat Load Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Section II
Installation and Check Out
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Delivery And Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Returns And Exchanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Equipment Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
High Voltage Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Dry High Voltage Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Equipment Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Typical Station Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Beam Supplies, Pump Module And Heat Exchanger
Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Line Control Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
RF System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
RF System Mounting Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Optional Patch Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
RF System Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Optional Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) . . . . . . . . 2-6
Transmitter Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Placing and Joining Transmitter Cabinets . . . . . . . . 2-6
EEV IOT Uncrating and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
CPI Klystrode Uncrating and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Magnet Assembly Handling and Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Transmitter Transmission Line Height Adjustment . . . . 2-7
Installation of Optional Patch Panel (Single
Amplifier System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Equipment Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Interconnecting Transmission Line and Wave guide . . . 2-8
RF Line Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Plumbing System Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Table of Contents
Guidelines For Installing Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Conduit And Electrical Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
PA Cabinet Internal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Crowbar Assembly Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Cable and Wire Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Rear Cabinet Control Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
CPI IOT High Voltage Umbilical Interconnect . . 2-13
Signal Interconnects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Single IPA Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Dual IPA Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Sigma CD Checkout Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Automatic Voltage Regulator Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Control Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
RF System/Mode Controller Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Line Control Cabinet Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Indicator LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Check Interlocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
System Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Setup TX Output Feeder Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Amplifier Cubicle PCB links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
3 Phase supply Present. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Cabinet Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Collector Over-temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Collector Current Calibration/Overload . . . . . . . . 2-18
Body Current Calibration/Overload . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Cavity Air Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Collector Cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
EEV and CPI Minimum Coolant Flow Rates. . . . 2-19
External Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Motor Overload:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Ion Current (Calibration/Overload) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Bias Current (Calibration/Overload) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
IPA Power Supply Set-up And Balance . . . . . . . . 2-20
Filament Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Ion Pump Current Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Focus Current Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Cavity Arc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
3 or 4 Shot Overloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
HV Step Start. (2nd step fail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Crowbar Filament Voltage Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Pretuning IOT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crowbar Protection Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
First HV Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Tube Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Section III
Operators Guide
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Routine Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Daily Turn On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Single-Button Daily Turn-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Daily Turn Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Black Heat or Background Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
System Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
iv 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Operational Mode and Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
NORMAL Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Mode Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Exciter Switcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Amplifier Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Amplifier Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Amplifier NORMAL Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Amplifier FAULT Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Lockout Reset & Indicator Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
PA Tube and Driver Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Linearizer Meter Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Isolated Meter Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Line Control Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER RESET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Flow Guages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Pump Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Section IV
Theory of Operation
Control Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
System Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Remote Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Local Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Control Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Status Readback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Meter Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Amp Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Power Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Digital Pot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
System Interface Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Amplifier Interface 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Exciter/External Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Forward, VSWR, and Reject Power metering . . . . 4-3
Mode Controller General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Mode Controller Detailed Circuit Description . . . . . . . . 4-3
Mode Controller Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Control Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Drive and Tally Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Control Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Status I/P Matrix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Line Stretch Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Multiplex Mode Decode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Set O/P Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Exciter Switcher Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Amplifier Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
FAULT Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Fault protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Power metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Remote control and monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Line Control Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Remote Shunt Trip Reset P.C.B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Unitized High Voltage Beam Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Theory of Operation: HV Power Supply 380/415 V
50Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
HV Contactor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Control Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
HV Rectifier Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Theory of Operation: Contactor and Circuit Breaker
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Contactor Driver PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
IOT Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Focus PSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Focus Current Overload PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Theory of Operation: Isolated Supplies PCB . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Heater Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Heater Proving Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Ion Pump Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Ion Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Ion Current Sensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Grid Bias Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Bias Volts Proving Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Bias Current Sensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Crowbar General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Crowbar Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Crowbar Detailed Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Floating Deck Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
IOT LOGIC Circuit description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Digital and Analog Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Power Supply Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Power Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Forward Power and IPA power metering. . . . . . . . 4-12
Reflected Power Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
IPA Power Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Crowbar Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Status Inputs 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Open Collector Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Digital and Analog Interface PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
LEDs (Description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Link Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Logic and Control PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Remote Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
System Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Control Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Collector Cooling timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Cavity Cooling Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
120 Second Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
B-Heat Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Standby Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Fault counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Contactor Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Led Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Power Selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
IOT logic link positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Theory Of Operation: IOT AGC & UHF LINEAR-
IZER 992-9881-001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Theory Of Operation: Feed Forward Correction. . . . . . . . 4-20
Error Signal Path. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
v
Section V
Maintenance
General Transmitter Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Equipment Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Weekly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Electrical Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Monthly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Electrical Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Transmitter Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Biannual Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Heat Exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
IOT Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Interior Transmitter Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Electrical Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Beam Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Annual Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
IOT/Thyratron Ceramic Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cavity Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Beam Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Glycol System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Fiberglass Insulators (G-10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Water Flow Rate Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
IPA and Cavity Air Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Thyratron Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Thyratron Tube Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
IOT Removal/Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Transmission Line Breakaway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Disassembly/Assembly When Other IOTs
NOT Operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Tube Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
IOT Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
IOT Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
RF Linearizer Initial Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
DTV Power Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Output VSWR foldback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
DTV Feed Forward Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Power Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Precision Directional Coupler Method Calculations . . . . 5-8
Control and Support Systems:
Testing and Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
AC Control Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Voltage Measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
BK Heater Voltage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Heater Voltage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Magnet Current Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Heater Time Delay Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Focus Current Interlock Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Collector Current/Metering Calibration & Overload
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Bias current overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
ION Pump Current Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
VSWR Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
ARC Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
vi
Cabinet Overtemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
HV second step fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Collector Over Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Crowbar Fired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Motor O/L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
IOT Beam Current Adj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Heat Exchanger Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Section VI
Troubleshooting
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Technical Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Safety Precautions to Observe While Troubleshooting . . . 6-1
Cabinet Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Component Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Section VII
Parts List
Appendix A
Cutting and Soldering Transmission Line
Suggested Procedure For Cutting And Soldering
Transmission Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-1
Cutting The Transmission Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-1
Soldering Transmission Line Flanges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-3
Soldering Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-3
Cleaning The Soldered Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-4
Alternate Cleaning Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-4
Appendix B
Lightning Protection Recommendation
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-1
Enviornmental Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-1
What Can Be Done? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-1
AC Service Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-2
Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . b-3
Appendix C
Surge and Lightning Protection and Grounding Considerations
Surge and Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1
System Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1
Ground Wires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1
AC Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-1
DC Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-2
Earth Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-2
RF Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c-2
Appendix D
Heat Exchanger System
General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
Equipment Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
Major Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
Equipment Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
Mechanical/Environmental Characteristics . . . . . . . d-1
Recommended Coolants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
During Checkout and Flushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
During Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-1
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2
Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-2
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Installation of Externally Mounted Fluid Cooler . . . . . . d-3
Ice/Sun Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Pipe Sizing and Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Plumbing System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Reserve Coolant Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Clean-Up Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Pump Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-3
Fan Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-4
Start Up Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-4
Glycol Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-4
Pump Performance Parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-6
Description of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-7
Temperature Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-7
External Fluid Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8
Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8
Preventative Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d-8
Appendix E
Calorimetric Measurement (OPTION)
General Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-1
Measuring the Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-1
Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-2
Transmitter Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-3
Heat Transfer Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-3
Ethylene Glycol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e-3
Appendix F
Vendor Data
Appendix G
Beam Supply
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
vii
viii 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1.1
Scope and Purpose
This technical manual contains information necessary to install and maintain the Sigma
CD
Transmitter. This includes the following:
• Control cabinet
•
Amplifier cabinet
• Line control cabinet
•
Cooling system/pump module
•
Optional dry high voltage power supply
A separate drawing package for the above transmitter and internal assemblies is supplied by Harris.
Harris will also supply separate technical manuals for the CD
1A™ exciter, exciter switcher
, and RF systems (schematic
Section I
Introduction
drawings for the exciter switcher and RF systems are located in their respective manuals).
Information on the RF systems (balanced intermod filter and RF switching components), Break-away/harmonic filter and high voltage power supply will be supplied by the respective vendor companies.
The tube vendor will supply assembly instructions and factory test data with each tube.
1.2
General Description
This section provides a general description for the transmitter and associated components.
4/2/99
Figure 1-1. Basic IOT Transmitter Cabinets
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1-1
1-2
Figure 1-2. Single IOT Block Diagram
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4/2/99
Section I - Introduction
4/2/99
Figure 1-3. Multiple IOT Block Diagram
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1-3
1.2.1
Transmitter Cabinets
The SigmaCD™ transmitters include a single exciter/control cabinet and one or more power amplifier cabinets, depending on power level and configuration. The control cabinet houses one
(or optionally two) CD 1A™ exciter(s), optional exciter switcher, mode controller (for 2 or more PA cabinets), the system control logic, system interface board, and dc power supplies.
The power amplifier cabinet(s) (PA) contain the AGC & UHF linearizer, IPA stage, feed forward correction circuitry, the IOT assembly, thyratron crowbar assembly, isolated power supplies
(focus, ion, bias), cooling fans, and the amplifier control logic and supplies. Each PA cabinet is identical and can operate independently of the other PA cabinets.
CAUTION
ISOLATE THE AMPLIFIER AT THE INTERLOCK AND EARTHING
SWITCH PANEL LOCATED ON THE REAR PANEL OF THE CABI-
NET AND LOCK OUT THE BREAKERS AT THE LINE CONTROL
CABINET. BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR SERVICING ANY COM-
PONENTS LOCATED IN THIS AREA.
1.2.2
1-4
Switch Off Sequence
Refer to vendor manual supplied with the unit.
Each PA cabinet has its own high voltage beam power supply.
This is an oil-filled outdoor unit with provisions for output voltage selection. Associated with each beam power supply is an ac line control cabinet. The line control cabinet provides the ac distribution for each PA cabinet and includes the step-start circuit that applies ac to the high voltage beam supply in two steps. The purpose of the step start sequence is to limit the beam supply initial inrush current.
1.2.3
Beam Supplies
Optional Dry High Voltage Supplies
Where required, optional dry, air cooled indoor high voltage beam supplies are available. These supplies are controlled by the line control cabinets in the same manner as the oil filled beam supplies.
1.2.4
Cooling
A single stage, self contained, open loop water/glycol system is provided for liquid cooled IOT versions.
The water/glycol mixture prevents freeze damage during operation in cold climates. A 50% glycol ratio is required to provide the proper dielectric for water column load. For warm climates, an optional closed loop water system is available. Resistive test loads will be provided for use with water only systems. Dual pumps and outdoor fan/coil units with multiple fans are standard equipment.
Heat exchangers are sized to cool the transmitter and all system reject/test loads under full operating power conditions.
Each PA cabinet has internal air cooling for the IOT cavities and
IPA.
1.2.5
System Control Panel
The control panel provides overall operating controls for a complete transmitter system. A typical transmitter system contains one control cabinet and one to four PA cabinets. On the system control panel, an LED below each control switch will light when its switch is pressed. If all amplifier states do not agree with the selection, the system control panel LED that agrees with the alternate amplifier state (amplifier with a different state) will be on or flash, depending on jumper selection. In the amplifier cabinet control panel where the unequal state exists, the LED that represents the actual state of that amplifier will be lit, and the
LED that represents the state of the system control panel will be off or flash, depending on jumper selection. An amplifier cabinet can be in a different state from the system control panel because it is in local (not remote) control, locked out due to a fault, or disabled.
The system control panel provides metering of overall transmitter output power, VSWR, reject power, power raise/lower control, and fault status reporting. Operational status controls include LOCAL/REMOTE, OFF, BKHEAT, STANDBY, and
BEAM.
The system control board has remote control inputs for OFF,
BKHEAT, STANDBY, BEAM, RESET and POWER RAISE and POWER LOWER via connector X6 on the system control
PCB. Remote system status monitoring outputs are are available from connectors X5 and X6 on the system interface PCB. Remote system analog outputs are are available from connector X15 on the system interface PCB.
Each amplifier has indication for output power normal, ready, and amplifier normal. If one or more of these are off, the cabinets ready LED on the system/amplifier control panel can be off or flashing, depending on jumper position.
System status LED indicators are provided for normal, ready and output power. Normal status indicators are green. Fault status indicators are red and provide the following information:
•
AMPLIFIER lockout
• EXCITER status
•
A (upper) RF level/data
• B (lower) RF level/data
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4/2/99
•
System VSWR
•
Reject power.
Up to 3 reject load circuits may be monitored, in order to accommodate the largest transmitter configuration. Monitoring selection is made by pressing a tactile push-button switch. A green LED indicates the which reject load is selected.
1.2.6
CD 1A
Exciter
Complete information on the Sigma
CD 1A™
exciter assembly is supplied separately as a service manual. The basic functions only are being discussed in the following paragraphs.
1.2.6.1
General Description
The Harris CD 1A™ exciter converts the digital input signal received from the ATSC transport layer to an RF signal on the operating channel. The ATSC transport layer signal may be from an encoder near the transmitter, or from a studio located elsewhere, delivered by microwave or other means.
The CD 1A™ exciter accommodates a SMPTE 310M format transport signal with an embedded clock.
The exciter processes this input into the on-channel 8VSB signal needed as drive for the transmitter amplifiers. Correction circuits in the exciter pre-distort linearity, phase, response and delay to compensate for errors which occur in the amplifiers, resulting in a low-distortion output signal from the transmitter with very low intermodulation products.
1.2.7
Exciter Switcher (Refer to Technical Manual
988-2426-001)
Complete information on the Sigma
CD
exciter switcher assembly is supplied separately as a service manual. Only the basic functions are discussed in the following paragraphs.
The exciter switcher is housed in a rack mount chassis, which is installed in the control cabinet, along with the exciters. Signal outputs from both exciters are connected to the switcher and one exciter’s output is selected and sent to the transmitter. Output from the reserve exciter is terminated in the exciter switcher.
Fault detection circuits in the exciter switcher monitor the fault signals from both exciters. Front panel indicator lights on the switcher signal fault conditions.
A front panel ON AIR EXCITER SELECT switch allows an operator to change exciters. An AUTO/MANUAL SELECT switch permits the operator to choose whether exciter selection is by manual or automatic operation. When in automatic operation, the exciter switcher changes exciters when a fault occurs in the selected exciter.
A remote control switch may be used to enable or disable control of the exciter switcher by controls located away from the transmitter.
1.2.8
Amplifier Control
Refer to Figure 1-5 System diagram.
Amplifier controls are provided for LOCAL, OFF, BK HEAT,
STANDBY, BEAM, RESET DISPLAY, and RESET LOCK-
OUT.
Section I - Introduction
Normal status indicators are green LEDs, and indication is provided for AC PRESENT, INTERNAL INTERLOCK, CAV-
ITY AIR, BK HEATER, BIAS VOLTS, ION PUMP, IPA AIR,
COLLECTOR COOLING, EXTERNAL INTERLOCK, FULL
HEATERS, FOCUS CURRENT, HEATER DELAY, READY,
BEAM VOLTS, IPA VOLTS, IPA POWER, OUTPUT POWER.
Fault status indicators are red LEDs and provide the monitoring of OUTPUT CAVITY ARC, SECONDARY CAVITY ARC,
CABINET TEMPERATURE, MOTORS, HV STEP START,
COLLECTOR CURRENT, COLLECTOR TEMP, ION CUR-
RENT, BIAS CURRENT, CROWBAR FIRED, VSWR, BODY
CURRENT, FOLDBACK ACTIVE, and LOCKOUT.
Remote control and monitoring facilities are provided for connection of remote control and telemetry or data logging equipment. When remote control is selected, commands given by continuous or momentary contact closures may be used to duplicate the functions of the local control buttons from a remote point.
Remote control and monitoring is via standard 37 pin “D” type connectors on each amplifier and the system control rack. Remote status indications for normal and fault conditions are made available at a TTL level. In addition, analog samples of voltage, current, and power levels are available as +4 Vdc into 100 k ohms at full scale deflection for connection to telemetry equipment.
Amplifier cabinet commands are selectable by jumper link for either open collector or TTL operation. TTL input voltage ranges are jumper selectable for +5 to +12 Vdc or +12 to +24 Vdc.
Internal meters (visible from the front of the transmitter) are display beam volts, beam current, grid volts, grid current, ion current, heater volts, and body current.
1.2.9
AGC and UHF Linearizer
Refer to Figure 1-4 AGC & UHF linearizer diagram.
An AGC and UHF linearizer is located in each amplifier cabinet and is in circuit between the exciter and IPA of each IOT. Its purpose is to cancel the intermodulation products generated by amplification in the class AB amplifiers, provide power amplifier
AGC, power control, and VSWR foldback. The output power of the amplifiers are controlled and stabilized against variations in exciter output level, temperature, mains voltage, and gain variations of the IOT. In addition to AGC, there are four stages of correction. These consist of phase expansion, phase compression, gain expansion and gain compression. Each stage has a separate slope and threshold controls for either expansion or compression.
1.2.10
Intermediate Power Amplifier
The IPA uses a broadband solid state RF power amplifier module to amplify the on-channel 8VSB drive signal. Depending on the channel the transmitter is set up on, the system may be equipped with dual IPA modules.
The IPA operates in class AB amplification. The drive signal is split to feed two identical halves of the IPA, which operate in parallel. Each half has a gain of approximately 45 dB. Each half
4/2/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1-5
1-6
Figure 1-4. AGC & UHF Linearizer Block Diagram
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4/2/99
of the IPA module consists of a gain stabilizer, three class A stages in cascade, a class AB driver stage and four class AB output stages operating in parallel.
The gain stabilizer holds the gain of the class A and driver stages constant against changes caused by operating frequency drift and temperature changes. The collector current of the driver stage is sampled and a voltage is derived which varies the bias current of the class A/B driver stage. In like manner, the bias current of the class A/B output stages is controlled by the average collector current of all of the output stages.
The driver and output stages use a Motorola bipolar transistor which is capable of 125 W peak (31 W average DTV power) per device. Each class AB stage is provided with crowbar protection.
The output of each pair of output transistors is combined to give four co-phased outputs from the module. These pass via circulators, which provide a constant load to the transistors, to a broadband four way star point combiner. If dual IPA modules are used, the four outputs from each module pass via circulators to an eight way star point combiner.
Depending on its requirements, the IOT input drive ranges from
200 to 1000W peak (50 to 250 W average power for DTV). Each
IPA module is capable of 1000 W peak (250 W average for DTV) which, due to feed forward system loss, translates to 560 W peak
(140 W average for DTV) at the input of the IOT. A second IPA is added when more than 140 W average drive power is needed at the IOT input.
The IPA is self protecting. A fast acting attenuator removes the drive to each half independently if collector current, reflected power or temperature become excessive. The output power is monitored on a front panel meter and serial status and measurement data are available for diagnostic purposes. A single IPA module is supplied by two paralleled, high efficiency, single phase, fan cooled switched mode supplies. Dual IPA modules are supplied by three such paralleled supplies. One IPA supply is capable of powering an IPA module to full output power.
1.2.11
Feed Forward Assembly
The feed forward assembly consists of a class-A 1-watt reference amplifier, line stretchers for phasing, a fixed delay line, two combining hybrids, and a 40 watt error correction amplifier. The purpose is to improve the linearity of the IPA output signal.
The input signal to the IPA module(s) is reasonably clean, but the IPA adds intermodulation products (intermods) to its output signal. A sample of the IPA input signal is amplified in the 1-watt amplifier and added to a sample of the IPA output signal in a combining hybrid. The phase of the two signals is such that the input signal is canceled leaving only the intermods. The intermod signal is amplified in the 40 watt amplifier and added into the
IPA output signal (at a point after the first IPA sample was taken) in a combining hybrid. The phase of the two signals is such that the intermods cancel out leaving a reasonably clean IPA signal to drive the IOT amplifier.
Section I - Introduction
1.2.12
EEV IOT Assembly
For operation as a UHF DTV power amplifier, the IOT is mounted in an assembly which contains the tuned input and output RF circuits together with magnet coils which focus the electron beam within the drift tube section of the IOT. The complete assembly of IOT, RF circuitry and magnetic coils are mounted together on a wheeled framework to form a unit (the
IOT trolley assembly) which may be easily removed from the transmitter for maintenance purposes. The points of interconnection which interface the IOT trolley assembly to the transmitter are:
• Self sealing, quick release coolant connectors
•
Air cooling pipe
•
RF input cable
•
Output RF transmission line
•
Forward power probe
• Reflected power probe
•
ALC probe
• Umbilical feed for HV cables
•
Magnetic supply cable
•
Collector return and interlocks connector
• Earth wire connection
The input circuit is in the form of a co-axial transmission line with an annular tuning door. It uses two cavity models (3/4 wavelength at the low frequency end and 5/8 wavelength at high frequency end) to allow coverage of the uhf band. A coupling loop connects the RF input signal to the transmission line input cavity. The IOT input circuit is adjusted to 50 ohms by an externally mounted double slug matching section.
The IOT requires beam supply voltage that ranges from 32 to 36 kV. The grid cathode assembly of the IOT is maintained at the negative beam supply potential while the IOT collector and the positive terminal of the beam supply are maintained within a few volts of ground potential. Beam supply tap settings are available to vary the beam voltage in order to operate 40, 50, 70 or 100 kW peak tubes. (EEV IOTD140W/R, IOTD150W/R, IOTD250,
IOTD270, IOTD2100).
The heater, grid, and Ion power supplies all float at the cathode
(negative beam) potential. The heater transformer isolates the cathode voltage from earth. Grid and Ion supplies are fed from a common high voltage isolation transformer and are contained in the isolated supplies assembly, which floats above ground on standoff insulators.
Wires providing the dc supplies to the cathode/grid section of the
IOT are connected at a junction box located at the top of the input cavity assembly. RF drive is capacitively coupled to the high voltage cathode structure.
Two tuned cavities are coupled together to produce a bandpass filter circuit which is used to transfer the RF power from the IOT output to the output transmission line. Coupling from the primary to secondary cavity is by means of an adjustable coupling loop and capacitive probe. The output coupler is a standard variable loop coupler.
4/2/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1-7
1-8
Figure 1-5. IOT Control System Overview
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4/2/99
1.2.13
CPI Klystrode Assembly
For operation as a UHF DTV power amplifier, the CPI Klystrode is mounted in an assembly which contains the tuned input and output RF circuits together with magnet coils which focus the electron beam within the drift tube section of the Klystrode. The complete assembly of Klystrode, RF circuitry and magnetic coils are mounted together on a wheeled framework to form a unit (the trolley assembly) which may be easily removed from the transmitter for maintenance purposes. Tube removal may be accomplished with the trolley assembly in position within the amplifier cabinet.
The points of interconnection which interface the trolley assembly to the transmitter are:
• Self sealing, quick release coolant connectors
•
Air cooling pipe
• RF input cable
•
Output RF transmission line
•
Forward power probe
• ALC probe
•
Reflected power probe
• Umbilical feed for HV cables
•
Magnetics supply cable
•
Collector return and interlocks connector
• Earth wire connection
The input circuit is in the form of an RF cavity driven grid. Input tune and match controls provide correct input adjustment over the UHF band.
The CPI Klystrode requires beam supply voltage that ranges from 32 to 36 kV. The grid cathode assembly of the Klystrode is maintained at the negative beam supply potential while the
Klystrode collector and the positive terminal of the beam supply are maintained within a few volts of ground potential. Beam supply tap settings are available to vary the beam voltage in order to operate the 40, 60, 75, and 100 kW Peak Klystrodes (CPI
K2D40W, K2D60W, K2D75W and K2D110W.)
The heater, grid, and ion power supplies all float at the cathode
( negative beam) potential. The heater transformer isolates the cathode voltage from earth. Grid and ion supplies are fed from a common high voltage isolation transformer and are contained in the isolated supplies assembly which floats above ground on ceramic standoff insulators.
Wires providing the dc supplies to the cathode/grid section of the
Klystrode are connected to a filter network within the input cavity assembly. RF drive is capacitively coupled to the high voltage cathode structure.
Two tuned cavities are coupled together to produce a bandpass filter circuit which is used to transfer the RF power from the
Klystrode output to the output transmission line. Coupling from the primary to secondary cavity is by means of an adjustable coupling iris. The final output coupler utilizes a capacitive probe to couple the output to EIA 3 1/8 inch transmission line.
Section I - Introduction
1.2.14
IOT Crowbar Assembly
WARNING
THE IOT CROWBAR ASSEMBLY RESIDES AT A HIGH VOLTAGE
POTENTIAL IN THE ORDER OF -35 kV WITH RESPECT TO
EARTH. MAINTENANCE OF ANY DESCRIPTION SHOULD ONLY
BE CARRIED OUT WHEN THE TRANSMITTER HAS BEEN ISO-
LATED FROM THE SUPPLY AND EARTHED.
1.2.14.1
General Description
The IOT crowbar is a high voltage shunt switch. Its purpose is to protect the IOT from damage in fault conditions, i.e. internal tube arcs. Under such conditions, an unprotected tube will draw excessive current from the HV power supply. This excessive current, aided by the energy stored in the decoupling capacitors, causes damage to the tube.
During a tube arc or HV cable fault, the crowbar detects the sudden rise in beam supply current. This causes the crowbar circuit to trigger, which places a short circuit across the beam supply. The main component of the crowbar is a deuterium thyratron. It is connected across the beam supply output, anode to the positive terminal and cathode to the negative terminal.
When triggered, the thyratron conducts heavily, diverting the follow of beam supply energy away from the IOT, there by preventing further damage.
When triggered, the crowbar informs the amplifier controller that a fault has occurred. The amplifier control logic immediately turns the line control cabinet HV breaker off and lights the fault status indicator. After a short delay, the amplifier control logic generates a breaker reset command to turn on the HV breaker.
1.2.14.2
Construction
The crowbar assembly consists of an electrically floating chassis, which is at the full beam voltage under normal operating conditions. It is isolated from earth potential by four nonconductive pillars. ac operating power for the crowbar power supply and thyratron filament voltage is supplied by an isolating transformer.
The floating chassis provides a means of mounting the thyratron device and its associated control circuitry, which consists of the floating deck unit, the FDU/thyratron interface PCB and power supply. A dc fan is used to provide sufficient airflow onto the base of the thyratron to prevent overheating and pre-triggering.
Fuses for the secondary of the FDU transformer are located on a horizontal flange of the chassis.
Two more insulating pillars are fixed to the floating chassis, one to provide support to the IOT supply series resistors, the other providing support for the grading grid divider and crowbar fired detector.
1.3
Size and Weight
Refer to Table 1-1.
4/2/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1-9
1.4
Heat Load Requirements
Refer to Table 1-2.
Heat loss from the liquid coolant plumbing into the room is significant but can be reduced to virtually zero by using a good quality foam pipe insulation (preferably with a protective plastic outer covering). Please note that these figures are approximate.
Good engineering practice would dictate the allowance of an additional 10-15 % head room when using these figures to accurately size air conditioning units (plus the heat load of all other building loads). Refer to Table 1-2.
Pipe lengths were assumed to be a total of 100 foot inside the building. If pipe lengths are different please allow 2.4 kW per
100 foot for 1-1/2 inch pipe, 3.3 kW per 100 foot for 2 inch pipe, and 4.13 kW per 100 foot of 2.5 inch pipe.
For full information on the size/weight/power consumption/performance specifications consult the data sheets included in the
Table 1-1. Weights and Measurements
ITEM
Control Cabinet
Rear P.A. Cabinet
Front P.A. Cabinet
Line Control Cabinet
Beam Supply, 96 KW
Beam Supply:, 140 kW
Pump Module kg
164
282
334
136
1678
1995
362
Net Weight lb
362.44
623.22
738.14
300.56
3700
4400
800
Size (width x depth x height) cm
106 x 84 x 183
149 x 56 x 183
149 x 84 x 183
153 x 31 x 92
141 x 117 x 157
152 x 117 x 157
91 x 157 x 158 in
23.5 x 33.1 x 72
58.5 x 22.2 x 72
58.5 x 32.2 x 72
60 x 12.1 x 36.1
55.5 x 46 x 62
60 x 46 x 62
36 x 61.6 x 65.25
Fluid Cooler (two fans)
Fluid Cooler (three fans)
Fluid Cooler (four fans)
311
429
608
685
946
1340
232 x 111 x 110
334 x 111 x 110
436 x 111 x 110
91.5 x 43.6 x 43.2
131.5 x 43.6 x 43.2
171.5 x 43.6 x 43.2
Dependent upon type system installed, RF Systems: (RF Systems will typically ship directly from manufacturer.)
Allow for a slight increase of the above sizes for the shipping containers. The skid will add at least 6 inches (15 cm) to the height.
front of this manual.
Transmitter Size
1-Tube
2-Tube
3-Tube
4-Tube
Table 1-2. Transmitter Heat Loads For Air Conditioner
13
18
25
Pipes Uninsulated kW BTU/Hr
8 27,300
44,400
61,400
85,300
Pipes with Insulation kW BTU/Hr
5.6
19,100
9.7
33,100
13.9
47,400
18.4
62,800
1-10 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4/2/99
2.1
General
This section provides the information and instructions necessary for the installation of the Harris Sigma
CD series television transmitter. Guidelines in the form of installation instructions are given to minimize the installation time required.
Care and precautionary measures are given to prevent problems or injury from occurring during installation.
Probably the most important factors in a successful, efficient, and safe installation phase of a new transmitter are planning and preparation. Study equipment manuals beforehand and become thoroughly familiar with the installation requirements for each piece of equipment.
When considering the sequence of events during an installation, it is important to approach the transmitter, its peripherals, and the building as a system. “Typical” drawings will be used as references. It must be assumed special requirements will cause deviations from the published installation drawings in order to accommodate a particular configuration or building requirement.
Plan the DTV monitoring systems ahead of time and draw schematics and/or wiring diagrams for them. If possible, install them. Plan and, if possible, install the microwave system (if used). Plan the remote control system, if the plant will be so equipped. Know where the remote equipment will mount and what parameters it should monitor and what functions it should control.
The transmitter equipment installation phases should be planned before the equipment arrives and a detailed plan worked out and written down. Know what installation equipment and materials
HARRIS is supplying with the transmitter and what equipment and materials the station must supply. In general, a transmitter installation requires that the following areas be addressed: a. In a new installation, will the building/transmitter room be completed? Transmitting equipment and any electronic equipment can be damaged or made inoperable by dust and dirt entering the equipment. Even a plastic covering placed over the transmitter rarely keeps out concrete dust and plaster dust created from drywall installation. Interior walls should be in place, ceiling work should be complete, concrete floors should be aged and well sealed.
b. In a new installation, will electrical power be available when needed? Often transmitter installation and checkout is held up because primary power is not available for the transmitter.
c. In an existing facility, must an existing transmitter remain on the air during installation of the new equipment? Plan how this is to be done to minimize off-air time.
d. A staging area should be chosen and set aside to place the boxes and crates that contain all the smaller parts and assemblies not shipped attached to the transmitter. A sepa-
Section II
Installation and Check Out
rate area should be used to stage all installation materials
(plumbing materials, wire, conduit and accessories, loose hardware, etc.). Each piece of equipment should be inspected for shipping damage. Inventory all equipment and the contents of each box and compare to the packing check list that comes with the equipment.
e. Unloading. Will the proper lifting and moving equipment be there when the truck containing the transmitter arrives?
Will there be enough workers there to help?
f. Equipment placement. Using a station layout drawing, determine equipment placement and in what order equipment should be set in place. If possible, lay out equipment location with lines marked on the floor.
g. Hanging hardware. Ensure that all pipe hangers, conduit hangers, threaded rod, beam clamps, Unistrut and Unistrut hardware are on site.
h. Tools. Ensure that all necessary tools will be on site when needed. Make sure all tools are in good shape. Check transmitter and other equipment technical manuals to see if any specialized tools are required. Make arrangements to obtain them if necessary. A list of installation tools and materials is shown in Table 2-1
2.2
Delivery And Storage
The Sigma
CD
series transmitter is normally delivered with the larger units mounted on shipping skids. Smaller components are shipped in cardboard cartons. Any obvious damage should be noted at the time of receipt and claims filed with the carrier.
In unloading the equipment, the receiver will need suitable equipment capable of handling a 5000 pound load (2268 kg).
Extreme care should be taken during the unloading operation to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the equipment.
If storage of the equipment is necessary, all units except the oil filled high voltage power supply and cooling unit require inside storage. Except for the small cardboard cartons, stacking of items should not be done. The storage area should be dry and clean.
Leave the larger units mounted on their skids for ease of storage and movement. When it is time to install the equipment, move it close to its final position and there remove it from its skid and slide it into position.
2.3
Returns And Exchanges
Information on returns and exchanges is printed on the reverse side of the title page of this manual.
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-1
Table 2-1. Installation Tools and Materials
Welding Torch Set
Oxygen and Acetylene Tanks
Welder’s Mask or Goggles
Power Band Saw (can be rented) and Extra Blades
Silver Solder 1/16 inch diameter, 30%-45%, Hard Stay-Silv
#45, Aladdin #45, HARRIS part number 086-0004-060
Paste flux (Engelhard Ultra-Flux 1 lb jar) HARRIS part number 099 0002 241
(HARRIS part number 086 0004 040, 16 oz bottle)
Muriatic Acid (quart)
Baking Soda (two 1-pound boxes)
Three plastic 5-gallon buckets or containers with open tops
Scotch Brite
Steel Wool
Emery Cloth (roll type like plumber uses)
Carpenters Square
Level
Plumb Bob
Chalk Line
Hacksaw and Extra Blades
Wrenches
Crowbar
Rope
Saw Horses or Cutting Table
Come-along or Chain-Fall Hoist
Ladders
Files
Garden Hose
25-Ft Tape Measure
Hole Saw, 1-7/8 inches, for installing directional couplers
Rubber Hammer
Claw Hammer
Gloves
Safety Glasses
NOTE: All-thread rod, hangers, angle iron or channel will be needed to support the transmission line, dummy load, etc.
2.4
Unpacking
The following guidelines are provided for ease of unpacking the equipment.
2.4.1
Equipment Inventory
Inventory shipment using the packing check list received from the carrier. A typical list of units shipped is shown in Table 2-2.
See Section VII for a list of the installation material normally supplied with the transmitter.
2.4.2
High Voltage Power Supplies
Each high voltage power supply weighs approximately 5000 pounds, necessitating the use of suitable lifting equipment.
When handling the power supply, keep the plastic envelope in place for protection in storage unless the equipment can be installed soon after its arrival.
To remove from the truck, a forklift can be used (winching the equipment to the rear edge if a loading platform is not available), or the equipment can be lifted using the lugs provided on the sides. When inserting the lifting hooks into the lugs, keep any tearing of the plastic envelope to a minimum. If there are high voltage bushings, take care not to bear any force on them. Use spreaders on the slings, if necessary. Provide padding as necessary to protect the painted surfaces from the sling.
2.4.3
Dry High Voltage Power Supply
An optional dry high voltage power supply is available. See customer special documentation for installation, checkout, and other information.
2.5
Equipment Placement
2.5.1
Typical Station Layouts
The recommended equipment placement depends somewhat on the operating channel, especially if operation is to be at channel
52 or higher. Refer to the typical station layout and plumbing drawings. These drawings provide useful information regarding floor plan, RF transmission line layout, and the cooling system.
See site specific transmitter installation drawings.
2.5.2
Beam Supplies, Pump Module And Heat Exchanger Fan Units
It is recommended that the beam power supplies, pump module, and heat exchanger fan unit be mounted on a concrete pad in a secure area outside the building. Provisions for ice bridge protection should be made if required due to geographic location.
When ready for installation, use a fork lift or other suitable equipment to carefully remove the pump module and fan unit from their skids and set them in place on their pads.
The beam supply must be lifted off of its skid using the lugs provided on the sides. Provide padding as necessary to protect the painted surfaces from the sling.
2.5.3
Line Control Cabinets
Place the line control cabinet according to the floor plan.
2.5.4
RF System
Study the typical station layout drawings or custom layout drawings before beginning installation of the RF system. The RF system is the assembly that connects the RF output lines from one or more PA cabinets to the input of the antenna feed line.
For a single tube configuration, the RF system consists of a filter and possibly a patch panel or motorized RF switch.
For a multiple tube configuration, the RF system includes one or more combiners, one or more filters, and possibly one or more motorized RF switches. These larger RF systems may be shipped
2-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Table 2-2. Weights and Measurements
ITEM
Control Cubicle
Rear PA Cubicle
Front PA Cubicle
Line Control Cabinet
Beam Supply, 96 KW
Beam Supply:, 140 kW
Pump Module
Fluid Cooler (two fans)
Fluid Cooler (three fans)
Fluid Cooler (four fans) kg
164
282
334
136
1678
1995
362
311
429
608
Net Weight lb
362.44
623.22
738.14
300.56
3700
4400
800
685
946
1340
Size (width x depth x height) cm
106 x 84 x 183
149 x 56 x 183
149 x 84 x 183
153 x 31 x 92
141 x 117 x 157 in
23.5 x 33.1 x 72
58.5 x 22.2 x 72
58.5 x 32.2 x 72
60 x 12.1 x 36.1
55.5 x 46 x 62
152 x 117 x 157
91 x 157 x 158
232 x 111 x 110
334 x 111 x 110
436 x 111 x 110
Dependent upon type system installed, RF Systems will typically ship directly from the manufacturer.
60 x 46 x62
36 x 61.6 x 65.25
91.5 x 43.6 x 43.2
131.5 x 43.6 x 43.2
171.5 x 43.6 x 43.2
disassembled in two or more sections, which must be reassembled on site.
The horizontal and vertical placement of the RF system in relation to the transmitter is crucial to the successful installation of the interconnecting lines and the antenna transmission line.
Refer to Figures 2-1 and 2-2 for relative phasing information for the multi-tube configurations. Phasing is accomplished by controlling the relative height or length of the RF lines that connect the PA cabinets to the RF system.
2.5.4.1
RF System Mounting Height
The mounting height of the RF system is determined by many factors, which include:
•
The height of the ceiling
•
Available floor area inside the transmitter room
•
Whether the input and output RF lines enter from above or below the RF system, they can be setup either way at the site
•
The length of the phasing lines
•
If a patch panel is to be used,
Depending on the required phasing length of the PA to RF system lines (for multiple PA systems) and the mounting height of the
RF system, the PA inputs can be arranged (on site) to enter the
RF system from above or below. Also, the RF system antenna output can go above or below, depending on the RF system height and the height of the transmission line or wave guide run to the antenna.
2.5.4.2
Optional Patch Panel
If a patch panel (optional) is to be installed, for most RF system designs, the minimum mounting height of the bandpass filter is dictated by the mounting height of a horizontally mounted patch panel. The patch panel should be installed so it can be operated from the floor, yet it should not be low enough to cause a hazard in a high traffic area. If the quantity of coaxial elbows needed to connect the panel to the bandpass filter is to be minimized, the bandpass filter must be elevated above the patch panel by the exact distance equivalent of two leg lengths of a 4-1/16" or 6-1/8" elbow. If the bandpass filter is to be mounted higher, then it must be at least 6" higher than two elbow leg lengths to accommodate the shortest length of 4-1/16" or 6-1/8" transmission line possible. See Appendix A to determine elbow leg lengths.
Finally check to make sure that the patch panel mounting location will not interfere with the clearance needed to open the IOT cabinets rear doors.
2.5.4.3
RF System Placement
For system specific data refer to the vendor supplied RF system manual.
Identify the RF system input ports on the layout drawing and determine its location with respect to the transmitter. Locate the same point on the floor of the room and mark it.
Support the center sections of the filter above the floor and orient the section so the inputs of the Rf system, when attached, will be close to being directly over the previously made marks on the floor. The filter can be supported by setting it on the interconnecting flanges. Do not support the assembly on the wave guide sections of the filter or on the protruding filter tuners. Use care not to bump the tuners or dent or deform the wave guides or filter sections.
If used, install the magic tee phase shifter assembly to the filter section using marking or labeling on the pieces as a guide.
Support the magic tee section carefully to avoid denting or deforming it, and to assist in aligning the connecting flanges.
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-3
2-4
Figure 2-1. Line Lengths for Phasing - Multi-Tube
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
09/17/99
Figure 2-2. Line Lengths for Phasing - Multi-Tube
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-5
Alignment pins are provided and should be used in diagonal corners to assure proper seating of flanges. The flange bolts should be used to hold the two flanges together and not to correct flange misalignments. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown in Figure 2-3; then torque each to 15 ft. lbs.
Position the input ports of the assembled combiner/filter directly over the mark on floor using a plumb bob. Also using the plumb bob, locate the proper placement and install the all-thread rods from the overhead support system. Locate the rods so they are directly over the hanging brackets on the RF system. Raise the
RF system using suitable hoists and pulleys. Level the RF system when its proper height is reached and it has been attached to the all-thread rods.
If the RF system arrived in two or more sections,and each section is very heavy, or the entire system to bulky or heavy to hang as a unit, the system can be hung one section at a time and the sections joined after they are hung.
NOTE
The length of the threaded rods hanging the RF system should be as short as possible to minimize objectionable lateral movement. If the RF system equipment is to be supported from a high ceiling, an intermediate metal frame grid should be constructed.
The frame normally hangs from the ceiling and in turn provides the structure from which the RF system is suspended.
2.5.5
Optional Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)
Place the AVR according to the floor plan.
CAUTION
THE AVR MUST BE CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING +/-2% OUTPUT
REGULATION AT THE SPECIFIED LINE VOLTAGE. FAILURE TO
MAINTAIN THIS SPECIFICATION MAY RESULT IN SPURIOUS
CROWBAR EVENTS AND POSSIBLE VOIDING OF IOT WARRANTY.
2.5.6
Transmitter Cabinets
Carefully remove cabinets from skids.
CAUTION
U
NIT MUST NOT BE DROPPED. MAKE A RAMP TO ROLL UNIT
FROM SKID TO FLOOR
.
Doors, if not already mounted on cabinets, are wrapped in protective material. Do not use a knife or other sharp object to remove wrapping, as these tools may damage the finish.
2-6
Figure 2-3. Tightening Sequence
Cardboard cartons should be opened with the carton in the proper position (note “UP” arrows on carton). Parts contained inside the cartons are wrapped. Use extreme care when unwrapping parts to avoid dropping or discarding parts as waste.
2.5.6.1
Placing and Joining Transmitter Cabinets
Refer to the typical station layout and proceed as follows: a. The RF system should already be hung according to the layout plan.
b. In the event the RF system arrives much later then the transmitter and the installation must proceed, allow space to lift and hang the RF system and run the RF lines.
c. Snap a chalk line on the floor where the front of the transmitter cabinets will rest. Also snap a chalk line on the floor where one end of the transmitter cabinets will rest.
d. Begin moving the control cabinet and the front half of each amplifier cabinet into place lining it up with the chalk lines.
It is a good idea to level each cabinet as it is moved into its final position.
The front and rear halves of the amplifier cabinet were split prior to shipment and must be reassembled. The following procedure is a guideline to rejoining the two halves of the cabinet.
1. Move the rear cabinet close to its permanent place but leave the two halves of the cabinet separated by about two feet.
2. Remove the two cross braces from the rear of the front half of the cabinet. Save the mounting bolts and washers, they will be used to fasten the rear half of the cabinet to the front.
3. Reinstall the bias pot assembly to the rear side of the front cabinet meter board.
4. The front wall of the rear half of the cabinet will become the rear wall of the front when the two halves are joined.
5. Remove shipping support blocking for the isolated supply board, and any other packing material and blocks from the amplifier cabinet.
6. Route the (IOT top hat assembly) umbilical through the front wall of the rear cabinet (high voltage cubical).
Facing the front of the front half of the amplifier cubical, the umbilical will hang in the left rear corner of the
IOT trolley area. The umbilical (with IOT top hat attached is wrapped and stored in the rear cabinet for shipping.
7. Slide the rear half of the PA cabinet up to the front half until they are together.
As the rear half approached the front half, make sure that the copper ground strap coming out of the center bottom rear of the front cabinet slides through the matching slot in the center bottom of the front wall of the rear cabinet. This strap will bolt to the other copper ground straps that are inside the rear cabinet.
8. Mechanical assembly. Bolt front and rear IOT cabinets together with four 3/8 X 1 inch bolts. Mounting holes are located in the upper and lower corners of the rear
IOT cabinets. Ensure cabinets are level and square.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
9. Connect internal cabinet ground strap from front IOT cabinet to the ground straps in the rear IOT cabinet.
10.Connect all ground jumper wires in the cabinet corners.
These wires were disconnected when the front and rear halves of the amplifier cabinet were separated.
11.Bolt the amplifier cabinets together (if more then one), and the exciter/control cabinet to amplifier cabinet.
Use the provided aluminum bolt plates to bolt the amplifier cabinets together at the top corners of the cabinets.
12.Locate the copper ground strap provided with the electrical installation kit. Determine the optimum layout for routing the ground strap to allow connection of the transmitter components with as few bends as possible.
13.Connect station ground between all transmitter cabinets, beam supplies, pump modules, heat exchangers, line control cabinets and the RF system.
14.Connect ground sticks in the IOT front cubicle and on the back of the amplifier high voltage cabinets. Using an ohmmeter check for electrical continuity to station ground.
WARNING
ENSURE GROUND STRAPS ARE CONNECTED BETWEEN
CABINETS, HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES, LINE CONTROL
CABINETS, AND OTHER TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT. BOND
THE STRAPS TO STATION GROUND AT A CENTRAL POINT. AT
A MINIMUM THE STRAPS SHOULD BE BOLTED TOGETHER
USING SEVERAL BOLTS AND LARGE WASHERS AT EACH CON-
NECTION TO MAXIMIZE THE COMPRESSED SURFACE AREA OF
THE STRAPS. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE CONNECTIONS
ALSO BE SILVER SOLDERED OR CADWELDED. FOR INFORMA-
TION ON LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND SYSTEM GROUNDING
REFER TO APPENDIX B & C.
2.5.7
EEV IOT Uncrating and Assembly
A chain hoist assembly is supplied to facilitate the installation of the IOT into the magnet/carriage assembly. Refer to the station layout drawings for proper hoist installation height.
CAUTION
THE IOT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 22 kg/50 lbs BY ITSELF; 86 kg/190 lbs WHEN THE WEIGHT OF THE SHIPPING FRAME IS
INCLUDED. THE IOT LIFTING SUPPORT STRUCTURE MUST BE
CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THIS LOAD. THE CHAIN HOIST SUP-
PORTING STRUCTURE MUST BE STRONG ENOUGH TO SUPPORT
A LOAD AT LEAST EQUAL TO RATING OF THE HOIST (1 TON).
If the IOT has been sitting in its crate for an extended period of time, it may be desirable to check the quality of the vacuum inside the IOT while it is still in the crate. This is done by applying voltage between the IOT’s vac-ion pump and heater/cathode terminal and measuring the current being drawn by the pump.
The exact procedure for the ion pump test is provided by the tube manufacturer in the IOT amplifier assembly manual.
Closely follow the IOT manufacture’s instructions provided with the tube to unload the IOT from the shipping crate.
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Ensure that the IOT is correctly located in the magnet structure and that its orientation is correct; otherwise the IOT magnet assembly will not fit into the transmitter cabinet. As the IOT is being lowered into the magnet assembly, just before the IOT seats into the magnet and the weight of the IOT is still being supported by the hoist, rotate the IOT so the two body water fittings on the output drift tube face the front on the magnet assembly.
When the IOT is seated and oriented properly in the magnet assembly, installation of the cavities may begin. Metric tools and metric hardware for cavity installation are provided by the IOT supplier. Refer to the tube manufacturer’s assembly manual for specific procedures to use in unpacking and assembling the IOT cavity circuits.
2.5.8
CPI Klystrode Uncrating and Assembly
CPI Klystrode equipped transmitters do not require a chain hoist for circuit assembly. The Klystrode cavity/ magnet assembly will arrive in two large crates. One will contain a preassembled circuit assembly, the second will contain the tube. Refer to the tube manufacturers assembly instructions for specific procedures to use in unpacking and assembling the Klystrode/cavity/circuit assembly. The circuit assembly will consist of prewired, premounted cavity/circuit assembly. A blank alignment insert will require removal prior to installing the tube. Slide the clamp handle assembly located on the lower magnet mounting plate to the unlocked position. This should allow the shipping blank to be removed. Uncrate the Klystrode tube. Care must be taken to align the bayonet on the tube and water jacket assembly. Carefully insert the tube into the cavity/water jacket assembly. Lock the clamp handle assembly and proceed with the input cavity assembly.
2.5.9
Magnet Assembly Handling and Storage
CAUTION
THE ASSEMBLED IOT/KLYSTRODE MAGNET IS TOP HEAVY AND
CAUTION SHOULD BE OBSERVED WHEN ROLLING IT ACROSS
THE FLOOR. THE AREA SHOULD BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF ANY
DEBRIS WHICH MIGHT INTERFERE WITH THE WHEELS AND
CAUSE THE IOT AND MAGNET TO TIP OVER.
The IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly should be kept in a safe and secure area until it is needed for final transmitter installation. It should be kept covered to prevent dust and dirt contamination.
It will be necessary to install the IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly into the amplifier cabinet to determine the height and centering of the RF transmission line breakaway.
2.5.10
Transmitter Transmission Line Height Adjustment
a. Install the top half of the RF breakaway/harmonic filter assembly in the cabinet. An adjustable clamping bracket supports it from four bolt holes in the cabinet top mounting plate, see Figures 2-4 through 2-6. Tighten the band clamps to secure the upper break away assembly in place.
b. Dependent upon output power level the breakaway/harmonic filter assembly will terminate into either 4-1/16"
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-7
Transmitter
CD-100P1
CD-200P2
CD-300P3
CD-400P4
Table 2-3. System Interconnection Diagrams
AC Distribution
839-8200-100
839-8200-200
839-8200-300
839-8200-400
Plumbing Layout
852-9211-100
852-9211-200
852-9211-300
852-9211-400
System Interconnection
839-8204-005
839-8204-002
839-8204-003
839-8204-004
(40KW, 50KW) or 6-1/8" (70KW, 100KW). Interconnecting RF line will also be sized accordingly.
c. Roll the IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly into the cabinet.
d. Plug the four color coded IOT tube cables into the color coded banana jacks on the high voltage junction box (in the EEV tube top lid)
The high voltage junction box (in the EEV tube top lid) is normally completed prior to shipment. If the junction box is not connected, refer to section 5 of this manual.
1. The top lid of the CPI tube contains the input cavity, and the grid, cathode, heater, and ion pump contact rings. This assembly is shipped separately and must be connected to the armored cable shield which contains the grid bias, ion pump, filament, and filament/cathode wires. Wires are listed in table 2-4. See CPI tube instruction manual for connection locations.
e. Fasten the EEV tube top lid to the top of the IOT input cavity using the captive screws.
f. Adjust the centering of the upper breakaway by moving the support plate. Adjust the height of the breakaway by adjusting the band clamps on the upper break away support bracket while someone supports the weight on the assembly. The upper breakaway must mate smoothly with the lower section of the breakaway (mounted on the
IOT/Klystrode magnet assembly). When properly adjusted, tighten the hardware on the support plate and band clamps.
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the IOT Output circuit by applying excessive force when connecting the RF system/PA cabinet RF lines.
2.5.10.1
Installation of Optional Patch Panel (Single Amplifier System)
Set the patch panel and mounting frame on the floor under the desired mounting position. Mount and position all-thread rods directly overhead using the plumb bob. Raise the patch panel and frame into position, level, and secure it.
CAUTION
LEAVE PATCHES IN PLACE DURING INSTALLATION TO STIFFEN
AND SUPPORT THE PANEL.
2.6
Equipment Interconnections
2.6.1
Interconnecting Transmission Line and Wave guide
Refer to Table 2-3 System Interconnection Diagrams
Because of the relative routing inflexibility of transmission line and wave guide connections and components, it is recommended that transmitter to RF system transmission line be installed before the plumbing and conduit are installed. This will allow some movement of the RF system or the transmitter cabinets for needed alignment without having to disconnect plumbing or
Table 2-4. Input Cavity Connections In CPI
Top Lid Assembly
Function
Heater
Heater/Cathode
Ground to Chassis
Ion Pump
Grid Bias
Wire Number wire 0710
Wire 0711
Wire 0119 (for CPI)
Wire 0720
Wire 0719
Note: Wire 119 is the grid bias return.
2-8 888-2414-001
Figure 2-4. Transmission Line Height Adjustment
09/17/99
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Figure 2-5. Transmission Line Lateral Adjustment
09/17/99
Figure 2-6. RF Breakaway Section Operation
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-9
conduit lines. The typical station layout drawing shows one method of proper installation of the transmission line.
NOTE
See Appendix A for specific instructions on how to cut and fit rigid transmission lines.
2.6.2
Preparation For Installing Interconnecting
Transmission Line
Before cutting any transmission line, verify that the transmitter and RF system components are correctly positioned and are level. See the applicable typical layout drawings.
Before cutting transmission line for the connection between the amplifier cabinets and the RF system, the correct transmission line vertical height at the top of each transmitter amplifier cabinet must be established. If it has not already been done, temporarily install each IOT/magnet assembly in it’s cabinet. Adjust the height and centering of each breakaway to properly connect to the other half of the breakaway mounted to the IOT. This procedure will help compensate for slight variations in the floor level.
See Figures 2-4 through 2-6.
NOTE
If 4-1/16" transmission line is used in the installation, a Dielectric to Myatt adapter may be required. This is due to inner conductor diameter differences between the vendors.
2.6.3
RF Line Optimization
Once the RF system and interconnecting transmission line are completed, it is recommended that the system return loss be measured and adjusted if required. The system should be optimized for at least a 30 dB return loss looking from the break away assembly to the system load. System return loss can be adjusted with a fine-matcher line section.
A fine matcher is a short section of rigid line with four adjustable tuning probes installed in it, see Figure 2-7. Tuning probes, used for fine matcher construction, are provided with the installation kit. Four probes are installed at 1/8 wavelength intervals along the length of a short section of line. The distance for 1/8 wavelength is calculated using the formula: spacing (inches) =
1476/F
MHz
. Where F
MHz
= center frequency of the channel.
When constructing a fine matcher, drill four holes in the outer conductor of the line and solder nuts over the holes to provide threads for adjusting the depth of the probe.
Four sizes of probes are provided for 6-1/8 inch line. The larger probes are used for lower frequencies, the limiting factor being that the spacing must be greater than the probe disk diameter. The probes provide adjustable shunt capacity every 90 electrical degrees and are used to cancel out reflections that occur a short distance down the line toward the load. Larger probes provide more capacity and can cancel larger reflections. The exact size of probe to use for 6-1/8 inch line is determined by trial. Generally, the smallest size probe capable of achieving the correction is the correct size.
A fine matcher is often installed on the output of each tube and the input of the station test load, but should be used sparingly.
2-10
The fine matcher must be within 10 wavelengths of the unwanted reflection.
If the distance is greater than 10 wavelengths, the bandwidth of the correction will be too narrow. Also, the correction will be unstable as the temperature of the line changes.
2.6.4
Plumbing System Installation
The plumbing section consists of a single loop, carrying a water/glycol mixture between the outside pump module, heat exchanger, amplifier cabinets and RF system loads.
Use the following information for assistance during installation:
• Refer to typical plumbing layout in conjunction with the list of plumbing kit parts in Section VII (parts lists) or
•
A custom plumbing layout drawing.
Install the plumbing system per the drawings. Take care with each solder joint to make sure it is well sealed. Extra time spent making sure solder joints are leak-free will save hours of time later.
See Appendix D for specific information and instructions for cooling system installation and operation.
2.6.5
Guidelines For Installing Cooling System
The following tools and materials are needed:
•
Welding torch set
•
Oxygen & acetylene tanks
• Welders mask or goggles
•
Tubing cutter for 2.5 inch tubing (a hacksaw may be used instead of the tubing cutter)
•
Flux (Stay Clean Flux) or equivalent (Harris part number
086 0004 040; one 16 oz bottle provided with plumbing kit)
• Soft silver solder (96.5% tin; 3.5% silver) such as Aladdin
#450 (Harris part number 086 0004 038) is needed. Three
1 lb rolls of 1/16 inch soft silver solder is supplied with plumbing kit. 1/8 inch silver solder (Harris part number
086-0004-047) is also available.
•
Wire brush and rags
• Water hose
In addition, all thread rod, angle iron or channel, and hangers will be needed to support the plumbing. These are available in an optional installation kit, see Table 2-36 or 2-37.
The copper plumbing lines can be cut with a tubing cutter or a hack saw. Be sure and de-bur the line after cutting.
WARNING
TEMPERATURE OF THE HEATED LINE IN THE FOLLOWING
STEPS IS QUITE HIGH. PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO
AVOID CONTACT WITH EXPOSED SKIN.
It is recommended that Aladdin 450 soft silver solder (Harris part number 086 0004 038 for 1/16 inch diameter, or 086 0004 047 for 1/8 inch diameter) be used to assemble all plumbing joints.
The line, elbows and tees should be cleaned with emery cloth or
Scotch Bright before flux is applied for soldering. Since considerable heat is necessary to make the solder flow, some torch black and flaking may develop inside the pipe. Before hanging the line, it is recommended that a hose and wire brush or rag be used to
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout clean and flush the inside of the line. This will avoid future problems with plugged filters and fittings due to dirty internal line.
2.6.6
Conduit And Electrical Installation
Although it is not supplied with the SigmaCD™ transmitter, metal conduit must be used to support and enclose wires connecting each piece of equipment. Any outdoor conduit must be weatherproof. Plastic conduit is not an acceptable substitution
for metallic conduit.
The 32/36kV high voltage and ground return cables should be run in rigid steel conduit.
The high voltage and ground return cables are to be clad in the provided zipper tubing to prevent cable damage during installation. After installing the cable apply the supplied duct seal to the rigid conduit entrance and exit points to prevent moisture intrusion.
EMT is acceptable for interlocks and other AC signals indoors.
Refer to the site specific/installation drawings and the standard schematic package for information on conduit installation for the
HV beam supplies and line control cabinets. These drawings should also be used to help determine conduit sizes, length of wire runs and fuse/circuit breaker ratings.
The branch feeding the line control cabinet must be a fused circuit as specified in the AC wiring diagram. The instantaneous in-rush current during a crowbar event will typically exceed peak current values of a circuit breaker and in turn generate nuisance trips.
2.7
PA Cabinet Internal Assembly
The front and rear PA cabinets should already be joined together.
The following paragraphs will complete the assembly of all internal modules and interconnecting wiring.
2.7.1
Crowbar Assembly Installation
Capacitor C6 must be reinstalled before installation of the crowbar assembly. Refer to sheet 5 of drawing 843-5496-048 (for
EEV) or 843-5496-071 (for CPI) for C6 or crowbar connection details.
a. The capacitor is shipped with the white Rulan wire (#733) shorting the capacitor. Wire 733 and a resistor clip remain connected on one end of the capacitor, disconnect the wire from the other end of the capacitor.
b. The capacitor mounting brackets are installed on the rear
PA cabinet wall opposite the center door. Loosen the brackets and slide the capacitor in until it is just visible on the other side of the bracket and tighten the bracket.
c. Reach behind the mounting bracket and connect gray wire
(#735) to the capacitor. This wire comes from the body/collector current monitoring assembly.
d. Connect the white Rulan wire (#733) to X4 on the grounding switch. The grounding switch is located above the capacitor.
Facing the rear of the PA cabinet, the crowbar assembly mounts on the right hand wall of the high voltage cubicle. When mounted, the crowbar filament voltage meter is visible through the small window located in the lower half of the right hand rear door.
a. A ground cable, which is fastened to the right cubical wall, is installed under the upper-inside mounting nut.
09/17/99
Figure 2-7. Probe Installation, RF Breakaway Section
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-11
b. Cap screws must be used to cover the mounting studs after crowbar mounting is complete.
c. Connect the two gray wires (wires 358 and 359) to the output terminals on top of the crowbar filament transformer. Wire #358 to terminal 4 and #359 to terminal 3.
d. Connect the BNC terminated coax cable (wire #337) to the
BNC connector on the wall behind the crowbar assembly.
This cable comes from the crowbar toroid.
e. Insert R11 into the resistor clips on capacitor C6 and the crowbar assembly.
f. Connect wire #712 to terminal X2 on the isolated supply.
This is the -35 kV high voltage output cable from resistors
R1 and R2 on the crowbar assembly.
g. Connect wire #736 and the positive lead from the beam supply to the bottom of toroid CT-1. Wire #736 comes from the bottom of the body/collector current monitoring assembly.
h. Connect the negative lead from the beam supply to the stud on the top-far-left side of the crowbar chassis. After connection, this stud must be covered with a cap screw.
i. Connect fiber optic cables 380, 700, and 701 as follows.
#380 to H101 on floating deck unit of crowbar assembly.
#700 (gray) to H2 (gray) on crowbar assembly.
#701 (blue) to H1 (blue) on crowbar assembly.
This completes the crowbar assembly installation. The crowbar assembly is shipped with the thyratron tube installed.
2.7.2
Cable and Wire Connections
Refer to the following Front/Rear Cab Analog/Digital schematics: 843-5496-048 for EEV tubes, or 843-5496-071 for CPI tubes. Also refer to 839-8121-771 High Voltage Components and
Cables.
2.7.2.1
Rear Cabinet Control Connectors
The following steps will be required to reconnect the front and rear amplifier cabinets since they were separated for shipment.
All of the rear connectors are fastened to the wall that separates the front and rear cabinets.
C1 X3, a 16 pin Wego connector, to its wall mounted mate
(same number).It is located on left side behind IPA, as viewed from front of the amp cabinet.
Figure 2-8. T4 and T5 Video Decoupling Toroid For IOT
Heater, Grid Bias, and Ion Pump Supplies
C1 X4, a 16 pin Wego connector, to its wall mounted mate
(same number). It is located on left side behind IPA, as viewed from front of the amp cabinet.
C1 X1, a 16 pin Wego connector, to its wall mounted mate
(same number). It is located on left side behind IPA Feed Forward Assembly, as viewed from front of the amp cabinet.
C1 X5, a BNC connector on wire #96, to bulkhead BNC
(C1X7) located on left side behind IPA, as viewed from front of amp cabinet. Wire #337, from crowbar assembly goes to the other side of the bulkhead connector.
C1 X6, a BNC connector on wire #408, to bulkhead BNC
(C1X8) located on left side behind IOT trolley, as viewed from the front of the amp cabinet. Wire #338, from body current monitoring assembly goes to the other side of the bulkhead connector.
Be sure the ground wires in the corners, that connect the walls of the front cabinet to the rear wall are reconnected.
Function
Heater
Heater/Cathode
Heater/Cathode
Jack Color
Red
Black
Black
Ground to Chassis
Ion Pump
Grid Bias
Blue
Yellow
Note: Wire 119 is the grid bias return.
Table 2-5. Input Cavity Connections In High Voltage
Junction Box (EEV tube top lid)
Wire Number wire 0710
Wire 0711
Wire 0119 (for EEV)
Wire 0119 (for CPI)
Wire 0720
Wire 0719
Wire Termination
1/4" Term Lug
1/4" Term Lug
1/4" Term Lug
Solder
Solder
2-12 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
2.7.2.2
EEV IOT High Voltage Junction Box Termination
The high voltage junction box (in the EEV tube top lid) is normally connected to its umbilical cord prior to shipment. The wires from the other end of the umbilical cord are routed through the video decoupling toroids, as shown in Figure 2-8. The umbilical cable (and top hat) were routed from the rear amplifier cabinet to the front cabinet before the two halves of the cabinet were joined. The following instructions can be used if either the junction box or wires from the other end of the umbilical cord are not connected.
Locate 3/4 diameter black cable bundle, these are the grid bias, ion pump, filament, and filament/cathode connections. Next locate the armored cable shield and install in the opening just below the isolated metering panel located in front of the IOT cabinet. Use extreme care while handling this cable bundle as the black tubing is fragile.
Route the black cable bundle from the rear of the cabinet bulkhead through the armored conduit. Ensure that at least 12 inches of the insulation remain exposed in the rear of the cabinet to prevent arc over. This will provide adequate slack to wrap the cables 3 times through the two ferrite cores (video decoupling
T4 and T5 - Dwg 839-8121-771). Refer to Figure 2-8.
Locate the IOT input cavity HV junction box. Remove 5 nylon screws to gain access to the rear of the junction box banana jacks.
Insert and secure the armored cable shield to the junction box.
Removal of the banana jacks is done in a “push -click -pull” series of movements.
• Push on the banana plug
•
A click should be heard/felt
•
Pull the banana plug from it’s socket
Ensure the black insulating sleeve of the cable bundle extends 8" beyond the seal tight connector. This should allow the cable to fan out between the base of the junction box and the insulating sleeve. This procedure prevents arc over in the junction box.
2.7.2.3
CPI IOT High Voltage Umbilical Interconnect
The high voltage umbilical cable must be terminated to the
Klystrode input cavity. Refer to the CPI IOT instruction manual and drawing 843-5496-771 for connection information.
2.7.2.4
Signal Interconnects
Refer to pages two and three of the following Front/Rear Cab
Analog/Digital schematics: 843-5496-048 for EEV tubes, or
843-5496-071 for CPI tubes.
Locate the RF, ALC and reset cables labeled #38, 39, 97 for a single IPA, #1038, 1039, 1097 for the dual IPA, and the fiber optic cables labeled #703,704,702,706,705, 700,701. Route them along the left hand side of the IPA shelf behind the switched meter panel. Next feed them through the rear bulkhead opening under C1X4. Wire #38, 39, 97 will terminate in the rear of the right IPA module connectors LX5, LX6, and LX7 once it is installed. Wire #1038, 1039, 1097 will terminate in the rear of the left IPA module connectors LX5, LX6, and LX7 once it is installed.
Refer to page five of the Front/Rear Cab Analog/Digital schematics: 843-5496-048 (revision Q or later) for EEV tubes, or
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Section II - Installation & Checkout
843-5496-071 for CPI tubes. Route the terminated fiber optic cables #703, 704, 702, 706, 705, 700, and 701 to the digital analog board top left connectors H13, H12, H14, H15, H16, H1, and H2 respectively. Route gray and blue terminated fiber optics cables #380, #701 and 700 to H101, H1 & H2 of the crowbar
Interface assembly (AA) and terminated in respective sockets.
2.7.2.5
Single IPA Install
Refer to Dwg 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-071 Sheet 2.
To install a single IPA locate the circulator support brackets just above the IPA reject loads. Remove the 4 phillips head screws and reverse the orientation of the support bracket so it is extending toward the rear of the amplifier cabinet. Reinstall phillips screws.
Install the IPA module into the slots behind the amplifier control panel located in the front upper left side of the amplifier cubicle.
Plug in DC PWR cables wire #803 and 827 to IPA connectors
X2/X3 +red and -black connection respectively. Locate the four circulators AQ, AR, AS, and AT. Install in the support bracket located in the rear HV cabinet right hand side over the IPA slot.
Connect as shown in schematic 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-071.
Install RF cable W15 between 4 way combiner output AU and probe section U1. The cable will require routing through a 3/4" hole located below and to the left of the reject dump load and heat sink assembly. Locate dump load inputs 5 and 6, feed the two cables through the wall. Terminate circulator C2-3 to input
5 and the 6 dB coupler HB2X3 to input 6. Connect the output of circulator C1X2 to the input of the IOT double slugged tuner/Klystrode RF input connection. Terminate C1X3 to 250 watt reject load R6.
2.7.2.6
Dual IPA Install
Refer to Dwg 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-071 Sheet 3.
To install dual IPA’s complete the single IPA install locate the circulator support brackets just above the IPA reject loads. Remove the 4 phillips head screws and reverse the orientation of the support bracket so it is extending toward the rear of the amplifier cabinet. Reinstall phillips screws.
Install the IPA modules into the left hand slots behind the amplifier control panel located in the front upper left side of the amplifier cubicle. Plug in DC PWR cables wire #1803 and 1827 to IPA 2 connectors X2/X3 +red and -black connection respectively.
Locate the four circulators AQ2, AR2, AS2, and AT2. Install in the support bracket located in the rear HV cabinet right hand side over the IPA slot. Connect as shown in schematic 843-5496-048 or 843-5496-171 or 843-5496-071.
Install RF cable W15 between 8 way combiner output AU and probe section U1. The cable will require routing through a 3/4" hole located below and to the left of the reject dump load and heat sink assembly. Locate dump load inputs 1 , 2, and 3. Feed the three cables through the wall and terminate circulators C2X3 to input 1, C1X3 via W26 to input 3, and the 6 dB coupler HB2X3 to input 2. Connect the output of circulator C1X2 to the input of the IOT double slugged tuner/Klystrode RF input connection.
2-13
Table 2-6 System Control Panel Links
X21
Link 1
Link 2
Link 3
S8
* Denotes Link Selection
Link
X3
S12
Select
*a-b b-c
2TX 3TX 4TX
* *
*
*
*
*
Function
Solid LED if system normal OK (flashing if not OK)
Solid LED if system normal OK (off if not OK)
Circuit illuminates if system is normal.
Remove link if single PA system
Remove link if single or two PA system
Remove Link if single, two, or three PA system
On
On
On
On
3
4
1
2
Close to disable external system normal input
Close to disable exciter system normal input
Close to prevent local power controls operating in parallel with remotes
Close to prevent local system controls operating in parallel with remotes
1 2 3 4
Off Off Off Off Zero reject load meters (single PA system)
Off Off On On One reject load meter (two PA system)
On On On Off Three reject load meters (three or four PA system)
Table 2-7 System Interface Panel Links
In
In
X32
In
Out
Link
X23
X24
X25
Link Function
Link if single PA system
Link if one or two PA system
Link if one, two, or three PA system
For USA systems LED should remain extinguished for equipment not in circuit.
X30 X31
In
Out
X33
Auto Changeover unit present
Auto Changeover unit not present
Remote control enable is disabled (single exciter mode)
Remote control enable (dual exciter mode)
In
Out Auto Changeover selected (dual exciter mode)
2-14 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
2.8
Sigma
CD Checkout Procedures
In performing the transmitter checkout procedure the process will be broken up into several steps: a. Primary power distribution checkout b. Automatic voltage regulator checkout c. Cooling system checkout (refer to Appendix D) d. Transmitter cabinets checkout e. RF system/transmitter interface checkout f. RF drive system checkout g. Amplifier HV application and final tests
WARNING
BEFORE APPLYING PRIMARY POWER, TURN OFF ALL CIRCUIT
BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES ON THE POWER
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, AVR, LINE CONTROL CABINET, CON-
TROL CABINET, AMPLIFIER CABINET, PUMP MODULE AND
HEAT EXCHANGER.
WARNING
PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE
FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL
POWER, AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST
LEADS ARE TO BE ATTACHED OR REMOVED. THE TEST METER
IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE TRANSMITTER CABINET AND
ALL DOORS ARE TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO
APPLYING ANY POWER.
2.8.1
Automatic Voltage Regulator Checkout
Refer to Vendor Manual.
Energize AVR circuit breaker. Check to ensure output voltage meter calibration is accurate. Adjust regulation window to maintain 480 VAC/380 VAC output +/-2%. Also check to ensure the correction window is within center range. This may require retapping of the mains input transformer. Next check for proper phase rotation. Most AVR’s have a phase monitor relay to provide an indication of normal rotation.
2.8.2
Control Checkout
a. Check and set Control Cabinet links as per Table 2-6
System Control Panel Links, and System Interface
Links/Jumpers per Table 2-7.
b. Refer to Table 2-8. Measure Power Distribution Board
Resistance to ensure proper connection. Control System
Power Supply Units will auto-select input voltage.
(110/220 VAC) c. Apply primary power (110 or 220 VAC) to the Control
Cabinet from the AC mains disconnect panel.
d. Measure and ensure Control Cabinet Power Supplies are within normal tolerances.
2.8.3
RF System/Mode Controller Checkout
Confirm the correct programming of the mode controller. See
Tables 2-31 through 2-35 for the appropriate transmitter configuration. Ensure the RF system interconnects have been completed in accordance with the applicable amplifier interconnect sche-
09/17/99
Table 2-8 Control Cabinet Pre-Tests
Check power distribution board resistances:
X1-5 to Ground
X1-5 to X1-1
X1-5 to X1-2
X1-5 to X1-3
X1-5 to X2-1
X1-5 to X2-2
X1-5 to X2-3
Turn on control cabinet and measure:
X2-9
X1-9
X1-7
X1-8
X3-8
X2-7
X2-8
X4-5
-24 VDC
-24 VDC
+12 VDC
-12 VDC
+5 VDC
+12 VDC
-12 VDC
+5 VDC
Measure
0 Ohms
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
PSU-A
PSU-B matic: ie. 1x, 2x , 3x, or 4x amplifiers system interconnection schematic. The power amplifier cabinet numbering sequence is dictated by the RF system input port to which the cabinet is connected. The RF system input ports are labeled PA1, PA2, etc...
therefore, PA cabinet 1 is the cabinet that is connected to the RF system input port labeled PA1.
Test the appropriate mode command selections and ensure the
RF System will switch to the selected positions and generate the appropriate status read backs.
2.8.4
Line Control Cabinet Checkout
Due to safety considerations and to verify installation wiring, the
LCC ac voltage outputs will be checked at TB17 located on top of the PA cabinet.
WARNING
380 AND 480 VOLTS AC PRESENT AT TB17. BE SURE ALL LCC
CONNECTIONS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY IN THE TERMI-
NAL BLOCK WITH THE WIRE INSULATION EXTENDING BELOW
THE SURFACE.
a. Make sure all breakers are turned OFF on the front of the
PA cabinet.
b. Energize LCC 200 Amp Fused Disconnect at the distribution panel.
c. Energize LCC Q2 (cabinet power).
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-15
WARNING
DO NOT TURN ON BEAM SUPPLY MAIN SWITCH S5 ON LCC.
d. On the rear of the amp cabinet open the shorting switch and energize the cabinet isolator. K1 in the LCC should pull in supplying 380 and 480VAC (60Hz) or 380VAC
(50Hz) to the PA cabinet.
e. Remove the metal plate covering TB17 on top of the PA cabinet.
f. Measure the following voltages on TB17:
1. 480 VAC (60Hz) or 380 VAC (50 Hz) at TB17-1 & 2
2. 480 VAC (60Hz) or 380 VAC (50 Hz) at TB17-2 & 3
3. 480 VAC (60Hz) or 380 VAC (50 Hz) at TB17-3 & 1.
g. With an ohmmeter, check for continuity from TB17-21
(3-phase present status line) to TB17-11 (ground).
1. 3 Phase Okay: If the 3 phase sensor in the LCC is satisfied, TB17-21 will be grounded. To verify that it is not just a wiring short, de-energize Q2 on the LCC and
TB17-21 should read open.
2. 3 Phase Out of Rotation: If TB17-21 initially reads open (with the power on) and the previous voltage checks were okay, then it will be necessary to de-energize the 200 Amp disconnect at the distribution panel and swap 2 of the 3 phases going to the LCC.
h. Energize the 200 Amp disconnect at the distribution panel, and Q2 (cabinet power) and Q3 (control) on the LCC. Measure the following: (for 480VAC systems, re-tapping of the step down transformer in the LCC may be required)
1. 380 VAC input TB17-4 & 5
2. 380 VAC input TB17-5 & 6
3. 380 VAC input TB17-6 & 4
4. 220 VAC input TB17-4,5,6 to TB17-7 (neutral)
2.8.4.1
Indicator LEDs
Turn on the Q1 (Control) breaker on the front of the PA cabinet.
The following is a list of indicators that should be illuminated.
NOTE
No fault indicators should be illuminated. To clear fault indicators, press fault reset and lockout reset.
a. Amplifier Control Panel
1. AC present
2. Internal interlock
3. Local, If not press local control command b. Logic & Control PCB
(Item “N” on Figure 6-3 component designator view)
1. Connector interlocks H1 c. Analog/Digital Interface PCB
(Item “P” on Figure 6-3 component designator view)
1. Power OK H3 (+24V, +/-12V, and +5V).
2. -12V OK H4
3. +24Vdc OK H5
4. +12V OK H6
5. Internal interlocks OK H7 (IOT top lid interlock)
6. Rear PA Cabinet Door Interlocks OK H8.
2.8.4.2
Check Interlocks
a. Check the panel interlock circuit to ensure that removal of the rear cabinet doors extinguish the door interlock LED
(H8). Replace all panels and doors.
b. Check the IOT top lid interlock circuit to ensure that removal of the IOT top lid extinguishes the internal interlock LED (H7).
c. Connector interlock circuit LED H1 should be illuminated.
This indicates that each of the appropriate printed circuit board connections and various other interconnections are made. See Figure 2-9for a simplified schematic of the connector interlocks.
d. De-energize PA cabinet control breaker Q1.
e. On the rear of the amp cabinet, de-energize cabinet isolator switch and close the shorting switch.
f. Turn LCC circuit breakers to OFF and de-energize the 200
Amp disconnect for the LCC.
2.9
System Checkout
2.9.1
Setup TX Output Feeder Probes
Directional couplers should be factory adjusted. If it is determined a need for adjustment is required use a network analyzer to establish the correct coupling ratio and directivity. Refer to
Tables 2-9 and 2-10.
2.9.2
Amplifier Cubicle PCB links
Ensure logic PCB switches are correctly set, see Table 2-11, and the links on analog/digital interface PCB and logic PCB are set to correct position, see Tables 2-12 and 2-13.
2.9.3
Functional Checks
WARNING
ENSURE THAT ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANS-
MITTER AND HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PER-
FORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS. ALWAYS USE A GROUND-
ING STICK TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO RESIDUAL VOLT-
AGES PRESENT.
2.9.3.1
3 Phase supply Present
a. Turn off the LCC 200 Amp fused disconnect.
b. Disconnect either fuse F2 or F3, (2.0 Amp) in the line control cabinet feeding 3 phase power to the power line monitor A2.
c. Engage the LCC 200 Amp fused disconnect and ensure that LCC circuit breakers Q2 and Q3 are engaged.
d. The green ac present LED on the logic board should go out along with all other indications on the logic unit.
e. Deenergize LCC 200 Amp fused disconnect and replace fuses in the LCC.
2-16 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
09/17/99
Figure 2-9. Connection Interlocks
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-17
Probe Function
W1 (138) Reflected Power
W2 (23)
W3 (28)
W4
Forward Power
AGC sample
Table 2-9. DTV average power
Sample Powe Level
(20 mW at PX17)
(100mW at PX16)
(2 mW at KX9)
Custor output monitor probe (20 mW at probe)
17 kW average
-45dB
-53dB
-61dB
-59dB
System Power Level
23 kW average
-46dB
-54dB
-62dB
-60dB
Table 2-10. Setup IPA O/P power probe
Probe
U2X3 (22)
Function
IPA output power
U2X4 IPA customer output monitor probe
Feed Forward Probe
UIX3 (W14) IPA amp O/P to 3 dB hybrid
Power Level
(100mW at PX15)
(20 mW at probe)
(100mW at probe)
Probe Isolation
-37dB
-44dB
-37dB f. Energize LCC 200 Amp disconnect. Turn on Q1 (control) breaker on the PA cabinet.
2.9.3.2
Cabinet Temperature
The two cabinet thermostats S4 and S5 are connected in series and are located on the wall between the IPA cubicle and the IOT cubicle. To check the cabinet temperature circuit, perform the following steps.
a. Remove the spade connector from the thermostats b. The cabinet temperature LED should illuminate c. The lockout LED illuminates d. Transmitter trips off and, depending on jumper setting, performs a lockout to Off, BK Heat, or Standby.
e. Reconnect spade lug to thermostats f. Reset lockout and LEDs
2.9.3.3
Collector Over-temperature
Note
Refer to Table 2-16 for Digital and Analog Interface (D/A) PCB potentiometer adjustments.
• Trip set at 70 o
C a. Move link X27 on D/A PCB to position b - c.
b. Adjust R238 clockwise so Collector Over-temperature red
LED just comes on.
c. Reposition link X27 to a - b.
d. Disconnect lead to Collector output thermostat Y/S1 (Located on the output water pipe underneath the tube trolley).
e. The Collector Over-temperature and Lockout red LED’s should light.
f. Reconnect lead to Collector output thermostat Y/S1 (Located on the output water pipe underneath the tube trolley).
g. Reset Lockout and Fault LED
2.9.3.4
Collector Current Calibration/Overload
•
Digital Amplification trip 2.5A.
a. Zero meter with ‘Set Null’ pot R255 on D/A PCB.
b. Connect negative lead of a test power supply (3 amp current limiting) to 5 Amp collector shunt resistor (AM-X2 top) on body/collector current monitoring PCB and positive lead to other end of 5 Amp shunt (AM-X1 bottom).
c. Ensure that the power supply meter is calibrated by using an external current meter in series.
d. Calibrate transmitter collector meter at 2.5 Amps (R240 on
D/A PCB. If R240 runs out of range, substitute a new value of resistance for the assembled on test resistor R207 (which is nominally 82K ohms).
e. Set collector trip at 2.5 Amps. (R241 on D/A PCB).
f. Collector current red LED will light.
g. Reset fault indicator
2.9.3.5
Body Current Calibration/Overload
• EEV IOT 50mA
NOTE
This procedure does not apply to CPI IOT tubes.
a. Zero meter with ‘set null’ pot R253 on D/A PCB.
b. Connect positive lead of a power supply (current limiting) to R1 (bottom) on body/collector current monitoring PCB and negative lead to other end of R1 (top).
c. Ensure PSU meter is calibrated using an external current meter in series.
d. Calibrate transmitter body current meter to agree with the external current meter (R243 on D/A PCB) and set body current trip to manufacturers spec (R242 on D/A PCB). If
R243 runs out of range, substitute a new value of resistance for the assembled on test resistor R234 (which is nominally
47 K ohms).
e. Body current red LEDs on logic PCB will light.
f. Reset fault LED.
2-18 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
2.9.3.6
Cavity Air Checkout
a. Switch on the cavity cooling and IPA cooling circuit breakers Q2, Q5, and Q6 respectively on the contactor and circuit breaker assy.
b. Switch transmitter to Standby.
c. When the blowers come on, ensure that the 3-phase cavity air blower is rotating in the correct direction. If rotating in the correct direction, the cavity air blower output will blow air out, if rotating in the wrong direction, the blower output will suck air in. Power down the transmitter and reverse two of the three blower motor AC connections to reverse the motor.
d. The other PA cabinet fans are operated from single phase
AC power. The only way these fans could blow air in the wrong direction is if they were installed backwards. The two rear cabinet fans should draw air into the rear cabinet, and the two top front cabinet fans should exhaust air out of the cabinet.
e. Test the air pressure switches by removing the nylon sample hoses from the IOT air supply pipes and from the
IPA fan enclosure (below the IPA modules).The cavity air and IPA air green LEDs should extinguish when the sample hoses are removed and should illuminate when the sample hoses are reconnected. Ensure air filters are installed and clean for this adjustment.
2.9.3.7
Collector Cooling
Adjust the IOT body and collector flow rates and flow sensors using the following procedure.
a. Turn on AC power breakers and disconnects for the pump and head exchanger modules.
b. Switch the transmitter to standby.
c. Open the rear gate valve (located on the right hand wall of the front cabinet) and adjust the water flow through the body to manufacturers nominal flow rate using front flow meter.
(CPI tubes do not use liquid cooling for the tube body).
d. Monitor red LED on the bottom of the hall effect relay and adjust the body flow hall effect relay so the contacts just close. The LED will illuminate.
e. Open the collector input (front) gate valve and adjust flow through the collector to manufacturers nominal flow rate using the rear flow meter.21
f. Monitor red LED on the bottom of the hall effect relay and adjust the collector flow hall effect relay so the contacts just close. The LED will illuminate.
g. When both relays are closed ensure the green collector cooling LED is on.
2.9.3.8
EEV and CPI Minimum Coolant Flow Rates
See Table 2-14 or 2-15 and refer to tube vendor data. With the transmitter still in standby, use the following procedure to ensure that the hall effect relay drops out when minimum flow is reached.
a. Using the appropriate gate valve, reduce each flow rate to the recommended minimum flow rate.
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
b. The appropriate hall effect flow sensor relay should drop out and its red LED extinguish.
c. If not, adjust the position of the relay until it is in for normal flow and drops out at minimum flow.
2.9.3.9
External Interlocks
Check the external interlock path to ensure that all external switches are operational. The external interlock path starts from
RX27/1 & 2 on each power amplifier cabinet and connects to an appropriate input of the interlock marshalling board in the transmitter control cabinet. Lines from the interlock marshalling board connect to the interlock switches in the locations listed below. Refer to the power amplifier and transmitter system interconnect drawings. External interlock switches include: a. Beam supply front access cover b. Beam supply shorting switch c. Beam tap switch cover d. RF system mode switches e. Cooling system flow switches f. Filter reject load thermal switches.
RX27 pin 2 is ground. The series connected external interlock switches complete this ground connection to RX 27 pin 1 on the amplifier cabinet interface board. When RX27 pin 1 is pulled to ground,external interlock (I7) goes high and logic board green
LED H3G illuminates. I7 is one of the inputs to the logic board ready command.
2.9.3.10
Motor Overload:
The motor overload protection for the cavity fan consists of an overload sensor attached to contactor K1 in the contactor and circuit breaker assembly.
The transmitter should be switched off and isolated.
a. With an ohmmeter check that the logic output contacts from the breaker go from short circuit to open circuit when the test button on the motor overload breaker is pressed.
b. Set cavity blower overload relay K1 to 2.5 Amps.
c. Set the motor overload breaker to auto and remove the logic output wire from the breaker trip connection.
d. Replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select standby.
e. The transmitter should not run up, but indicate motor overload on the amplifier control panel.
f. Switch the amplifier to off again and isolate.
g. Access the circuit breaker assy and replace wire removed in step c, replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select the standby command.
h. Reset Lock out and Overload faults.
i. The transmitter should now run up without indicating motor overload on the amplifier control panel.
2-19
Figure 2-10. Ion Current Test Jig
WARNING
PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE
FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL
POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST
LEADS ARE TO BE ATTACHED OR REMOVED. ALL DOORS ARE
TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO APPLYING ANY
POWER.
2.9.3.11
Ion Current (Calibration/Overload)
No calibration pots exist for the ion current metering and overload circuits. This test only checks the function of the circuit.
This circuit was tested and calibrated in the factory.
The ion current test fixture, shown schematically in Figure 2-10, must be constructed in the field if this test is to be performed.
a. Connecttheioncurrenttestfixtureacrosstheioncurrentsupply.
The connection points are the isolated supply chassis and the negative terminal of the ion current meter.
b. Set resistor tapping point so Ion meter reads just below 20 uA. Use test fixture terminals A and D, for 15 mA.
c. Switch on Ion, bias circuit breaker Q3.
d. Ensure ion current green LED lights when the transmitter is on standby.
e. Above 20 mA, the ion pump green LED on the logic is extinguished. The ion current trip and red LED on the logic are active when the transmitter is switched to beam and are disabled in standby. Use test fixture terminals A and B, for
26 mA.
f. Reset Lockout and fault indicators.
WARNING
PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE
FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL
POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST
LEADS ARE TO BE ATTACHED OR REMOVED. THE TEST METER
IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE TRANSMITTER CABINET AND
ALL DOORS ARE TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED PRIOR TO
APPLYING ANY POWER.
2.9.3.12
Bias Current (Calibration/Overload)
Trip points:
•
EEV IOT 80 mA
•
CPI IOT 120mA a. Remove the cover on the isolated supply.
b. Connect a 1 K ohm 50 watt resistor between grid current meter negative terminal and the shield of the grid bias supply coax (wire number 727). The shield connects to R1, which is the voltage dependant resistor mounted above the bias current meter.
c. Turn the transmitter to standby and adjust the grid current to manufacturers maximum grid current level using the bias volts adjustment pot on the Isolated Meter assembly.
The meter should be reading negative.
d. The logic supplies’ bias volts green LED should just go out. If not, refer to Section V, Maintenance and Alignments for Bias Current Calibration.
NOTE
The red bias current trip LED on the logic is disabled in standby.
e. Reducing the bias current to below the trip level will light the bias volts green LED again. (This circuit has a small amount of hysteresis) f. Return the bias volts adjustment pot to fully CW.
2.9.3.13
IPA Power Supply Set-up And Balance
A PA cabinet can be set up with one or two 1kW IPA amplifier modules. If one IPA module is used, two 32 volt IPA power supplies will be installed. These supplies are powered through breakers Q7 and Q8. If two IPA modules are used, three IPA power supplies are used. These supplies are powered by breakers
Q7, Q8, and Q9. The positive dc outputs of the two or three supplies are combined through a paralleling assembly (F) which consists of diodes V1, V2, and V3, shown on sheet 7 of diagram
843-5496-048 (or 071). Use the following procedure to set up and balance the IPA power supplies.
a. Disconnect the dc input leads to the 1kW IPA amplifier(s) and to the 40 watt feed forward amplifier.
b. Set the transmitter to standby.
c. Switch on IPA power supply 1 breaker Q7.
d. Check that 32Vdc is present at the IPA module(s) dc supply connectors and that the polarity is correct. The larger hole in the block is the positive terminal.
e. Switch off Q7, switch on power supply 2 breaker Q8 and repeat step d.
f. For dual IPA installations, switch off Q8, switch on power supply 3 breaker Q9 and repeat step d.
2-20 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
g. Ensure all IPA power supply breakers (Q7 through Q9) are switched off.
h. Reconnect the dc supply connector to IPA module 1.
i. Switch on power supply 1 (Q7) and measure the voltage at the center stud of the PSU paralleling assembly (F) j. Set the output of the power supply to 32 +/-0.01 Vdc using the output level pot at the bottom front of the power supply.
k. Switch off Q7, switch on power supply 2 breaker Q8 and repeat step j.
l. For dual IPA installations, switch off Q8, switch on power supply 3 breaker Q9 and repeat step j.
m. Switch on all power supply breakers (Q7 through O9). The voltage should be 32 +/- 0.05 Vdc.
n. Check that the IPA volts front panel LED is illuminated and that the LED goes out if any of the supplies are switched off.
o. Switch off all IPA power supply breakers (Q7 through Q9).
p. Reconnect the dc supply to the 40 watt amplifier and IPA module 2 (if fitted).
2.9.3.14
Filament Check
a. Ensure transmitter operational delay times are switched in on the Logic PCB. Refer to Table 2-10.
b. Switch on breaker Q4 (IOT heater) and turn the transmitter to Standby.
c. Wait until the filament voltage has stabilized (at least 20 seconds) making sure the filament step start has completed. Using the full filament voltage rheostat, adjust the filament voltage to the value specified in the IOT data sheet for that particular tube.
d. For the CPI IOT adjust the heater current such that the current is the same as that specified in the CPI IOT test data sheet.
e. Switch the transmitter to BK heat and adjust the filament
BK heat voltage rheostat to 1.5 volts below tube manufacturers recommended filament voltage.
f. In no circumstances should the BK heat voltage be less than 5.5 volts.
2.9.3.15
Ion Pump Current Check
While on standby, monitor the Ion pump current. If it is over 20 mA, continue to operate on standby until the current drops. Ion pump current results from gas within the tube, which causes arcing and crowbars when beam voltage is on.
CAUTION
Do not operate the IOT in standby for more then 30 minutes at a time. For longer periods of operation with filaments but no beam voltage, set the transmitter to bk heat.
If the tube has been in storage for some time, it may be quite gassy.
2.9.3.16
Focus Current Adjustment
Use the following procedure to check the setting of the over and under focus current trip points and to set the proper value of focus current.
Section II - Installation & Checkout a. Switch on focus circuit breaker Q10 on contactor & circuit breaker assembly.
b. Switch the transmitter to standby. The full heater LED will light in approximately 20 sec bringing the focus contactor with it.
c. Increase the focus current to the maximum specified focus current as per manufacturers data sheet (EEV IOT 40KW tube 25A, 60KW tube 26A) (CPI IOT 23A). The Focus
Current pot is located on the left-hand wall in the IOT compartment.
d. Adjust the focus over-current pot R1 so the FOCUS CUR-
RENT green LED on the front panel just goes out. R1 (and
R2) is located inside the PA cabinet behind the contactor/breaker panel on a shelf just above the IPA supplies.
e. Reduce the focus current to the minimum specified focus current as per the manufacturers data sheet (EEV IOT 40
KW tube 20A, 60 KW tube 22A.) (CPI IOT 18A) and turn the under-current pot R2 so the FOCUS CURRENT green
LED just goes out.
f. Re-adjust the focus to its nominal operating current as per the manufacturers data sheet. (EEV 23A, CPI 20A)
2.9.3.17
Cavity Arc
a. Press primary cavity arc button located on the front of the contactor and circuit breaker panel and ensure primary cavity arc red LED lights.
b. Press secondary cavity arc button located on the front of the contactor and circuit breaker panel and ensure output cavity arc red LED lights.
2.9.3.18
3 or 4 Shot Overloads
WARNING
DO NOT TURN ON BEAM SUPPLY SWITCH S5 on LCC.
Logic board link X20 determines whether three or four overloads will lock out the PA cabinet, see logic schematic 817-2336-172 sheet 7. X20 position a-b requires four shots to lockout and position b-c is the three shot position.
a. On the amplifier cabinet press BEAM.
b. Depress the cavity arc test button 4 times allowing the transmitter beam/HV contactors to come back in after the individual trips.
c. On the 4th trip the PA should Lockout, and the red Lockout
LED should light.
d. Reset lock out and fault LEDs
2.9.3.19
HV Step Start. (2nd step fail)
a. Move link X26 (HV second step disable) on Logic PCB
X26 from b-c (normal operation) to a-b (test).
b. Press BEAM.
c. After HV 1st step contactor comes in the PA will trip off and the red HV step start and lockout LEDs will light.
d. Refit link X26 on the logic PCB to position b-c.
e. Reset lock out and fault LEDs
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-21
2.9.3.20
Crowbar Filament Voltage Check
The following procedure is used to check the crowbar filament voltage.
a. Turn on crowbar filament breaker Q11.
b. Press STANDBY and wait for filament ready LED to illuminate, about 5 minutes.
c. Check the crowbar filament voltage (visible through window in lower half of right rear PA cabinet door). Filament voltage should be 6.3 Vac +/-0.2% (6.17 to 6.43 Vac).
2.9.3.21
Pretuning IOT
Initially set the IOT tuning controls to the numbers from the factory test data sheet. If the IOT has been shipped directly from its manufacturer, pretuning information can be obtained from the data sheets that come with the tube. Tuning controls to be preset include the following.
•
Input Cavity Tune
•
Primary Cavity Tune
• Secondary Cavity Tune
•
Primary/Secondary (Interstage) Coupling Loop
• Output Coupling Loop
2.9.3.22
Crowbar Protection Check
Prior to application of beam voltage to the IOT, the crowbar circuit operation must be checked using the Crowbar Operation Verification test fixture. Refer to the Crowbar Test Fixture Technical Manual, 888-2459-001.
2.9.3.23
First HV Application
This is the first time high voltage is applied to the IOT for an extended period of time. Ensure that the high voltage power supply is set to its lowest output voltage tap.
a. The transmitter should still be in standby from the previous step. If not, set transmitter to standby and wait approximately 5 minutes (until the delay led has illuminated).
b. Set the IOT bias to 140 volts.
c. Set the transmitter to transmit.
d. After running the IOT at reduced high voltage for 15 to 30 minutes decrease the bias voltage until the IOT quiescent current is 0.3 amps.
1. If crowbars occur during this time, the IOT may have to be operated at black heat for several hours to remove residual gas.
2. At the lowest tap, the beam voltage may be insufficient to allow an IOT quiescent current of 0.3 amps.
e. In this step, the high voltage is increased by setting the beam supply to the next higher tap.
1. Shut down the transmitter, remove all power from the system, set the beam supply to the next higher voltage tap and replace the cover.
2. Re-apply power to the system, set the transmitter to standby, and wait for filament ready LED, about 5 minutes.
3. Reset the bias to 140 Vdc.
4. Set the transmitter to transmit.
5. After running the IOT at this tap for 15 to 30 minutes decrease the bias voltage until the IOT quiescent beam current is 0.5 amps.
f. Repeat step until the beam supply is tapped for the correct voltage.
2.9.3.24
Tube Tuning
This section not yet available.
2-22 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Link
X11
X12
X28
X30
X36
X13
X22 (removed from board)
X24
X25
X26 (removed from board)
X27
Table 2-11. Logic and Control Switches
Logic switches:
S3 and S4
S5 and S6
S7 and S8
Switch on
1, 2, 3 & 8
3, 5, 6 & 8
1, 4, 6 & 7
Time
120 sec
300 sec
600 sec
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Table 2-12. Digital and Analogue Interface Links
* Denotes Link Selection
Position Function a - b Sound notch out b - c Sound notch in a - b Link for amplifier normal remote output latching enabled b - c Link for amplifier normal remote output latching disabled a - b Link for reject power remote output latching enabled b - c Link for reject power remote output latching disabled
Link to defeat Panel Interlock
Link when cooling 2 is not used
Link when cooling 3 is not used
Link to defeat external interlock a - b Link for normal operation b - c Link for tube over-temperature setup a - b Link for lockout remote output latching enabled b - c Link for lockout remote output latching disabled a - b Link for no data stream from IPA b - c Link for data stream from IPA a - b Analog transmitter operation
Schematic 839-8121-
151
Sheet 4
Sheet 8
Sheet 8
Sheet 6
Sheet 6
Sheet 6
Sheet 6
Sheet 7
Sheet 8
Sheet 4
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-23
X12
X13
X14
X15
X16
X17
X18
X19
X20
X21
X9
X10
X11
X3
X4
X8
Links
X1
X2
X25
X26
X27
X28
X22
X23
X24
Normal = *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Table 2-13. Logic & Control PCB Links
* Denotes Link Selection
a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b a-b a-b b-c b-c a-b a-b a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b b-c a-b
Position Function a-b b-c a-b b-c
Link for black-heat
Link for background heat
Link for lockout output latching disabled
Link for lockout output latching enabled a-b (left) Link for amplifier normal not AND with ready b-c Link for amplifier normal to AND with ready a-b (left) Link for reject power to AND with ready b-c a-b
Link for reject power to AND with ready
Link for amplifier normal output latching enabled
Link for amplifier normal output latching disabled
Link for reject power output latching enabled
Link for reject power output latching disabled
Link for lockout to off
Link for any other
Link for lockout to black
Link for any other
Link for lockout to standby
Link for any other
Link for Amplifier Panel controls always active
Link for Amplifier Panel controls when LOCAL is off
Link for open collector remote inputs
Link for TTL remote inputs
Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
Link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
4 shot
3 shot
Cavity arc 2. ( 3 shot )
Cavity arc 2. Single shot
Reflected power. ( 3 shot )
Reflected power. Single shot
Reject power. ( 3 shot )
Reject power. Single shot
Amplifier normal (3-shot)
Amplifier normal (Single Shot)
Cavity arc 1. ( 3 shot )
Cavity arc 1. Single shot
HV 2nd step fail test
Normal operation
Link for crowbar fired ( 3/4 shot )
Link for crowbar fired single shot
Link for separate local and remote controls
Link for local control overides remote controls
Sheet 7
Sheet 7
Sheet 7
Sheet 7
Sheet 13
Sheet 7
Sheet 16
Sheet 14
Sheet 2
Sheet 2
Sheet 2
Sheet 2
Sheet 3
Sheet 3
Sheet 3
Sheet 3
Sheet 3
Sheet 3
Sheet 7
Sheet 7
Schematic 839-8121-151
Sheet 1
Sheet 14
Sheet 1
Sheet 1
Sheet 14
2-24 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
IOTD240
IOTD250
IOTD270
IOTD2100
Table 2-14. EEV Minimum Coolant Flow Rates
distilled
Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM
Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM
Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM
Body 4 LPM/1.1 GPM glycol/mix
5 LPM/1.5 GPM
5 LPM/1.5 GPM
5 LPM/1.5 GPM
5 LPM/1.5 GPM
Collector
Collector
Collector
Collector distilled
27 LPM/ 7 GPM
27 LPM/ 7 GPM
38 LPM/10 GPM
38 LPM/10 GPM glycol mix
31 LPM/ 8 GPM
31 LPM/ 8 GPM
46 LPM/12 GPM
46 LPM/12 GPM
K230W
K240W
K260W
Body
Body
Body distilled
N/C
N/C
N/C
Table 2-15. CPI Minimum Coolant Flow Rates
glycol/mix distilled
Collector 38 LPM/10 GPM
Collector 46 LPM/12 GPM
Collector 57 LPM/15 GPM glycol mix
46 LPM/12 GPM
53 LPM/14 GPM
65 LPM/17 GPM
Table 2-16. Digital and Analogue Pot Adjustments
R-239
R-240
R-255
R-241
R-243
R-253
R-242
P.C.B.
R-51
R-50
R-48
R-49
R-46
R-47
R-238
Potentiometer Functions
Forward Power Meter Calibrate
Forward Power Status Trip Point
IPA Power Meter Calibrate
IPA Power Status Trip Point
VSWR Meter Calibration
VSWR Trip Point
Tube Overtemp Trip
High Voltage Meter Calibrate
Beam Current Meter Calibrate
Beam Current Meter Zero Set
Beam Current Overload Trip Point
Body Current Meter Calibrate
Body Current Meter Zero Set
Body Current Overload Trip Point
Table 2-17. Crowbar Specifications
Maximum HT Voltage
Minimum crowbar firing voltage
Minimum fault current to fire
Cathode heater voltage & current
Reservoir heater voltage & current
Peak forward anode current
Peak reverse anode current
Conducted Charge
Thyratron ready signal
40kV
5kV
50A
6.3 VAC @ 25 A
6.3 VAC @ 2.0 A
1.5 kA max
1.0 kA max
6.0C max
Fiber Optic Steady State
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-25
Table 2-18. Remote Control Interface
BX6 Command: System Control Cabinet
7
8
5
6
3
4
Pin
2 *
*
*
*
*
Function
OFF
BK HEAT
STANDBY
BEAM
RESET
POWER LOWER
POWER RAISE
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
20-37 GROUND
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1: Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.
Installation Notes
Pin
1
3
4
* Function
System VSWR
* System RF Output Power
Reject Load 3 Power
5
6
Reject Load 2 Power
* Reject Load 1 Power (A+B)
20-37 Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Table 2-19. Remote Control Interface
CX15 Analog Outputs: Control Cabinet
Installation Notes
Analog output
Analog output
Analog output
Analog output
Analog output
Table 2-20. Remote Control Interface
CX6 Status: System Control Cabinet
4
5
6
Pin
1
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
20-37
7
Function
* Beam
* Standby
* Black Heat
* Off
* Local
* System Normal (overall summary external interlocks)
Output Power Normal (Action at aprox 80% power)
Reject Load 2 Trip
Reject Load 1 Trip
VSWR TRIP
Amplifier 2 Power Is Normal
Amplifier 1 Power Is Normal
Local Remote
Note 1
* Main Exciter fail
Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1: Status outputs are open collector configuration.
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Installation Notes
2-26 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Table 2-21. Remote Control Interface
CX5 Status Outputs: Control Cabinet
Pin
1
2
5
10
20-37
Function
Amplifier 3 Power Normal
Amplifier 4 Power Normal
Reject Load 3 Trip
* Standby Exciter Failed
Ground
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1: Status outputs are open collector configuration.
Installation Notes
Table 2-22. Remote Control Interface
SX1 Command Inputs: Mode Controler
6
7
4
5
Pin
1
2
3
8
9
Function
* Mode 1
* Mode 2
* Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Antenna
Load
20-37 Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1. Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.
Installation Notes
Table 2-23. Remote Control Interface
SX10 Status Outputs: Mode Controller
1
Pin
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Function
* Mode 1
* Mode 2
* Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
10
20-37
Antenna
Station Load Note 1
Local Remote (RF System Only) Note 1
Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1: Status outputs are open collector configuration.
Installation Notes
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-27
Table 2-24. Remote Control Interface
RX9 Command Inputs: Amplifier Cabinet
Pin
1
3
5
7
9
11
12
Function
* Off
* Black Heat
* Standby
* Beam
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
* Reset Lockout Note 1
* Power Lower Note 1 (single tube system)
* Power Raise Note 1 (single tube system)
20-37 Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1. Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.
Installation Notes
Table 2-25. Remote Control Interface
RX2 Analog Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet, Single Tube System
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
20-37
Function
* PA Forward Power
* IPA Forward Power
* VSWR
* Beam Voltage
* Collector Current
* Body Current
Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Analog output
Analog output
Analog output
Analog output
Analog output
Analog output
Installation Notes
Table 2-26. Remote Control Interface
RX5 Status Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet
12
13
14
15
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
Pin
1
2
3
Function
* Off
* Black Heat
* Standby
* Beam
* Remote/Local
AC Present
Internal Interlock
External Interlock
IPA Air
Cavity Air
Collector Cooling
Black Heater
Full Heat
Bias Voltage
Ion Pump
16
17
18
19
Focus
Heater Delay
* Ready
* High Voltage Normal
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
20-37 Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1: Status outputs are TTL level voltages.
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Installation Notes
2-28 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Table 2-27. Remote Control Interface
RX6 Status Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
8
10
11
12
6
7
Function
IPA Volts
IPA Power
Power
Crowbar Ready
High Voltage Circuit Breaker ( in line control cabinet)
* Lock Out (3 Failures)
9 * Primary Cavity Arc
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20-37
2nd Step Complete
* Second Cavity Arc
Cabinet Temperature
HV Step Start
* Collector Current Overload
Bias Current Overload
* VSWR Trip
* Body Current Trip
ION Pump Trip
Tube Over Temperature
* Crowbar Fired
Motors
Ground
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1: Status outputs are TTL level voltages.
Note 1
Note 1
Installation Notes
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Table 2-28. Remote Control Interface
RX32 Status Outputs: Amplifier Cabinet
Pin
1
2
3
Function
* Amplifier Normal
* Spare
Note 1
Note 1
* Output Power Normal Note 1 (single tube system)
20-37 Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
Note 1: Status outputs are TTL level voltages.
Installation Notes
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-29
Table 2-29. Exciter Switcher
Rear Panel Remote Connector J1
Pin
1 Exciter A Select
2 Exciter B Select
3 Manual Mode Select
4 Auto Mode Select
5 A Mode Status
6 B Mode Status
7 Auto Mode Status
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 2, 3
Note 2, 3
Note 2, 3
Note 2, 3 8 Remote Enabled Status
9 Remote Disabled Status
10 A Exciter Faulted
11 B Exciter Faulted
12 Power Raise Command
13 Power Lower Command
Note 2, 3
Note 2, 4
Note 2, 4
Not required
Not required
18 - 20 Ground
Note 1: Requires a momentary closure to ground to activate.
Note 2. Status outputs configured open collector.
Note 3: Low = function enabled, High = function disabled.
Note 4: Low = fault is active.
Installation Notes
Table 2-30. Remote Control Interface
TB2 Pump Module: Commands and Status
6
7
4
5
2
3
TB2-
1
Function
Pump Run Command (from xmtr) Note 1
* Run Alternate Pump Command
Coolant Level Low
Tank Empty (pump won’t run)
Alternate Pump Selected
Pump B on
Pump A on
20-37 Ground
* = Recommended for Typical Installation
One for every cooling package
Note 1: Requires continuous closure to run.
Note 1
Note 2
Note 2 , 3
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2: Status output: contact closure = low, +12V = high.
Note 3: When pump run command is present,
Low = OK and High = empty tank or pump off.
If no run command is present, output is always high.
Note 4: Low = function enabled, High = function disabled.
Installation Notes
2-30 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Table 2-31
Mode Controller (2 Transmitter System)
S19
S20
S21
S22
Control Selection
V1+V2 V1 V2
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7
Pole 1 of
SW
Pole 2 of
SW
Pole 3 of
SW
Pole 4of
SW
Pole 5of
SW
Pole 6of
SW
Pole 7of
SW
S14
S13
S12
S11
S10
ON
ON ON
ON
ON
ON
S4
S5
S6
S7
S15
S16
S17
S18
Status Indication/Tally
V1+V2 V1 V2 Spare Spare Spare Spare
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7
S2
S3 GH
FG
EH abcdefgh abcdefgh
S8
S9 abcdefgh
Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from Tally
Close to associate K11, K15 or K16 with particular mode
Note: Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1 abcdefgh
TO
CLOSE
RELAY Operates Wire to
K4 PS1-1 X11-1, 2
K5
K6
K3
K2
K7
K8
K9
K10
PS2-1
PS1-2
PS2-2
S2 has all selections OFF.
All unused tallies to have A-H of appropriate switch selected
X11-3, 4
X11-5, 6
X11-8, 7
K11 Multiplex selected
K11 Multiplex deselected
K15 Line Stretch 1 IN
K15 Line Stretch 2 IN
FIXED
FIXED
TX to Antenna controlled by
TX to Test Load controlled by
K13
K14
X14-7
X14-1
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-31
Table 2-32. Mode Control
(2 Transmitter System + Standby)
S11
S12
S13
S14
S15
Control Selection
S10
V1 + V2 V1 V2 V3
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7
Pole 1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole 4 Pole 5 Pole 6 Pole 7 of SW
ON of SW of SW
ON of SW
ON of SW of SW of SW
ON
ON
ON ON
ON ON
ON
ON
ON
S16
S17
S18
Status Indication/Tally
V1 + V2 V1 V2 V3
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7
S2
S3 DFH
S4
S5
DFG
DEH
Designation
TO
CLOSE
RELAY
K2
K3
K6
K5
K4
K7
S6
S7
S8
CFH abcdefgh abcdefgh
S9
Note: ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible abcdefgh
Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally
Close to associate K11, K15, or K16 with particular mode
Note Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1
S19
S20
S21
S22
K11 Multiplex selected
K11 Multiplex deselected
K15 Line Stretch 1 IN
K16 Line Stretch 2 IN
Operates
PS1-1
PS1-2
PS2-1
PS2-2
X11-9, 10
X11-7, 8
X11-5, 6
X11-3, 4
SW-1/1 X11-1, 2
SW-1/2 X13-1, 2
Fixed
Fixed
TX to Antenna controlled by
TX to Test Load controlled by
Drg: 817 2336 127
K13
K14
2-32 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Table 2-33. Mode Controller
(2 Transmitter System + Emergency IPA mode)
Control Selection
S14
S13
S12
S11
S10
S15
S16
S17
V1+V
2
Mode
1
Pole
1 of
SW
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
V1
Mode
2
Pole
2 of
SW
ON
ON
ON
V2
Mode
3
Pole
3 of
SW
ON
ON
ON
ON
4 of
SW
ON
ON
ON
EMERGENCY MODES
IPA IPA1 IPA2
1,2
Mode
4
Pole
Mode
5
Pole
5 of
SW
ON
Mode
6
Pole
6 of
SW
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Mode
7
Designatio n
TO
Pole 7 CLOSE of SW RELAY
K4
K5
K6
K3
K2
K7
K8
K9
Operates
PS1-1 X11-1/2
PS2-1 X11-3/4
PS1-2 X11-5/6
PS2-2 X11-7/8
VA1-Pos1X11-
9/10
VA1-Pos1 X13-
1/2
VA1-Pos2 X13-
3/4
VA1-Pos2 X13-
5/6
S18
Status Indication / Tally
K10
V1+V
2
Mode
1
V1
Mode
2
V2
Mode
3
IPA
1,2
Mode
4
IPA1
Mode
5
IPA2
Mode
6 n/a
Mode
7
Tally Wire From
S6
S7
S8
S9
S2
S3
S4
S5
GH
FG
EH cdgh dfg ceh
PS1-1
PS2-1
PS1-2
PS2-2
V1K12
V2K34
X6-1/2
X6-3/4
X6-5/6
X6-7/8
X7-1/2
X7-3/4 abcdefg h
Note: S2 has all selections switched to the numbered position ( OFF )
ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible
Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally
Close to associate K11,K15 or K16 with particular mode
Note: Pole 8 of multiplex / normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1
S19
S20
S21
S22
Fixed
Fixed
X2
X2
TX to Antenna controlled by
TX to Test Load controlled by a-b a-b b-c
K11 Multiplex selected
K11 Multiplex deselected
K15 Line Stretch 1 IN
K16 Line Stretch 2 IN
Local Mode Control does not operate in parallel with remote mode controls.
Solid LED when Status= Selection. Flashes if Status <>Selection
Solid LED from Status. Flashing LED from Selection
K13
K14
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-33
Table 2-34. Mode Controller (3 Transmitter System)
Control Selection
S10
S15
S16
S17
S14
S13
S12
S11
V1 + V2 + V3 V1 + V2 V1 + V3 V2 + V3
Mode 1
Pole 1 of SW
ON
ON
ON ON ON ON
V2
ON
S18
Status Indication/Tally
ON
ON ON
ON ON
ON
ON
V1 + V2 + V3 V1 + V2 V1+ V3 V2 + V3
Mode 1
V1 V2 V3
Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7
H
DFH
Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally
Close to associate K11, K15, or K16 with particular mode
Note:
S19
S20
S21
Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1
S22
Fixed
Fixed
3 on
4 on
TX to Antenna controlled by
TX to Test Load controlled by
Phase Shifter positions versus System Modes:
Mode
V1 + V2 + V3 to Filter
V1 + V2 to Filter, V3 to R2
V1 + V3 to Filter, V2 to R1
V2 + V3 to Filter, V1 to R1
V1 to Filter, V2 to R1, V3 to R2
V2 to Filter, V1 to R1, V3 to R2
V3 to Filter, V1 to R1, V2 to R2
Phase shifter switches in line with wave guide inputs
Drg. 817 2336 126
V3 Designation
Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7
Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole 4
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
V1
Pol 5
ON
ON
Pole 6
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
S6
S7
S8
S9
S2
S3
S4
S5
ADFH
BDFG
BDEH
ADFG
ADEH
BCEH
Note: ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible
TO
Pole 7 CLOSE
K13
K14
S/C of SW of SW of SW of SW of SW of SW RELAY Operates X11
K2
K7
K8
K9
K10
K4
K5
K6
K3
PS1-1
PS1-2
PS2-1
PS2-2
PS3-1
PS3-2
PS4-1
PS4-2
PS4-3
1 & 2
3 & 4
5 & 6
7 & 8
9 & 10
K15 Line Stretch 1 IN
K16 Line Stretch 2 IN
PSH 1 PSH 2 PSH 3 PSH 4 PHS 1, 2 & 3
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
1
1
3
3
1
Pos 1 out 0°
Pos 2 in
PHS 4
0°
Pos 1 out 0°
Pos 2 -19°
Pos 3 in 90°
S/C
X13
1 & 2
3 & 4
5 & 6
7 & 8
K11 Multiplex selected
K11 Multiplex deselected
-
9
2-34 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Table 2-35. Mode Controller (4 Transmitter System)
Control Selection
V1+V2+V3+V4 V1+V2
S14
S13
S12
Mode 1
Pole 1 of SW
ON
ON
Mode 2
Pole 2 of SW
ON
ON
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S11
S10
S15
S16
S17
S18
Status Indication/Tally
V1+V2+V3+V4 V1+V2
Mode 1 Mode 2
GH
FG
V3+V4
Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7
Pole 3 of SW
Pole 4 of SW
Pole 5 of SW
Pole 6 of SW
Pole 7 of SW
ON
ON
V3+V4
EH not used not used not used not used
Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 abcdefgh
S7
S8 abcdefgh
S9
Note: S2 has all selections switched to the numbered position (OFF)
ABCDEFGH indicates switch towards appropriate character, i.e. NOT visible abcdefgh
Multiplex and Line Stretch latched from tally
Close to associate K11, K15, or K16 with parallel mode
Note:
S19
Pole 8 of multiplex/normal switch controls multiplex on Mode 1
S20
S21
S22
Fixed
Fixed abcdefgh
K11 Multiplex selected
K11 Multiplex deselected
K15 Line Stretch 1 IN
K16 Line Stretch 2 IN
K13
K14
Designation
TO
CLOSE
RELAY Operates
K4
K5
Wire to
PS1-1 X11-1,
2
PS2-1 X11-
3,4
K6
K3
PS1-2 X11-
5,6
PS2-2 X11-8,
7
K2
K7
K8
K9
K10
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-35
Table 2-36
Installation Kit 4-1/16" Line Systems
0
0
CP1 CP2 CP3 CP4 Harris Part Number
6
15
50
0
50
15
5
30
15
9
23
7
45
23
23
75
0
75 100
100 150 200
30
30
100
0
12
30
10
60
38
38
125
0
15
38
13
75
100 150 200
100 150 200
1
1
6
1
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
0
0
20
12
1
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
30
18
2
3
3
4
4
0
40
24
2
0
0
0
0
125
250
250
250
358-2160-000
358-2179-000
358-2202-000
358-1131-000
358-2188-000
358-1127-000
302-0318-000
302-0319-000
302-0320-000
306-0046-000
314-0011-000
310-0011-000
358-1891-000
464-0055-000
464-0056-000
359-1053-000
359-1055-000
359-1049-000
359-1051-000
086-0004-040
099-0002-238
086-0004-038
Description
P1000T) SLOTTED CHANNEL, 1-5/8" SQ 20FT
HTHR037) 3/8"-16 THREADED ROD 10’
HRCN037) 3/8"-16 COUPLER NUT
P1008) 3/8"-16 SPRING NUT
P2863) FLAT PLATE FITTING FOR 3/8" BOLT
P1068) TWO HOLE “L” BRACKET 1-5/8 X 2-1/2
3/8"-16 X 1" SS HEX SCREW
3/8"-16 X 1-1/4" SS HEX SCREW
3/8"-16 X 1-1/2" SS HEX SCREW
3/8"-16 SS HEX NUT
3/8" SS SPLIT LOCK WASHER
3/8" SS FLAT WASHER
3/8"-16 LEAD ANCHOR, STAR TAMPIN 4025
SETTING TOOL, STAR TAMPIN 4025-7
MASONRY DRILL, 3/4"
J1220N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 2" J
J1240N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 4" J
J1220) HANGER 2" J
J1240) HANGER 4" J
SILVER SOLDERING FLUX, 16 OZ BOTTLE
HARD SILVER SOLDER 1/16"
SOFT SILVER SOLDER, 3.5% AG
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
OZ
LB
2-36 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
Section II - Installation & Checkout
Table 2-37
Installation Kit 6-1/8" Line System
CP1 CP2 CP3 CP4 Harris Part Number Description
6
7
9 12 15 358-2160-000
11 14 18 358-2179-000
2 3 4 5 358-2202-000
14 20 27 34 358-1131-000
7 11 15 19 358-2188-000
15 23 30 38 358-1127-000
50 75 100 125 302-0318-000
P1000T) SLOTTED CHANNEL, 1-5/8" SQ 20FT
HTHR037) 3/8"-16 THREADED ROD 10’
HRCN037) 3/8"-16 COUPLER NUT
P1008) 3/8"-16 SPRING NUT
P2863) FLAT PLATE FITTING FOR 3/8" BOLT
P1068) TWO HOLE “L” BRACKET 1-5/8 X 2-1/2
3/8"-16 X 1" SS HEX SCREW
0 0 0 0 302-0319-000
50 75 100 125 302-0320-000
100 150 200 250 306-0046-000
100 150 200 250 314-0011-000
100 150 200 250 310-0011-000
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
358-1891-000
464-0055-000
0 0 0 464-0056-000
12 16 20 358-1896-000
3 4 6 8 358-1894-000
16 25 33 41 358-1895-000
8 12 15 19 358-2472-000
100 150 200 250 302-0338-000
100 150 200 250 306-0034-000
3/8"-16 X 1-1/4" SS HEX SCREW
3/8"-16 X 1-1/2" SS HEX SCREW
3/8"-16 SS HEX NUT
3/8" SS SPLIT LOCK WASHER
3/8" SS FLAT WASHER
3/8"-16 LEAD ANCHOR, STAR TAMPIN 4025
SETTING TOOL, STAR TAMPIN 4025-7
MASONRY DRILL, 3/4"
HTHR050) 1/2"-13 THREADED ROD 10’
HRCN050) 1/2"-13 COUPLER NUT
P1010) 1/2"-13 SPRING NUT
P2864) FLAT PLATE FITTING FOR 1/2" BOLT
1/2"-13 X 1-1/2" SS HEX SCREW
1/2"-13 SS HEX NUT
0
0
0
0
0
100 150 200 250 314-0015-000
100 150 200 250 310-0026-000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
358-2168-000
464-0119-000
464-0260-000
359-1053-000
359-1056-000
1/2" SS SPLIT LOCK WASHER
1/2" SS FLAT WASHER
1/2"-13 LEAD ANCHOR, STAR TAMPIN 4035
SETTING TOOL, STAR TAMPIN 4035-7
MASONRY DRILL, 7/8"
J1220N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 2" J
J1260N) HANGER PLASTIC COATED 6" J
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
09/17/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
2-37
2-38 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
09/17/99
3.1
Introduction
This section describes the operating controls and indicators for
Sigma CD transmitters and the procedures used to turn the transmitter on and off.
Figure 3-1 is a front-view drawing of a single-PA Sigma
CD transmitter. The location of the primary controls — those most frequently used - is the control cabinet on the left-hand side of the transmitter. The System Control Panel at the top of the cabinet contains all transmitter operating controls, and the Mode
Control Panel (not used in some single-PA transmitters) controls and monitors any output system switching.
The PA Cabinet, on the right in Figure 3-1, contains an Amplifier
Control Panel in the top left front of the cabinet which displays the amplifier’s faults, operating status and power levels and which can be used to operate the amplifier independent of the
System Control Panel.
Section III
Operators Guide
The UHF Linearizer, mounted below the Amplifier Control
Panel, contains a front-panel meter and meter selector switch which may be used to check IOT tube voltages.
An isolated meter panel displaying PA heater voltage, Ion Pump current and bias voltage and current is mounted at the top rear of the right-hand side of the PA.
The exciter for the transmitter is installed in the control cabinet below the Mode Controller. If two exciters are installed, an exciter switcher is included and is installed between the exciters.
Controls on the front panel of the exciter switcher allow the operator to select either exciter to drive the transmitter and also allow him to set the exciter switcher to switch automatically if there is an exciter failure. A Remote Control button on the exciter switcher also allows the operator to enable or disable control from elsewhere.
09-14-99
Figure 3-1. Front View of Single-PA Transmitter
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
3-1
Figure 3-2. System Control Panel
3.2
Routine Operating Procedures
3.2.1
Daily Turn On
a. Press STANDBY at least 5 minutes prior to scheduled air time.
Caution
Operation in STANDBY for more than 30 minutes can damage the IOT tube, and is not recommended.
b. Allow 5 minutes for transmitter to warm up. As the warmup delay is completed in each amplifier, its’green “Ready”
LED lights.
c. Depress BEAM command. The BEAM LED will illuminate, the Line control Cabinet(s) will step-start and the
Power meter should begin to indicate output power.
d. Check all meter readings.
3.2.2
Single-Button Daily Turn-On
It is possible to start the transmitter from the OFF condition by pressing BEAM, but if there is more than one PA in the transmitter, the PA cabinets may start at different times, resulting in an erratic start-up.
To avoid this, normal procedure should be as listed in 3.2.1.
3.2.3
Daily Turn Off
a. Depress OFF.
b. All line control cabinets should switch off and RF output should cease.
c. The blowers and pumps should continue running for 5 minutes to ensure proper cool-down of the equipment.
3.2.4
Black Heat or Background Heat
BK HEAT is provided for users who need to operate the IOT with heater on and with beam off for extended periods. This operation is called Black Heat, or Background Heat.
3-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
09-09-99
A typical use for BK HEAT is operation of a reserve transmitter, kept in readiness for operation if the main transmitter fails.
Selecting BK HEAT reduces the heater voltage to a safe level once the tube has been warmed to operating temperature. For a more detailed description, see BK HEAT in section 3.3.2 below.
3.3
System Control Panel
(See Figure 3-2)
The system control panel provides overall local control of the standard Sigma CD transmitter system. LED indicators above the control push buttons show the operating state of the transmitter.
3.3.1
Metering
Metering is provided at the top of the panel for these power functions:
•
OUTPUT POWER
Relative output power from the combined transmitter. This meter is calibrated to read 100% when the transmitter is at the intended power level.
•
VSWR
Reflected RF power at the transmitter combined output, displayed in VSWR units. This meter’s display is accurate only if the transmitter output power is at 100%.
• REJECT LOAD
An indication of the power present in the output combining system (magic tee) reject loads. A maximum of three reject loads can be metered. 100% on this meter is set to be the highest power to be encountered with any combination of amplifiers turned off.
Selection of the desired reject load sample in large transmitters is made by pressing a push-button switch below the
REJECT POWER meter. The green LED’s next to the button show the current selection.
3.3.2
Operational Mode and Power Control
The System Control Panel has push-button switches to enable selection of:
•
STANDBY
Used to ready the transmitter for operation. Pressing this button starts the amplifier heaters and cooling systems and begins warm-up of the amplifiers. After approximately 5 minutes, the Ready light for each PA illuminates and transmission can commence.
• BEAM
Turns on the beam power supplies and brings the transmitter to operational mode.
(If pressed from the OFF mode, the 5 minute STANDBY delay will occur before the beam supplies turn on.)
•
OFF
Shuts down the transmitter by turning off BEAM and starting the 5-minute cool down timer.
•
BK HEAT
Places the transmitter in a BEAM off, reduced heater voltage mode, to be used when a transmitter must be kept ready for rapid start-up for longer than 30 minutes.
09-14-99
Operators Guide
When BK HEAT is selected from OFF, a 30 minute timer is started. After a 30 minute delay, pressing BEAM will place the PA on-air immediately. Pressing BEAM before the 30 minute delay is completed starts the 5-minute
STANDBY delay, following which the PA comes on.
When BK HEAT is selected from the STANDBY mode after the 5-minute STANDBY delay, or from BEAM, the transmitter can be returned to BEAM and full operation with only a 120 second delay.
NOTE
The time delays associated with BK HEAT are in accord with tube manufacturers’ specifications. See the most recent data sheets for the tube you are using.
Tube manufacturers specify limits to the time a tube may be operated in BK HEAT, following which a period of operation at full power is required. For example, EEV advises limiting BK
HEAT operation to 14 days, following which 7 days’ operation at full power is required.
•
To the right of the mode buttons, POWER Raise and Lower buttons can be used to adjust transmitter output power.
•
A LOCAL push-button and LED in the lower left corner of the panel is used in transmitters with remote control equipment connected, as a means of isolating the transmitter from the remote controls when desired for maintenance security.
LOCAL on the System Control Panel isolates this panel’s operation from remote equipment. The Mode Control
Panel and the Exciter Switcher have similar buttons which must be operated to isolate their functions from remote control equipment.
3.3.3
NORMAL Indicators
A group of green LED’s displays NORMAL amplifier operational status. These three indicators are also present in the
NORMAL group of LED’s on each amplifier control panel.
•
AMPLIFIER Output Power (Amplifiers 1 - 4)
— the amplifier’s output is higher than 80% of normal.
•
AMPLIFIER Ready (Amplifiers 1 - 4)
— the amplifier’s start-up timers are satisfied. Pressing
BEAM will turn the amplifier on immediately.
•
AMPLIFIER Normal (Amplifiers 1 - 4)
— the PA cabinet’s circuit breakers are all set ON.
The following two indicators signal OK conditions in the control cabinet:
•
SYSTEM Normal
— All AMPLIFIER NORMAL indicators on.
— All PA’s set to remote (LOCAL off).
— System Control Panel set to Remote (LOCAL off).
•
SYSTEM Output Power
— the total output power from the transmitter is higher than 80% of the normal output.
A group of four red LED’s shows amplifier FAULT status:
•
AMPLIFIER Lockout (Amplifiers 1 - 4)
— a fault in the amplifier has caused its lockout to engage.
(Lockout can only be reset at the PA cabinet.)
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
3-3
These LED indicators signal exciter or system-level faults.
•
EXCITER A (Upper) or EXCITER B (Lower)
— The Exciter is not functioning correctly and should be checked.
•
SYSTEM VSWR
— Reflected power exceeding the VSWR trip level has been detected at the combined output of the transmitter.
(Alarm only — no action taken by the system controller.)
• SYSTEM Reject Power
— Excessive reject load power has been detected in one of the output system reject loads.
(Alarm only — no automatic action taken. This alarm would signal the need for service or adjustment.)
3.4
Mode Control Panel
In transmitters with more than one PA cabinet, RF output switching is included to allow one or more PA’s to be taken off-line for service. A Mode Control Panel is mounted below the System
Control Panel to allow operator selection of the RF Output
System mode. The Panel contains a single row of push buttons with an LED indicator above each button. The buttons are used to select and confirm the output system operating mode and will be arranged differently in each version of the transmitter.
A transmitter using two PA cabinets might have the following mode control push buttons:
•
A + B Air
Sends the combined PA outputs to the antenna.
•
A AIR
Sends PA “A”’ cabinet output to the antenna.
•
B AIR
Sends PA “B”’ cabinet output to the antenna.
• TX TO AIR
The transmitter output is routed to the antenna.
•
TX TO LOAD
The transmitter output is routed to the station test load.
•
LOCAL
Isolates the mode controller from operation by remote control equipment.
NOTE
Mode Control Panel LOCAL is independent of and is not controlled by LOCAL on the System Control Panel.
3.5
Exciter Switcher
If two exciters are installed, an exciter switcher (Figure 3-3) is added between the exciters. The exciter switcher front panel contains EXCITER FAULT A and B indicators, used to trigger automatic exciter switching. The fault signals originate in the exciters.
The panel also contains the following alternate-action push-button controls:
• ON AIR EXCITER SELECT
When pressed, switches from the currently-selected exciter to the alternate exciter.
• AUTO / MANUAL SELECT
When pressed, selects MANUAL or AUTOmatic operation of the switcher.
- In MANUAL operation, exciter selection is controlled only by the ON AIR EXCITER SELECT button.
- In AUTO, the exciter switcher monitors the condition of the EXCITER FAULT LED’s. If the currently-selected exciter generates a fault, the switcher will check to make certain the alternate exciter does not also show a fault. If not, the alternate exciter is automatically selected.
•
REMOTE CONTROL
When ENABLE is selected, the exciter switcher can be controlled by remote control equipment. When LOCAL is selected, remote control is blocked.
NOTE
Exciter Switcher REMOTE CONTROL DISABLE is independent of and is not controlled by LOCAL on the System Control Panel.
3.6
Amplifier Control Panel
The amplifier control panel (Figure 3-4) provides overall local control of a the standard Sigma CD Amplifier cabinet. An LED associated with each control will illuminate on selection.
The amplifier control panel provides meter indications of Transmitter VSWR, IPA power metering, and output power metering.
LED’s indicate normal amplifier operational status as well as fault status.
Pushbutton controls allow the amplifier to be isolated from control by the System Control Panel and operated locally for test or in an emergency.
3-4
Figure 3-3.Exciter Switcher
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
09-09-99
Operators Guide
Figure 3-4. Amplifier Control Panel
3.6.1
Metering
Metering is provided for the following power functions.
•
IPA
— an indication of relative output power from the IPA.
•
VSWR
— a display of reflected power present at the output of the
IOT in VSWR units. (Accurate only when the PA output is
100%)
• FORWARD
— Indicates PA Output power
3.6.2
Amplifier Control
Amplifier control pushbuttons are provided for OFF, BK HEAT,
STANDBY and BEAM. These controls are identical to those on the System Control Panel, but here they control only the PA in which they are located.
Pressing LOCAL interrupts PA cabinet control from the System
Control Panel. The LOCAL LED indicates when the cabinet is in LOCAL mode.
This control can be used to isolate the amplifier from the System
Control Panel for maintenance purposes.
Two additional pushbuttons, RESET DISPLAY and RESET
LOCKOUT, are described in 3.6.5.
NOTE
OFF, BK HEAT, STANDBY, BEAM and the RESET LOCKOUT button are active only when the Amplifier Control Panel is switched to LOCAL. Thus, LOCAL must be selected in order to reset a lockout condition in the cabinet.
POWER raise and lower push buttons to the right side of the panel are not used in the Sigma CD transmitter. Power control is on the System Control Panel. The POWER buttons on the
Amplifier Control Panel can be connected to adjust the power output of the single PA cabinet if no control cabinet is used.
09-14-99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
3-5
3.6.3
Amplifier NORMAL Status
NORMAL Status Indicators are Green LEDs, illuminated to show operation within the normal range.
• AC Present
3 phase mains supply is within 15% of nominal and phase sequence has been detected as correct.
•
Internal Interlock
The PA cabinet internal interlocks and main ground interlock indicate proper connection.
•
Cavity Air
Cavity air pressure is present.
•
BK Heater
Reduced heaters are detected on the IOT and full heaters are applied to the thyratron.
•
Bias Volts
Bias voltage is present
•
Ion Pump
Ion Pump voltage is present and ION pump current is lower than 20 mA.
• IPA Air
IPA air pressure has been detected.
• Collector Cooling
IOT water flow detected.
(IOT collector air flow in air-cooled units.)
• External Interlock
Interlock is completed allowing the transmitter to operate.
• Full Heaters
Full heater voltage has been detected on the IOT and the
Thyratron.
•
Focus Current
Focus current is present.
•
Heater Delay
Heaters have been detected and:
1. Standby has been selected for 5 minutes, or
2. BK Heat has been selected for 30 minutes.
•
IPA Volts
IPA power supply voltage is present on both IPA supplies.
•
Ready
Amplifier is ready for beam to be applied. This LED will not light until all of the green NORMAL status lights above are illuminated.
The following green NORMAL indicators do NOT affect the
Ready LED:
• Beam Volts
Beam voltage has been detected. If not present shortly after
3-6
BEAM is pressed, drive mutes and shunt trip operates, opening beam contactor.
•
IPA Power
IPA RF output is detected at greater than the minimum threshold, usually set to 20% of normal.
• Output Power
Transmitter output is greater than 80% of the normal output level.
•
Amplifier Normal
All PA cabinet circuit breakers are set ON.
NOTE
The PA cabinet circuit breakers are located on a panel mounted at the lower left front of the PA cabinet, below the UHF Linearizer.
3.6.4
Amplifier FAULT Status
FAULT Status Indicators are Red LEDs, indicating a defect or improper operation. As a maintenance aid, these indicators remain illuminated until reset using the RESET DISPLAY button.
The action triggered in the PA Cabinet by the fault depends on the type of fault.
All of the displayed faults except Foldback Active and Ion
Current result in interrupting the transmitter’s output. Faults which can cause immediate damage trigger Lockout, turning off the PA until reset. Some faults interrupt the output briefly, then restore operation, triggering Lockout if there are three occurrences within 30 seconds. The faults are noted as “3-shot” or
“1-shot” below to show the type of action.
•
Output cavity Arc [3 shot]
An arc has been detected in the primary cavity.
•
Secondary Cavity Arc [3 shot]
An arc has been detected in the secondary cavity.
•
Cabinet Temperature [1 shot]
Cabinet over temperature thermostat has been tripped.
Cabinet temperature has exceeded 70 Degrees C.
•
Motors [1 shot]
The motor thermal overload has tripped because of excessive motor current.
•
HV Step Start [1 shot]
After BEAM command, beam step-start did not complete.
Triggers Lockout and trips the Shunt Trip circuit breaker.
• Collector Current [3 shot]
Collector current higher than preset limit has been detected.
Usually set between 2.5 and 3 Amperes.
•
Collector Temperature [1 shot]
Collector outlet water or air temperature is excessive. This sensor is usually set to trip at 70 degrees C.
•
Ion Current [Not Used]
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
09-09-99
Operators Guide
•
Bias Current [1 shot]
Bias current higher than preset limit (80 mA for EEV,
120 mA for CPI).
• Crowbar Fired [3 shot]
The IOT crowbar protective circuit circuit has shunted the beam supply and interrupted the beam power.
•
VSWR [3 shot]
Reflected output power exceeded the trip level.
•
Body Current [3 shot]
Body current has exceeded its preset limit.
—Nominal setting for EEV tubes is 50 mA.
—Not used with CPI tubes.
The last fault indicator, Foldback Active, indicates VSWR has risen higher than 1.3:1, causing the logic to automatically reduce the PA’s output power to a safe level.
3.6.5
Lockout Reset & Indicator Reset
Several PA cabinet faults are able to trigger the Lockout condition after 3 occurrences within 30 seconds. Lockout disables the
PA’s output until reset and switches the PA cabinet to OFF.
• RESET LOCKOUT
Clears the LOCKOUT latch. The PA can then be turned back on. Reset Lockout does not clear the Fault LED’s..
NOTE
RESET LOCKOUT can only be used when LOCAL is selected.
• RESET DISPLAY
Used to reset the Fault LED’s. The indicators remain illuminated until manually reset using this push-button, as a guide to maintenance personnel.
3.7
PA Tube and Driver Metering
Metering of IOT voltages and currents and of the Feed Forward
Amplifier and the UHF Linearizer are provided by a switchable meter on the lower front panel of the UHF Linearizer (see Figure
3-5 below) and by an isolated meter panel above and behind the
IOT in the PA cabinet. The location of the isolated meter panel may be seen in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-5. UHF Linearizer Meter Panel
3.7.1
Linearizer Meter Panel
The Linearizer front panel meter allows metering of:
• ALC
The Automatic Level Control voltage from the Linearizer.
•
Beam 50KV
The Beam supply output voltage.
•
Focus 50A
The IOT focus current.
•
Collector 5A
The IOT Collector Current.
•
Body 100 mA
IOT body current (EEV tubes only)
3.7.2
Isolated Meter Panel
The isolated meter panel (Figure 3-6) is located inside the PA cabinet, above and behind the IOT carriage assembly. The panel contains the meters for voltages and currents in parts of the tube circuits which are at beam voltage potential. The meters are:
Bias
Heater
Bias
ION Pump
150V
10V
-100mA/+100mA
50uA
NOTE
Current CPI tubes also require that IOT heater current be monitored. In transmitters currently shipped for use with CPI tubes, a fifth meter is added to the isolated meter panel to provide this reading.
09-14-99
Bias
Adjust
Bias 150V
Heaters 10V
Bias -100mA/+100mA
Figure 3-6. Isolated Meter Panel
Ion Pump 50uA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
3-7
Figure 3-7 Line Control Mains Disconnects
3.8
Line Control Cabinet
The Line Control Cabinet is the main power control panel for the PA cabinet. Multiple-PA transmitters will have one Line
Control Cabinet installed for each PA.
On the front panel of the Line Control cabinet are mains disconnects for:
• BEAM POWER SUPPLY MAIN
- a control switch which can be used to interrupt the beam power supply primary power. Do NOT operate this switch when beam supply is ON!
•
TRANSMITTER CABINET MAIN
- a circuit breaker which controls the mains power to the
PA cabinet, including the 3-phase blower.
•
TRANSMITTER CABINET POWER SUPPLIES
- a circuit breaker which controls mains power to the PA cabinet, not including the 3-phase blower.
In the top right-hand area of the panel are four LED indicators which can be used to check on the operating state of the Line
Control cabinet.
• COMMAND SIGNAL PRESENT
- The BEAM command from the PA cabinet has called for the beam supply to turn on.
• THERMAL INTERLOCK NORMAL
- the thermal interlocks in the line control cabinet are all closed, permitting the beam supply to be turned on.
• STEP-START COMPLETE
- The step-start sequence has completed successfully, applying power to the beam supply.
• BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER TRIPPED
- The Beam Supply circuit breaker inside the Line Control
Cabinet has tripped. Power has been removed from the beam supply.
3.8.1
BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER RESET
This push-button, located directly below the BEAM SUPPLY
BREAKER TRIPPED light, may be used to reset the beam supply (shunt trip) breaker when tripped.
The Shunt Trip breaker, Q1, in the Line Control Cabinet, interrupts the mains leads to the beam power supply. The breaker may be tripped by an overcurrent or by auxiliary trip contacts, and may be reset by an electric motor operator.
When the crowbar fires to protect the IOT tube, the Line Control
Cabinet contactors open but the Shunt trip may also be triggered.
In this event, the crowbar circuit immediately resets the shunt trip breaker.
3-8
HV Step Start failure, a fault displayed on the Amplifier Control
Panel, also triggers the Shunt Trip to protect the equipment against overheating and possible fire.
WARNING
In the event of HV Step Start Failure, trace and correct the problem first, before attempting to reset the shunt trip. When the problem has been corrected, reset the Shunt Trip breaker using the Beam Supply Breaker Reset button on the Line Control
Cabinet.
DO NOT operate the Beam Supply Breaker Reset button when
Step Start Complete light is illuminated, as this will bypass the step start and cause excessive inrush and possible damage to equipment.
3.9
Figure 3-8 Line Control Indicators & Reset
Cooling System
The liquid cooling system is controlled by the PA cabinet controller but most of the cooling system is outside the PA cabinet.
3.9.1
Flow Guages
Two inline flow guages in each PA cabinet display coolant flow rates for the IOT tube and the magnet assembly. The guages also include the coolant flow interlock switches.
These flow rates can be checked by opening the front door on the right side of the PA cabinet. The flow guages are on the right inside wall of the PA cabinet, mounted above the IOT carriage assembly.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
09-09-99
3.9.2
Pump Module
Gauges on the control panel of the pump module (Figure 3-8) show the temperature and pressure of the coolant liquid at the outlet of the operating pump.
Status Indicators on the panel below the gauges signal the following:
•
COOLANT LEVEL LOW
- a warning that coolant level is approaching critical level and shutdown may occur.
•
COOLANT TANK EMPTY
- the transmitter will have shut down if this light appears.
•
ALTERNATE PUMP MODE
- indicates the Alternate Pump remote terminal has been used to switch from the pump selected by the LOCAL
PUMP SWITCH to the alternate pump.
•
AC POWER PRESENT
- confirms AC power is reaching the pump module and that the level and the phase of all three phases are correct.
Operators Guide
•
CONTROL VOLTAGE PRESENT
- confirms the presence of 12V dc control voltage.
•
PUMP A ON / PUMP B ON
- indicates which pump is currently running.
The LOCAL PUMP SWITCH located below the LED indicators can be used to select Pump A or Pump B as the operating pump.
Selecting this switch to the center-OFF position turns off both pumps.
Note
A connection has been provided in the Pump Module to permit remote selection of the operating pump. Grounding the connection causes the alternate pump to be selected and the ALTER-
NATE PUMP MODE light to light. The LOCAL PUMP SWITCH on the pump module must be in the PUMP A or the PUMP B position in order to use this feature.
09-14-99
Figure 3-9 Pump Module Control Panel
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
3-9
3-10 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing
09-09-99
4.1
Control Cabinet
Each transmitter is provided with a Control Cabinet. The Cabinet is capable of controlling up to 4 Amplifier Cabinets, two CD 1™
Exciters
, Exciter Switcher units, output RF system, power control, system power metering and interlock interface.
In addition to system control the unit provides fault monitoring of system parameters. The subsystems will be discussed as individual assemblies.
4.1.1
System Control PCB
Refer to schematic dwgs:
839 8121 168 IOT Control System Overview
839-8121-798 System Control Panel
The System Control PCB comprises the following circuits: Control Inputs, Meter Selection, Amplifier Status, System Status,
Power Control and Control Latch.
4.1.1.1
Power Supplies
The PSU inputs from the control cabinet wire harness are supplied via X1 for the +5V, +12V, -12V bus with LEDs H46, H47,
H48 indicating presence of the supplies respectively. The supplies are derived from the Control Cabinet logic PSU’s via the fuse distribution PCB.
4.1.1.2
Remote Controls
The seven remote system controls, Off, BK Heat, Standby, Beam,
Power Raise/Lower, and System Fault Reset commands generate ground contact closures which are input via X6 to Schmidt
Trigger A2. A2 then routes the trigger output to OR gate A17 where the remote command inputs are OR’ed with the Local front panel command inputs from AND gate A19 if enabled.
Or gate A17 then applies the command input (Local/Remote) to
A3, a quad 2-input multiplexer. A3 then outputs the selected 4 bits of data from the two sources to the line driver A41 (sht7).
A41 in turn drives the command outputs via X5 to the System
Interface Panel and on to the individual amplifier cabinet sytem remote inputs.
4.1.1.3
Local Controls
Refer to schematic 839 8121 798 (Sht. 2), System Control Panel
System local controls for Off, BK Heat, Standby, Beam are initiated by a front panel contact closure to ground and routed via Schmidt trigger A1 to LOCAL/REMOTE selection AND gate A19. DIP Switch S8 position 4 is closed to prevent parallel operation of local/remote control inputs in remote operation.
This applies a logic 0 to AND gate A19 to disable parallel operation.
The Power raise lower commands are initiated via contact closure to ground which is in turn routed to Schmidt trigger A34 for input into the system power circuitry detailed on (Sht 5). Local/Remote selection is accomplished through a front panel contact closure to VCC which is routed via retriggerable
Section IV
Theory of Operation
monostable A45A in the Local/Remote Latch circuitry detailed on Sht 7.
4.1.1.4
Control Actions
The selected command function is applied to OR gate A17 which passes either local or remote commands on to the Quad 2-input
Multiplexers A3, A4. A3 outputs are routed to the control driver circuitry A41 (detailed on Sht. 7), while the A4/4 output( RESET
I44) is routed via X5 to the System interface PCB and eventually on to the individual amplifiers via system control interconnects.
The command output generated by A3 drives inverting octal buffer A41. The command selection loads A41 which in turn provide amplifier commands to individual cabinets via X5 to the
System Interface PCB.
The LOC/REM signal applies a momentary logic 1 to retriggerable monostable A45A. The Q output in turn drives And gate
A9A, and Nor gate A12c which apply ground to energize relay
K1. Contacts 11 and 9 of K1 provides a ground to Schmidt trigger
A33F. It’s output in turn sets to a logic 1 when local is selected generating the signal (LOC/REM 1). The input to A33F is also wire Or’ed to generate a logic 0 for the signal (A/B SELECT 1).
The signal (LOC/REM 1) is then routed to power control circuitry (detailed on Shts. 5 and 6), and the Status Remote LEDs while the (A/B Select 1) is used to select A or B inputs to the
Quad 2-input multiplexers A3, A4 and A31.
4.1.1.5
Status Readback
Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1
The System Control Panel Status LEDs are derived from the
OR’ed status readbacks from the amplifier cabinets I25-28, and
System summary fault indications I29-42. The OR’ed amplifier status’ are input to Schmit trigger A33. A33 drives LED driver
A16 which illuminates the associated amplifier status LED.
NAND gate A6 monitors Amplifier 1-4 Normal signals as well as the external systems normal signal from A33E. When all inputs are Normal A6 outputs a logic 0 to NOR gate A12A. A
Loc/Rem signal is also monitored. A12A has it’s output wire
Or’ed with the Systems Normal Status (I30) to illuminate the
System Normal LED via LED flash NOR gate A11A and LED driver A16.
If any amplifier, external system or remote control switch is not normal the System Normal LED will flash at a 1 Hz rate due to the Or’ing of the 14 stage binary ripple counter A13 with the system normal signal at A11.
Summary alarm status indications are input to the system board connector X5 via the System Interface PCB, Exciter/Exciter
Switcher and Mode Controller. These alarms will be addressed individually.
The Exciter, Power Normal, System VSWR, and Reject Load summary fault inputs I31-38 are applied to line driver A15 to, in turn, illuminate the appropriate system fault LED.
1/22/1999 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-1
External systems normal (Mode Controller in Remote, Exciter change- over in Auto/Remote) and individual amplifier local/remote indications are applied to NAND gate A6. X21 programs the presence of an amplifier for system normal gating. A6 in turn drives NOR gate A12A which compares Amp Normal signals with the system remote normal to generate an output to NOR gate
A11A. The 1 Hz input from oscillator A13 then fires A11A until all Amplifier Normal, System Normal and Remote indications are satisfied. When this occurs A11A outputs a logic 1 which drives line driver A16/8 and illuminates the System Normal LED.
4.1.1.6
Meter Selection
Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1,4
The analogue meter voltages are routed to the System Control
PCB from the System Interface PCB via 16 way IDC connector
X4. The Reject meter selection is accomplished via a front panel contact closure switch to ground. This fires Schmidt trigger A2F which in turn increments the up command of the 4 bit binary
Up/Down counter A25. The binary output of A25 in conjunction with DIP switch S12 drive 3-8 line decoder A14. The decoder output selects the appropriate meter/LED outputs of A28 and
A26 respectively.
Reject Load analogue metering voltages are routed to 8 channel analogue multiplexer A28. The output drives Op Amp A30D, to provide a switch selectable meter to indicate Reject Load 1-3 power. The alternate Op Amp A30C drives a terminal block in the rear of the control cabinet. This allows use of a multimeter to facilitate phasing adjustment to minimize reject load power.
The Forward Power and VSWR metering circuits are identical.
The Forward power metering only will be discussed. The System
Interface PCB detects a DC voltage relative to power. It outputs this voltage to the System Control PCB via X4. The Forward voltage is then routed to opamp A30A to drive the front Panel
Metering circuit.
4.1.1.7
Amp Status
Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1,3
Amplifier status readback are input via the System Interface PCB to X5. They are then routed to Sht. 3. The amplifier status’I1-16 are routed into LED drivers A23, A22. These in turn illuminate green amplifier status LEDs on the System Control Panel.
4.1.1.8
Power Control
Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 798 Sht. 1,2,5,6
Forward Power raise command only will be discussed for simplicity. Power control commands are selected via the front panel
Raise switch. This applies a contact closure to ground which fires
Schmidt trigger A34D (Sht 5). A34D outputs a logic 1 to OR gate
A32B which generates a COUNT VISUAL LOCAL signal.
NOR gate A12B in turn generates a logic 0 which causes FET
V5 to energize the Local 2 Speed Control circuitry consisting of
A34, A9, A11. A9 also has a CLOCK 1 and CLOCK 2 input from
A13.
This in turn generates the CLOCK 3 output to drive the power control output (detailed on sht 6). AND gate A18, NOR gate A20,
OR gate A27D generate a COUNT signal and determine whether the count is going up or down. Quad 2-input multiplexer A31 then selects the appropriate data path information to drive the digital pot as detailed on Sht. 6.
4.1.1.9
Digital Pot
Refer to schematic dwg 839 8121 126 Sht. 6
The Digital Pot receives the Count, U/D signal to increase or decrease the output voltage which in turn will be used to drive the amplifier cabinet AGC and UHF Linearizer power control pot input. Voltage regulator A39 provides a stable 5V reference to
AND gate A35. The Clock 3 and Count Visual inputs generate an output from A35 which drives digital pot A36 if it is enabled with a U/D Visual enable. The variable voltage output from A36 will be buffered by Op Amp A38 to drive the amplifier AGC and
UHF Linearizer via the System Interface PCB and amplifier interconnection harness.
4.1.2
System Interface Panel
Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 1-5
The System Interface Panel comprises the following circuits:
Amplifier Interface 1-4 (Sht. 2,3), Exciter Inputs (Sht. 4), Power
Metering, VSWR and Reject Load Metering (Sht. 5).
The System Interface Panel provides a means to interconnect the transmitter at a system level. Control outputs from the system control panel are routed via the system interface to the individual amplifier cabinets. Exciter status, Power, VSWR, and Reject
Load metering are routed through the System Interface Panel to the metering and status outputs of the System Control Panel to drive the front panel metering and status indicators. All system remote control status outputs are terminated on this assembly.
Provisions are also made to receive external waveguide and system normal signal via X28. DC power is supplied via X2 from the Exciter PSU Distribution PCB.
4.1.2.1
Amplifier Interface 1-4
Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 1,2,3.
Amplifiers are connected to X16,17,20 and 21 via 15 pin multiconductor cables. For circuit description Amplifier 1 Interface will be discussed. The interconnect cable for amplifier 1 provides both system status and commands via X16. Status indications are routed to inverting line driver A15B to provide Amplifier 1
Normal, Ready 1, Vis/Comb Normal 1 and Lockout 1 (O5-20 signal lines) to the System Control Panel via X4. The command status read backs are processed via inverting line Drivers A24A and A16 where the output signals O1-4 (Off 2, BK Heat 2,
Standby 2, Beam 2) are wire OR’ed together. These signal are then routed to the System Control PCB via X4 for system status monitoring. Inverting line driver A27B, A2 and A1 in turn drive the System Remote Control status outputs. System commands are initiated on the System Control PCB and then routed to the
System Interface PCB via X4 and on to inverting line drivers A5,
A28. The command outputs of A5, A28 (signals I6-16) are then applied to the individual amplifier cabinets via A14 and A22 to control the amplifier cabinets.
4.1.2.2
Exciter/External Inputs
Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 4
4-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Exciter status inputs are routed from the associated Exciter/exciter switcher unit via control cabinet cable harness to X22 of the system interface PCB. A closure to ground indicates a fault condition has occurred in the exciter. Inverting line driver A27A drives OR gate A30 to generate a logic 1 output. The output in turn will be routed to the System Controller status indicator circuitry to generate an Exciter Fault LED indication. External
Normal and Waveguide Controller inputs are routed into the
System Interface PCB via X28 to NOR gate A23A/B/C. A logic
1 will be generated if any External System Normal condition is not made. This in turn will drive the status readback circuitry to extinguish the System Normal LED.
4.1.2.3
Forward, VSWR, and Reject Power metering
Refer to Schematic Dwg 839 8121 799 Sht. 5
The System Interface PCB is interconnected to the RF system
Forward power, Output VSWR and Reject Load directional couplers via RG 223 or RG 58. These connect via X9-13 BNC
Bulkhead jacks. A signal input of 100MW is used to calibrate a full scale meter deflection. All metering is accomplished in a similar manner. Reflected input will be discussed as an example of circuit operation. Incoming RF arrives on board through X13, a BNC coaxial socket, and is fed to diode detector V15. The demodulated signal is then buffered in A10B before being applied to a peak detector consisting of V20 and A10C. Meter calibration is performed by R96, R148 and A10A, which drives the front panel VSWR meter and the Remote Control analogue
VSWR output. A separate output is routed to a level detector consisting of R97 and A10D to a Reflected Power trip indication for remote control/system status fault indications.
4.2
Mode Controller General Description
Refer to Schematics 839-8121-169, 839-8121-161.
The Mode Controller PCB and its Local Control Panel provide programmable command/ status interface between the RF System and Transmitter system. Local or remote commands can be issued to change system configuration between combined amplifier operation/single ended modes, antenna or test load termination and diplexed/multiplex drive configuration. During operation of the waveguide output switch from Antenna to Test
Load the Mode Controller will also issue Standby commands, monitor amplifier status change and re-apply Beam command once the switch has reach its appropriate end stop.
(Refer to schematic 839 8121 169 Mode Controller Functional
Overview)
A contact closure is initiated by depressing the desired Local
Control Panel Mode Switch. This is routed by a 26-way ribbon cable to the Mode Controller Local/Remote selector latch. The selector latch outputs the selected command to the Set Antenna
Switch And Gate, the programmable decode waveguide/multiplex control outputs, the programmable decode line stretcher control outputs and a selection status comparator. The command output from the mode controller will then energize the associated
Section IV - Theory of Operation
RF system function. Once the RF system completes the command function it will generate a status readback to illuminate the selected Local Control Panel LED indicator and the system will be in the selected operational mode.
4.2.1
Mode Controller Detailed Circuit Description
NOTE:
Mode Controller is not utilized in a single amplifier configuration
( Refer to Schematic dwg’s 839 8121 161 Sht. 1-6 Mode Controller and Table 2-32)
4.2.1.1
Mode Controller Power Supply
Mode Controller power is derived from the Control Cabinet’s
Exciter PSU Distribution PCB. The mode controller may utilize either single or dual PSUs. X3, X4 route the +5V, +24V, and 0V to the appropriate monitoring LEDs and fused supply bus. H2,
H3 indicate the 5V PSU is present while H1, H4 indicate the presence of the 24V PSU. V2, V3, V5, V6 provide isolation between the mode controller and the external PSUs. Decoupling and transient protection are provided by C18, C19, V1 for the
+5V bus and C21, C20, V4 on the +24V bus. A separate 12V
PSU located physically below the Mode Controller is used for the relay contact closure commands to the associated RF System via a multicore cable ( see amplifier interconnect drawings).
4.2.1.2
Control Actions
Depressing the MODE 1 push button generates a contact closure to ground which is routed from the Local Control Panel X1 (dwg
839 8121 162) to the Mode Controller X5 via 26-way ribbon cable. The input is routed into the filtered input of Schmitt
Trigger A1, the output is then applied to AND Gates A5, A6, A7.
The alternate input to these gates are provided from link X2 which selects either a ground or VCC. Selection of position a-b
(ground) prevents local controls from operating in parallel with remote control inputs. The outputs of the A5, A6, A7, as well as the opto-isolated remote control inputs A3, A4, A24 are routed to the OR gates A8, A9, A10. The OR gates in turn drive the quad
2-input multiplexers A14, A13, A12. These devices select which input commands are utilized, local or remote.
The selection of Local/Remote command is controlled by
Schmitt trigger A2, A19, .1 second retriggerable monostable
A11, And gate A18, relay driver A20 and DPCO latching relay
K1. This effectively forms a debounced latching relay whose output drives the A/B select input of the quad 2- input multiplexers A14, A13, A12.
The selected quad 2-input multiplexer (A14, A13, A12) output is then routed to A15 Decimal to BCD encoder, and A16 gate.
During a command selection two events occur. First the BCD output of A15 is applied to a 3-8 line decoder A17 which in turn drives an Octal D type transparent latch A22. Second the command output of AND gate A16 drives the 10.34 second retriggerable monostable which in turn triggers the G2 input of A17 and the OE input of A22. This prevents multiple mode selections during the 10.34 second window. The enabled mode set command output of A22 is then applied to line driver A23 which supplies the selected Set command to the control outputs and
1/22/1999 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-3
local display gating as detailed on Sht. 2 of dwg 839 8121 161.
The Antenna/Load command input is processed in a similar manner using A2, A7, A21, A23, A20 to generate the following signals, Set Ant, Set Load, Set Ant 1, and Set Load 1. Again these signals are routed to Sht. 2 of dwg 839 8121 161.
4.2.1.3
Drive and Tally Select
Refer to Sht. 2 of dwg. 839 8121 161
The Set 1-7 and Set Ant/Load command inputs are routed to
Local Display Gating circuit comprised of Schmitt triggers A19,
A27, AND gates A18, A31, A32 , NOR gates A33, A35 and into
Line driver A34. This circuit compares the Waveguide/Output
Switch System Status opto-isolated inputs (Tally 1-9) with the command state and in turn drives the Local Control Panel LEDs.
14 Stage Binary Ripple Counter A28 generates a 60 hertz oscillator output. Link X8 routes either the clock output, ground, or
VCC to the Local display gates A18, A31, A32. This allows programming of the display gate to indicate the following: a. X8 a-b Solid LED if Status=Selection, Flashing if Status
Selection.
b. X8 b-c Solid LED from status + temporary LED from selection.
c. X8 b-e Solid LED indicating only when selection is made.
4.2.1.4
Control Outputs
Refer to Sht. 2,4 of dwg. 839 8121 161 and Table 2-32
The Set 1 input signal, (Mode 1 Local Control Panel Selection), is routed to Control Outputs detailed on Sht. 4 as a CON 1 command. Programmable Mode Control Output DIP switches
S10-S18 select appropriate relay drives to the RF System. In this instance assume usage of the HD80 system configuration. CON
1 line pulls low (logic 0). We need to energize two relays to generate contact closure commands for PSH1 Pos1 and PSH2
Pos1 command outputs. The system interconnect shows us that these commands are derived from contact closures from K2 and
K3 respectively. For the CON 1 signal to energize these relays,
S10 pole 1 and S11 pole 1 must be in the On position. This allows the Con 1 command (logic 0) to be read through NAND gates
A49, A50 to the line driver A64 input. A64 inverts the logic 1 and energizes K2 and K3 which generate a contact closure to energize the RF System Phase shifter motors. When the phase shifters reach the end stop in position 1 a status read back from a limit switch is returned to the mode controller Status I/P Matrix.
4.2.1.5
Status I/P Matrix
Refer to Sht. 2,3 of dwg 839 8121 161, and Table 2-32
The Waveguide System /Output Switch Status inputs are fed into the Mode Controller via opto-isolatorsA24, A25, A26. Thestatus signals are then routed as SW1-11 signals into the Status/Tally
Decode Logic. The decode logic can be programmed by DIP
Switches S-2 through S-9 to allow multiple amplifier system specific setup ie: RF PSH 1 and 2 are in position one. The status readbacks would be routed via the interconnect cable to the Mode
Controller status inputs. In this case signals SW1 and SW2 pull low. To illuminate Mode 1 LED (V1+V2), Tally 1, which is used to generate Mode 1 status would need to go to a logic 1. Dip
Switch S3 would be programmed with G/H in the closed (1)
4-4
position ABCDEF would be in the (0) open position which ties the VCC pullup resistors (R57, R58) to the input inverting
Schmitt triggers A27,A36, A39, A46. This would allow the
SW1/SW2 inputs to be transferred into A41 NAND gate which would output a logic 0 to Tally-1 and A39C inverting Schmitt trigger would output a logic 1 on the Tally 1 output. This would then provide A42 line driver with a logic 0 out to the Mode 1 O/P line for remote status. The Tally 1 would also be compared with the Set 1 command via the Local Display gate to illuminate the
Mode 1 LED (V1+V2) on the Local Control Panel.
4.2.1.6
Line Stretch Switch
Refer to Sht. 5 of dwg. 839 8121 161 and Table 2-34
To allow proper power combining of multiple tube transmitters the Mode Controller must be capable of switching in preset phasing line stretchers. This is accomplished with the Line
Stretcher decode circuit. The TAL1-8 lines go to a logic 0 for each known mode. Programmable DIP switches S21, S22 are set to energize K15 and K16 respectively based on the DIP information. In a 3 amplifier configuration TAL3 (V1+V2) would pull low. S21 pos 3 is closed (1) which would apply a low to NAND gate A67. Its output would go to a logic 1 and relay driver A65F output would pull low energizing K15 which in turn would energize a coaxial switching relay in the base of the Control
Cabinet to allow proper driver phasing for the amplifiers selected to air. If TAL4 (V2+V3) would pull low S22 pos 4 is closed (1) the low from TAL4 would input to NAND gate A66 which in turn would output a logic 1. Relay driver A65G would invert this level and energize K16 which in turn energizes the associated coaxial switching relay in the base of the Control Cabinet to allow proper driver phasing for the amplifiers selected to air.
4.2.1.7
Multiplex Mode Decode
Refer to Sht.4 of dwg. 839 8121 161
The multiplex decoder relies on the TALLY1-8 signals to again energize a latching relay via programming DIP Switches S19,
S20 as previously demonstrated. When the appropriate switches are selected the DPCO Latching relay K11 latches in either the
Normal or Multiplex mode.
4.2.1.8
Set O/P Switch
Refer to Sht. 6 of dwg. 839 8121 161
The Set Ant2/ Set Load2 commands are derived from Sht. 1 then routed to Sht. 2 and Sht. 3. A logic 1 is input to OR gate A10C, it in turn outputs a 1 into AND gates A60C, A69C. Next establish a normal interlock condition via X15/5,6. This input is a logic 0 and is routed to A68B inverting Schmitt trigger. The output from
A68B is now a logic 1. The transmitter is also in the Beam on condition therefore a logic 0 input to inverting Schmitt trigger
A68A produces a logic 1 out. These two levels serve to fire the
AND gates A69A, A69B, allowing A69C to fire 11 sec Force
Standby Timer and set all amplifiers to Standby. They also provide enables to AND gates A60A, A60B which in turn allow a Set Ant2/ Set Load2 command to energize the appropriate command relay K13, K14. Once the force standby timer returns low the Beams on all amplifier cabinets return to normal. The 9 second selection latch timer detects a change in command state
(Ant/Load). This generates a SWSET to A63A trigger input. The
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
/Q output is then routed back to via the SWLATCH line to the
Octal Latch A21. This prevents multiple commands from being generated in the 9 second window.
4.3
Exciter Switcher Assembly
Refer to Technical Manual 988-2426-001
4.4
Amplifier Control
The amplifier is designed primarily for unattended operation under automatic or remote control.
The Control and Status Panel Assembly, which uses CMOS logic and LED indicators controls the start/stop sequences and maintains a continuous surveillance over the operation of the equipment.
A push button selects LOCAL or REMOTE with the operating state indicated by a green LED. Switching between Local/Remote does not interrupt the transmitter’s operation. When LO-
CAL is selected the operational state is determined by five push buttons.
Provided that the three phases of the supply are present and all interlocks are made LEDs indicating these will be illuminated at all times. The transmitter can be returned to this lowest operational state by pressing the OFF button.
When BK HEAT is selected, either locally or remotely, the LED above the button will illuminate, a green LED lights when the cooling air is NORMAL followed by green LEDs for Heater,
Bias Volts, and Ion Pump Normal. After a delay has elapsed the green Heater Delay LED will light.
When STANDBY is selected from OFF the above Background
Heat sequence is initiated followed by Collector Cooling Normal, Focus Current Normal and Ready. At this stage heaters are on full and the transmitter is ready for instant operation.
When selecting BEAM an identical sequence up to the Standby state is reached. The green Beam Volts LED lights after the high voltage is applied in two stages and proved. This is followed by two other LEDs which indicate that the intermediate amplifier and output powers are within limits.
If the STANDBY or BEAM buttons are pressed the transmitter proceeds automatically to the state selected without the need to operate intermediate controls.
A Reset command will reset any alarm conditions.
4.4.1
FAULT Indications
Green LEDs on the control and status panel assembly indicate normal conditions.
Red LEDs indicate all fault conditions.
Control buttons have LEDS (mounted above the buttons), which stay full is acknowledged.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation
An LED test facility is provided.
4.4.2
Fault protection
The logic will shut the transmitter down immediately if over current in the motor windings occurs; the water system fails; the collector temperature becomes excessive; or the high voltage supply second step contactor fails to close.
Connections within the logic may be preset so that the following conditions will individually either cause an immediate shutdown or actuate a 3 or 4 shot auto restore circuit, thereby preventing prolonged interruption due to transients.:
• overloads of the IOT collector or body current
• excessive forward or reflected output power
• arcing in the output cavities of the tube
Fault location is facilitated by red LEDs which light to indicate if any of these fault conditions have occurred. They remain lit after a shutdown or a successful restart until reset by the LED
Reset button. A non-volatile memory retains fault indications in the absence of the mains supply.
If the transmitter has shut down due to a fault, other than a motor failure, a red Lockout LED will light until the logic is reset either by the Fault Reset button or remotely. If the Lock out is due to a motor failure, a red Motors Fault LED lights until reset locally.
A motor lock out can not be reset remotely, the motor over current contactor must be manually reset.
4.4.3
Power metering
Power meters are provided for:
• Forward Power
•
IPA Power
•
VSWR
The Forward Power is measured by a coupler at the output of the
IOT/Klystrode. It’s output is routed to the Analogue & Digital
Interface assembly which feeds a detector in the logic and in turn drives the front panel metering and Power Normal LEDs.
The IPA power is average power measured by a coupler at the input to the IOT which feeds a detector in the logic.
VSWR is scaled from average power measured by a reverse directional coupler immediately at the output of the IOT, which feeds a detector in the logic via a low pass filter. Placing this coupler as close to the tube output as possible gives maximum protection against a fault occurring at any subsequent point.
4.4.4
Remote control and monitoring
Facilities are provided to enable remote control and telemetry or data logging equipment to be connected.
When remote control is selected, commands given by the continuous or momentary closure of pairs of contacts may be used to duplicate the functions of the local control buttons from a remote point.
Remote control and monitoring is via standard “D” type connectors on each amplifier and the system control rack.
Remote status indications for normal and fault conditions are made available by the open collector method. In addition analogs
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-5
of voltage, current and power levels are available and should be scaled to be less than 4 Volts.
Internal meters are provided to read:
•
Beam volts
•
Beam current
•
Grid volts
•
GIon current
• Heater volts
•
Body current
4.5
Line Control Cabinet
NOTE
It is recommended that the Line Control Cabinet derive it primary power via 200 amp fused disconnect. This will eliminate possibility of a nuisance breaker trip due to inrush current during crowbar events.
Mains power distribution is the primary function of the Line
Control Cabinet. Three phase power to the beam power supply, transmitter cabinet power supplies, and transmitter cabinet fans and blowers is distributed and controlled in the cabinet.
The 480 Volt version of the line control cabinet is equipped with a transformer that provides power to all the 220 Volt, single phase circuits in the transmitter. The 380 Volt cabinet design utilizes the main power phase-to-neutral voltage to power the same circuits.
Circuit breakers provide protection for each branch output. The incoming power line is equipped with transient protection in the form of phase-to-phase and phase to ground metal oxide varistors.
Beam power supply high voltage overshoots and high surge currents are avoided using reliable and proven step-start techniques. The step start circuits are located in the Line Control
Cabinet along with indicators that show successful completion of each step of the step-start sequence.
A fast release three phase vacuum contactor driven by a solid state relay effectively limits beam supply follow-on energy into a fired crowbar (used in the transmitter to protect the IOT). Both the vacuum contactor and the solid state relay are built into the
Line Control Cabinet.
The transmitter logic and Line Control Cabinet are closely integrated: the logic provides 1st and 2nd step commands to the
Line Control Cabinet, and the cabinet sends status of those commands back to the logic. Protection is provided by the logic.
An error sensed in the status of the beam supply high voltage verses the status of the Line Control Cabinet results in the beam power supply circuit breaker being opened via a circuit breaker shunt trip mechanism.
4.5.1
Remote Shunt Trip Reset P.C.B.
This circuit provides a contact closure status of the BREAKER
TRIPPED condition and a means of remotely resetting Q1 via the station’s remote control system.
From the remote location, 2 attempts at resetting breaker Q1 are allowed before the circuit ignores any further attempt to reset.
Thus, if 3 trips within 5 minutes do occur, a legitimate problem must exist an should be investigated at the transmitter site.
Successful resetting of Q1 that lasts for at least 5 minutes without tripping again will reset the counter circuit that limits the number of reset attempts. Operation of the local reset cabinet also resets the counter.
The local reset button mounted on the line control cabinet is not restricted to only 2 resets, however BOTH remote and local reset functions will NOT operate if the cabinet BEAM ON function is still active; set the cabinet to STANDBY before attempting to reset the shunt trip. This assures that the beam power supply step-start function is not bypassed.
4.5.2
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Refer to schematic 843-5466-771.
Control voltage is not applied to the circuit board until Q1 trips and it’s auxiliary contacts energize K1 via TB1-10. +24 volts is then applied to regulator U1 which provides +12 volt power to the rest of the circuit. In this manner, the board remains immune to voltage spikes and other environmental disturbances in the line control cabinet. Also, a contact closure on K1 provides the remote status indication that Q1 has tripped off.
Once control voltage is present, activating the remote reset command via TB1-1 energizes K2 via U2, U4-2, U4-6, and Q2.
The contacts on K2 activates the 120VAC Q1 reset relay in the line control cabinet. The reset command also triggers the 2-shot counter formed by U3. After the second reset attempt, pin U3-12 of the counter goes LOW preventing any further reset commands from clearing gate U4 by applying a LOW to U4-1.
Local reset is done via TB1-3. When U4-5 goes LOW, K2 is again energized. Note that this circuit path is not subject to the state of the 2-shot counter. The circuit IS inhibited if the beam on command to the line control cabinet is present and contactor K3 in the cabinet closes. Auxiliary K3 contacts supply +24V to
TB1-7; the presence of this voltage inhibits reset from any location by forcing the gate of Q2 to remain LOW via U2-12,
Q1, and CR8. Note also that operation of the counter is inhibited by holding data lines U3-5 and U3-9 low via CR13 and CR14.
Counter reset can be done 3 ways:
1. A local reset command forces U4-10 HIGH and resets
U3 via pins U3-4 and U3-10.
2. After Q1 successfully resets, +12 volts is removed from the circuit except that the +12VB bus bleeds down very slowly. After approximately 5 minutes, the +12VB bus is sufficiently low that, if another trip occurs, a pulse is applied to the reset line via capacitor C6 as a result of the +12VB bus suddenly returning.
3. If solder jumper JP1 is changed to position 2—3, the counter will reset from either the local reset button, or from the action of applying and removing the cabinet
BEAM ON command. Because an operator could repeatedly reset the shunt trip by this method even if a real
4-6 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation problem existed, it is recommended that this jumper position NOT be used.
The reset command from the station remote system is connected to TB1-1&2; tripped status indication appears on TB1-5&6.
To minimize usage of the remote control channels, remote Q1 tripped status connections from each line control cabinet can be connected in parallel. This means that at the remote location, information that AT LEAST ONE line control cabinet shunt trip has operated.
Likewise, the remote reset command lines can be connected in parallel. Since each reset circuit card is activated only after Q1 trips off, the set command will only act on those line control cabinets whose Q1 breakers have tripped.
Personnel performing maintenance work in the transmitter cabinets may lock out the beam supply main and transmitter cabinet circuit breakers from being closed by using the lockout mechanism and key on the front of the Line Control Cabinet.
A floor mounted, wall supported enclosure using only 3 square feet of floor area houses the Line Control Cabinet. Access to each component is easy and straight forward, requiring only the removal of the handle-equipped front panel.
4.6
Unitized High Voltage Beam Power
Supply
The transmitter’s high voltage needs are provided by a unitized oil filled DC power supply. The supply is designed to withstand adverse weather and therefore may be mounted outside the transmitting building.
Oil immersion of critical components like high voltage transformers, rectifiers, and filter chokes provide superior dielectric strength and uniformity that helps prevent high voltage arcing and corona. The excellent heat transfer properties of the oil reduce the stress on the electrical components. As a result, power supply life is expected to exceed 20 years, even when sustained daytime ambient air temperature is 104 degrees Fahrenheit.
Access is easy; and there is no danger of tools falling to the bottom of the oil tank because tools aren’t needed to remove the submersed components module. Rectifier stacks, transient suppression networks, and bleeder resistors are mounted on the module. They can be serviced on the workbench, once the components module is removed from the oil.
Attached to the oil tank, the junction box is where electrical connections to the power supply are made. Filter capacitors and primary transient components are mounted here. The junction box cover is held in place with several captive type bolt-clamps.
A safety and convenience feature of the cover design allows it to remain in place, even if all the fasteners are removed. Foot injuries from a falling junction box cover are less likely. Handles on the cover aid in its removal and replacement.
Changing output voltage is straightforward. A tap switch handle mounted on the side of the oil tank selects up to 5 different output
1/22/1999
voltages. Access to the tap switch handle is prevented by a lockable hinged cover. The cover, along with the junction box cover and the shorting stick mounting fixture are equipped with interlock switches that prevent power supply operation if conditions are unsafe.
All electrical components in the beam power supply are chosen such that they operate well within their specified limits. For example, the voltage rating of the rectifiers is at least 2 times higher than the normal voltage applied to the rectifiers. Primary windings of the transformer are protected from line to line transient voltages by capacitors AND metal oxide varistors. A solid state metal oxide varistor mounted outside the oil in the junction box suppresses filter choke generated voltage surges.
Resistors in series with each filter capacitor limit capacitor ripple and discharge currents, further extending the life of the capacitors.
4.7
Theory of Operation: HV Power Supply 380/415 V 50Hz
Refer to Schematic Dwg 839-8121-490 Sht. 2/2
The HV Power Supply consists of the following circuits: HV
Contactor Assembly, HV transformer and Rectification/Filter circuitry.
4.7.1
HV Contactor Assembly
The 380/415V 4-wire 50Hz mains are connected to X1 L1, L2,
L3 and X4 Neutral terminal blocks. HV Contactor Assembly command and control inputs are interconnected between the
Interface panel X2/1-24 and the HV Power Supply terminal block X3/1-20. Switched primary power (380/415V 50Hz) is routed from the HV Power Supply terminal block X3/15-18 to the Interface panel terminal block X1/1-7. Q1 Beam Supply
Isolator switch applies mains to Q3 150 Amp resettable breaker for HV Supply isolation. Q2 30 Amp breaker applies mains to the Transmitter cabinets. A 380/415V to 24VAC step-down transformer T1 provides 24 VAC to drive cabinet isolator K1. F1,
F2, F3 provide over-current protection for the power line monitor and T1 step-down transformer. F4, F5, F6 provide over current protection for the HV Supply blower via adjustable current overload OL1 (0.38-0.68 Amp). R4-9 are Metal Oxide varistors that provide transient protection for the Transmitter Cabinets.
4.7.2
Control Circuitry
The Cabinet Isolator Switch on the rear of the transmitter provides a contact closure via X3/5 to ground to energize K1 in the
HV Power supply. This applies mains voltage to the Contactor and Circuit Breaker assembly (Dwg 839-8121-450 Sht. 4/4). A power line monitor is provided to prevent circuit damage due to over/under voltage or phase loss. The trip points are variable and typically set for a +/- 5% window. The Phase monitor provides the Transmitter logic with a phase loss status to inhibit operation if the mains are not within the proper tolerance. Upon completion of Beam command the 1st step command is applied by the
Transmitter logic via X3/6. The 1st Step command applies a
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-7
ground to energize H1 Command Signal Present LED, the Thermal Interlock Normal LED H2 and Solid State Relay A1 via thermal interlock S1, S2, S3, the Fire Wire window detector and the HV transformer 155º C thermostats. Solid state relay A1 energizes and applies a ground to Beam supply contactor K3, which in turn energizes, applying 380/415V through R1, R2, and
R3 step start resistors. Reduced primary voltage is then applied to HV Step Up transformer T1. Approximately one second after the HV 1st Step command Transmitter logic generates an HV
2nd Step command which applies 110VAC to energize Step start contactor K2 and Blower contactor K5. K2 effectively shorts out
Step Start resistor R1, R2, R3 and applies the full mains voltage to the HV Step Up transformer primary. K5 is also energized via
2nd Step Command and applies power to the HV Power Supply blower. Upon completion of the 2nd step, the aux contacts of K2 close and apply a ground to illuminate H3 Step Start Complete
LED. The HV Power supply is now at full beam potential. In case of crowbar fault Q3 will trip due to the instantaneous in rush current during the short circuit of the Beam. The logic will detect a crowbar fired signal and generate a breaker reset command via
X3/20. This will energize M1 electric operator via the aux switch and K4 which will reset the breaker and return the transmitter to
Beam after the appropriate step start sequence. The Transmitter logic also monitors the Command State versus Beam Status. If the logic detects Beam voltage after a Beam command is removed it will generate a shunt trip command to open Q3 and prevent damage to either HV Supply, Personnel or the IOT. The
Beam Supply Breaker Tripped LED H4 will illuminate and may be reset utilizing S4 Beam Supply Breaker Reset Switch.
NOTE
Ensure transmitter is in standby state before initiating Beam Supply Circuit Breaker Reset Command. Failure to do so will bypass the step start sequence and apply overvoltage to the tube.
4.7.3
HV Rectifier Assembly
The three phase transformer has a delta connected, multi-tapped primary allowing a wide range of output voltages to be provided.
One secondary is star connected the other delta connected; each feed a three phase bridge rectifier in a 12 pulse rectification system with low output ripple. The outputs from each rectifier bridge are added to provide the -32 kV output voltage. Additional filtering is provided by choke input filter L1 and C1. VDR1-5 is installed across the terminals of L1 to limit the EMF across the choke. R21/22 will limit C1 discharge current in the event of an internal tube arc/ crowbar occurance. R1-21 are connected across the output as a bleed network. The HV output connects between
X1 As a safety measure a grounding switch is provided to discharge C1 during maintenance.
4.8
Theory of Operation: Contactor and
Circuit Breaker Assembly
Refer to Schematic Dwg. 839-8121-450 Sht. 4/4
The Contactor Circuit Breaker Assembly is designed as a works in a drawer unit. It contains the Circuit Breakers, Contactor
Drivers, Contactors and Power Supplies required to provide AC mains distribution in the transmitter.
4.8.1
Power Distribution
Primary power is routed into the Contactor and Circuit Breaker panel assembly from the HV Power Supply via the amplifier interface (Dwg 839-8121-465). The three phase 380/415V 50 Hz mains are applied to BX1/1, 2, 3, 7 internal jumpers then interconnect primary power to BX1/4, 5, 6. This provides a three phase power distribution bus to the Transmitter cabinet circuit breakers. Auxillary contacts in each of the breaker assemblies are utilized to provide a series circuit to indicate a System Normal status for the logic. When a circuit breaker trips this loop will open and extinguish the front panel System Normal LED. This circuit is output via BX7/1, 2. Functions of each circuit breaker with their associated current rating and contactor assemblies are listed below:
• Q1 Control PSU 6 Amp
•
Q2 Cavity Blower 4 Amp K1.1.2.3
• Q3 Ion Pump & Bias 3 Amp K2.1
•
Q4 IOT Heater 3 Amp K2.5, K5.4
•
Q5 Cabinet Fans Front & Rear 3 Amp K2.3.4
• Q6 IPA Blower 3 Amp K3.1
•
Q7 IPA PSU K5.1.2.3
• Q8 Focus PSU 3 Amp K6.1
•
Q9 Crowbar Filament 3 Amp K2.2
4.8.1.1
Contactor Driver PCB
Power is derived from the Contactor Supply step down transformer T1. The 220VAC from Q1 is stepped down to 110, 85,
20VAC respectively. The 100VAC supply is routed to each of the opto isolated contactor drivers. The 85 VAC is applied to bridge rectifier V3 , C12, C11 to produce a 100 VDC output to drive the
Beam Supply Contactor. H1 indicates the presence of the 100
VDC supply. The 20 VAC output is routed through a 5 amp fuse
F2 and applied to bridge rectifer V1, C8 and zener diode V2 to produce a +24 VDC bus. H2 indicates the presence of the 24 VDC bus. The 24 VDC bus is distributed to the opto isolated contactor drivers, HV Beam supply, and the Isolated Meter Panel lights.
F3 250 mA fuse provides protection for the HV power supply solid state relay A1 and LED indicators. F4 1 Amp fuse provides protection for the Isolated Meter Panel lights.
The Contactor Driver PCB receives command signals from the
Logic & Control PCB contactor driver A86. Theset to the Contactor Driver PCB via BX6/1-17. A ground applied to the appropriate command line will energize the opto isolated contactor driver, A1-10. The contactor will then be actuated via BAX7/1-
11 and primary power will be applied to the associated circuit. A
Heater Hours Meter is provided and activates only during application of a Standby/Beam command.
Auxillary start contacts are provided on K4 to provide run commands for the pump module and heat exchanger via BX8/
13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 during a BK Heat, Standby, or Beam
Command sequence.
4-8 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation
Arc Test push buttons are provided to energize cavity arc sensor lamps via S1,S2 for the Output and secondary cavities respectively.
4.9
IOT Power Supplies
Power requirements for the IOT transmitter can be broadly split into two categories:
1. Conventional power supplies which are derived from the incoming line ac and sit at ground potential. We will call them NON ISOLATED supplies. for example the
IOT focus power pack.
2. Conventional power supplies which are also derived from the incoming line AC but in this case the output voltage from the beam voltage at approximately -32/-
36kV. These are ISOLATED POWER SUPPLIES; for example the IOT heater supply.
The AC line input from the line control cabinet is switched in the correct sequence to each of the supplies as shown in AC power
Distribution Drawing.
Transmitters internal supplies are as follows:
1. TRANSMITTER CONTROL - a direct on-line MOV protected, single phase switched mode supply providing control and logic power requirements.
2. EXCITER RACK - an MOV protected, transformer input single phase switched mode unit serving the Exciters and system control functions for a dual Exciter
System, paralleled supplies are provided.
3. IPA - Two 3-phase input, MOV protected, switched mode units with internal cooling operating in parallel.
4. FOCUS SUPPLY - A variable output single phase vendor supplied switch mode power supply. The unit supplies the electromagnetic focusing coils on the IOT circuit assembly.
5. CROWBAR HEATER - The crowbar cathode and its associated circuits are electrically bonded to the -30kV beam supply. The crowbar heater transformer is an
ISOLATING air spaced transformer with adequate primary/secondary voltage separation.
6. IOT HEATER/ION/BIAS - The IOT heater/cathode sits at approximately -36kV. All three isolated supplies namely the Heater, Ion Pump and Bias have been brought together in a single unit and are supplied from two air spaced ISOLATING transformers. The Heater supply is a conventional full wave bridge, the Ion Pump is a voltage doubler circuit and the Bias a regulated supply fed from a raw full wave rectified voltage.
7. RF System Supply - +12 Volts DC in the Exciter cabinet supplies voltage for RF System Relays and logic.
1/22/1999
4.10
Focus PSU
The Focus Current PSU is a vendor supplied unit designed to deliver up to 30 Amperes to the Beam focusing coil. A front panel mounted potentiometer is connected to the PSU to vary the output current from 18 Amps to 30 Amps. The supply is routed via BX2/1,2 to the IOT circuit assembly via interconnection harness.
4.10.1
Focus Current Overload PCB
The focus supply negative lead is routed via BCX1/1 to a meter shunt R11 and a current shunt R12. It then connects to BCX1/4 where it is in turn routed to BX2/2 and the interconnect harness.
R11 provides drive for the front panel meter circuit while R12 provides a reference voltage to over/under current comparator
A1, A2. Transorbs V3, V2 clamp input voltage excursions to
9.1VDC while C7,C6 provide decoupling.
Potentiometer R2 adjust a reference voltage for the under current trip point while R5 establishes the over current trip point. The
Comparator outputs are the OR’ed together via A3A. The output from A3A drives V4 which in turn energizes K1 completing the
Focus current normal status/interlock to the transmitter logic.
4.11
Theory of Operation: Isolated Supplies PCB
Refer to schematic Dwg’s 839-8121-771 IOT HV Components and Cabling and 839-8121-288 Isolated Supplies 2 PCB assembly.
WARNING:
The Isolated Supplies PCB resides at a high voltage potential on the order of -36KV with respect to earth. Maintenance of any description should only be carried out when the transmitter has been isolated from the supply and earthed.
The Isolated Supplies PCB provides the operating voltages for the Ion Pump, Heater Supply, Regulated Grid Bias supply, and their associated Control and Monitoring circuitry. The supply outputs are routed via the isolated meter assembly and HV
Umbilicle to the IOT/KLYSTRODE. A HV meter multiplier
(1000:1) is also connected from the Isolated supply to ground potential to generate beam voltage metering capabilities.
4.11.1
Heater Supply
Circuit breaker Q4 applies 220 VAC to Black Heat contactor
K2.5. During BK heat Rheostat R1a/b are placed in series with
Rheostat R2a/b which effectively reduces the full filament voltage by a minimum of 1 VDC. Once Standby is selected, contactor
K5.4 energizes to bypass rheostat R1a/b and apply full AC potential to T2 isolated heater supply stepdown transformer.
Rheostat R2a/b is then adjusted to provide correct heater voltage for the IOT.
The Secondary of T2 applies a stepdown voltage of 8.9 VAC to
V201 bridge rectifier. The DC output is filtered via C203 and
C204. R215 provides protection to the filter caps by limiting
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-9
inrush current on start up. The rectified filtered output is then applied to the IOT/KLYSTRODE heater via the HV Umbilicle cable. A parallel metering circuit is provided via R114 and R120
Heater meter cal pot.
4.11.1.1
Heater Proving Circuit
The Heater Volts is also monitored to provide a Heater OK readback to the transmitter logic. The voltage is monitored via a voltage sensing network composed of R130, R131, R107, V105,
V117, V116, V107 and V106. If the voltage is between 5 VDC and 9.5 VDC, V107 will conduct which in turn will forward bias
H102 providing a fiber optically isolated signal to the logic.
4.11.2
Ion Pump Supply
T1/2 provides an input voltage of approximately 1400 VAC.
C201, V202 and V203 form a voltage doubler circuit with C202 providing the filter action. The output is in effect 3. to the Isolated
PCB Deck.
The 3.4 kV Ion Pump voltage is then routed through the 50 mA series ion current meter and into the HV Umbilicle for connection to the IOT/KLYSTRODE. V1, V2 and R1 provide transient protection to the current meter to prevent damage of the movement during HV faults.
4.11.2.1
Ion Voltage Sensing
The logic has a proving circuit which looks for the Ion Pump voltage to be a least 1.8 kV. This is accomplished via a voltage divider network which comprises R202-R206 for negative reference and R208-R212 and V204 for the positive input to comparator A103. When the voltage is in range A103 conducts which in turn forward biases H101 providing a fiber optically isolated output to the control logic.
4.11.2.2
Ion Current Sensing
The current sensing network comprises R213, 3.6 V zener V205 and comparator A104. The positive input of the comparator is referenced to a level of -2 VDC established through divider R109 and R110. In the event current exceeds 20 mA A104 will go high and effectively reverse bias H104. This will extinguish the Ion
Current OK signal to the logic.
4.11.3
Grid Bias Supply
150 VAC is supplied from T1/1 to fuse FS1, resistors R1 and R2 to bridge rectifier 1B8. The 150 VAC input is also applied via T3 to produce regulated logic supplies of +/- 12 VDC via bridge rectifier V101 and regulators A101, HA102. H105, H106 illuminate if supplies are in range. Bridge rectifier 1B8 positive output is referenced to 0V return while the negative output provides source voltage for the regulator circuitry. A1 provides a regulated voltage reference to bias pot R8 located on the Amplifier Cabinet rear wall below the isolated meter assembly. Varying R8 output voltage in turn controls the bias developed for V3,V4 which control the regulation of V9-16.
The variable 30-150 VDC output is then applied to an active crowbar circuit which comprise V39,V34 and FS3. The crowbar is designed to limit output current during a short circuit on the output of the supply.
4-10
R42, R43, V24 and V27 provide transient protection during a tube arc. The bias voltage is then applied through a series current meter P4 to the IOT/Klystrode via the HV umbilicle. Bias voltage metering is provided P3.
4.11.3.1
Bias Volts Proving Circuit
The bias voltage is monitored to ensure that it is between -35 to
-150 volts. If the voltage falls out of this range V103 will go into cut off removing bias for H103 which will extinish the fibre optically isolated signal to the logic.
4.11.3.2
Bias Current Sensing
The bias supply is designed to be emmisive or receptive. Provision for monitoring current flow in either direction is achieved via R22, R23, R24, V18-23. Current flow in either direction will be developed as a input voltage to the +/- inputs of A2B. The output of A2B will be a voltage which is directly proportional to the current being emmitted/recepted from the IOT/Klystrode.
This voltage will be compared in A2A with a preset reference
(R38) to establish a trip point. If current exceeds +/-100ma trip point, A2A will bias V26 into conduction and effectivly reverse bias H1 grid bias current opto isolator. The output will be applied to the logic and interlock the Beam Off.
4.12
Crowbar General Description
Refer to the circuit diagrams 839-8121-745 the crowbar assembly and 839-8121-744 the Floating Deck Unit.
WARNING:
The IOT Crowbar Assembly resides at a high voltage potential on the order of -36KV with respect to ground. Maintenance of any description should only be carried out when the transmitter has been isolated from the supply and grounded.
The IOT crowbar is in effect a high voltage, optically controlled shunt switch. Its purpose is to protect the IOT from adverse damage in fault conditions i.e internal tube arcs. Under such conditions an unprotected tube will draw excessive current from the HV power supply and the energy stored in the decoupling capacitors will additively contribute to effects causing possible damage to the tube.
During a tube arc or HV cable fault the crowbar detects the sudden rise in current drawn from the supply. This causes it to self trigger or turn on. The heart of the crowbar, a deuterium thyratron, diverts any follow on energy from the supply away from the IOT thereby preventing further damage.
Upon triggering, the crowbar informs the amplifier control that a fault has occurred causing the crowbar to fire and the HV breaker is turned Off.
4.12.1
Crowbar Construction
The crowbar assembly consists of a base plate at ground potential to which the isolation transformer is mounted. An electrically floating chassis at the full beam voltage under normal operating conditions is isolated from ground potential by four insulated standoffs.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
The floating chassis provides a means of attaching the Thyratron device and its associated control circuitry consisting of the
Floating Deck Unit, the FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB and power supply. As a result of the heating effects of the Thyratron device, a DC fan is used to provide sufficient airflow onto the base of the device to prevent overheating and pre-triggering.
Fuses for the secondary of the FDU transformer are located on a horizontal flange of the chassis. Two more insulating standoffs are fixed to the floating chassis, one to provide support to the IOT supply series resistors, the other providing support for the Grading Grid divider and Crowbar Fired detector.
Connections to the crowbar take the following form:
•
Variable single phase AC mains input on isolating transformer.
•
Base plate connected to ground.
• Chassis connected to negative side of beam supply.
•
Series resistors connected to isolated supplies assembly.
•
Thyratron anode connected to body current resistor via stud at top of pillar.
• FIRE CROWBAR and CROWBAR READY fibre optic interface.
•
CROWBAR FIRED connected via BNC to transmitter bulkhead.
•
Damping capacitor and surge limiting resistor connected between Thyratron cathode and anode.
4.12.2
Crowbar Detailed Circuit Description
4.12.2.1
Floating Deck Unit
The Floating Deck Unit, or FDU, provides the positive and negative DC bias voltages for grid 1 and grid 2 of the deuterium filled double gap Thyratron. In addition to the bias, the FDU also generates the grid 1 status signal which is passed to the main control logic as a Crowbar Ready signal and receives the indirect
FIRE CROWBAR trigger pulse on command from the main logic assembly for test purposes.
The 6.3V nominal supply for the heaters is applied to the step up transformer T2 whose secondaries provide the FDU with (-100)-
0-(+100) Volts RMS at X1/3 - X1/1&2 - X1/4 respectively.
AC power supply monitoring is provide by two identical LED driver circuits, one consisting of R19, R20, V10 and H3.
The AC supply is bridge rectified by V1 and filtered by C1, C2 to provide the unit with the +140 VDC required for grid bias purposes, while the full 280 VDC is supplied to the FET pulse generator.
Local supplies of 15 V with respect to 0 V, 18 V with respect to
-140 V and 5 V with respect to -140 V are provided by zener diodes V9, V2 and regulator A3 respectively.
The indirect or manual trigger pulse enters the module via optical fiber and is detected by H1. The signal is buffered by A2B before being passed to the FET pulse generator V5 which in turn pulses the primary winding of T3.
T3 secondary picks up the DC negative bias for grid 2 via R18 and C11 and is preloaded by R17. C10 acts as the local source of power for the pulse generator.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation
The associated diodes in this section of the circuit provide reverse and over-voltage protection for the FET driver V5.
The CROWBAR READY signal is generated in the following manner:
•
Current flowing to grid 1 from the +140 VDC supply is monitored by R6 and fed to the optical isolator V11 via clamping and limiting diodes V12 and V13.
•
The output from V11 controls the collector circuit of V14 which has its base voltage derived from a protective and level setting zener diode chain V15 and V16 monitoring the
DC voltage on grid 1. Diode V19 provides grid 1 transient overvoltage protection which may be induced due to aging of the Thyratron.
•
This voltage is interlocked via a thermostat mechanically fixed to the base of the Thyratron.
• In order that V14 may pass current to the optical transmitter
H2, both base and collector voltages and cooling to the
Thyratron must be present, indicated by thermostat S1. This condition is indicative of the Thyratron being in a condition ready to fire. H2 relays this Ready condition via fiber optic cable to the main logic assembly.
•
Bias and trigger voltages are supplied to the Thyratron via the FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB
4.12.2.2
FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB
The interface PCB provides the following four functions:
•
Electrically connect the bias voltages and test mode trigger signal to the Thyratron.
•
Direct mode triggering is derived from the current transformer CT2, R1, R2 and C2, C3.
• Rectification and filtering (V1, V2, C5) of the Thyratron heater supply to supply the Thyratron cooling fan, U1.
• Two fuses are provided for the protection of the Thyratron cooling fan and the primary circuit of the FDU power supply.
•
Thyratron filament metering is accomplished via bridge rectifier V3 and filter capacitor C7. R6 provides a means to calibrate M1 to indicate filament voltage.
4.13
IOT LOGIC Circuit description
4.13.1
Digital and Analog Interface PCB
(Refer to DWG 839-8121-151 Sht. 1-8)
The Digital and Analog Interface PCB comprises the following circuits: Decoupling, Supply Monitoring, Power Metering,
Crowbar Control, Status Inputs 1, Status Inputs 2, and Remote
Status Drivers.
These circuit are shown on the front page of the schematic as subassemblies of the schematic and are referenced by page number.
4.13.1.1
Power Supply Monitoring
Battery G1 is used to supply the latches during a power failure.
In normal circumstances the battery is trickle charged from the
+5V supply via R91 and V22. The supply voltage for the battery backed parts of the circuit (Vbat) are derived from A29 which
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-11
4-12
Figure 4-1. Crowbar Assembly
Parts Location
automatically selects the battery or +5V depending upon which is the greater.
A30 is used to monitor the 5V supply with the output being low when the voltage is greater than 4.8V and high if the supply is less than 4.6V.
Detection of the +24V supply is performed by V90, V89 and optoisolator A43D while V25, V24, V23 detect the +12V supply and V26, V27 and optoisolator A43C detect the -12V supply.
The outputs from the voltage detectors are AND’ed together in
A6B, A6C and A51B. This combined detection is then fed to the monostable A31A and A31B which introduce two delayed on signals (P_WAIT and POWER_OK) which are used to indicate good supplies. These signals are used to perform sequenced
Power Up and Power Downs within the logic. An inverted
POWER_OK signal (N_POWER_OK) is generated by A38D and is fed to those sections that require an inverted signal. The final power supply signal N_PWR2_OK is AND’ed with the output from A35B which is triggered when the crowbar fires and is used to prevent spurious trips from occurring.
4.13.2
Power Metering
4.13.2.1
Forward Power and IPA power metering
Foward Power, VSWR and IPA power metering are performed by identical circuits. Therefore, only the Forward Power will be described with IPA reference numbers in {}.
Incoming RF arrives on the board through X3 {X4}, a SMC coaxial socket and is fed to diode detector V13 {V12}. The demodulated signal is then buffered in A50A {A50B} before being fed to a peak detector consisting of V80 {V81}, V84
{V85}, and A2A {A2D}. Meter calibration is performed by A2B
{A3A} and R51 {R48} with a feed going to level detector A2C
{A3B} and R50 {R49} to provide a logic ‘1’ when the signal is greater than the voltage on the wiper of pot R50 (R49).
4.13.2.2
Reflected Power Metering
(See Fig. 4-3)
Reflected power metering RF arrives on the board through X5 , a SMC coaxial socket and is fed to diode detector V11. A sound notch filter consisting of C3, C7 and L2 can be inserted into the circuit by setting X11 to its top position. The demodulated signal is then buffered in A3C before being fed to a peak detector consisting of V4, V86, and A3D.
Meter calibration is performed by A4A and R46 with a feed going to level detector A4B and R47 to provide a logic ‘1’ when the signal is greater than the voltage on the wiper of pot R47.
4.13.2.3
IPA Power Normal
The serial data stream from the IPA module is fed to the Interface
PCB via X29 a SMC coaxial socket and is then fed into retriggerable monostable A35A. X30 is used to select whether or not the output from A35A is AND’ed with the output from the IPA level detector in A48D. If Link X30 is in the b to c position then
IPA Normal will only occur when there is data present AND the output level is Normal.
4.13.3
Crowbar Control
The output from the collector current detector is fed to monostables A7A and A7B after passing through the voltage clamp V14 and current limiting resistor R59. A sample of the clamped signal is then fed to the power supply monitoring as
PRE_COG in order to shutdown the supplies in the event of a crowbar firing. A7A is used to stretch the pulse feed to the LED display latches and the external output via A1A, V1 V3 and X2 which is used to reset the breaker.
The output from A7B is AND’ed in A48B with the crowbar ready signal so that in the event of the crowbar firing the ready signal disappears for at least a second. A8A and A8B are used in conjunction with S1 to produce the firing pulses that are fed to fiber optic transmitter H2 to trigger a manual crowbar firing.
4.13.3.1
Status Inputs 1
All analogue status indications are routed to the Status Inputs 1 schematic. Here they are converted to logic levels to provide status indications to the transmitter Control logic.
4.13.3.1.1
Supply Present
Supply Present iisolator A1C and is then buffered by inverter
A5D.
4.13.3.1.2
Internal Interlock
(Refer to Fig. 4-14)
Internal Interlock indication comes in via opto isolator A1D and is then buffered by inverter A37A with H7 being illuminated when the circuit is made.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
4.13.3.1.3
Panel Interlock
(Refer to Fig. 4-12)
Panel Interlock indication comes in via opto isolator A39A and is then buffered by inverter A5B with H8 being illuminated when the circuit is made. X22 can be used to set the Panel Interlock permanently OK.
4.13.3.1.4
External Interlock
(Refer to Fig.4-11)
External interlock indication comes in via opto isolator A39B and is then buffered by inverter A32F, X26 can be used to set the
External Interlock permanently OK.
4.13.3.1.5
IPA Air Normal
The IPA Air Normal indication comes in via opto isolator A39C and is then buffered by inverter A32A before being fed to the anti-flutter circuit of monostable A44A and A33A.
4.13.3.1.6
Cavity Air Normal
The Cavity Air Normal indication comes in via opto isolator
A39D and is then buffered by inverter A37F before being fed to the anti-flutter circuit of monostable A44B and A33C.
4.13.3.1.7
Low Heaters Normal
The Low Heaters signal comes in via fibre optical receiver H12 and is then buffered by inverter A32B.
4.13.3.1.8
Full Heaters Normal
The Full Heaters indication comes in via opto isolator A40A and inverting buffer A34B. Finally the signal is AND’ed with the Low
Heaters Normal signal in A33B before passing on to the next part of the circuit.
4.13.3.1.9
ION Pump Volts OK
The ION Pump Volts OK signal comes in via fibre optic receiver
H13 and is the buffered by inverter A32D.
4.13.3.1.10
Motor Overloads
(See Fig.4-9)
Motor Overloads 1, 2 and 3 arrive via opto isolators A41D, A1B and A40B and the faults indicated on H11, H10 and H9 respectively. The three signals are then NAND’ed in A49A to provide one motor overload fault signal for all three inputs.
4.13.3.1.11
Focus Normal
The Focus Normal indication comes in via opto isolator A40C and is then buffered by inverter A5F.
4.13.3.1.12
Cooling Status
Cooling Status’s 1, 2 and 3 arrive via opto isolators A42A, A42D and A42B and the state is indicated on H17, H18 and H19 respectively. The three signals are then NAND’ed in A36B to provide one cooling OK signal for all three inputs. Links X24 and X25 can be used to set cooling 2 and 3 respectively to normal if they are not in use. (Air Cooled Systems Only)
4.13.3.1.13
HV Circuit Breaker Normal
The HV Circuit Breaker Normal indication comes in via opto isolator A40D and is then buffered by inverter A32E.
Section IV - Theory of Operation
4.13.3.1.14
IPA PSU Normal
The two IPA PSU signals arrive via opto isolators A42C and
A43A respectively, these signals are then NAND’ed together in
A34A to produce the IPA OK signal.
4.13.3.1.15
Cabinet Temperature
The Cabinet Temperature indication comes in via opto isolator
A41A.
4.13.3.1.16
ION Pump Current
(See Fig. 4-10)
The ION Pump Current signal enters the logic via fiber optical receiver H15, the signal is then AND’ed with the inverted TX
OFF signal from A5E in A48C.
4.13.3.1.17
HV 2
nd
(Refer to Fig. 4-4)
step
The HV 2 nd
Step made normal indication comes in via opto isolator A41B and is then buffered by inverter A37C.
4.13.3.1.18
Amplifier Normal
(Refer to Fig. 4-5)
The Amplifier Normal indication comes in via opto isolator
A41C and is then buffered by inverter A37D.
4.13.3.1.19
Reject Power
(Refer to Fig. 4-7)
The Reject Power indication comes in via opto isolator A43B and is then buffered by inverter A37E.
4.13.3.1.20
Bias Over Current
The Bias Over Current signal enters the logic via fiber optic receiver H16 and is then filtered by R276, R277 and C79 to remove any spurious pulses. The TX OFF signal is fed through a one way delay comprising of V88, R282, R283 and C82, this signal is then inverted in A5C and AND’ed in A51A with the filtered input from H16. A further AND action then takes place in A51C with the HV Normal signal. The final output is the Bias
Over Current signal.
4.13.3.1.21
Bias Volts OK
The Bias Volts OK signal enters the logic via fiber optic receiver
H14 and is then NAND’ed by A34C with the filtered Bias Over
Current signal.
4.13.3.1.22
Primary Cavity Arc Detector
A4C is a used as a comparator to measure the resistance of a light dependant resistor mounted in the klystron cavity. When the resistor ‘sees’ the light from an arc or flash light its value drops and the comparator output goes high. V78 and V55 are clamp diodes used to stop large differential voltages and to ensure that the op-amp does not latch up.
4.13.3.1.23
Secondary Cavity Arc Detector
A47C is a used as a comparator to measure the resistance of a light dependant resistor mounted in the IOT/Klystode cavity.
When the resistor ‘sees’ the light from an arc or flash light its value drops and the comparator output goes high. V79 and V59 are clamp diodes used to stop large differential voltages and to ensure that the op-amp does not latch up.
1/22/1999 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-13
4.13.3.1.24
Tube Over Temperature
( Refer to Fig. 4-8)
A4D is an op-amp arranged to amplify the signal from a resistive bridge, one element of which is either a thermistor or a thermostat. The signal is then amplified by X10 in A45B before being fed to the trip circuit of A45A. Trip adjustment is set by putting link X27 into position b-c and adjusting R238 until the trip point is found.
4.13.3.1.25
HV Voltage Metering
This input from the High Voltage Meter Multiplier is filtered by
L3, L4, R256, R257 and C55 before being amplified in differential amplifier A46C. A46B in conjunction with R239, form an adjustable gain amplifier that provides the local and remote HV metering outputs. A sample of the metering output is fed to a voltage comparator A46A which compares the HV metering level with the voltage produced by divider R194 and R195. If the metering output is higher than the divider then the output from
A46A goes high to signal HV Normal.
4.13.3.1.26
HV Current Metering
This input from the high voltage current meter shunt is filtered by L5, L6, R258, R259 and C56 before being amplified in differential amplifier A45C. A47D in conjunction with R240, forms an adjustable gain amplifier that provides the Local and
Remote HV current metering outputs. Output offset adjustment is provided by R255 feeding the non inverting input of A47D. A sample of the metering output is fed to a voltage comparator
A45D which compares the current metering level with the voltage produce by pot R241. If the metering output is higher than the divider then the output from A45D goes high to signal a HV
Current Fault.
4.13.3.1.27
Body Current Metering
(Refer to Fig. 4-15)
This input from the body current meter shunt is filtered by L7,
L8, R260, R261 and C57 before being amplified in differential amplifier A46D. A47B in conjunction with R243, form an adjustable gain amplifier that provides the local and remote body current metering outputs. Output offset adjustment is provided by R253 feeding the non inverting input of A47B. A sample of the metering output is fed to a voltage comparator A47A which compares the current metering level with the voltage produce by pot R242. If the metering output is higher than the divider then the output from A47A goes high to signal a body current fault.
4.13.3.1.28
IPA Reset
The latched indication reset line is inverted by A36D before being fed to tri-state buffer A22D and then on to the IPA via R251 and X9.
4.13.3.2
Open Collector Outputs
All indications are available remotely as open collector transistors that turn on to indicate a status or a fault. There are four sections providing a total of 32 non latched outputs.
Section 1 consists of buffer A10, open collector array A9 and tri-state buffer A11A. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from N_POWER_OK and
4-14
the open collector outputs disabled by POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications.
Sections 2, 3 and 4 are identical but use the following gates, A13,
A12, A11B for section 2, A15, A14, A11C for section 3 and A26,
A25, A122B for section 4.
There are also two sections providing 12 latched outputs, three selectable outputs and one non-latched output in total. Section 1 consists of buffer A17, open collector array A16, tri-state buffer
A11D and battery powered latched A18 - A19. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from
N_PWR2_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by
POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications.
The second section works in the same way but uses A21, A20,
A22A and A23 - A24. All the remote latches are reset when the
RESET line is high either by pressing the reset button on the front panel when the Local/Remote switch is in Local or remotely when the Local/Remote switch is in Remote. Input T24 (HV 2 nd step fail) does not have a latch associated with it, while T25
(Lockout) can be either by moving X28. The same is true for T38
(Amplifier normal) with X12 and T39 (Reject power) with X13.
4.13.4
Digital and Analog Interface PCB
4.13.4.1
LEDs (Description)
•
H3 Power supplies OK.
• H4 -12V
•
H5 +24V
• H6 +12V
•
H7 Internal Interlock
•
H8 Panel Interlock
• H9 Motor Overload 2
•
H10 Motor Overload 3
• H11 Motor Overload 1
•
H17 Cooling 1
•
H18 Cooling 2
• H19 Cooling 3
4.13.4.2
Link Settings
X22
X26
X25
X24
X25
X27 link to defeat panel I/L link to defeat external I/L link to defeat external I/L link when cooling 2 is not used link when cooling 3 is not used
*a-b link for normal operation b-c link for Tube overtemp setup a-b link for Go Home remote O/P latching enabled X12
X13
X28
X30
*b-c link for Go Home remote O/P latching disabled
*a-b link for Reject Power remote O/P latching enabled b-c link for Reject Power remote O/P latching disabled a-b link for lockout remote O/P latching enabled
*b-c link for lockout remote O/P latching disabled
*a-b link for no data stream from IPA b-c link for data stream from IPA
* = normal position
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
4.13.4.3
R48
R49
L2
R46
R47
R238
R239
R240
R241
R243
R242
R51
R50
4.14
Adjustments
Logic and Control PCB
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.1-15)
4.14.1
Remote Controls
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.3)
The five remote transmitter controls are opto isolated in A55A-
A55D and A56A with the operating voltage being selected by link X15 - X19. If a link is fitted then operation is from 5V to
12V, if the link is not fitted then operation is from 12V to 24V.
Transorbs V3 - V7 are for transient protection above 28V. X14 is used to select where the voltage for the opto-isolators comes from. In position a-b the Transmitter’s 24V supply is used while in position b-c an external voltage is needed.
4.14.2
System Controls
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.4)
The five system controls consist of opto-isolator inputs A56B,
A56C, A56D A57A and A57B which are fed from a fixed 24V supply.
4.14.2.1
Control Actions
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.2)
The outputs from the remote controls and the system controls are
OR’ed together and connected to one half of a five pole changeover switch made up from a set of CMOS switches A50, A51 and
A52. Local switches on the front panel connect into the other half of the switch. Switching is controlled by the local remote switch output R30 and inverter A41D. Local controls can be enabled continuously by linking X13 to position a-b. If link X13 is in position b-c then the front panel controls will only operate when
Local is selected on the Local/Remote button. When a button is pushed that input to priority encode A44 goes low and at the same time the output from NAND gate A45 will go high triggering monostable A40B. The Q output from A40B is buffered in A72A and used to produce a narrow reset pulse for the latches in A47.
1/22/1999
Over Temp trip
HV meter gain
Current meter gain
Current meter trip level
Body current meter gain
Body current trip level
Vision O/P power gain
Vision power normal trip level
Vision IPA power gain
Vision IPA power normal trip level
Reflected vision combined sound reject notch
Reflected vision combined meter gain
Reflected vision combined over power trip level
Section IV - Theory of Operation
At the same time the output from the priority encoder A44 is fed via buffer A46 to the Transmitter State latches in A47.
A priority encoder is used to prevent more than one button being pressed at a time. The priority system is arranged to make OFF the highest priority with BLACK HEAT, STANDBY and BEAM in order of descending priority. A42B, A42C and A42D in conjunction with X10 to X12 can be used to determine the action of the transmitter in the event of a LOCKOUT occurring. See link setting table for actions.
Switch S9 is used to select either Local control or Remote control, each time S9 is pressed the control will alternate between
Local and Remote. When S9 is pressed it produces a pulse that is fed to retriggerable monostable A80A which produces a pulse approximately 0.1 seconds long. The pulse is then fed into a bistable latch consisting of A63A, A63B, A48A, A48B, A81D and A94, for each pulse the latch will change to the opposite state.
The status is stored during power absence in A81 and A94 which are supplied from the backup battery.
4.14.2.2
Oscillator
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.8)
A73 in conjunction with B1 form a 32kHz oscillator that is divided down in A73 and A95 to produce the various clock signals used by the logic (CLK1 runs at a 1Hz rate).
4.14.2.3
Collector Cooling timer
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.5)
The Collector Cooling timer consists of a presetable counter comprising of A66, A67 and A68 whose outputs are compared in A65 to the required count. When the counters have reached their designated count the output from A65 goes low, and if the second input on A64A is also low, then the collector cooling will be turn the output of A65 will also stop any further count by ck input from getting through AND gate A63C. A64C looks at whether Standby or Beam control is selected and turns the collector cooling On via the second input on A64A if either of these two inputs are present. The inverted output from A64C is
AND’ed with the normally high POWER_OK signal, this signal is used to reset the counters to 0 in the event of a power failure or when the transmitter is switched to Standby or Beam. The
P_WAIT signal is a delayed POWER_OK that is used to pre-set the counter to its final count upon a power up with the transmitter not switched to Standby or Beam.
4.14.2.4
Cavity Cooling Timer
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.6)
The Cavity Cooling Timer consists of a presetable counter comprising of A59, A60 and A61 whose outputs are compared in A58 to the required count. When the counters have reached their designated count the output from A58 goes low and if the second input on A77D is also low then the cavity cooling will be turned
Off. A low on the output of A58 will also stop any further count by stopping the clock input from getting through AND gate
A70B. A71B inverts the Off control and turns the cavity cooling
On via the second input on A77D if Off is not selected. A76B
AND’s the normally high POWER_OK signal with the Off signal, this signal is used to reset the counters to 0 in the event
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-15
of a power failure or when the transmitter is not switched to Off.
The P_WAIT signal is a delayed POWER_OK that is used to pre-set the counter to its final count upon a power up with the transmitter switched to Off.
4.14.2.5
120 Second Delay
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.12)
The 120 Second Delay is used between Background Heat and
On or Standby and produces a nominal delay of 120 seconds, this delay is set by switches S3 and S4 and can be adjusted according to the tube manufactures data. A6 and A7 form a presetable counter set by S4 whose output is compared in A10 to the count set by S3. The low when count output from A10 is then inverter in A4B to provide a high when count signal output. A low on the output of A10 inhibits any further counts by being AND’ed with the clock in A8B. The Low Heaters OK signal is then AND’ed in A8D with an Off signal. A8D’s output is then OR’ed with the
Background Heat from A3C. The output from A8D then used to further AND the clock in A8A before the clock arrives at the counters. An output from monostable A9A which produces a delayed pulse from POWER_OK is AND’ed in A8C before being used to reset the counters A6 and A7. The net result of this is to reset the counter after a power fail and to stop the clock if off or background is selected.
4.14.2.6
B-Heat Timer
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.11)
The B-Heat Delay is used on Background Heat to produces a nominal delay of 600 seconds, this delay is set by switches S7 and S8 and can be adjusted according to the tube manufactures data. A37, A38 and A39 form a presetable counter whose count is set by S7 and whose output is compared in A36 to the count set by S8. When two counts being fed into A36 are equal, then the output from A36 goes low. The output from the counter is then inverted in A4F to provide a high when the count signals are equal. A low on the output of A36 will inhibit any further counts by being AND’ed with the clock in A43A. The clock signal going through A43A is also AND’ed with a signal derived from A41A and A42A that only enables the clock if the transmitter is not switched to Off and there is a Low Heater Volts OK signal. The output from A42A is AND’ed in A20D with delayed
POWER_OK signal S_DELAY before being used to reset the counters A37, A38 and A39. A mains holdover delay is produced by charging C5 via buffer A35B, R34 and blocking diode V2, when the Standby Delay is set or the counts are equal. When C5 is charged, if the power supplies disappear C5 will discharge slowly through R35. When the power supplies are restored if C5 has not discharged below the threshold of tristate buffer A35C then the counters will be told to preloaded via A32B, thus keeping the counter set after a short mains break.
4.14.2.7
Standby Timer
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.10)
The Standby Delay is used on Standby to produces a nominal delay of 300 seconds, this delay is set by switches S5 and S6 and can be adjusted according to the tube manufactures data. A29,
A30 and A31 form a presetable counter whose count is set by S5 and whose output is compared in A28 to the count set by S6.
4-16 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
When two counts being fed into A28 are equal, then the output from A28 goes low. The output from the counter is then inverted in A4E to provide a high when the count signals are equal. A low on the output of A28 will inhibit any further counts by being
AND’ed with signal is AND’ed with a signal derived from A33A and A92D that only enables the clock if the transmitter is switched to Standby or Beam and there is a Full Fils OK signal.
The output from A92D is AND’ed in A20C with delayed
POWER_OK signal produced by monostable A9B. S_DELAY is also fed to the Background Delay timer. The output from A20C is used to reset the counters A29, A30 and A31. A Mains
Holdover Delay is produced by charging C3 via buffer A77A,
R26 and blocking diode V1, when the background delay is set or the counts are equal. When C3 is charged, if the power supplies disappear C3 will discharge slowly through R27. When the power supplies are restored if C3 has not discharged below the threshold of tristate buffer A35A then the counters will be told to preloaded via A32A, thus keeping the counter set after a short mains break.
4.14.2.8
Fault counter
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.7)
Three shot trips are fed into OR gate A75 whose output is then
AND’ed in A70D with the beam signal to let only three shot trips occur when the Transmitter is switched to Beam. When a three shot input occurs the output of A70D triggers monostable A91B.
The /Q output from A91B causes counter A78 to increment by one and is AND’ed in A5C with the ready signal, this momentarily causes the transmitter to come off HT and then go back on
(extinguish any arcs). A70C looks at the outputs of A78 and depending upon the setting of link X20 will produce a high output after a count of either 4 or 5. The output goes to two places, first to OR gate A33B which sets the lockout latch and secondly to inverter A71E in order to enable AND gate A76A. Buffer
A48C feeds the Q output from A91B to set latch A81B which is used to remember that a trip has taken place. The output from latch A81B is AND’ed in A76A and fed to A85A in order to enable the clock for the 30 second counter. The other input to
A85A is controlled from the output of comparator A82 which is fed in turn from counters A83 and A84. The output from the countput from A82 g. A64D OR’s the inverted output from A82 and the reset line and feeds onward to buffer A48D to reset the
3 shot occurred latch A81B. The output from A64D also resets the 3 shot counter A78 so that if a trip has not occurred in the last
30 seconds then the three shot counter has to start again. All single shot trips are fed through OR gates A74 and A79 into OR gate A33B, which OR’s the output from the 3 shot counter and then feeds the signal through buffer A72B into lockout latch
A81A the output of which is fed to the rest of the logic via buffer
A72C. The lockout latch A81A is reset through inverter A71C and buffer A72D.
4.14.2.9
Contactor Drivers
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.13)
Cabinet Temperature and Motors Overload are OR’ed together in A33C, any trip occurring on either of these inputs will set latch
A81C via buffer A35D. AND gate A90C together with A85C
1/22/1999
AND the Panel Interlock with the Delayed Power OK signal
P_WAIT and the inverted (A87D) state of the Cabinet
Overtemp/Motors Overload latch drives the input latch the open collector driver A86. At the same time A87A provides an inverted signal to clear the latch. All the output transistors in A86 are disabled by the output enable pin 22 driven from
N_POWER_OK until it goes low when the power supplies are good. The latch A81C is reset from the inverted reset line via
A41E. Cavity Cooling is turned on from the output of the Cavity
Cooling Timer circuit fed into A86 pin 4. The Low Filaments drive is derived from a NOT off signal from A87C AND’ed in
A88D with the Cavity Air Normal and then fed to pin 3 of A86.
Collector Cooling is turned on from the output of the Collector
Cooling timer circuit fed into A86 pin 6. A77B produces an
OR’ed signal from the Standby and Beam signals to one input of
AND gate A85B. The other input to A85B is fed from a 20 second
Low to Full Heaters signal produced by monostable A40A
OR’ed with the output from the Full Filaments timer in A77C.
The output from A85B is AND’ed with IPA Air the Low Heating fed to A86 pin 5. The HV 1 st step is drive signal is derived from the NOT Lockout signal produced by A87B AND’ed with the
Ready signal in A85D AND theBeamsignal in A88A. Theoutput from A88A then triggers monostable A80B and charges C18 via
R137. A88B then AND’s the /Q output from A80B with the delay signal from C18 to drive A86 pin 7. The output from A88B HV
1 st step is then used to trigger monostable A89A and the start C21 charging via R141. A43C then AND’s the NOT lockout signal from A87B with the /Q output of A89A and capacitor C21 and drives the 2 nd step output transistor on A86 pin 8. As the HV 2 nd step is turned on monostable A89B is triggered and the /Q output goes low and C23 is charged via R145. A87E inverts the incoming 2 nd
Step Normal signal and feeds this signal via test link X26 to AND gate A90A which produces a HV 2 nd
Step Fail signal when all three inputs are high. A87F produces an inverted Beam signal which is used to charge capacitor C25 via R149 and to trigger monostable A91A when the transmitter is switched from
Beam to any other control state. AND gate A90B produces a high signal to fire the shunt trip via A86 when the transmitter is not on Beam and C25 is charged and the /Q output from A90B is high.
4.14.2.10
Led Drivers
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.14)
All indications are available LEDs that turn On to indicate a status or a fault. There are three sections providing 24 non latched indications in total. Section 1 consists of buffer A15, open collector array A14 and tri-state buffer A13B. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from
N_POWER_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by
POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications. Sections 2, 3 and 4 are identical but use the following gates, A12,
A11, A13A for section 2 and A17, A16, A13C for section 3.
There are also two sections providing 12 latched outputs, three selectable outputs and one non-latched output in total. Section 1 consists of buffer A19, open collector array A18, tri-state buffer
A13D and battery powered latches A21 - A22. The LEDs can
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation only be reset when the Transmitter is switched to Local and the front panel Reset button has been pressed. This action is achieved by inverting the LOC\REM signal in A4C and AND’ing the inverted signal with the reset line in A20A before passing the reset to the latches via tristate buffer A32A. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from
N_PWR3_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by
POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications. Section 2 consists of buffer A25, open collector array A24, tri-state buffer A23B and battery powered latches A26 - A27. The LEDs can only be reset when the transmitter is switched to Local and the front panel reset button has been pressed. This action is achieved by inverting the LOC\REM signal in A4D and AND’ing the inverted signal with the reset line in A20B before passing the reset to the latches via tristate buffer A23C. In the event of the power supplies being low then the input buffer is inhibited from
N_PWR3_OK and the open collector outputs disabled by
POWER_OK in order to prevent any spurious indications. Input
T24 (HV 2 nd step fail) does not have a latch associated with it, whilst T25 (Lockout) can be either by moving X2. The same is true for T38 (Amplifier Normal) with X8 and T39 (Reject Power) with X9.
4.14.2.11
Power Control
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.16)
Power Down/Power Up switches S18 and S19 respectively apply a contact closure to ground. This in turn fires Inverting Schmidt
Trigger A96D/A96E which provides a logic 1 to Exclusive Or
A101C. A101C in turn drives Local Remote selector switch
A106. Section 2 of A106/P7 provides an enable to A102C/P11 and in the presence of a clock (A102/P9) pulses A103/P1 Digital
Pot. Section four of Selector switch A106/P12 provides the U/D enable to Digital Pot A103/P2. The Digital Pot A103 receives the
Power Up/Down (Local or Remote), Clock 2, Clock 3 signals to increase or decrease the output voltage which in turn will be used to drive the amplifier cabinet AGC and UHF Linearizer power control pot input.
4.14.2.12
Power Selector
(Refer to Sch. 817 2336 172 Sht.17)
The power selector circuit provides three functions. Power normal detection, Analogue output buffering, and front panel meter selection. The Power Monitor assembly provides a detected dc voltage which is proportional to the transmitter output power, (
Peak Power Visual, Black Level Visual, Aural 1/Aural 2, Exciter
Power) via IDC connector NX36.
In this discussion Peak Visual Power signal path will be described. NX36-12 provides a DC voltage relative to Peak Visual power to A113B/5 Op Amp. A reference voltage is provided via
R182 and potentiometer R183 to A113B/6. If the detected DC voltage falls below the preset reference A113B/7 will pull low and extenguish the front ponel Power Normal LED (I21) via diode Or Gate V36. This signal is also routed via NX29/1-16 to the Interface PCB to drive remote status monitoring via
RX32/3,4,5,6. System power meter buffering is accomplished via A109/A113 which in turn drives the remote analogue metering outputs via NX53 and RX2(Interface PCB 817-2336-190).
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-17
The Meter selection is accomplished via S15, S16, S17. These switches provide a contact closure to ground which fires inverting Schmitt trigger A96F, A112A, A112B. This in turn sets or resets A110A, A110B or A111A. The output then illuminates the corresponding meter LED indication as well as selecting the appropriate meter drive circuit via A108.
Led indications on IOT Logic 3913 466 78090
Off
Black heat
Standby
Transmit
Remote/local
Thyratron ready
HV cct breaker on
HV 2nd Step cont.
Lockout
Supply present
Internal I/L
Cavity air normal
B-Heaters OK
Bias volts OK
ION pump OK
IPA air normal
Collector cooling OK
External I/L
Full heaters OK
Focus OK
Delay over
Ready
HV normal
IPA PSU OK
IPA power OK
Visual power OK
Spare 1
Cavity arc 1
Cavity arc 2
Motor overload
Cabinet over temp
HV 2nd step fail
Collector over current
Tube over temperature
ION pump over current
Bias over current
Thyratron fired
Refl vision over power
Body current high
Spare 2
Internal interlock H1
H9
H10
H11
H12
H13
H14
H15
H16
H17
H2A
H2C
H2E
H2G
H2I
H3A
H4I
H5A
H5C
H5E
H6A
H6C
H6G
H6E
H3C
H3E
H3G
H3I
H4A
H4C
H4E
H4G
H6I
H7A
H7C
H7E
H7G
H7I
H8A
H8C
H8E
4.14.3
IOT logic link positions
Link settings.
X21 *a-b Cavity arc 2. 3 shot b-c Cavity arc 2. single shot
X25 *a-b Cavity arc 1. 3 shot b-c Cavity arc 1. single shot
X22 *a-b Reflected power. 3 shot
X23 *a-b Reject power. 3 shot b-c Reject power. single shot
X24 *a-b Ion Current. 3 shot b-c Ion Current. Single
X20 a-b 4 shot
*b-c 3 shot
X10 *a-b link for lockout to off b-c link for any other
X11 a-b link for lockout to black heat
*b-c link for any other
X12 a-b link for lockout to standby
*b-c link for any other
X13 a-b link for all controls linked
*b-c link for controls separate
X3 *a-b link for Go home not AND’ed with ready b-c link for Go Home to AND with ready
X4 *a-b link for Reject Power not AND’ed with ready b-c link for Reject Power to AND with ready
X1 a-b link for no 2 minute delay
*b-c link for 2 minute delay from blackheat ready
X27 *a-b link for Crowbar fired 3/4 shot b-c link for Crowbar fired single shot
X8 a-b link for Go Home O/P latching enabled
*b-c link for Go Home O/P latching disabled
X9 *a-b link for Reject Power O/P latching enabled b-c link for Reject Power O/P latching disabled
X2 a-b link for lockout O/P latching enabled
*b-c link for lockout O/P latching disabled
X26 a-b HV 2nd step fail test
*b-c normal operation
X14 *a-b link for O/C remote inputs b-c link for TTL remote inputs
X15 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
X16 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
X17 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
X18 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
X19 a-b link for 5V-12V open for 12V-24V
* = normal position
4-18 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
4.15
Theory Of Operation: IOT AGC &
UHF LINEARIZER 992-9881-001
The AGC and UHF linearizer performs two basic transmitter functions:
•
It controls the IOT output power and provides these features:
1. Power control range of 0 to 110%
2. VSWR foldback.
3. RF mute with beam off.
4. Back porch AGC when used in analog TV
5. Power stabilization over temperature.
• It linearizes the IOT for optimum performance and provides:
6. Phase Compression
7. Phase Expansion
8. Linearity Compression
9. Linearity Expansion.
4.15.1
Circuit Description
Refer to schem. 843-5502-001
RF input to the PWB is applied to J6 . An attenuator on the input insure a good return loss. Amp U10 makes up for losses in the input attenuator. HY1 splits the signal into two paths. One path is applied to the correction circuits, the second is applied to an
RF detector(CR13). This detector output is proportional to the level of the RF input.
A second RF detector (CR18) on the output of the correction circuits is compared with the input detector in U7. As correction adjustments are made the output level of the correction circuits change. These gain changes are sensed by U7 and an error voltage is applied to a voltage controlled attenuator(CR26, 27,
29, 30).
In this manor the output level of the correction circuits remain constant regardless of the correction settings. This constant level prevents the operator from inadvertently over driving the IPA or
IOT amplifier stages.
Phase expansion correction is accomplished in a quadrature corrector. HY2 splits the signal by 90 degrees. The 90 degree path is applied to an attenuator that has an attenuation level that is a function of the signal level. Pin diodes (CR16) are switched on when the RF level exceeds a certain threshold. This threshold is set by a potentiometer (R1). A second pin diode (CR19) is used to control the amount of attenuation. This diode has an RF resistance which is proportional the DC current thru it. This DC current is controlled by a potentiometer (R2) and is called the slope control.
The two quadrature paths are combined in a resistive combiner
(R116, 131 and 154). An amplifier (U12) compensates for the losses in the phase correction circuit. The phase compression circuit works in a similar manor as the expansion circuit. The only difference is that the attenuator reduces attenuation when the PIN diodes switch on.
Section IV - Theory of Operation
The linearity expansion circuit uses the same attenuator design as that use in the phase expand. Since there is no quadrature path all the correction is applied to the linearity of the signal.
The linearitircuit uses the same attenuator design as that use in the phase compression. Since there is no quadrature path all the correction is applied to the linearity of the signal.
The correctors can be easily bypassed via a single switch (S1).
This switch forces the bias voltage on all the switching PIN diodes to rise to the supply rail. Since the peak RF level never exceeds they supply rail no correction can be performed.
After phase and linearity correction are performed a second voltage controlled attenuator (CR22, 25, 28) is used to control the RF output level from the PWB. The voltage that controls this attenuator is derived from the power control input, the VSWR input, the Mute command and the voltage derived from the transmitter output sample detector.
A summing circuit (U17) takes the power control input and subtracts any VSWR input. This difference is routed thru a mute switch (Q5) and applied to a comparator (U1) as a power reference. The transmitter sample is compared to the power reference and the RF attenuator is driven to maintain a constant output power from the transmitter.
To prevent transmitter over drive conditions the total output power from the PWB is limited to a safe level. This level is set by control (R11) and is called the AGC limit. This limit level is set so that the maximum drive to the IPA and IOT prevents transmitter powers in excess of 110% yet allows the AGC to operate over the temperature range.
A temperature compensated RF detector (CR11, 9 and U8) is used to convert the RF sample of the transmitter to a DC voltage.
In analog transmitters this DC voltage follows the video envelope and is sampled at back porch in a sample and hold circuit (Q2 and C30). The back porch sample is applied to J4 from the exciter and is timed to match the detected envelope by a dual monostable
(U6)
In DTV transmitters no sample is provided by the exciter. In this case the timing circuit detects the lack of sync pulses by CR12.
With no sync pulse present Q3 turns on the sample and hold circuit. The DTV signal is random in nature and the RF detector outputs a DC voltage proportional to the RMS level of the DTV signal.
Power control from the controller ranges from 2.5 to 5 V. It is level shifted to 0 to 5V in U17.
A VSWR input from the controller is proportional to the reflected power of the transmitter. The transmitter is capable of operating into a fixed VSWR before foldback needs to be activated. U18 and Q6 monitor the VSWR input and outputs a linear voltage only when the VSWR reaches a specific trip point set by the voltage divider of R200 and 201. When the VSWR trip point is reached the VSWR voltage is subtracted from the power reference in U17. Simultaneously comparator U18 outputs a VSWR
Active signal to the front panel LED.
1/22/1999 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-19
4.16
Theory Of Operation: Feed Forward Correction
For superior efficiency, the IPA module is operated in class A/B operation. This is particularly important for high power amplification. Class A/B operation can result in distortions that can be more difficult to linearize. Feed Forward is utilized to correct for these non-linearities. The result is a class A/B IPA with a performance that far exceeds that of a class A amplifier of equivalent power capability.
Feed forward correction provides an error signal that exactly represents distortions created by a nonlinear amplifier. The error signal is then added back to the desired main signal in “antiphase,” cancelling the distortions originally produced.
Refer to schematic drawing 839-8121-820
4.16.1
Error Signal Path
A linear class A drive sample is taken from the main signal path via probe section HB3. It is then routed through a cable delay line equal to the electrical length of the main signal path. The linear sample is amplified via Reference Amp AM2 then combined with the non linear IPA output sample in a 3 dB coupler.
At the coupler input the two signals are adjusted for equal amplitude. The coupler input phase (Phase Adjust 1) is then adjusted so that the carriers cancel out, leaving only the distortion products.
The coupler output, (difference or error signal), is then applied through Phase Adjust 2 into a 20 watt class A variable gain block
AM1. This module allows the gain/phase adjustment of the error signal prior to the 20 Watt Error Amplifier input.
The 20 Watt Error Amplifier outputs the gain /phase adjusted difference signal to the 6 dB coupler which in turn combines the nonlinear IPA output with the anti-phase difference/error signal thus cancelling the distortions created by the IPA. The output is then fed through a probe section U1 for IPA metering and a high power circulator C1. C1 isolates impedance mismatches between the IPA and the double slugged tuner to the IOT drive input connection.
The IPA will now appear transparent to the precorrections for the linearization of the IOT.
4-20 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation
1/22/1999
Figure 4-2. VSWR Fault Overload Input
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-21
Figure 4-3. HV 2nd Step
4-22 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation
Figure 4-4. Amplifier Normal Fault Counter Input
1/22/1999
Figure 4-5. Crowbar Fired Fault Overload Input
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-23
Figure 4-6. Reject Power Overload Input
4-24 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation
Figure 4-7. Tube Over Temperature Fault Circuit
1/22/1999
Figure 4-8. Motor Overload Fault Circuit
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-25
4-26
Figure 4-9.
Fault Counter Inputs Ion Current Overload Circuit
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Section IV - Theory of Operation
Figure 4-10. External Interlock Circuit
1/22/1999 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-27
Figure 4-11. Rear Door Panel Interlock Circuit
4-28
Figure 4-12.
Logic & Control Interconnect to Contactor Driver PCB
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
Figure 4-13. Internal Interlock Circuit
Section IV - Theory of Operation
1/22/1999 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
4-29
Figure 4-14.
Body Current Metering and Overload Input
4-30 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1/22/1999
5.1
General Transmitter Maintenance
Information
This section contains maintenance instructions for the Sigma
CD series of UHF Television Transmitters. Routine maintenance and the recommended maintenance schedule is given.
Test equipment needed for the effective accomplishment of maintenance is listed and test/adjustment procedures are given. It should be kept in mind that the equipment type involved and its use, brings about a maintenance function that closely allies operation, testing, and troubleshooting. In many instances, one cannot be accomplished without the other. In view of this, the procedures contained in this section should be looked upon as the basic guidelines for continued reliable operation but do not in all cases constitute the sole manner of proper maintenance.
5.2
Recommended Test Equipment
See Table 5-1.
Section V
Maintenance
5.3
Equipment Cleaning
Cleaning the external surfaces of the transmitter can be done at any time without contacting dangerous voltages. A soft cloth and household type spray detergent should be used to remove fingerprints and dirt smudges from the painted surfaces. Do not spray cleanser into cracks, drawers or other crevices on the exterior of the transmitter or saturate hinges or latch assemblies. It is recommended that the cleaning cloth be sprayed and the equipment carefully wiped clean. For transparent meter faces a static free glass cleaner should be used to prevent changing meter calibration due to generated static potential.
5.4
Scheduled Maintenance
The maintenance schedule was established based on 18 operating hours per day. The schedule should vary proportionally, especially on mechanical equipment, if the daily use is other than 18 hours. Inspection of the equipment should be performed at an interval no greater than that indicated in the schedule.
8VSB Demodulator
Tektronics
Vector Signal Analyzer
Hewlett Packard Model 89441 or Tektronics RFA300
Network Analyzer
Hewlett Packard Model HP 8712C or HP 8753
Spectrum Analyzers
Hewlett Packard Spectrum Analyzer Model 8591E with Tracking Generator
Tektronix Spectrum Analyzer Model 2712, 2792,
2794, or 2750 with Tracking Generator
Power Measurement
HP 8481H Power Sensor or equivalent 300 MWatts
HP 435B Power Meter/2 8482H Sensor 3 Watts
Frequency Measuring Equipment
Hewlet Packard-5315A, 5342 or
Tektronix DC 508A
Miscellaneous Test Equipment
400MHz Dual Trace Scope
Booton RF Voltmeter with 50 Ohm adapter
Polaroid Oscilloscope Camera DS34W/613656 Hood
Table 5-1. Recommended Test Equipment
Bird Model 43 Wattmeter with 1W to 1kW elements
RF Bridge, Eagle RLB-150, 700-1289-000
Narda Coupler, 620-0457-000
UHF RF Notch Filter, Eagle Model TNF-200
484-0300-000
0-6A Current Variable Power Supply
Quantity 2 or Dual Output Voltage Variable 0-5V
Power Supply. Maximum current needed is 150uA
Hipotronics 860PL High Pot Unit
EEV 4260A Tube Gas Tester
Fluke Model 87 Digital Multimeter w/80I-400 current probe, C81 Holster C25 Case
Adapters and Connectors Kit 994-8511-002
3-1/8 inch 4-1/16 inch adaptor
3-1/8 inch 4-1/16 inch adaptor
3-1/8 inch 6-1/8 inch adaptor
3-1/8 inch to type “N” adapter
620-2395-000
Myat
620-1928-000
Dielectric
620-2297-000
Myat
620-2859-000
10/26/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
5-1
5.4.1
Weekly Maintenance
5.4.1.1
Cooling System
a. Water System Leaks. Check the water system for leaks especially around the water connections to the IOT. Also check closely any water pipe joints and connections that may be located above the transmitter cabinets. All valves should be checked for leakage.
b. Glycol system leaks. By its nature, glycol has the ability to leak through a hole that water may not. Closely inspect the cooling systems for leaks including the piping to the outside cooling fans and pump module. With the pumps shut off, remove the side panels of the pump module and look for evidence of leaks on the floor of the pump module.
5.4.1.2
Electrical Performance
It is recommended that the following be checked and adjusted only if out of specification. See system test/adjustment for details.
a. Heater voltage b. Bias Voltage c. Meters on Amplifier cabinets, IPA diagnostics, and Control Cabinet d. Amplitude response e. Linearity f. Envelope delay g. Error Vector Magnitude h. Bit Error Rate i. Intermod product suppression j. Overload system. If not on air, check by pushing one of the
Arc To Test buttons to see that Beam is removed. Do Not perform this test during broadcast day as transmitter will be removed from operation.
5.4.2
Monthly Maintenance
a. Check the pumps for excessive or unusual noises. Check for leaks around the pump seals.
b. Check chiller fans for operation utilizing test switch on the coil control panel. Noting any excessive noise, indicating possible bearing failure. (Make sure power is disconnected prior to accessing motors or fans.) c. Clean the pump strainer screens located on the pump intake
(first isolate strainers utilizing gate valves.) d. Remove and replace the 2 filter media on the amplifier cabinet rear doors. Part number 917 2336 033.
e. Check and/or replace the amp cabinet cavity blower filter on an as needed basis, Part number 448-0986-000.
5.4.2.1
Electrical Performance
a. Check the carrier frequency and adjust if necessary.
b. Check the performance of the coolant flow interlocks.
Operation of these interlocks will remove the transmitter from air.
5.4.2.2
Transmitter Room
Clean any filtration equipment associated with maintaining the transmitter room temperature and cleanliness.
5-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
5.4.3
Biannual Maintenance
5.4.3.1
Heat Exchanger
a. Inspect and clean the fins of the outside fan unit. Clean fins of all debris that may inhibit air flow. This can be done with compressed air or a commercial coil cleaner. Check for bent or damaged coil fins and repair as necessary.
b. All fan motors in the outside fan units have sealed bearings that do not require periodic lubrication, however some fan unit models have bearings equipped with pillow blocks that support the fan shaft. Check for the presence of pillow blocks on your unit and see if a lubrication fitting is installed. If so, these bearings require lubrication on a biannual basis.
c. Some models of pumps also have grease fittings. Check for the presence of grease fittings and inject grease as needed.
WARNING
ENSURE THAT ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANS-
MITTER AND HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PER-
FORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS. ALWAYS USE A GROUND-
ING STICK TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO RESIDUAL VOLT-
AGES PRESENT.
5.4.3.2
IOT Inspection
Remove IOT and Magnet Assembly from amplifier cabinet using the IOT Removal procedure later in this section, but do not remove the tube. Remove the air duct input to the primary cavity, as well as the dome on the secondary output cavity. Use a flashlight to inspect the IOT ceramic. Look for dirt on the ceramic, especially on the ceramic surface opposite the air inlet duct. Next check the input cavity for cleanliness and any evidence of arcing. The amount of dirt will determine the cycle of cleaning.
5.4.3.3
Interior Transmitter Cleaning
Cleaning the inside of the Transmitter should be done using a vacuum cleaner and a clean soft paint brush. Ensure that all power to the Transmitter is Off and all high voltage circuits have been discharged. Be careful to not dislodge or damage wiring, components, or terminals. The soft bristle paint brush is recommended for dislodging dust.
NOTE
Depending on the air quality in the transmitter room, interior transmitter cleaning may be required more often.
5.4.3.4
Electrical Performance
a. Check power meter calibration.
b. Check each interlock and overload for proper operation.
See Section II.
c. Check collector current meter calibration. See Section II.
d. Check body current calibration (EEV IOT only). See Section II.
10/26/99
Section V - Maintenance
5.4.3.5
Beam Power Supply
WARNING
ENSURE THAT ALL POWER IS REMOVED FROM THE TRANS-
MITTER AND HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE PER-
FORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS. ALWAYS USE A GROUND-
ING STICK TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO RESIDUAL VOLT-
AGES PRESENT.
a. Check for tightness of all wire connections.
b. Check the lead dress of the beam supply wiring. Wires should not touch any sharp edges nor should any wire with low voltage insulation be allowed any closer to any high voltage terminal than 6 inches.
c. Check the feed through bushings for oil leaks.
d. Visually inspect the bleeder resistors and check with an ohmmeter.
e. Wipe off the high voltage insulators on the beam supply and filter capacitors with a clean dry cloth.
5.4.4
Annual Maintenance
5.4.4.1
IOT/Thyratron Ceramic Cleaning
Cleaning of tube ceramics is only necessary if they are dirty. Dirt and foreign matter on the surface of the ceramic may cause local overheating or arcing and can lead to tube failure.
a. Remove IOT and magnet assembly from amplifier cabinet using the IOT Removal Procedure later in this section, but do not remove the tube. Note coupling angles on output loop and primary to secondary loop so they may be replaced in exactly the same position.
b. Remove input cavity utilizing chain hoist (EEV only).
c. Remove secondary output cavity and unbolt primary cavity halves to gain access to the IOT ceramics.
d. Dust may be removed from the ceramic parts with a clean soft cloth or brush. More persistent spots may be removed with rubbing alcohol applied to a clean cloth and then cleaning the ceramic.
If arc marks or other contamination remain on the ceramic that rubbing alcohol will not remove, refer to the tube manufacturer’s application data sheet that covers this subject.
5.4.4.2
Cavity Inspection
a. The cavities should be checked and cleaned any time they are removed from the tube. The inside of the cavity should be cleaned with a soft clean dry cloth. A dry, soft brush is recommended to clean the contact fingers. More persistent dust may be removed with rubbing alcohol. Do not use contact sprays.
b. The contact areas of the spring contacts inside and outside the cavity should be inspected for burn marks. If small burn marks are noticed, they should be carefully cleaned off using Scotch Brite pads. Do not use crocus cloth or sandpaper.
c. Damaged contact springs, particularly those that have been deformed, must be removed.
10/26/99
5.4.4.3
Beam Supply
a. Visually inspect the oil in the power supply and look for cloudy or contaminated oil.
b. Remove a small sample of oil from the bottom of the beam supply at the valve on the oil tank and have it checked for water contamination.
5.4.4.4
Glycol System
From the system drain valve located on the suction return lines to the pumps, take a sample of glycol for evaluation of the inhibitors and system acidity.
5.4.4.5
Fiberglass Insulators (G-10)
The G-10 fiberglass components, such as the Isolation meter panel and the shorting switch assembly, should be cleaned with
Isopropyl alcohol and a clean soft rag to prevent flash over.
Depending on air quality, this may need to be done more often, but should be done at least once a year.
5.5
5.6
Water Flow Rate Calibration
a. Adjust the collector and body circuit supply valves for the appropriate rates as indicated on the cabinet flow meters.
Adjust the flow meter interlock.
b. MINIMUM Flow rates (Glycol) should be as follows:
IOTD270
Collector
Body
IOTD2100
8.5 GPM (32 LPM)
2.0 GPM (8 LPM)
Collector
Body
12 GPM (45 LPM)
2.0 GPM (8 LPM) c. Observe the flow meters and check coolant flow to the
Reject and test loads in the RF system.
IPA and Cavity Air Flow
a. Using a Dwyer manometer measure the air flow supplied to the IPA and IOT Cavity plenums. The trip points may be set by adjusting the sensitivity of the air pressure switches for the appropriate air system.
b. MINIMUM Air flow rate should be as follows:
60 Hz Systems
IPA Air Plenum 0.9" H
2
IOT Cavity Air Manifold 6.0" H
2
50 Hz Systems
IPA Air Plenum 0.63" H
IOT Cavity Air Manifold 4.0" H
2
O (2.29 Cm)
O (15.24 Cm)
2
O (1.6 Cm)
O (10.2 Cm)
5.7
Thyratron Removal and Replacement
5.7.1
Thyratron Tube Installation
Thyratron installation should be accomplished as per prints
839-8121-771 and 843-5496-039. Also, refer to the following
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
5-3
Front/Rear Cab Analog/Digital (PA cabinet interconnection) schematics: 843-5496-048 for EEV tubes, or 843-5496-071 for
CPI tubes.
Connections to the thyratron are as follows: a. Mount the tube on the three 2 inch long hex standoffs.
b. Connect the red and yellow leads (reservoir /heater) leads to
(H/2) X1 terminal on the FDU/thyratron interface assembly.
c. Attach S1-1 thermostat and capacitors C2, C3 and C4 to the cathode ring with 1/4-20 bolt.
d. Connect R5 470R 12 watt resistor to the grading grid.
e. Connect lead labeled G1, capacitor C3 and thermostat lead
S1-2 to grid 1.
f. Connect lead labeled G2 and capacitor C4 to grid 2.
g. Locate lead from the isolated platform and attach to the cathode ring.
h. Locate lead labeled anode and attach to the tube anode screw.
i. Connect BNC cable #337 between crowbar assembly
AAX1 and rear cabinet jack CIX7 j. Connect the thyratron filament transformer wire 358 and wire 359 to X1 of the FDU and the isolated platform as per schematic 839-8121-745.
5.8
IOT Removal/Replacement
a. For multiple PA transmitters, set Mode controller to place the operable IOT(s) on the air.
b. Depress OFF. Wait for automatic run down until blowers and pumps are Off.
c. At Line Control Cabinet set breakers labeled BEAM
POWER SUPPLY MAIN, TRANSMITTER CABINET
MAIN and TRANSMITTER CABINET POWER SUP-
PLIES to OFF.
d. At rear of PA cabinet rotate Cabinet Isolator to 0 position and rotate the cabinet shorting switch to the “Short to
Earth” (grounded) position.
e. Remove IOT RF input cable from the double slug tuner.
f. Disconnect top lid interlock connector YX9.
g. Remove front half of the cover plate on top of the input cavity assembly by removing the Allen key screws holding it in place.
WARNING
USE EARTHING WAND TO DISCHARGE IOT CONNECTIONS
PRIOR TO DISCONNECTION AND TUBE REMOVAL
h. Remove Heater, Heater Cathode, Ion Pump, and Bias wires inside the assembly by first pushing them into the connector then pulling outward to release the self latching mechanism.
i. Remove three Allen key screws on the rear half of the cover plate and remove the entire junction box by grasping the flexible conduit on top.
j. Remove air supply hoses from the circuit assembly distribution manifold (plastic pipe) and RF break-away assembly.
k. Disconnect the coolant hoses (Hansen fittings).
l. Disconnect YX6 cabinet interconnect harness from the base of the circuit assembly.
m. Disconnect Focus Supply connector YX7 at top left corner of circuit assembly.
n. Disconnect earth strap from top left corner of assembly.
5.8.1
Transmission Line Breakaway
5.8.1.1
Disassembly/Assembly When Other IOTs Operating
When IOT is being replaced while another IOT in the transmitter continues to operate, a possibility of significant levels of RF energy may exist on the transmission line inner conductor of the breakaway being disassembled. Therefore, if other portions of the
Transmitter continue to operate, disassemble the breakaway transmission line on the failed IOT using the following procedure:
WARNING
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE EXPOSES A CONDUCTOR
THAT MAY CONTAIN RF VOLTAGE THAT COULD CAUSE RF
BURNS TO THE SKIN. WEAR ELECTRICALLY INSULATING RUB-
BER GLOVES WHEN USING TOOLS THAT WILL TOUCH THE
CENTER CONDUCTOR.
a. Loosen the outer sleeve over the transmission line break-away and slide it up clear of the outer conductor separation point.
b. Using a metallic tool with an insulated handle, short the inner conductor of the breakaway to the outer conductor.
c. Continue to short the inner conductor to the outer conductor. Wear electrically insulating rubber gloves. On the center conductor rotate and raise the inner conductor slip joint to free the lower half of the center conductor from the upper half.
d. To re-assemble the breakaway assembly, perform the previous procedure in reverse order using the same precautions.
5.8.1.2
Disassembly/Assembly When Other IOTs NOT Operating
a. Loosen the outer sleeve over the transmission line breakaway and slide it down clear of the outer conductor separation point.
b. On the center conductor rotate and raise the inner conductor slip joint to free the lower half of the center conductor from the upper half.
5.8.2
Tube Removal
a. Remove the two screws holding each side of trim plate at base of cabinet front.
b. Carefully roll the circuit assembly out of the cabinet.
c. For EEV tubes, move the circuit assembly into an area where you can vertically hoist the tube. This requires 10 foot minimum floor to ceiling clearance using the chain hoist supplied with the Transmitter , and a fixed lifting point capable of supporting the weight of the tube and the hoist. CPI tubes do not require a hoist.
5-4 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
10/26/99
Section V - Maintenance
Table 5-2. IOT/Magnet Connection Checklist
d. Remove lower break-away assembly from the Secondary cavity by removing six bolts on the EIA 3 1/8" flange.
e. See EEV Assembly manual MA2700A and reverse the assembly procedures to extract the old tube and then install the new tube.
f. Reverse above sequence to install the circuit assembly in the transmitter cabinet. See EEV Manual that is shipped with each tube for assembly instructions.
Table 5-2 is a check list which should be followed before powering up after re-assembly.
5.8.3
IOT Replacement
Replacement of the IOT should require little or no tuning. Once the IOT is replaced, usually only a slight rocking of the response with the secondary cavity tuning is required. If the collector current, response, DTV shoulders or EVM are not within specifications, then the following “IOT Tuning” procedure will have to be done.
5.8.4
IOT Tuning
This procedure makes no assumptions about any previous tuning that may have been done on the tranmitter and therefore starts at the beginning. Do not start this procedure unless prepared to finish.
Key points to remember:
Primary
Secondary
Inter-cavity Coupling
Output coupling
Frequency Control
Response Tilt
Bandwidth
Passband sag
CAUTION
The tube can be damaged if there is high power at the tube I/P (100W) which is not being coupled efficiently to the output. (I.e. if the tube is detuned OR the BEAM is OFF). Care should be taken when performing a high power wideband sweep when there are RF filters in the transmitter output feeder.
CAUTION
NEVER APPLY DRIVE TO THE TUBE WHEN THE TRANSMITTER
IS IN STANDBY.
a. Provisionally cold tune the cavities to the coarse channel tuning settings, and set the output coupling loop and interstage coupling loop to 90 degrees.
b. Remove the EEV stub tuning matching section and connect the input cavity directly to the circulator (C1X2).
c. Insert a directional coupler in the circulator ballast load path, or, if available, use the input cavity reflected power monitor socket on the left wall of the feed forward area.
d. Disconnect the input to the 40W amplifier at AM1:X1.
e. Set the Network Analyzer for a 10MHz sweep centered at mid channel, with markers at +3MHz, output power
–10dBm, Channel B Transmission.
f. Ensure that the transmitter is switched to Beam On, and that the beam volts and quiescent current are correct for the rated output power.
10/26/99
Cathode Heater Connection
Heater Connection
Ion Pump Connection
Bias Voltage Connection
Magnet Frame Ground Strap
Magnet Plug Yx6
Cable Yx7
ARC Detectors
Thermal Switch Collector
Directional Coupler Coax Cables
RF Input
Break Away Air Supply
Magnet Air Manifold
Magnet Air Switch
Coolant Inlet Hose, Outlet Hose
Body Coolant Hoses Connected and Tightened
Break Away Inner Conductor Tightened
Break Away Outer Sleeve in Place and Tightened g. Set the gain of the Linearity Boost Amplifier to minimum, remove the output connection from the Uhf Linearizer at
X5 and connect the output of the Network Analyzer to the cable. Include the 10dB attenuator in the circuit.
h. Monitor the output of the IPA using the handheld diagnostic selected to a collector current position.
i. Slowly increase the output level of the Network Analyzer until the IPA just switches on, represented by a collector current of about 0.7-0.9A.
j. Tune the input cavity so that a notch appears in the circulator ballast load power at the center frequency. See Figure
5-1.
Figure 5-1. Input Cavity Tuning
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
5-5
k. Transfer the Network Analyzer input to the IOT output at monitor probe WW4.
l. Adjust the primary output cavity to be at the lower frequency marker. Adjust the secondary output to be at the upper frequency marker. With these two controls and the inter-stage and output coupling controls, adjust for a band pass frequency response of approximately +0.5dB. See
Figure 5-2.
m. Move the input of the Network Analyzer back to the circulator ballast load monitor and check that the response is still as Figure 5-1.
n. Set a reference level at the +3 MHz markers.
o. Remove power from the IPA, then disconnect the tube from the circulator and insert the stub tuner section.
p. Restore power to the IPA, and using the stub tuner and if necessary a SMALL adjustment to the input cavity tune, flatten the return loss between the markers. This level should be below the reference level set earlier. See Figure
5-3.
q. Increase the Network Analyzer Power output level until the tube collector current rises to about 1.5A.
r. Make small adjustments to the stub tuner and input cavity tuning to flatten the return loss at the higher power level.
See Figure 5-4.
s. Transfer the Network Analyzer to monitor the Output response at WW4 t. Finely adjust the output cavity and coupling controls to achieve a flat bandpass response as shown in Figure 5-5.
u. Check for correct tuning by “rocking” each cavity in turn.
Correct synchronous tuning is indicated when the gain at band center does not change and the response swings symmetrically about the band center.
Figure 5-2. Bandpass Frequency Response Figure 5-4. Input Cavity Return Loss
(Using Stub Tuner)
5-6
Figure 5-3. Input Cavity Tuning Figure 5-5. Flat Bandpass Response
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
10/26/99
Section V - Maintenance
5.9
RF Linearizer Initial Setup.
a. Initial Settings
1. Remove the UHF Linearizer input at X4.
2. Set correction pots R1 and R8 fully CCW.
3. Set level pots R11, R12 fully clockwise.
4. Set JP1 1-2, JP2 2-3, JP3 2-3.
5. Set corrector bypass switch S1 to out.
b. Mute and Level Control
1. Ensure that there is no RF input to the Linearizer at X4.
2. Switch the meter on the Linearizer front panel to the
ALC position.
3. With the transmitter switched to Beam on, depress the
“power raise” button on the control panel. The ALC meter should read almost full scale deflection.
4. Switch the transmitter back to Standby. The ALC meter reading should fall to zero, and the red LED on the mute relay assembly (MR) should illuminate.
5. Switch the transmitter back to Beam on.
6. Remove the output cable and 10dB pad from X5.
7. Connect the exciter to the transmitter interface panel.
CAUTION
The RF input level to the RF Linearizer, should never exceed 0.4mW or damage to the linearizer could occur.
8. Measure the RF level to the input to the Linearizer at
X4. For Digital transmitters this should be 0.1mW
average power. The CD-1A exciter output is usually set at approximately 250 to 300mW. If necessary fit fixed attenuators between the drive and transmitter to achieve this level. DTV shoulders should be at least 45dB down, with 50dB being nominal.
9. Transfer the power meter to the linearizer output at X5, and connect the RF input to X4. Check that the output power is approximately 12dB greater than the input.
10. Set R11 fully CCW. The output power should fall to less than the input level.
c. Transmitter Output Power.
1. EnsurethatLinearizerpotR11isfullyCCW,thereconnect the output lead with 10dB attenuator to X5.
2. With the transmitter switched on to beam, slowly rotate
R11 clockwise until the power starts to rise. Care must be taken when the IPA threshold is reached as the IPA output rises very suddenly.
5.11
Output VSWR foldback
Connect the O/P reflected power lead from WW1 to a spare O/P forward power probe with the transmitter at full power (Power from probe should be slightly less than VSWR trip level of
20mW). Ensure the output power is reduced to a point that the
VSWR meter reads 1.4 to 1.
5.12
DTV Feed Forward Setup
a. Disconnect the output from the UHF Linearizer at X5, and connect a Network Analyzer set to 10MHz sweep centered on mid channel to thecable.Includethe 10dBpad inthispath.
b. Slowly increase the Network Analyzer power output until the IOT tube collector current is about 1.5A.
c. Disconnect the input to the 40W amplifier at AM1:X1, and connect to the Network Analyzer.
d. Disconnect the IPA sample probe U1:X3, (Situated at the rear of the feed forward tray), and set the gain of the reference amp (AM2) to be 3dB above minimum. Take a reference on the Network Analyzer of this level.
e. Reconnect the IPA monitor probe (U1 X3), and disconnect the reference signal by removing W9 at the output of the
10dB attenuator attached to the three way splitter (SP1).
f. Adjust the IPA monitor probe (U1 X3) to achieve the same level as the reference, +0.5dB (Care should be taken to retain the directivity of the probe).
g. Reconnect the reference signal and adjust the lower phasing trombone (PH1) and the reference amplifier gain to minimize the level shown on the Network Analyzer. See Figure 5-6.
h. Aim to get the response symmetrical about the center frequency. If it is not possible to obtain this response, add cable lengths to either the reference or probe paths until the condition is achieved.
i. Transfer the Network Analyzer to monitor the feed forward output at probe U2 X4, (at the left hand side of the feed
5.10
DTV Power Metering
Slowly turn Linearizer pot R11 clockwise until the mean power at the load is approximately 0.5dB greater than the rated output power. Now turn Linearizer pot R12 CCW until the average power at the load reduces to the correct level. Adjust the output power probe WW2 until the output power meter reads 100%.
10/26/99
Figure 5-6.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
5-7
5-8
forward tray behind the output circulator. Measure the delay to this probe, and take a reference on the Network
Analyzer.
j. Remove the IPA drive cables 39 and 1039 (for dual IPA
Systems ) from the splitter SP1.
k. Replace the input cable to the 40W amplifier, and set the amp gain to mid point. Set the upper phasing trombone
PH2 to mid travel.
l. Now measure the delay to U2 X4 again, and compare it to the reference taken above. If necessary select a different cable length for W13 (the cable between the phasing trombone and the 40W amplifier input) to equalize the delay.
m. Reconnect cables 39 and 1039 to the splitter. Disconnect the Network Analyzer, and reconnect the cable to the output of the UHF Linearizer at X5.
n. Connect a Spectrum Analyzer to the input cable of the 40W amplifier, and check that there is a null of the wanted signal. Small adjustments of the phasing trombone PH1 and reference amplifier gain may be made if necessary.
o. Transfer the Spectrum Analyzer to the feed forward output monitor U2 X4, and display the out of band skirts either side of the wanted signal.
p. Reconnect the input to the 40W amplifier, and using the
40W amplifier gain control and the phasing trombone PH2 adjust the skirts to minimum. It should be possible to make the IPA / Feed forward combination almost transparent so that the level of the skirts are the same as those of the exciter.
q. Reconnect the Network Analyzer and check that the input and output responses are still correct. If necessary make small adjustments to the tube tuning to reproduce Figures
5-4 and 5-5.
r. Restore the Digital signal, and monitor the tube output with a Spectrum Analyzer at WW4.
s. Make small adjustments to the tube bias voltage to find the point at which the out of band skirt shoulders dip in level slightly.
t. Remove the drive and check the tube idle current – this must be between 400 and 800mA. (usually about 650mA).
If the current lies outside this range the bias must be adjusted to bring it back into range, even if this is not the optimum point for the out of band signal.
u. Restore the drive and check the level of the skirt shoulders.
These should be –32dB or better compared to the in band signal. If the skirts are considerably higher in level, or are very asymmetric, the output tuning of the tube will need to be adjusted to give the correct output response with a different combination of inter-stage and output coupling.
v. Now adjust the upper phasing trombone PH2 and the gain of the 40W amplifier to minimize the level of the out of band skirts.
w. Reconnect the Network Analyzer and check the tube input and output responses with the feed forward set to this condition. Make small adjustments to the cavity tuning to eliminate any response tilt caused by the feed forward adjustment.
x. Restore the digital signal and display the skirts. Switch on the UHF Linearizer correction circuits, and adjust R1&2,
R3&4, R5&6, R7&8, in pairs to further reduce the skirt level.
NOTE
If necessary the Linearizer may be channelized to increase the correction available (see separate test procedure 992-9881-001)
y. Repeat this process with small adjustments to the upper phasing trombone and the gain of the 40W amplifier until there is no further improvement. The final level of the skirts should be better than –37dB down on the wanted digital signal center frequency.
z. Connect a Vector Signal Analyzer to the transmitter output and measure the transmitter EVM. This should be less than
4%. If the value is greater than this, check for a frequency tilt on the output waveform using a Spectrum Analyzer set to 1dB/div. A small tilt at full power may be compensated for by slight adjustment of the tube secondary cavity tuning, without adverse effects on the skirt level.
5.13
Power Calibration
5.13.1
Precision Directional Coupler Method Calculations
Before use, check the calibration of the output coupler.
The coupler is precisely set and the coupling ratio noted on the waveguide.
This will allow power calibration to be performed using the following procedures: a. For DTV calibration: b. Determine the power level expected at the output of the directional coupler.
Use the formula:
1. Power of sample = (ave power on main RF line) / 10
(x/10) or
2. Power of sample = (ave power on main RF line) / antilog(x/10) Where x = the dB ratio of the designated precision coupler which should be stenciled on the waveguide.
c. To check your result use the formula:
1. x dB = 10 log(P
1
Where:
P
P
1
2
/P
2
)
= the transmitter power output desired
= the calculated sample power.
d. Using an average reading RF power meter of known accuracy measure the sample port power.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
10/26/99
e. To convert the sample port power to the power on the main line use the formula:
Power on main line = 10
(x/10) x (Power at the sample)
5.14
Control and Support Systems:
Testing and Adjustments
Settings of jumper links for the logic system operation are shown in Tables 5-3 and 5-6 near the end of this section.
5.14.1
AC Control Voltage
This procedure checks and sets the proper amplitude of the three phase 380/220 VAC that powers the transmitter control and most of the support systems.
WARNING
PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE
FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL
POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST
LEADS ARE TO BE CONNECTED OR DISCONNECTED. THE
TEST METER IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE ENCLOSURE
AND ALL DOORS OR PANELS ARE TO BE CLOSED PRIOR TO
APPLYING POWER.
a. Measure the open circuit voltage of the 3 phase power line supplying power to the Line Control Cabinet. Measure phase to phase.
b. Set the taps on transformer T2 in each Line Control Cabinet to corresponding line voltage.
c. Apply power to transformer T2 by setting cabinet power
CB2, control CB3 on LCC and cabinet isolator switch on the rear of the associated amplifier cabinet to 1 or On position.
WARNING
THE BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER CB1 SHOULD BE OFF.
d. Measure the voltage at terminals 15, 16, 17 of TB3 in the
Line Control Cabinet with respect to terminal 18 of TB3.
220 VAC should be present.
e. Measure the voltage from terminals 15 to 16, 16 to 17, 15 to 17 on TB3. Each voltage should be 380 VAC
5.14.2
Voltage Measuring
WARNING
PROPER PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING VOLTAGES IN THE
FOLLOWING STEPS REQUIRES PRIOR REMOVAL OF ALL
POWER AND GROUNDING OF ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TEST
LEADS ARE TO BE CONNECTED OR DISCONNECTED. THE
TEST METER IS TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE ENCLOSURE
AND ALL DOORS OR PANELS ARE TO BE CLOSED PRIOR TO
APPLYING POWER.
a. Measure the open circuit voltage of the 3 phase power line, phase to phase that powers the line control cabinet. This should be 480 VAC.
10/26/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Section V - Maintenance b. Select the desired output voltage using the Beam Supply selector switch located on the right of the oil tank as you are facing the access cover.
NOTE
The first time beam voltage is to be applied to a new tube or during initial transmitter checkout, the beam voltage should be set to produce the lowest beam voltage possible, then increased in steps to that voltage that yields proper performance.
5.14.3
BK Heater Voltage Adjustment
The BK Heater Voltage Adjustment is located on the contactor and circuit breaker control assembly in the front of the Amplifier
Cabinet. A meter is provided inside the amplifier cabinet which can be read through the window of the panel. Set the voltage to indicate 6.0 volts. When setting the heater voltage, be sure to consider any meter calibration correction. The procedure for checking heat meter accuracy and determining a calibration correction is given in the checkout procedures (Section II).
5.14.4
Heater Voltage Adjustment
The Heater Voltage adjustment is located on center wall of the amplifier cabinet. Monitor the heater meter located inside the amplifier cabinet. Consult the factory test data sheet provided by the tube manufacturer for the recommended voltage of each individual tube.
The IOT heater transformer in the rear IOT cabinet has a tap to select the higher or lower voltage range. (This transformer is item
AD of locator on back door of Transmitter, or see illustration in section VI.)
5.14.5
Magnet Current Adjustment
Magnet current adjustment is located on the Contactor and
Circuit Breaker Control Panel located on the front of the amplifier cabinet. A meter is provided on the switch metering panel.
Initially adjust the magnet current to the value specified on the tube data sheet (approximately 22A). Changing the magnet current has minimal effect on the IOT.
5.14.6
Heater Time Delay Adjustment
The pre-heating time during which the IOT and thyratron heaters are brought to the proper temperature for electron emission (IOT) and High Voltage Standoff (thyratron) is adjusted by switch setting in the heater 300/600 sec (5 min) timer, located on the amplifier Control Logic PCB assembly.
a. Set the beam supply CB1 to Off b. If IOT Heaters have/had been operating press the Off button and wait five (5) minutes.
c. Depress the Standby button and begin timing the warmup as soon as the Full Heaters On indicator illuminates. If the time until the Ready light illuminates is not five minutes the timer should be adjusted.
d. Depress Off button. Open the amplifier logic panel and adjust SW5 and SW6 switch settings for the proper time delay.
5-9
WARNING
ALL OVERLOAD/INTERLOCK ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD BE
MADE WITH THE LINE CONTROL CABINET BEAM SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT BREAKER CB1 OFF.
5.14.7
Focus Current Interlock Adjustments
The following procedure should be performed without beam voltage present. Set the Line Control Cabinet BEAM SUPPLY
POWER circuit breaker to OFF.
a. Energize the power amplifier cabinet to the FULL
HEATER ON stage. The FOCUS CURRENT indicator may or may not be illuminated, however the multimeter monitoring FOCUS CURRENT should indicate focus current flowing.
b. Using the FOCUS CURRENT adjustment and the cabinet multimeter, check and record the current levels at which the upperandlowerinterlocksettingsoperate.WatchtheFOCUS
CURRENT indicator and note when it extinguishes to make this determination. The trip points should occur at +/-2.2A
from current noted on tube data sheet.
c. Remove all power from the Transmitter and set the cabinet grounding lever to the EARTHED position. Open the
Control and Breaker Panel door to gain acess to focus supply shelf.
d. With both the lower and upper trip point adjustments, a clockwise (CW) adjustment of the potentiometer will raise the trip point, while a counter-clockwise (CCW) adjustment lowers the trip point. Refer to the trip point currents recorded earlier and carefully rotate the UNDER CUR-
RENT (lower trip point) or OVER CURRENT (upper trip point) or both to change the trip point setting(s). Only a slight rotation of the potentiometer will change the trip point several amperes.
e. Re-energize the cabinet to the FULL HEATER ON level and check the trip point settings. If necessary, repeat steps c. and d. until the trip point settings are properly adjusted.
5.14.8
Collector Current/Metering Calibration &
Overload Adjustments
A current source capable of producing 5 amps will be utilized.
Refer to Figure 5-7. For adjustment locations refer to Tables 5-4 and 5-5.
a. Assure that the beam supply breaker CB1 on the line control cabinet is off.
b. On the amplifier cabinet rear shorting switch panel rotate the cabinet isolator switch to off (0) and engage the short to earth switch.
c. Remove the center door of the three on the rear of the amplifier cabinet under test.
d. Locate the shorting stick and discharge the isolated supplies board, the AM meter assembly and the thyratron floating deck. Leave the shorting stick attached to the thyratron floating deck.
e. Remove the (4) 7/16" nuts holding the cover over the AM module.
f. Locate the collector current meter shunt located in the upper left hand corner of the AM board. Attach the current source leads through an external Amp meter to the shunt.
Ensure current source is set to off.
g. Replace the rear door ensuring the test lead remain connected.
h. Open short to earth switch and rotate cabinet isolator to the on (1) position.
i. Open the amplifier cabinet control panel and open the rear of the control panel door by loosening the two (2) captive thumb screws.
j. Locate R255 current metering null, R240 current metering calibrate, R241 current metering trip located on the digital to analog PCB.
k. Monitor the collector current meter on the switched meter panel. Rotate R255 collector current metering null to zero the meter.
l. Energize current source and adjust for 2.2 Amps using external meter. If amplifier collector current meter pegs negative, reverse the polarity of the current source.
m. Adjust R240 collector current calibrate pot to indicate 2.2
Amps on the collector current meter. This may trip the collector current overload.
n. Next, adjust the power supply and collector current trip overload R241 to illuminate the collector current overload
LED when collector current reaches 2.5 Amps. This may have to be repeated several times to ensure an accurate setting. Depress the overload indicator reset to clear the overload condition.
o. Rotate the cabinet isolator to the OFF (0) position. Remove test setup and re-install covers. Return transmitter to operating condition.
5.14.9
Body Current Metering Calibration & Overload Adjustments
A current source capable of producing 100 mA will be required.
a. Select off on the amp under test.
b. Turn beam supply CB1 to off c. Rotate cabinet isolator to off (0) position d. Engage short to earth switch on amp rear door e. Remove the center of three (3) rear doors.
f. Utilize shorting stick to ground isolated supplies, AM assembly, and thyratron deck assembly.
g. Hang ground stick from thyratron deck assembly h. Remove the (4) 7/16" nuts and cover of AM assembly i. Locate R1 and attach current source and external meter.
j. Replace rear door taking care not to disturb test set up.
k. Disengage short to earth switch and rotate cabinet isolator to on (1) position.
l. On the switch meter panel select body current
5-10 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
10/26/99
Section V - Maintenance
10/26/99
Figure 5-7. Equipment Connections for
Body/Collector Current Meter Calibration
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
5-11
m. Open the amp control panel and loosen the 2 captive thumb screws to obtain access to the digital/voltage PCB n. Locate Pots R253 meter null, R243 body current calibrate, and R242 body current trip.
o. Adjust R253 to zero body current meter p. Slowly increase current source to 100 mA as indicated on external meter ensuring meter is not pegging negative. If this occurs reverse polarity of current source q. Adjust R243 to a calibrate body current meter for 100 mA r. Adjust the current supplied and R242 Trip for a body current trip at 100 mA. This may need to be repeated several times to ensure accuracy.
s. Rotate cabinet isolator to OFF (0) position. Remove test equipment and return transmitter to normal condition.
5.14.9.1
Bias current overload
a. On the amplifier cabinet rotate the cabinet isolation switch to off. Engage the short to earth switch, and remove the center and left hand cabinet doors, utilizing the ground stick ground on all HV components. i.e.: Thyratron floating deck, Isolated supplies, etc.
b. Locate the grid current meter on the meter assembly. Just to the right of the meter is a Terminal Board with VI
Transorb attached. Attach a 1 k ohms for 80 mA or 400 ohms for 150 mA (This may be increased due to EEV specs) in parallel with VI.
c. Reinstall the rear covers. Rotate the short to earth switch to operate position. Rotate the cabinet isolator switch to the on (1) position.
d. Depress the BK heat command and slowly increase bias voltage adjust potentiometer located just below the metering window until bias current reads 80 mA or 150 mA. At this point a grid bias n0rmal led will extinguish. If not de-energize amplifier cabinet repeat procedure to gain access to the isolated supplies.
e. Remove 7 screws securing shielding cover for the isolated supplies board. Locate and adjust R37 CW to increase trip point (refer to Table 5-4). Reassemble shielding, replace all covers, and then test trip point. This procedure may require several attempts to set the trip accurately.
f. Remove test resistor and return transmitter to operational condition.
5.14.9.2
ION Pump Current Overload
To test the logic remove fiber optic cable #H15 on the Digital to
Analog Interface. This should illuminate the ion current fault indicator if beam voltage is present, and lockout the transmitter.
The logic should allow reapplication of beam voltage to pump the tube down.
To test the sensor, it will be necessary to connect 620 M ohms resistance from the ION current meters to the isolated supplies chassis. This will induce 5 mA indicated ion current.
5.14.9.3
VSWR Overload
This procedure consists of using RF power from the IPA FWD
PWR Directional Coupler UX3 connected to the Peak detector
VSWR Input to drive the VSWR Metering and the overload circuit.
NOTE
The CD-1A exciter can also be used to drive the VSWR metering and overload circuit.
The VSWR peak detector cable is accessible from the Break away assembly.
a. Remove reflected power sample from the break away directional coupler WW1.
b. Reattach cable to IPA directional coupler UX4.
c. Reduce exciter/drive power to minimum by rotating R19
Auto O/P Power pot on the IOT R.F. Corrector CCW.
d. Disable the IPA/Drive Mute by grounding X28 PIN 9 on the IOT LOGIC Interface Board.
e. Slowly rotate Power Control pot on the IOT AGC and UHF
Linearizer until the VSWR Meter indicates 1.4.
f. Adjust R47 VSWR TRIP on the digital and analog PC to illuminate VSWR Overload.
g. Check VSWR foldabck to activate at 1.35:1 VSWR.
h. Remove temporary cables/jumpers and reconnect VSWR sample cable to WW2 on RF break away.
i. Rotate R19 Auto O/P Power pot on the IOT RF Corrector to obtain 100% rated transmitter power.
5.14.9.4
ARC Overload
This procedure consists of temporarily substituting the Cavity
ARC Sensors with a known fixed resistance. The overload sensitivity, however, is fixed and cannot be adjusted without altering the resistance values of the appropriate overload input circuit.
a. Disconnect the Cavity ARC Sensor from the cavity under test.
b. Temporarily connect a 1M ohm resistor between PINS A-F of connector X13 or X14. (X13 for primary output cavity;
X14 for secondary cavity). The ARC OVLD LED should illuminate.
c. Remove the 1M ohm resistor and reconnect X13, X14 to appropriate cavities.
d. Depress output cavity Arc Test push button, the overload
LED should illuminate.
e. Depress secondary cavity Arc Test push button, the overload should illuminate.
5.14.9.5
Cabinet Overtemp
The 2 temperature cabinet sensors are located on the bulkhead of the upper left side of the tube cabinet and upper right side of the IPA cabinet. Remove one of the two spade lugs from the temperature sensors. The cabinet temp OVLD LED should illuminate. Reset indicator and test the second sensor. (Note: It is normal for metering panel lamps to extinguish during this test, as the 24 VAC is utilized for this interlock.).
5.14.9.6
HV second step fail
On the IOT Logic & Control PCB locate Jumper X26 strap a-b and the HV 2nd step fail LED will illuminate. Return jumper
X26 to b-c position for normal operation. Reset Faults.
5-12 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
10/26/99
5.14.9.7
Collector Over Temperature
Locate the Temp Sensor on the IOT collector cooling outlet.
Remove one of the spade lug connections. The collector over temp OVLD LED should illuminate. Reset Faults.
5.14.9.8
Crowbar Fired
On the Digital & Analogue PCB locate the crowbar test fire switch S-1 and depress. The crowbar will fire, LCC CB1 will trip and recycle and the Crowbar Fired OVLD LED will illuminate.
Reset Overload.
5.14.9.9
Motor O/L
The motor overload protection for the cavity fan consists of an overload sensor attached to contactor K1 in the Contactor and
Circuit Breaker Drawer assy.
a. Cavity blower trip - 2.5 Amps b. The transmitter should be switched off and isolated.
c. With an ohmmeter check that by depressing the test button on the motor overload breaker the logic output contacts from the breaker go from short circuit to open circuit.
d. Set cavity blower overload relay K1 to 2.5 Amps.
e. Set the motor overload breaker to auto and remove the logic output wire from the breaker trip connection.
f. Replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select standby.
g. The transmitter should not run up, but indicate motor overload on the amplifier control panel.
h. Switch the amplifier to off again and isolate.
i. Access the circuit breaker assy and replace wire removed in step e , replace the safety cover and after reapplying power to the transmitter select standby.
j. The transmitter should now run up without indicating motor overload on the amplifier control panel.
k. Reset Lock out and Overload faults.
5.14.10
Conditioning Procedure for a new IOT or spare IOT in or coming out of extended storage
a. Pretune the cavities or reinstall cavities after replacement of tube.
b. Assure the IOT is terminated in 50 Ohms.
c. Set Line Control Cabinet (LCC) Breakers to on (1) position.
d. Depress Standby command. Set heater, voltage, and magnet current to the values specified on the tube test data sheet. Increase bias voltage to 120 V to put the tube into cutoff.
Section V - Maintenance e. Observe the ION pump current when heaters are energized.
A new tube or a tube that has been in storage may draw ion current when heaters are energized. This should clear in a few minutes and should became shorter in duration each time the heaters are energized as the vacuum improves.
f. Tap beam supply for lowest voltage.
g. After 10 minutes of heater operation, depress beam on command. Collector current should be 0 Amps. After 30 minutes, adjust bias voltage for 0.2 Amps collector current.
h. In several steps gradually increase beam voltage until it equals the value given in the IOT test data sheet. Ensure that the collector current is 0.2 to 0.4 Amps quiescent at each beam tap. Readjust bias voltage as necessary.
i. Refer to tuning procedures and gradually bring up RF drive, tune the IOT and operate at full beam current for two hours.
5.14.11
IOT Beam Current Adj
The beam current in each IOT is determined by the bias voltage applied to the grid.
Increasing bias voltage (more negative) will decrease collector current while decreasing bias voltage (Less negative) will increase collector current.
5.15
Heat Exchanger Adjustments
a. Thermostat adjustments
Disconnect primary power to the heat exchanger. Loosen the three 7/16 inch bolts on the electrical panel access cover. The thermostats are located behind the panel on the bottom left side of the electrical panel. Set the thermostats to energize in ten degree increments starting at 90 degrees.
b. Circuit setters ( If utilized)
Using a Bell & Gossett Differential Pressure Meter measure across the circuit setter valve located near the pump modules. Convert the pressure difference using the circuit setter balance valve calculator to GPM and set recommended flow rate for the installed system. The specific system requirements are listed in the overall transmitter flow diagram.
c. Strainer removal and cleaning
Isolate the strainer using the supply and return pump isolation gate valves. Remove the strainer inspection cap. This will allow access to the strainer screen. Thoroughly clean the screen and reassemble the strainer assembly. Return isolation valves to open position.
10/26/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
5-13
Table 5-3. Digital & Analog Interface
X12 a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable
X13 a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable
X24
Link X24 when input cooling 2 not used
X25
Link X25 when input cooling 3 not used
X27
Tube over temp
X28 a-b latching disabled b-c latching enabled
X30 IPA Metering Port a-b for normal b-c for data stream
R-120
R- 38
Table 5-4. Isolated Supplies P.C.B.
Heater Volts Meter Cal
Grid Current Overload Set Point
R-239
R-240
R-255
R-241
R-243
R-253
R-242
P.C.B.
R-51
R-50
R-48
R-49
R-46
R-47
R-238
Table 5-5. Digital & Analogue Interface
Potentiometer Functions
Forward Power Meter Calibrate
Forward Power Status Trip Point
IPA Power Meter Calibrate
IPA Power Status Trip Point
VSWR Meter Calibration
VSWR Trip Point
Tube Overtemp Trip
High Voltage Meter Calibrate
Beam Current Meter Calibrate
Beam Current Meter Zero Set
Beam Current Overload Trip Point
Body Current Meter Calibrate
Body Current Meter Zero Set
Body Current Overload Trip Point
5-14 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
10/26/99
Section V - Maintenance
“N” = Amplifier Cabinet
Logic Board Jumpers and
DIP Switch Settings
NX1
a-b for background heat b-c for black heat
NX2
a-b to disable latching b-c to enable latching
NX3
a-b for normal b-c for ready
NX4
a-b for normal b-c for ready
NX8
a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable
NX9
a-b spare inputs latching enable b-c spare inputs latching disable
Placement of the link in
X10, X11 and X12 a- determines the lockout status of the transmitter.
NX10
a — b OFF
NX11
a — b BK/HEAT
NX12
a — b STANDBY
NX13
a-b for all controls b-c for separate local
NX14
Remote Controls a-b Link high for O/C b-c Link low for TTL
NX15
Remote Controls
Link for 5V to 12V operation
Table 5-6
open for 24V operation
NX16
Remote Controls
Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24V operation
NX17
Remote Controls
Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24V operation
NX18
Remote Controls
Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24v operation
NX19
Remote Controls
Link for 5V to 12V operation open for 24V operation
NX20
Selects 3 or 4 shot operation of all a-b 3 shot overloads linked for multiple b-c 4 shot Reset before lockout
NX21
Secondary cavity arc a-b 3 shot b-c single shot
NX22
VSWR trip a-b 3 shot b-c single shot
NX23
Spare overload input a-b 3 shot b-c single shot
NX24
Spare overload input a-b 3 shot b-c single shot
NX25
Primary cavity arc a-b 3 shot b-c single shot
NX26
a-b to test b-c normal operation
NX27
crowbar fired a-b 3 shot b-c singles shot
For 120 Seconds
SW1 - on/low
SW2 - on/low
SW3 - on/low
SW4 - off/high
SW5 - off/high
SW6 - off/high
SW7 - off/high
SW8 - on/low
For 300 Seconds
SW1 - on/low
SW2 - on/low
SW3 - off/high
SW4 - on/low
SW5 - off/high
SW6 - on/low
SW7 - off/high
SW8 - on/low
For 600 Seconds
SW1 - on/low
SW2 - off/high
SW3 - off/high
SW4 - on/low
SW5 - off/high
SW6 - on/low
SW7 - on/low
SW8 - off/high
S5 & S6
SW1 - on/low
SW2 - off/high
SW3 - off/high
SW4 - on/low
SW5 - off/high
SW6 - on/low
SW7 - on/low
SW8 - off/high
300 / 600
S7 & S8
SW1 - on/low
SW2 - off/high
SW3 - off/high
10/26/99 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
SW4 - on/low
SW5 - off/high
SW6 - on/low
SW7 - on/low
SW8 - off/high
SEC STAND BY TIMER
BKHEAT 300/600 B-
HEAT
S3 & S4
SW1 - on/low
SW2 - off/high
SW3 - off/high
SW4 - on/low
SW5 - off/high
SW6 - on/low
SW7 - on/low
SW8 - off/high
5-15
5-16 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
10/26/99
6.1
Introduction
In the event of a problem, the trouble area must first be isolated to a particular area such as an Exciter, IPA input, IPA Power
Supply, or a module of the RF component. Most troubleshooting consists of visual checks. The meters and indicator lamps will give immediate indication of many of the failures that will occur.
Once the trouble is isolated to a specific area, refer to the theory section of the appropriate technical manual for circuit discussion to aid in problem resolution. If parts are required, refer to Parts
List in appropriate technical manual.
6.2
Technical Assistance
See Technical Assistance clause on back of manual title page.
Section VI
Troubleshooting
ment point. Secure leads away from any circuit with voltages beyond the break down point of their insulation or the isolation rating of the measuring device. Do not hold any measuring device in your hand while the equipment is energized. Securely ground the chassis of any oscilloscope, analyser, or other test equipment.
Close cabinet doors and replace all panels before applying power and taking readings.
Do not attempt measurement of any circuits of transmitters sub-assembly with chassis floating at high voltage (i.e. DC filament assembly, rectifiers, Ion-Pump power supply, or Crowbar) while the Beam Supply is energized.
After taking a reading, use breakers or disconnect switches to again remove all primary power to the Transmitter and peripheral equipment before opening enclosure where test leads were routed or connected. Use grounding stick to discharge all high voltage points and points where test leads are attached before touching any points or removing test leads.
Do not work alone or when tired or otherwise incapacitated.
6.3
Safety Precautions to Observe While
Troubleshooting
Read safety warning and first aid information before proceeding.
WARNING
USE BREAKERS OR DISCONNECT SWITCHES TO REMOVE ALL
PRIMARY POWER TO THE TRANSMITTER AND PERIPHERAL
EQUIPMENT BEFORE OPENING ENCLOSURES, OR REMOVING
ANY PANEL OR SHIELD.
Do not rely on internal contactors, relays, interlocks, or switching devices to remove all dangerous voltages.
Use grounding stick to discharge high voltage points before touching any points within the enclosure.
If a voltage reading or waveform analysis is required, route test leads through an opening in the cabinet to the desired measure-
6.4
Cabinet Views
Figures 6-1 thru 6-4 show cabinet views of the IOT Transmitter.
Each subassembly is shown with a letter designation. The corresponding letter designations are used in the Cabinet Wiring
Diagrams.
6.5
Component Designators
See Table 6-1 for a listing of component designators as used in this manual.
07-13-98 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
6-1
6-2
Figure 6-1
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
07-13-98
Section VI - Troubleshooting
07-13-98
Figure 6-2
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
6-3
6-4
Figure 6-3
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
07-13-98
Section VI - Troubleshooting
07-13-98
Figure 6-4
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
6-5
Table 6-1. Component Designators
Q
R
H
K
L
M
P
S
T
U
V
E
F
G
Y
Z
W
X
C
D
Letter codes for the designation of kind of item:
Letter code Kind of item
A Assemblies, subassemblies
B Transducers, from non-electrical quantity to electrical quantity or vice-versa
Capacitors
Binary elements, delay devices, storage devices
Miscellaneous
Protective devices
Generators, supplies
Signalling devices
Relays, contactors
Inductors
Motors
Measuring equipment, testing equipment
Mechanical switching devices for power circuits
Resistors
Switches, selectors
Transformers
Modulators, changers
Tubes, semiconductors
Transmission paths, waveguides, aerials
Terminals, plugs, sockets
Electrical operated mechanical devices
Terminations, hybrid transformers, filters, equalizers, limiters
Examples
Amplifier with tubes or transistors, magnetic amplifier, laser, master.
Thermo-electric sensor, thermo cell, photo-electric cell, dynamometer, crystal transducer, microphone, pick-up, loudspeaker, synchros, resolvers.
Combinative elements, delay lines, bistable elements, monostable elements, core storage, register, magnetic tape recorder, disk recorder.
Lighting devices, heating devices, devices not specified elsewhere in this Table.
Fuse, over-voltage discharge device, arrester.
Rotating generator, rotating frequency converter, battery, supply device, oscillator, quartz-oscillator.
Optical and acoustical indicators.
Induction coil, line trap.
Indicating, recording and integrating measuring devices, signal generator, clocks.
Circuit-breaker, isolator.
Adjustable resistor, potentiometer, rheostat, shunt, thermistor.
Control switch, push-buttons, limit switch, selector switch, selector, dial contact, connecting stage.
Voltage transformer, current transformer.
Discriminator, demodulator, frequency changer, coder, inverter, converter, telegraph translator.
Electronic tube, gas-discharge tube, diode, transistor, thyristor.
Jumper wire, cable, busbar, waveguide, waveguide directional coupler, dipole, parabolic aerial.
Disconnecting plug and socket, test jack, terminal board, soldering terminal strip.
Brake, clutch, pneumatic valve.
Cable balancing network, compandor, crystal filter.
6-6 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
07-13-98
Section VII
Parts List
Table 7-19.
Table 7-20.
Table 7-21.
Table 7-22.
Table 7-23.
Table 7-24.
Table 7-25.
Table 7-26.
Table 7-27.
Table 7-28.
Table 7-29.
Table 7-30.
Table 7-31.
Table 7-32.
Table 7-33.
Table 7-1.
Table 7-2.
Table 7-3.
Table 7-4.
Table 7-5.
Table 7-6.
Table 7-7.
Table 7-8.
Table 7-9.
Table 7-10.
Table 7-11.
Table 7-12.
Table 7-13.
Table 7-14.
Table 7-15.
Table 7-16.
Table 7-17.
Table 7-18.
Table 7-34.
Table 7-35.
Table 7-36.
Table 7-37.
Table 7-38.
Table 7-39.
Table 7-40.
Table 7-41.
Table 7-42.
Table 7-43.
Table 7-44.
Table 7-45.
Table 7-46.
Table 7-47.
Table 7-48.
Replaceable Parts List Index
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 9648 005
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 1 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952 9211 100
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 6742 005
INSTALL MATL, 1-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8723 001
KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 032
TERM ASSY, X3, 480V 60HZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 939 8205 045
BASIC LINE CONTROL CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8724 003
SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8817 001
PC BD ASSY, SOLID STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8818 001
PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9882 001
KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB . . . . . . . . . . . 994 9797 013
CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8812 001
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9139 012
ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9508 001
XMTR-Q, CD70P1/CD100P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994 9648 004
CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9821 001
BODY CURRENT MONITORING . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8744 001
ASSY, CROWBAR, SIGMA+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9825 001
ASSEMBLY, SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 001
ASSY, HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 007
CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+ . . . . . . . . . 992 9822 002
COOLING, IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 011
ASSY, CONTROL P/S UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 012
ASSY, BASIC FEED FWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 015
PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP . . . . . . . . . . 992 9800 001
PWA, FEED FORWARD AMP SMT . . . . . . . . . . 992 9800 002
KIT, BOOST AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 019
ASSY, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 014
FOCUS CURRENT OVLD ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8800 001
ASSY, IPA POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 015
ASSY, TERM BLK, IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 020
CONTACTOR/CIRCUIT BREAKER DOOR . . . . . . 992 9883 016
ASSY, SW METER/LINEARIZER . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9883 017
*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER, . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9881 001
*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,SMT . . . . . . . . 992 9881 002
CONTROL & MONITORING(SIGMA CD) . . . . . . . 992 9883 018
ASSY, TERM BLK CUSTOMER INTFC . . . . . . . . 992 9883 019
CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9824 002
PWA, MOV-AC 198-250 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8553 001
PANEL, SYSTEM CONTROL (CD) . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 006
ASSY, POWER SUPPLY DECK, . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9848 001
KIT, EEV FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 002
ASSY, INPUT, COLLECTOR, EEV . . . . . . . . . . . 943 5496 037
ASSY, OUTPUT COLLECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 5496 038
KIT, SINGLE IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 016
KIT, DUAL IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 017
KIT, 3RD POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 014
COOLING, IPA, LEFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9830 022
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-1
Table 7-49.
Table 7-50.
Table 7-51.
Table 7-52.
Table 7-53.
Table 7-54.
Table 7-55.
Table 7-56.
Table 7-57.
Table 7-58.
Table 7-59.
Table 7-60.
Table 7-61.
Table 7-62.
Table 7-63.
Table 7-64.
Table 7-65.
Table 7-66.
Table 7-67.
Table 7-68.
Table 7-69.
Table 7-70.
Table 7-71.
Table 7-72.
Table 7-73.
Table 7-74.
Table 7-75.
Table 7-76.
Table 7-77.
Table 7-78.
Table 7-79.
Table 7-80.
Table 7-81.
Table 7-82.
Table 7-83.
Table 7-84.
Table 7-85.
Table 7-86.
Table 7-87.
Table 7-88.
Table 7-89.
Table 7-90.
Table 7-91.
Table 7-92.
Table 7-93.
Table 7-94.
Table 7-95.
Table 7-96.
Table 7-97.
Table 7-98.
Table 7-99.
Table 7-100.
KIT, DUAL EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWITCHER, EXCITER, SIGMA UHF . . . . . . . . .
PWA, EXCITER SWITCHER, DTV . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, SINGLE EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, CPI ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW METER . . . . . . . . .
METERS, ISO, CPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, ASSY, EEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, EEV PLUMBING W/FLOW MTR . . . . . . . . . .
POWER SUPPLY, ISOLATED, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
METERS, ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, CPI FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSY, COLLECTOR COOLING, CPI . . . . . . . . . . .
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*KIT, SPARE, PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE . . . . . . . . . . .
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . .
*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTEM, CD140P2/CD200P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 2 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTALL MATL, 2-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XMTR-Q, CD140P2/CD200P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTEM, CD210P3/CD300P3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 3 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTALL MATL, 3-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XMTR-Q, CD210P3/CD300P3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, PHASING, 3-AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTEM, CD280P4/CD400P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 4 TUBE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTALL MATL, 4-TUBE IOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XMTR-Q, CD280P4/CD400P4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTACTOR DRIVER QSIG+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED DISPLAY PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
METER MULTIPLIER PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-WAY DUMP LOAD ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
THYRATRON INTERFACE PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IOT FDU2 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IOT2 INTERFACE PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40W AMP ASSY SIGMA++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOV ASSY 380/415V (CONTACTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . .
FUSE PROTECTION PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
Table 7-101.
Table 7-102.
Table 7-103.
Table 7-104.
Table 7-105.
Table 7-106.
Table 7-107.
Table 7-108.
Table 7-109.
Table 7-110.
Table 7-111.
Table 7-112.
Table 7-113.
Table 7-114.
Table 7-115.
Table 7-116.
SWITCHED METER PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9502 048
PSU DISTRIBUTION PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8737 003
DIGITAL & ANALOGUE PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8739 001
DIGITAL & ANALOG I/FACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8739 002
SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9371 002
SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9371 001
MOV PCB ASSY 198-250 VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8553 001
MARSHALLING PCB ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9367 001
SYST INTERFACE CD MK2 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9502 067
PSU DIST PCB/HEATSINK ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9834 001
COMBINER 8 WAY SIGMA++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9737 097
LOAD ASSY 3 WAY SIGMA++ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9737 098
ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2 PCB ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 9080 001
MODE CONTROLLER ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8813 001
MODE CONTROLLER P.C.B. ASSY. . . . . . . . . . . . 992 8934 001
MODE CONTROLLER PCB LOCAL ASSY . . . . . . . . 992 8933 001
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-3
HARRIS P/N
051 1010 021
378 0170 000
378 0195 000
378 0197 000
378 0218 000
378 0219 000
432 0409 000
620 2950 000
620 3045 000
620 3046 000
620 3053 000
620 3054 000
620 3055 000
736 0322 000
952 9211 100
988 2414 100
988 8641 001
992 6742 005
992 8723 001
992 8724 001
992 8734 001
992 8812 001
992 9139 012
992 9508 001
992 9511 066
994 9648 001
994 9648 004
994 9797 001
994 9797 003
994 9797 004
994 9797 007
994 9797 009
994 9797 012
994 9797 013
994 9797 015
994 9797 016
994 9797 017
HEW8482H
HEWEPM-441A
Table 7-1. SYSTEM, CD70P1/CD100P1 - 994 9648 005
DESCRIPTION
UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID
THYRATRON, CERAMIC
TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED
TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED
KLYSTRODE, K2D75W
KLYSTRODE, K2D110W
FLUID COOLER 2 FAN
ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT
RF SYSTEM DTV 1-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYSTEM DTV 1-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYS DTV 1-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 1-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 1-TUBE DIELECTRIC
POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 1 TUBE
DP, 1-TUBE, CD70P1/CD100P1
*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT
INSTALL MATL, 1-TUBE IOT
LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ
*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER
CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE
ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR
INTERCONNECT CABLES, 1-TUBE CD
*XMTR, 1-TUBE, SIGMA
XMTR-Q, CD70P1/CD100P1
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,
*KIT, SPARE, PARTS
*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS
KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB
*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER
KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA
KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE
HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE
POWER METER, RF
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)
0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
ORDER QTY 1 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-
40
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-
69
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17
DIELECTRIC,
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
OPTION QRDER QTY 1
ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-
OVER
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL
FORMAT TO CHANNEL
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 040
003 8020 050
003 8020 060
086 0004 038
Table 7-2. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 1 TUBE - 952 9211 100
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 1.5 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (n)
0.0 FT 60 REQ’D
0.0 FT
0.0 FT
0.0 LB
80 REQ’D
20 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
7-4 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
359 0480 000
359 0514 000
359 0539 000
359 0594 000
359 0767 000
359 0829 000
359 0868 000
359 0883 000
359 0891 000
359 0955 000
359 0984 000
359 0997 000
359 1042 000
359 1075 000
359 1079 000
359 1083 000
359 1236 000
424 0469 000
432 0409 000
442 0108 000
629 0059 000
646 1488 000
852 9211 100
359 0250 000
359 0251 000
359 0252 000
359 0260 000
359 0272 000
359 0302 000
359 0321 000
359 0324 000
359 0355 000
359 0403 000
359 0418 000
359 0435 000
359 0454 000
359 0476 000
359 0477 000
359 0479 000
086 0004 040
086 0004 047
299 0018 000
358 1722 000
358 3038 000
358 3348 000
359 0085 000
359 0192 000
359 0193 000
359 0197 000
359 0199 000
359 0200 000
359 0225 000
359 0228 000
359 0230 000
359 0246 000
7/15/02
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"
THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.
PLUG, PIPE BRASS
ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC
TEE 1 IN
ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING
UNION, 1" CXC
ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET
ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M
ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC
TEE 1.5"C X 1.5"C X 1.0"C
ELBOW, 90 DEG 1-1/2 CXC
ADAPTER, FEMALE
VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE
VALVE, GATE 1-1/2 CXC
ELBOW 45 DEG 2 IN
ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC
ELBOW 90 DEG STREET
PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT
VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE
ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2
COUPLING 1" CXC
ELBOW 90 DEG STREET
UNION C X M 1-1/2 IN
COUPLING 1-1/2 X 1
ADAPTER 2" CXM
UNION, 2" CXC
VALVE, GATE 2" CXC
UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT
ADAPTER 2 IN
COUPLING 2 X 1-1/2
UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST
TEE 1-1/2 X 1-1/2 X 3/4
UNION 1" CXM
REDUCER FTG 2-1/2"X1-1/2"
ADPTR, FTG 1" FTG X 1/2"F
TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1
VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER
REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING
BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"
TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER
ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4
TEE 1X1X 3/4 CXCXC
NIPPLE, 2" NPT X 6"L
ELBOW, 2" STREET45
HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG
FLUID COOLER 2 FAN
THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.
FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT
LABEL, CAUTION
LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 LB
0.0 RL
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
8 REQ’D
4 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
12 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
4 REQ’D, #HOSE BARB
2 REQ’D, #AMPLIFIER CABINETS
(OPTIONAL)
3 REQ’D, #DIELECTRIC LOAD
4 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
15 REQ’D
4 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS
2 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET.
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
2 REQ’D, (#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
2 REQ’D, TEST LOAD
5 REQ’D
4 REQ’D
(OPTIONAL)
2 REQ’D, #USED WITH BALANCE SETTER
2 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
3 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
3 REQ’D
4 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D, (#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
2 REQ’D, #PASSIVE POWER LOAD
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
7-5
917 2336 066
917 2336 112
952 9211 103
992 6742 005
358 2426 000
358 2598 000
358 2635 000
358 3348 000
358 3456 000
358 3463 000
358 3612 000
358 3637 000
359 0495 000
359 1068 000
359 1122 000
359 1123 000
382 0296 000
384 0431 000
384 0694 000
384 0695 000
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 113
026 6010 001
041 1310 025
041 1310 030
055 0120 230
055 0120 232
055 0120 319
063 1030 021
335 0106 000
354 0197 000
357 0038 000
358 1316 000
358 1761 000
358 1823 000
358 1974 000
384 0702 000
384 0842 000
398 0324 000
398 0476 000
402 0024 000
402 0130 000
404 0578 000
404 0661 000
404 0695 000
410 0391 000
424 0033 000
424 0382 000
432 0316 000
442 0041 000
448 0224 000
472 0622 000
7-6
ADAPTER THERMOSTAT
LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,
KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 1 TUBE
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M
DESCRIPTION
TUBING POLYPROPYLENE
NYLON, PROFILE .500 WIDE
RUB SILICONE SPONGE
GASKET, RUBBER
CONDUIT 3/4 IN.
CONN, STRAIGHT 3/4
CONN 90 DEG INSULATED 3/4
* PIPE SEALANT “PST”
WASHER PLAIN .187 ID
CONNECTOR SET SCREW TYPE
BUSHING TEFLON
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 24
CLAMP ADJ.
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 48
SPEED NUT 10-32
PLUG, WHITE 2" HOLE
CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY
CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN
HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.
CARTRIDGE FILTER 10MICRON
SEAL, TOGGLE SWITCH
PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)
PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MTG
SNUBBER, PRESSURE
BULKHEAD FITTING 2"
CONNECTOR, FEMALE
ELBOW MALE SWIVEL 90 DEG
IC, LM340K-12 ESD
RECT. 1N4001 ESD
LED RED CART 12V
LED GREEN CART 12V ESD
RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD
LED AMBER CART 12V
FUSE, 1.5A
FUSE, 5A, 600V
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE HOLDER, 3 POLE
SOCKET RELAY, 4PDT
SOCKET, TRANSISTOR TO-3
HEAT SINK FOR TO-3 CASE
INSULATOR TRANSISTOR T03
GROMMET 1-1/16 MTG D
WASHER, RUBBER
PUMP, WATER 60HZ 3 PH
THERMOMETER DIAL
HANDLE ALUM
XFMR CTL 115/230V 50/60HZ
Table 7-3. GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT - 992 6742 005
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
23.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (ag)
7.0 FT
0.750 FT
0.1140 RL
10.670 FT #BETWEEN FRONT PANELS
6.670 FT
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
12.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
44.0 EA
#USE AS REQ
K007
#PUMPS
#U001
#PIPE MTG ANGLES
#PIPE MTG ANGLES
#PIPE MTG ANGLES
USED AS TIES FOR CABLE
#TB1
#TB1
#TANK OUTLET INLET
#M001
#M001
U001
CR002 CR003
DS005 DS006
DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004
CR001
DS007
F001
F002 F003 F004
XF001
XF002 3 4
XK003 XK004
XU001
#U001
#U001
#LEVEL SW
B001 B002
M002
T002
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
472 1047 000
522 0531 000
524 0147 000
524 0150 000
530 0088 000
530 0094 000
540 0287 000
540 0611 000
560 0035 000
570 0279 000
740 1059 000
817 2336 123
822 0218 001
822 0741 039
843 5396 221
852 9190 609
922 0965 152
922 0965 153
922 1295 019
922 1297 054
943 4578 001
952 9190 600
952 9190 607
952 9190 608
952 9190 610
952 9190 611
574 0156 000
582 0056 000
584 0273 000
604 1060 000
604 1129 000
604 1170 000
614 0048 000
614 0059 000
614 0132 000
614 0718 000
614 0915 000
614 0920 000
614 0921 010
620 2726 000
646 0665 000
646 1483 000
952 9190 612
952 9190 618
952 9190 619
952 9190 620
952 9190 627
952 9190 628
952 9190 630
994 9659 011
999 2418 001
999 2819 001
XFMR, CTL, STEP DOWN, 1 PHASE
CAP 1UF 50V 20%
CAP 2600UF 50V
CAP 6000 UF 50V
BRACKET, CAP, 2" ID
BRACKET, CAP, 1.375"ID
* RES 13 OHM 1W 5%
* RES 1K OHM 2W 5%
MOV 4500A 35J 130 VAC
CNTOR 40A 600V 3P
RELAY 12VDC 4PDT
RELAY, OVERLOAD 3P 600V
HEATER B55
SWITCH, TGL DP ON OFF ON
SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL
SWITCH, DISCONNECT 480V
TERM BD 4 TERM
TERM BD 15 TERM
TERM STRIP 2 TERM
JUMPER MODEL 601-J/141J
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282
MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10
GAUGE,PRESSURE 3.5IN DIAL
INSPECTION LABEL
HARRIS NAMEPLATE
MON, PH 430-480V 3PH
RUNNING SHT, PUMP MODULE
STRAP, GND
BRKT, U1 MTG
WIRING DIAG, PUMP MODULE,
OUTLINE DWG, IOT PUMP MOD
FITTING, LEVEL SWITCH
SHIELD, LEVEL SWITCH
SHIELD, DEFLECTOR
RAIL, 4"
PUMP DISCHARGE ASSY
CABINET ASSY
VORTEX PLATE 2" OUTLET
ENCLOSURE, TOP TANK
TANK RETURN ASSY
PUMP INLET ASSY
TANK, MODIFIED, 30 GAL
ANGLE PIPE SUPPORT
TOP ELECTRICAL PANEL
PANEL, LOWER ELECTRICAL
SIDE PANELS
BLANK PANEL
CABLE ASSY
KIT, ADVANCED SPARES PUMP
HARDWARE LIST, PUMP MODULE
WIRE/TUBING LIST
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
7.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
K007
#XU001
TB003
TB1
#TANK OUTLET
#PIPE SUPPORTS
T001
C003
C002
C001
#C001
#C002
R002
R001
RV001 RV002
K001
K002
K003 K004
K005 K006
HR001 HR002 HR003 HR004 HR005 HR006
S001
S002
TB003
TB002
TS001
#TB1
#TB1
#TB1
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-7
354 0338 000
354 0567 000
354 0700 000
358 3192 000
464 0242 000
464 0253 000
614 0842 000
614 0844 000
690 0016 000
917 2336 023
917 2336 024
917 2501 103
922 1311 003
992 3660 001
992 9830 032
994 8442 001
994 8442 006
HARRIS P/N
003 4010 050
296 0350 000
302 0532 000
308 0013 000
314 0015 000
354 0005 000
354 0006 000
354 0011 000
354 0015 000
354 0016 000
354 0017 000
354 0027 000
354 0245 000
354 0254 000
354 0325 000
HARRIS P/N
556 0046 000
556 0047 000
556 0048 000
556 0049 000
556 0051 000
HARRIS P/N
358 3000 000
358 3611 000
358 3612 000
614 0915 000
614 0916 000
614 0917 000
7-8
Table 7-4. INSTALL MATL, 1-TUBE IOT - 992 8723 001
DESCRIPTION
CU, STRAP .020 X 4"
TUBING, ZIPPER .625
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
TERM LUG RED SPADE 6
TERM LUG RED SPADE 8
LUG BLUE RING .25
LUG BLUE SPADE 6
LUG BLUE SPADE 8
LUG BLUE SPADE 10
TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8
TERM LUG YEL RING 10
LUG .25 RING YEL
LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG
LUG 4 RING RED
TERMINAL 3/8 RING
LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG
EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.
CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON
PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING
TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A
TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A
DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY
CABINET CLAMP
CABINET CLAMP
INSTL, MTL, WIRE, USA 30/40KW
CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,
KIT, HARDWARE
KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR
KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE
KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE
1.0 BX
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
50.0 EA
10.0 EA
10.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (u)
105.0 FT
100.0 FT
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
10.0 EA
10.0 EA
# SIGMA CDII
Table 7-5. KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR - 992 9830 032
DESCRIPTION
PAD, FXD 50 OHM 2DB
PAD, FXD 50 OHM 3DB
PAD, FXD 50 OHM 5DB
PAD, FXD 50 OHM 6DB
PAD, FXD 50 OHM 10DB
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-6. TERM ASSY, X3, 480V 60HZ - 939 8205 045
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT
PLATE, END COVER (280, 3-COND)
PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 280
TERM BLK, 3C MODULAR 280
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
7.0 EA X3-012 X3-013 X3-014 X3-015A X3-016 X3-
017 X3-015B
3.0 EA
13.0 EA
X3-011A X3-011B X3-011C
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
614 0919 000
614 0920 000
614 0921 010
614 0921 020
614 0923 000
839 8205 045
922 1297 050
HARRIS P/N
358 2598 000
358 3611 000
358 3637 000
384 0859 000
384 0860 000
398 0368 000
402 0130 000
404 0848 000
404 0863 000
424 0011 000
442 0123 000
448 0983 000
472 1724 000
542 1006 000
560 0054 000
570 0345 000
570 0346 000
570 0347 000
574 0405 000
604 0991 000
604 1207 000
606 0953 000
606 0954 000
606 0955 000
606 0972 000
612 1406 000
614 0835 000
614 0836 000
614 0917 000
614 0921 010
817 2336 016
839 8205 044
917 2336 019
992 8724 004
992 8817 001
992 9882 001
999 2787 001
JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 280
JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282
MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10
MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 11-20
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
ASSY INSTR, X3, 480V 60HZ
RAIL, DIN MOUNTING
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.20 EA
0.30 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
X3-001 X3-002 X3-003 X3-004 X3-005 X3-006
X3-007 X3-008 X3-009 X3-010A X3-019 X3-020
#X-010
#X-015
X3-018A X3-018B
Table 7-7. BASIC LINE CONTROL CAB - 992 8724 003
DESCRIPTION
CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY
PLATE, END COVER (280, 3-COND)
PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MTG
LED RED CART 24V ESD
LED GREEN CART 24V ESD
FUSE, CART 2A 600V
FUSE HOLDER, 3 POLE
RELAY SOCKET MODULE
SOCKET, RELAY 11 PIN
GROMMET 1-1/4 MTG DI
THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.
*LOCK SPEC 822-1203-049
XFMR, PWR CNTL 24V SEC
RES 5.4 OHM 766W 10%
MOV 4500A 25J 95 VAC
CONTACTOR 3 POLE VACUUM
CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 190A
CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 65A
RELAY 3PDT 120VAC 50/60HZ
SW, PB, MOM, SPDT
SWITCH, DISCONNECT
CKT BREAKER 15A 3 POLE
CKT BREAKER 30A 3 POLE
OPERATOR, ELECT; CKT BREAKER
CKT BREAKER, MICRO CTLR, 3POLE
HOUSING, CAP 3 CKT
PWR DISTRIBUTION BLOCK
PWR DISTRIBUTION BLOCK
TERM BLK, 3C MODULAR 280
MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10
RUNNING LIST,LINE CONTROL
SCH, MOTORIZED BREAKER CKT
CABLE W1 LINE CONTROL CAB
FAB PKG, LINE CONTROL CAB
SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY
PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR
WIRE/TUBING LIST. BASIC
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (w)
20.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
#X006
#X006 #A001
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
H004
H001 H002 H003
F001 F002 F003
XF
XA001
#K004
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
S001 S002 S003
T001
R001 R002
R003
R010
K003
K002
K001
K004
S004
S005
Q003
Q002
M001 #Q001
Q001
#X007
X004
X001 X002
X6-1 X6-2 X6-3 X6-4 X6-5
#X006
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
A001
A3
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-9
HARRIS P/N
336 1198 000
610 1103 000
839 8121 030
922 1206 018
939 8121 063
992 8818 001
HARRIS P/N
354 0309 000
380 0805 000
382 0624 000
382 1359 000
384 0431 000
386 0082 000
386 0100 000
404 0673 000
516 0530 000
522 0531 000
540 0604 000
548 2400 201
548 2400 301
548 2400 401
839 8121 030
839 8121 031
HARRIS P/N
358 3383 000
380 0773 000
382 0626 000
382 0662 000
382 1070 000
382 1585 000
384 0597 000
384 0837 000
384 0903 000
384 0904 000
384 0967 000
404 0674 000
404 0675 000
516 0435 000
516 0453 000
516 0530 000
522 0548 000
522 0574 000
548 2400 269
548 2400 301
548 2400 368
7-10
Table 7-8. SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY - 992 8817 001
DESCRIPTION
SCREW 6-32 X 1/4
HEADER FOR OCTAL SOCKET
SCHEM, SOLID STATE RELAY
COVER, SS RELAY
CHASSIS, SS RELAY
PC BD ASSY, SOLID STATE
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
X001
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-9. PC BD ASSY, SOLID STATE - 992 8818 001
DESCRIPTION
TERM SOLDER
N-MOSFET IRFPC60 ESD
IC, CT6 ESD
IC TC4421CPA ESD
RECT. 1N4001 ESD
ZENER, 1N4744A 15V 1W 5% ESD
ZENER, 1N4747A 20V ESD
SOCKET 8 PIN DIP (DL)
CAP .01UF 10% 100V X7R
CAP 1UF 50V 20%
* RES 510 OHM 2W 5%
RES 100 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1%
SCHEM, SOLID STATE RELAY
PWB, SOLID STATE RELAY
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
A001
A002
V002
V003
V004
XA001 XA002
C001
C002
R002
R006
R001 R003
R004 R005
1.0 EA
Table 7-10. PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR - 992 9882 001
DESCRIPTION
JUMPER, 0.1" LG, 0.125" H
XSTR FET BS170 N-CHL ESD
IC, 4093B/14093B ESD
IC, MC14013BCP CMOS ESD
IC, ILQ-1 OPTO-ISOLATOR ESD
IC, LM7812 ESD
RECT 1N4002 ESD
TRANSZORB 1N6376 12V 5W ESD
LED, RED, T-1 ESD
LED, GRN, T-1 ESD
TRANSZORB 33V DIRECTIONAL ESD
SOCKET 14 PIN DIP (D-L)
SOCKET IC 16 CONT
CAP .05UF 100V 20%
CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R
CAP .01UF 10% 100V X7R
CAP 10UF 50V 20%
CAP 22UF 50V 20%
RES 511 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 4.99K OHM 1/2W 1%
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)
1.0 EA JP001: INSTALL POS 1—2
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
Q001 Q002
U004
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
11.0 EA
U003
U002
U001
CR003 CR004 CR005 CR006 CR007 CR008
CR009 CR010 CR011 CR013 CR014
CR012
DS002
DS001 DS003
CR001 CR002
XU003 XU004
XU002
C006
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
7.0 EA
5.0 EA
C002 C003 C004
C007 C008 C009 C010
C005 C011 C012
C001
R014 R015
R001 R002 R003 R004 R005 R006 R007
R009 R010 R011
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
548 2400 401
548 2400 468
548 2400 630
574 0497 000
614 0745 000
843 5466 771
843 5466 773
HARRIS P/N
384 0859 000
384 0860 000
398 0368 000
442 0123 000
472 1724 000
542 1006 000
560 0054 000
570 0345 000
570 0346 000
570 0347 000
574 0405 000
574 0498 000
604 0991 000
604 1207 000
606 0953 000
606 0954 000
606 0955 000
606 0972 000
992 8817 001
992 9882 001
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 040
003 8020 050
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
299 0018 000
358 2765 000
358 2766 000
358 2767 000
358 3348 000
359 0192 000
359 0230 000
359 0270 000
359 0324 000
359 0435 000
359 0890 000
359 0891 000
359 0999 000
359 1010 000
RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 49.9K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 2MEG OHM 1/2W 1%
RELAY 2PDT 24VDC 2AMP
TERM BD 12C 1ROW PC MT
SCH, REMOTE SHUNT RESET
PWB, REMOTE SHUNT RESET
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
R012 R013
R016 R017
R018 R019
R008
K001 K002
TB001
Table 7-11. KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB - 994 9797 013
DESCRIPTION
LED RED CART 24V ESD
LED GREEN CART 24V ESD
FUSE, CART 2A 600V
THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.
XFMR, PWR CNTL 24V SEC
RES 5.4 OHM 766W 10%
MOV 4500A 25J 95 VAC
CONTACTOR 3 POLE VACUUM
CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 190A
CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 65A
RELAY 3PDT 120VAC 50/60HZ
RELAY, PHASE PROTECTION
SW, PB, MOM, SPDT
SWITCH, DISCONNECT
CKT BREAKER 15A 3 POLE
CKT BREAKER 30A 3 POLE
OPERATOR, ELECT; CKT BREAKER
CKT BREAKER, MICRO CTLR, 3POLE
SOLID STATE RELAY ASSY
PWA, REMOTE SHUNT RESET FOR
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-12. CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY - 992 8812 001
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 1.5 NOM DIA
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON
HYDROMETER
HYDROMETER
CYLINDER,HYDROMETER
HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.
ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC
TEE 1.5"C X 1.5"C X 1.0"C
ADAPTER, FEMALE
VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE
UNION C X M 1-1/2 IN
ELBOW 90 DEG 1-1/2 X 1
TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1
BOILER DRAIN VALVE
TEE, 1-1/2 X 1-1/2 X 3/4
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
21.0 FT
5.250 FT
1.0 LB
1.0 EA
1.0 RL
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-11
442 0092 000
442 0093 000
442 0109 000
629 0036 000
646 1488 000
843 5396 160
358 1131 000
358 1891 000
358 1895 000
358 1896 000
358 2160 000
358 2188 000
358 2202 000
358 2472 000
358 3038 000
358 3564 000
358 3598 000
358 3700 000
359 1049 000
359 1051 000
359 1053 000
359 1055 000
464 0055 000
464 0056 000
690 0017 000
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 013
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
086 0004 060
302 0318 000
302 0319 000
302 0320 000
302 0338 000
306 0034 000
306 0047 000
310 0011 000
310 0026 000
314 0011 000
314 0015 000
358 1127 000
HARRIS P/N
252 0003 000
398 0017 000
402 0024 000
439 0011 000
604 0395 000
614 0102 000
PROBE, TEMP 300 DEG F MAX
THERMISTOR CABLE EXT 50’
THERM DGTL -40 DEG F TO
ROTAMETER
LABEL, CAUTION
ASSY INSTR, CALORIMETRY
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
Table 7-13. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 012
DESCRIPTION
RUBBER SPONGE 3/8
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2
NUT, HEX 1/2-13
NUT, HEX 3/8-16
WASHER, FLAT 3/8
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG
NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16
ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16
NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13
ROD 1/2-13 THREADED
CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG
FLAT PLATE FITTING
NUT COUPLER 3/8-16
FLAT PLATE FITTING
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION
ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE
CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION
PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN
SETTING TOOL
DRILL MASONARY
PIPE JOINT COMPOUND
60.0 EA
0.0 EA
20.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
40.0 EA
5.0 EA
10.0 EA
2.0 EA
14.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)
4.0 FT #PIPE HANGERS
1.0 LB
1.0 EA
1.80 TZ
100.0 EA
0.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
130.0 EA
130.0 EA
150.0 EA
150.0 EA
150.0 EA
150.0 EA
15.0 EA
Table 7-14. ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR - 992 9508 001
DESCRIPTION
WIRE, STRD 20AWG WHT
FUSE, FAST CART 1A 250V
FUSE HOLDER
CONTROLLER,AUTOCHANGEOVER
SW, TGL DPDT
TERM BD 12 TERM
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (d)
10.0 FT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
F001
XF001
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
#MANUAL OVERRIDE
TB001
7-12 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
751 9621 000
822 1186 080
839 8106 078
922 1186 079
922 1186 081
939 8106 081
988 2394 001
JUNCTION BOX 10X8X4"
INSTR, MODIFIED BOX
WIRING DIAG, UNIT
COVER, FRONT, AUTOCHGOVER UNIT
HINGE AUTO/CHANGEOVER BOX
PLATE MTG AUTO/CHGOVER
DP, PUMP MODULE WITH AUTOMATIC
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
484 0462 000
620 2957 008
620 2957 009
620 2957 010
620 2957 011
620 2974 000
620 2975 000
620 2976 000
620 2977 000
917 2300 133
952 9215 136
992 9821 001
992 9822 002
992 9824 002
992 9830 002
992 9830 016
HARRIS P/N
378 0196 000
378 0198 000
378 0213 000
378 0214 000
3913-466-56810
3913-466-59680
432 0393 000
484 0441 000
484 0442 000
484 0443 000
484 0461 000
992 9830 017
992 9830 020
992 9830 021
Table 7-15. XMTR-Q, CD70P1/CD100P1 - 994 9648 004
DESCRIPTION
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW
KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3
KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3
3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5
*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4
BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ
NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL
BLANK PANEL, 6 RACK UNITS
CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)
KIT, EEV FITTINGS
KIT, SINGLE IPA
KIT, DUAL IPA
KIT, DUAL EXCITER
KIT, SINGLE EXCITER
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (w)
0.0 EA ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD70P1 OR DROP SHIP-
0.0 EA
MENTS. EEV
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD100P1 OR DROP
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. EEV
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD70P1 OR DROP SHIP-
MENTS. CPI
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CD100P1 OR DROP
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. CPI
SELECT ONE FOR 626-860 MHZ
SELECT ONE FOR 470-636 MHZ
CHOOSE 1 FOR HIGH ALT.
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-34
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 35-52
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 53-69
ORDER QTY 1 FOR
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
CH 14 TO 43
ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44 TO 78
ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26
ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44
ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69
ORDER QTY 2 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77
ORDER QTY 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR
DUAL IPA CH 14-26
ORDER 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 27-40
ORDER 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 41-57
ORDER 4 FOR SINGLE IPA, 8 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 58-77
1.0 EA
1.0 EA 1 USED IN CONTROL
CABINET WITHOUT MODE CONTROL
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
ORDER 1 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER QTY 1 WHEN USED WITH EEV
70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 26 &
LOWER
ORDER QTY 1 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL
POWERS & CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 27
& UP
ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER
ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-13
992 9830 026
992 9830 027
992 9830 030
994 9785 001
KIT, CPI ASSY
KIT, ASSY, EEV
KIT, CPI FITTINGS
EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
ORDER 1 FOR CPI TUBES
ORDER 1 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER 1 FOR CPI
TUBES
ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2
FOR DUAL EXCITERS QUINCY WILL FOR-
MAT TO CHANNEL
HARRIS P/N
026 6010 003
041 1310 030
041 6030 010
2422-137-00057
2422-137-00058
250 0508 000
296 0253 000
302 0141 100
302 0143 100
302 0144 100
302 0145 100
302 0213 100
302 0215 100
354 0658 000
354 0880 000
358 0473 000
358 2598 000
358 3434 000
359 1202 000
424 0003 000
424 0586 000
426 0077 000
432 0392 000
448 0986 000
472 1710 000
472 1711 000
472 1771 000
508 0581 000
540 1217 000
542 1656 000
552 0999 000
604 1044 000
650 0304 000
839 7900 073
913 5001 107
917 2462 054
917 2462 057
917 2506 014
917 2506 035
917 2506 050
917 2506 054
Table 7-16. CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+ - 992 9821 001
DESCRIPTION
GROMMET STRIP, 0.125
GASKET, RUBBER
RUBBER CHANNEL X650
MAGNET PROXIMITY
SWITCH PROXIMITY SPST N/O
CABLE FIBER OPTIC
TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE
SCR, 10-32 X 3/8
SCR, 10-32 X 1/2
SCR, 10-32 X 5/8
SCR, 10-32 X 3/4
SCR, 1/4-20 X 1/2
SCR, 1/4-20 X 3/4
TERMINAL PRESSURE
SPLICE, CAGE-CLAMP, 20-16AWG
CLAMP, HOSE
CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
NIPPLE 1.5 NPT X 2.5 L
GROMMET 1/2 MTG DIA
HOSE BLACK 2" ID
ISOLATION MOUNT
BLOWER REGENERATIVE 1HP
FILTER,HIGH EFF,STYLE 192
XFMR, FIL 8.9V 33A SEC
XFMR, FIL 6.4V 30A SEC
*XFMR, GRID BIAS & ION PUMP
CAP 0.05UF 2000A
RES 22.0 OHM 50W 10%
RES 4.7 OHM 12W 5%
RHEO, DUAL 50 OHM, 100W
SW, INTLK DPDT
LEVER, HANDLE BLACK 80MM
BRKT, INTERLOCK
STANDOFF HEX 1/4-20 X
SLUG, CORONA REDUCER
CABLE, GROUND
ADAPTOR
CABLE, PA REAR CABINET
STANDOFF
CONNECTOR, BACKPLANE
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 FT
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (ay)
3.730 FT
7.30 FT
1.050 FT
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
9.0 EA
1.50 FT
S011 S012
S011 S012
4.0 EA
13.0 EA
8.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
INTERLOCK SWITCH COVER
(5) EARTH SUPPORT, (4) EARTHING ASSY
MTG, (4) SWITCH ASSY MTG
(4) 8-WAY DUMP LOAD, (4) 3-WAY DUMP
LOAD
C6 CLAMP
(2) MULTIPIER PWA MTG, (2) XFMR AD, (2)
XFMR AB
(6) ISO P/S MTG
S011 S012
S011 S012
INT AIR
INT AIR
INT AIR
INT AIR
C006
R011
R005
S001 S002 S003
CROWBAR
7-14 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
939 8205 036
943 5496 044
943 5496 045
943 5496 051
952 9215 002
952 9215 057
952 9215 067
952 9215 068
952 9215 069
952 9215 070
952 9215 071
952 9215 073
952 9215 074
952 9215 082
952 9215 083
952 9215 118
917 2506 084
917 2506 103
922 1297 022
922 1297 032
922 1297 033
922 1297 035
922 1297 044
922 1297 045
922 1297 056
939 8205 016
939 8205 017
939 8205 018
939 8205 021
939 8205 022
939 8205 025
939 8205 031
952 9215 175
992 8744 001
992 9087 001
992 9737 103
992 9825 001
992 9830 001
992 9883 004
992 9883 007
992 9883 008
992 9883 009
992 9883 010
HARRIS P/N
296 0253 000
296 0310 000
354 0050 000
354 0140 000
358 3134 000
358 3136 000
358 3434 000
384 0614 000
7/15/02
STANDOFF, HEATSINK MTG
CLIP, 1" RESISTOR, .25 DIA MTG
CLAMP
COVER, SWITCH HOUSING
SPACER
SEAL POT MTG
PILLAR EARTHING
PILLAR, ISOLATED
PLATE
SUPPORT
SEAL BOTTOM REAR
SEAL TOP REAR
TRANSIT BLOCK ISO PWR SUPPLY
COVER, BODY, CURRENT MONITOR
HOUSING, SWITCH
PLATE, SUPPORT
CLAMP
PLATE
CLAMP
ASSY, HOUSING
SYSTEM, INTERLOCK & EARTHING
ASSY, CAB, WELDMENT REAR
STRAP
STRAP
STRAP
PLATE EARTHING SUPPORT
PANEL RIGHT DIVIDE REAR
PANEL, RIGHT, REAR CABINET
PANEL, LEFT, REAR CABINET
STRAP
STRAP
FOAM, REAR CABINET
PANEL LEFT DIVIDE REAR
BODY CURRENT MONITORING
*PWA, METER MULTIPLYER
*ASSY, 8-WAY DUMP LOAD
ASSY, CROWBAR, SIGMA+
ASSEMBLY, SWITCH
KIT, EARTH WAND
ASSY, HOUSING
ASSY, REAR DOOR
ASSY, WINDOW
ASSY, REAR DOOR W/WINDOW
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
HEATSINK MTG
CROWBAR
INT AIR
INT AIR
INT AIR
OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE
Table 7-17. BODY CURRENT MONITORING - 992 8744 001
DESCRIPTION
TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE
TUBING TEFLON 20 AWG
LUG 10 MTG HOLE
LUG SLDR .25 HOLE
STUD, BRS 1/4-20 X 1-3/4
STUD, BRS 1/4-20 X 2-1/4
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
RECT 70HF40
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)
0.130 FT
0.160 FT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-15
384 0674 000
402 0001 000
506 0275 000
522 0326 000
522 0616 000
542 1628 000
638 0030 000
917 2506 048
917 2506 116
917 2506 117
939 8121 059
HARRIS P/N
302 0141 100
302 0143 100
302 0213 100
302 0214 100
302 0215 100
354 0002 000
354 0004 000
354 0140 000
354 0145 000
354 0146 000
354 0325 000
354 0669 000
354 0728 000
358 2598 000
358 3455 000
378 0170 000
402 0003 000
402 0200 000
424 0012 000
424 0023 000
430 0234 000
442 0132 000
472 1730 000
472 1738 000
516 0074 000
516 0562 000
516 0986 000
540 1541 000
540 1600 001
542 1636 000
542 1638 000
542 1645 000
542 1646 000
542 1648 000
546 0324 000
612 1451 000
612 1477 000
7-16
RECTIFIER 70A 400 PIV ESD
CLIP, FUSE 1.062 60A 600V
CAP 1UF 250V 20%
CAP 100UF 50V 20%
CAP 6800UF 50V ELECT
RES 1 OHM 10% 180W W/W
SHUNT 5A 75MV CLASS 1.0
STANDOFF, ISO PWR SUPPLY
STANDOFF, .75 DIA X 1.3L, G10
CABLE, BODY/COLLECTOR
PLATE
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-18. ASSY, CROWBAR, SIGMA+ - 992 9825 001
DESCRIPTION
SCR, 10-32 X 3/8
SCR, 10-32 X 1/2
SCR, 1/4-20 X 1/2
SCR, 1/4-20 X 5/8
SCR, 1/4-20 X 3/4
LUG, #8 RING RED 22-18AWG
LUG .25 RING RED 22-18AWG
LUG SLDR .25 HOLE
LUG SHAKE .150 MTG
LUG SHAKE .176 MTG
LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG
TERM 250 FEM RED 22-18
TERM, 110 FEM RED 22-18
CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY
STANDOFFS, HEX, 3/8
THYRATRON, CERAMIC
CLIP, FUSE .562 30A 250V
CLIP FUSE 1 INCH
GROMMET 1/4 MTG DIA
GROMMET 1 IN MTG DIA
FAN 12VDC 80MM
SWITCH, THERMAL, NO
XFMR, CURRENT 60 TURN CT1
XFMR STEP-UP 50/60HZ
CAP, DISC .005UF 1KV 20%
CAP, 2200PF 6000V
CAP, 460PF 30KV +80/-20%
RES 40 OHM 75W 20% 8"X1"D
RES 1 OHM 3W 5%
RES 100 OHM 12W 5%
RES 470 OHM 12W 5%
RES 22 OHM 2.5W 5%
RES 33 OHM 2.5W 5%
RES 100 OHM 2.5W 5%
RES, 25 MEG 45KV 23W 10%
FEMALE CONNECTOR, 4C
CONNECTOR, FEMALE, 2C,
4.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (t)
7.0 EA (3) CORONA SHIELD, (4) FDUZ SCREEN
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
THYRATRON/STANDOFF
(1) RESISTOR/ POST, (1) SHIELD MTG AN-
4.0 EA
GLE
(1) POST/MTG BRACKET, (1) XFMR/ANGLE,
(2) CATHODE
(1) HV-VE INPUT, (4) POST/MTG BRACKET 5.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
U001
S001
CT001
T002
C005 USED ON METER
C002 C003 C004
C001
R007 R008
R012
R009
R010
R005
R002
R001
R006
R003 R004
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
612 1528 000
614 0159 000
620 2973 000
632 1203 000
843 5496 039
917 2462 053
917 2462 055
917 2506 026
917 2506 027
917 2506 028
917 2506 030
917 2506 032
922 1297 039
922 1297 040
939 8205 032
939 8205 033
939 8205 034
939 8205 035
939 8205 038
943 5496 031
943 5496 032
943 5496 033
952 9202 160
992 8748 002
992 8815 002
999 2903 001
PLUG, FEMALE, 3C STRAIGHT
TERM STRIP 3 TERM
JACK, ISOLATED BULKHEAD, BNC
METER TO SPEC, 0-10V
SCHEMATIC, CROWBAR ASSEMBLY
DISC, CORONA REDUCER
ANGLE, CORONA SHIELD MTG
STUD
BUSHING
STUD
ANGLE TEMP SENSOR MTG
PLATE CORONA SHIELD
CORONA BUSTER CROWBAR
CORONA BUSTER
POST
POST
POST
ANGLE
POST
MTG BRACKET
SCREEN
PLINTH
BRACKET, RESISTOR MTG
*PWA, THYROTRON INTERFACE
*PWA, IOT FDU2
WIRE/TUBING LIST, CROWBAR,
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
M001
HARRIS P/N
302 0510 000
3913-463-13670
3913-467-02300
598 0461 000
604 1168 000
917 2506 051
917 2506 052
917 2506 053
939 8205 026
Table 7-19. ASSEMBLY, SWITCH - 992 9830 001
DESCRIPTION
SCR, 1/4-20 X 1-1/2
*SPRING, TENSION
*LOCK, MODIFIED
ACTUATOR MICRO/SW ROLLER
SW MICRO 1POL 10A
BAR, LOCKING, SWITCH ASSY
LEVER, SWTICH ASSY
PILLAR, SWITCH ASSY
SWITCH SUPPORT
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
350 0037 000
430 0241 000
430 0242 000
922 1297 041
939 8205 024
952 9215 077
952 9215 078
952 9215 079
952 9215 080
Table 7-20. ASSY, HOUSING - 992 9883 007
DESCRIPTION
RIVET POP .125X.265
FAN GUARD
FAN 230V A/C 50/60HZ
FILTER
SEAL REAR
MOUNT, FILTER HOUSING ASSY
GUARD, FILTER HOUSING ASSY
PLATE, FILTER HOUSING ASSY
PANEL, FILTER HOUSING ASSY
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)
20.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-17
614 0787 000
614 0789 000
614 0892 000
646 1253 201
646 1483 000
917 2413 350
917 2506 009
917 2506 010
917 2506 036
917 2506 039
917 2506 067
917 2506 068
922 1297 009
922 1297 021
939 8205 001
939 8205 006
939 8205 007
939 8205 008
939 8205 009
939 8205 010
939 8205 011
939 8205 012
396 0252 000
406 0525 000
424 0005 000
424 0006 000
424 0022 000
430 0031 000
430 0190 000
448 1026 000
448 1125 000
522 0529 000
548 2400 151
552 0999 000
552 1000 000
604 0447 000
604 1005 000
604 1154 000
HARRIS P/N
026 6010 003
041 1310 030
2413-015-11064
296 0344 000
357 0089 000
358 0473 000
358 2598 000
358 2628 000
358 2635 000
358 2995 000
358 2996 000
358 3385 000
358 3490 000
358 3491 000
359 0180 000
Table 7-21. CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+ - 992 9822 002
DESCRIPTION
GROMMET STRIP, 0.125
GASKET, RUBBER
CLIP EARTH ADJ 12-32MM
TUBG, POLYETHYLENE 1/4 OD
GUIDE, MODULE
CLAMP, HOSE
CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY
CABLE PUSH MOUNT
CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN
END PLATE, 261 TERM BD
END PLATE, 262 TERM BD
PIN QUICK RELEASE 1/4X4.0
END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK
END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK
ELBOW MALE 90 DEG
LAMP, 28V 0.17 AMP +/-10%
LAMPHOLDER, BAYONET BASE
GROMMET 3/4 MTG DIA
GROMMET 13/16 MTG DI
GROMMET 3/4 MTG DIA
FAN CARAVEL CL3T2/020191
FAN GUARD 10"
HINGE, METAL LIFT-OFF
LATCH, RAISED, ADJ LEVER
CAP 470UF 50V 20%
RES 33.2 OHM 1/2W 1%
RHEO, DUAL 50 OHM, 100W
RHEOSTAT, TANDEM 150 OHM
SW, PRESS.
SW, AIR PRESSURE
THERMOSWITCH NC 70 DEG C
TERM BD, 4C MODULAR 261
TERM BD, 4C MODULAR 262
TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT
LABEL, WARNING
HARRIS NAMEPLATE
CARRIER RAIL, 4.6"
SPACER FRONT
SPACER HU METERS
HANGER, INPUT BOX
CLAMP, PLUMBING
CABLE, AC DISTRIBUTION LINEAR
CABLE, PA FRONT LINEAR
BLOCK, DOOR PIVOT
ASSY, SPIGOT DOOR PIN
FOAM, SIDE PANELS
WASHER PLATE
WEDGE LOCATOR
BRACKET, LOCATOR
SEAL BTM RIGHT
SEAL BTM LEFT
SEAL TOP LEFT
SEAL TOP RIGHT
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (am)
4.0 FT
2.0 FT
3.0 EA
CUT 3 FOOT AND 1 FOOT 4.0 FT
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
#TB012
#TB012
ROOF FLUSHING
ROOF FLUSHING
R002, R003
R001
IOT AIR S007
IPA AIR S006
S004 S005
#TB012
#TB012
7-18 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
952 9215 054
952 9215 055
952 9215 153
952 9215 154
952 9215 155
952 9215 176
952 9215 179
992 8734 001
992 9384 001
992 9476 001
992 9478 119
992 9830 011
992 9830 012
992 9830 015
992 9830 019
992 9883 004
939 8205 040
939 8205 064
943 5496 019
943 5496 020
943 5496 022
943 5496 023
943 5496 036
943 5496 055
943 5496 056
943 5496 059
943 5496 060
952 9215 030
952 9215 040
952 9215 047
952 9215 049
952 9215 050
992 9883 005
992 9883 006
992 9883 014
992 9883 015
992 9883 016
992 9883 017
992 9883 018
992 9883 019
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 030
296 0262 000
358 3466 000
426 0081 000
430 0241 000
430 0251 000
614 0885 000
614 0886 000
646 0665 000
939 8121 928
939 8205 062
7/15/02
SUPPORT, MTG, PLUMBING
CLAMP, IPA
COVER HU METERS
WINDOW HU METERS
TRIM FRONT
TROLLY STOP FRONT
ASSY, PLUMBING W/GATE VALVES
SHIELD, POT
ENCLOSURE, I/O
COVER, I/O
CLOSE-OUT, I/O
BLANK PANEL, 4 RACK UNITS
ASSY, WELDMENT, FRONT CAB
PANEL RIGHT
SHELF LOWER
BOX HU METERS
STRAP
STRAP
ANGLE, LEFT
PANEL CENTER
PANEL, LEFT
SHELF UPPER, DUAL IPA
COVER, CB DOOR
*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER
*PWA, IOT 2 INTERFACE
*EMI FILTER
*KIT,MOD RF MUTE RELAY(CFSB81)
COOLING, IPA
ASSY, CONTROL P/S UNIT
ASSY, BASIC FEED FWD
KIT, BOOST AMP
KIT, EARTH WAND
ASSY, DOOR RIGHT FRONT
ASSY, DOOR, LEFT FRONT
ASSY, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY
ASSY, IPA POWER SUPPLY
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
CONTACTOR/CIRCUIT BREAKER DOOR 1.0 EA
ASSY, SW METER/LINEARIZER 1.0 EA
CONTROL & MONITORING(SIGMA CD)
ASSY, TERM BLK CUSTOMER INTFC
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
MR
Table 7-22. COOLING, IPA - 992 9830 011
DESCRIPTION
GASKET, RUBBER
TUBING, SHRINK 1/4 WHITE
END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE
MOUNT, ANTI-VIBRATION (METRIC)
FAN GUARD
FAN CENTRIFUGAL
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C
INSPECTION LABEL
BRACKET, FAN MOUNTING
SUPPORT, IPA COOLING
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)
3.1670 FT
0.1670 FT
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-19
952 9215 177
952 9215 178
999 2916 001
HARRIS P/N
254 0002 000
358 3466 000
560 0111 000
610 1248 000
614 0885 000
614 0886 000
736 0311 000
917 2506 080
943 5496 054
943 5496 057
HARRIS P/N
358 3434 000
618 0757 000
620 0118 000
620 0122 000
620 2868 000
646 0665 000
917 2506 042
917 2506 045
917 2506 105
939 8121 253
939 8205 071
939 8205 072
939 8205 073
939 8205 076
939 8205 078
943 5396 405
952 9215 189
992 9737 102
992 9800 001
999 2919 001
HARRIS P/N
007 4060 084
055 0100 005
086 0001 002
300 1537 000
302 0012 000
302 0105 000
302 0110 000
302 0441 000
310 0012 000
7-20
BOX, IPA COOLING
LID, IPA COOLING
HARDWARE LIST, COOLING IPA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-23. ASSY, CONTROL P/S UNIT - 992 9830 012
DESCRIPTION
WIRE, BUS CU 20AWG
END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE
VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS
MALE CONNECTOR, 8C,
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C
POWER SUPPLY LINEAR
JUMPER PACKAGE, CTLR P/S
SHELF, CONTROL P/S UNIT
COVER, CONTROL P/S UNIT
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
0.10 FT
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-24. ASSY, BASIC FEED FWD - 992 9830 015
DESCRIPTION
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
LINE STRETCHER 8" TRAVEL
ADAPTOR N UG57B/U
ADAPTER, N-PLUG/N-JACK, RT ANG
COUPLER DIRECTIONAL 450-860MHZ
INSPECTION LABEL
COAX PKG, FEED FORWARD
CLAMP, 3DB COUPLER
BRACKET, TUNER SUPPORT
*ASSY, DUAL PROBE, IOT
PLATE, CIRCULATOR MTG
PLATE, INNER MTG
SPACER, CIRCULATOR
PLATE, 6DB MOUNTING
ANGLE, COUPLER MTG
*SINGLE-PROBE IOT
SUPPORT BASE, FEED FORWARD
*ASSY, 40 WATT AMP, SIGMA++
PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP
HARDWARE LIST, BASIC FEED FWD
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)
1.0 EA TUNER SUPPORT
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
PH001, PH002
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
HB002
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
TUNER SUPPORT
U002
U001
OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE
Table 7-25. PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP - 992 9800 001
DESCRIPTION
BRZ, PH FGR STOCK
*THERMAL COMPOUND, 8OZ JAR
*SEALANT, MEDIUM STRENGTH
SCR, 6-32 X 5/16
SCR, 2-56 X 1/4
SCR, 6-32 X 5/16
SCR, 6-32 X 3/4
SCR, 4-40 X 3/8
WASHER FLAT 6
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
R009 R011 R012 R014
2/J002 2/J003
2/PCB 4/COVER
2/U003 2/U004
2/J001
2/PCB
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
HARRIS P/N
382 1608 000
383 0313 000
496 0013 000
515 0046 000
515 0052 000
515 0084 000
515 0137 501
523 0003 101
545 0309 118
545 0309 201
545 0309 211
545 0309 218
545 0309 305
843 5466 531
843 5466 533
312 0047 000
314 0001 000
314 0003 000
314 0005 000
328 0033 000
358 1214 000
358 3406 000
382 1400 000
494 0218 000
544 1677 000
544 1678 000
544 1679 000
550 0932 000
610 1288 000
620 2944 000
646 0665 000
952 9202 139
952 9202 140
992 9800 002
HARRIS P/N
556 0051 000
620 3038 000
917 2506 088
952 9215 191
992 9800 001
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 4
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
WASHER FLAT STEEL
SCREWLOCK, FEMALE
STANDOFF, 6-32 X 7/8"
IC, CA5800 ESD
CHOKE WIDE BAND
RES, 270 OHM, 20W, 2%
RES, 90 OHM, 20W, 2%
RES, 5 OHM, 20W, 2%
POT 5K OHM 2W 10%
PLUG 9 PIN
RECEPTACLE, SMA FLANGE MOUNT
INSPECTION LABEL
BASE FEED FORWARD AMP
BOX FEED FORWARD AMP
PWA, FEED FORWARD AMP SMT
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
10.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R009 R011 R012 R014
2/J002 2/J003
2/J001
2/PCB 4/COVER
2/U003 2/U004
4/PCB
U003 U004
RFC001 RFC002
R009
R011 R012
R014
R005
J001
J002 J003
Table 7-26. PWA, FEED FORWARD AMP SMT - 992 9800 002
DESCRIPTION
IC, ERA-5SM ESD
ATTENUATOR DC CONTROL ESD
IND CHIP .100 UH 10%
*CAP 100PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 330PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 10UF 35V 20% SMT
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 267 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1.5K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
SCH, FEED FORWARD REF AMP
PWB, FEED FORWARD REF AMP
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
1.0 EA U002
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
U001
L001
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
C002 C004 C005 C006 C011 C012
C003
C014
C007 C008
C001 C009 C010 C013
R007
R010 R013
R006
R008
R001 R002 R003 R004
Table 7-27. KIT, BOOST AMP - 992 9830 019
DESCRIPTION
PAD, FXD 50 OHM 10DB
SPLITTER/COMBINER, 3-WAY
CABLES, COAX PKG BOOST AMP
PLATE, LINEARITY BOOST
PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-21
HARRIS P/N
296 0258 000
354 0003 000
356 0087 000
358 0002 000
358 2635 000
384 0761 000
404 0847 000
472 1715 000
524 0352 000
540 0593 000
542 1560 000
548 2400 193
638 0021 000
646 0665 000
917 2506 062
922 1206 020
922 1297 054
952 9202 175
952 9202 176
952 9202 177
952 9202 232
992 8800 001
992 9883 021
999 2906 001
HARRIS P/N
254 0002 000
304 0075 000
328 0033 000
354 0309 000
382 0452 000
384 0205 000
386 0082 000
386 0135 000
386 0181 000
404 0673 000
516 0375 000
522 0578 000
540 0356 000
548 2400 166
548 2400 281
548 2400 569
550 0067 000
578 0021 000
839 8121 028
839 8121 029
Table 7-28. ASSY, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY - 992 9883 014
DESCRIPTION
TUBING TEFLON 19AWG
LUG #10 RING RED 22-18AWG
CABLE TIE TY RAP
BRACKET RESISTOR MTG
CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN
BRIDGE, FW 100A 200V ESD
HEAT SINK, ALUMINUM
XFMR, PWR, 817-2336-013
CAP 37000UF 75WVDC
* RES 180 OHM 2W 5%
* RES 0.05 OHM 110W
RES 90.9 OHM 1/2W 1%
SH, 30A 100MV
INSPECTION LABEL
CABLE, FOCUS POWER SUPPLY
STRAP CONNECTION CAP
RAIL, 4"
SHELF, FOCUS SUPPLY
CLAMP, FOCUS SUPPLY
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
COVER, SAFETY, FOCUS SUPPLY
COVER, SAFETY, FOCUS XFMR
FOCUS CURRENT OVLD ASSY
ASSY, TERM BLK, FOCUS
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
HARDWARE LIST,FOCUS PWR SUPPLY 1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)
0.1250 FT
7.0 EA
9.0 EA
R006 2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
V001
V001
T001
C001 C002 C003
R001 R002 R003
R006
R005 1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
TRANSFORMER COVER
A001
Table 7-29. FOCUS CURRENT OVLD ASSY - 992 8800 001
DESCRIPTION
WIRE, BUS CU 20AWG
NUT, HEX THIN 3/8-32
WASHER FLAT STEEL
TERM SOLDER
IC, LM311/CA311 ESD
DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD
ZENER, 1N4744A 15V 1W 5% ESD
ZENER, 1N4733A 5.1V ESD
ZENER, 1N4739A 9.1V ESD
SOCKET 8 PIN DIP (DL)
CAP .01UF 50V -20/+80% Z5U
CAP 1.0UF 50V 20%
* RES 10K OHM 1W 5%
RES 47.5 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 681 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 511K OHM 1/2W 1%
POT 10K OHM 2W 10%
RELAY DPDT 12V
SCHEM, FOCUS CURRENT OVLD
PWB, FOCUS CURRENT OVLD
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)
0.50 FT
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
12.0 EA E001 E002 E003 E004 E005 E012 E013 E014
E015 E016 E017 E018
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
A001 A002
V006 V007
V001
V002 V003
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
V004 V005
XA001 XA002
C001 C002
C003 C004 C005 C006
C007 C008
R004 R005
R006
R003 R007
R008 R009
R001 R002
K001 K002
7-22 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
HARRIS P/N
296 0372 000
307 0001 080
384 0966 000
736 0310 001
917 2413 503
917 2506 069
917 2506 073
922 1297 055
939 8205 060
952 9215 144
952 9215 145
952 9215 146
952 9215 147
952 9215 182
952 9215 200
992 9502 017
992 9502 056
992 9883 020
HARRIS P/N
358 3000 000
358 3668 000
358 3669 000
614 0795 000
614 0925 000
614 0926 000
614 0927 000
822 1297 059
HARRIS P/N
358 3000 000
358 3448 000
358 3466 000
358 3613 000
384 0702 000
404 0866 000
472 1784 000
542 0054 000
570 0353 000
574 0503 000
582 0064 000
584 0319 000
584 0331 000
584 0335 000
606 0876 000
606 0877 000
7/15/02
Table 7-30. ASSY, IPA POWER SUPPLY - 992 9883 015
DESCRIPTION
SLEEVE, HEATSHRINK BOOT
NUT, STD HEX M8, DIN 934
DIODE, SCHOTTKY 40V 100A ESD
PWR SUPPLY, SW, 32V 2700W
RAIL, CARRIER, 5.6"
CABLE, IPA POWER SUPPLY
SOCKET, MODIFIED
STANDOFF, IPA P/S, SIGMA+
HOUSING, IPA CONNECTIONS
DECK, IPA P/S, SIGMA+
PLATE, IPA P/S, SIGMA+
CLAMP, IPA P/S, SIGMA+
HEATSINK, IPA P/S, SIGMA+
COVER, IPA P/S DECK
COVER, SAFETY, IPA PS
*ASSY,MOV 380/415V(CONTACTOR)
*PWA, FUSE PROTECTION, 15 AMP
ASSY, TERM BLK, IPA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
SOCKET ASSY
PS001, PS002 2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
PS003
PS001 PS002
OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE
Table 7-31. ASSY, TERM BLK, IPA - 992 9883 020
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT
PLATE, END COVER (280, 4-COND)
PLATE, SEPARATOR (281, 4-COND)
JUMPER, HORIZONTAL 281
BLOCK, TERM, FOUR POSITION
BLOCK, FOUR TERM GROUND
BLOCK, TERM, FOUR POSITION
ASSY INSTR, TERM BLK IPA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
0.0 EA
Table 7-32. CONTACTOR/CIRCUIT BREAKER DOOR - 992 9883 016
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT
CLIP, RELAY RETAINING
END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE
PLATE, END COVER (282, 2-COND)
RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD
SKT RELAY 14P PYF14A-E
XFMR CONTACTOR PANEL
RES 10 OHM 5% 12W
CNTOR 25A 600V 7.5HP 3PH
RELAY 110VAC COIL 5A 4PDT
RELAY, OVERLOAD 2.5-4 AMP
CONTACT AUXILIARY
CONTACT BLOCK, AUXILIARY
CONTACT, AUX DPST (NC/NO)
CONTACT AUXILIARY
CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (r)
2.0 EA TB021
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
TB021
V004
#K004
T001
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
11.0 EA
R002
K001 K002 K003 K005 K006
K004
K001
K005
K002
K002
#Q001
6.0 EA
#Q002 #Q003 #Q004 #Q005 #Q006 #Q007
#Q008 #Q009 #Q010 #Q011
Q003 Q004 Q005 Q006 Q010 Q011
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-23
606 0879 000
606 0900 000
606 0957 000
606 0959 000
606 0962 000
614 0883 000
614 0884 000
614 0886 000
614 0915 000
614 0923 000
813 5012 053
917 2506 059
922 1297 003
922 1297 029
952 9215 149
992 9363 002
992 9737 043
999 2914 001
CKT BREAKER 6A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 4A 415VAC
CKT BREAKER 0.25 AMP 1 POLE
CKT BREAKER 5 AMP 1 POLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER 1P 20AMP
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 2C
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
STDOFF 10-32X2-3/4 RD
CABLE PACKAGE, CENTER DOOR
PATCH CB
RAIL CB, FRONT PANEL
DOOR, C.B.
*CONTACTOR DRIVER
*PWA, LED DISPLAY
HARDWARE LIST, CNTOR/CIRCUIT
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
4.0 EA
Q001
Q002
Q019
Q017 Q018
Q007 Q008 Q009
TB021
TB021
OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE
HARRIS P/N
007 4050 021
358 1214 000
358 3427 000
3913-070-51860
556 0051 000
636 0044 000
650 0305 000
917 2506 075
952 9202 181
952 9215 151
952 9215 152
992 9502 048
992 9881 001
999 2921 001
Table 7-33. ASSY, SW METER/LINEARIZER - 992 9883 017
DESCRIPTION
BRZ, FINGERS TWIST 97-555
SCREWLOCK, FEMALE
CAP, KNOB BLACK 15MM DIA
*METER TO SPEC
PAD, FXD 50 OHM 10DB
METER, ELAPSED TIME
KNOB, ROUND PLAIN BLACK
CABLE, SWITCH METER PANEL
COVER, RF CORRECTOR SIGMA PLUS
PANEL
BOX
*PWA, SWITCHED METER
*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,
HARDWARE LIST, SW METER/
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)
4.020 FT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
AT2 @ KX5
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
OBTAIN B/M FROM CAMBRIDGE
HARRIS P/N
055 0100 005
300 1485 000
304 0089 000
308 0005 000
312 0045 000
312 0047 000
382 0184 000
382 0605 000
404 0513 000
408 0332 000
492 0839 000
522 0588 000
522 0591 000
550 0622 000
Table 7-34. *PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER, - 992 9881 001
DESCRIPTION
*THERMAL COMPOUND, 8OZ JAR
SCR, 4-40 X 5/16
NUT, HEX 6-32
NO 6 FLAT WASHER BRS
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 4
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
IC, 340T-5/7805 +5V REG ESD
IC 7905C ESD
HEAT SINK PA1-1CB
SHIELD, RF
IND 330 UH 10% 500MA
CAP 100UF 25V 20% NP
CAP 47UF 25V 20%
POT 1K OHM .5W 10%
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)
0.0 EA U019 U020
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
U020
U019
XU019 XU020
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
L029 L030
C122
C130 C132 C133 C134
R001 R003 R005 R007
7-24 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
Harris PN
000 0000 010
381 0003 001
381 0023 000
382 1608 000
383 0183 000
383 0253 000
383 0283 000
383 0315 000
383 0316 000
385 0001 000
385 0013 000
385 0018 000
385 0020 000
385 0027 000
387 0002 017
496 0015 000
496 0019 000
496 0047 000
515 0038 000
515 0052 000
550 0626 000
550 0760 000
550 0881 000
604 1192 000
610 0900 000
610 0933 000
610 1197 000
610 1198 000
612 1184 000
620 0515 000
646 0665 000
843 5502 001
952 9202 172
992 9881 002
515 0084 000
515 0134 011
515 0134 017
515 0134 117
515 0134 201
POT, 10K OHM .5W 10%
POT 20K OHM .5W 10%
POT 100K OHM .5W 10%
SWITCH TGL SPDT
HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT
JUMPER, PWB TEST POINT
HEADER, STRAIGHT 6C
HEADER, STRAIGHT 10C
SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS
RECP, SCREW ON SMC
INSPECTION LABEL
SCH, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER
BOARD, BACKER
*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,SMT
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
10.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R002 R004 R006 R008
R009 R010 R011
R012
S001
JP001 JP002 JP003
TP001 TP002 TP003 TP004 TP005 TP006
TP007 TP008 TP009 TP010
J001
J002
JP001 JP002 JP003
J003
J004 J005 J006
Table 7-35. *PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,SMT - 992 9881 002
Description
B/M NOTE:
XSTR, NPN, 3904 (SMT) ESD
FET SST215 SMT ESD
IC, ERA-5SM
IC, MC14538
ESD
ESD
IC, LM358
IC, TL074 SMT
ESD
ESD
IC OP413 ESD
IC ERA-6SM SMT ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
DIODE, PIN ESD
DIODE, SCHOTTKY
DIODE, HSMS2862
DIODE, 2800 SCHOTTKY SMT ESD
DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD
IND, CHIP 0.150 UH 10%
ESD
ESD
IND, CHIP 0.330 UH 10%
IND CHIP .1UH 10%
*CAP 22PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 330PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 2.7PF 100V +/-.25 0805 C0G
CAP 4.7PF 100V +/-.25 0805 C0G
CAP 47PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 100PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
QTY UM Reference Designators (S)
0.0 EA THESE PARTS NOT USED AT THIS LEVEL
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
16.0 EA
C094
Q001 Q004
Q002 Q003 Q005 Q006
U009 U015 U016
U006
U001 U017
U007 U008 U018
U002 U003 U004 U005
U010 U011 U012 U013 U014
CR012 CR037 CR038
CR002 CR004 CR006 CR008 CR015 CR019
CR021 CR022 CR023 CR024 CR025 CR026
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
5.0 EA
6.0 EA
23.0 EA
CR027 CR028 CR029 CR030
CR001 CR003 CR005 CR007
CR014 CR016 CR017 CR020
CR009 CR011 CR013 CR018 CR036
CR010 CR031 CR032 CR033 CR034 CR035
L001 L002 L003 L004 L005 L006 L007 L008
L009 L012 L013 L014 L015 L016 L017 L019
L020 L021 L022 L023 L024 L025 L028
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
39.0 EA
L010 L018 L026 L027
L011
C012 C013 C014 C017
C032 C037 C038 C040 C043 C044 C048 C052
C055 C057 C062 C063 C066 C067 C077 C078
C083 C092 C096 C097 C098 C099 C101 C102
C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C108 C109 C110
C111 C112 C113 C114 C115 C118 C119
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
26.0 EA
C030 C124 C125 C135
C136 C137
C026
C061
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-25
515 0134 211
515 0135 301
515 0137 501
515 0138 501
515 0138 601
515 0181 000
518 0112 000
545 0121 000
545 0295 000
545 0309 015
545 0309 019
545 0309 023
545 0309 101
545 0309 104
545 0309 106
545 0309 107
545 0309 111
545 0309 116
545 0309 118
545 0309 119
545 0309 121
545 0309 122
545 0309 123
545 0309 201
545 0309 203
545 0309 204
545 0309 205
545 0309 209
545 0309 210
545 0309 211
545 0309 214
545 0309 216
545 0309 218
545 0309 224
545 0309 301
545 0309 303
545 0309 308
545 0309 310
545 0309 314
7-26
CAP 270PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 1000PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 0.1UF 100V 10% 1812 X7R
CAP 1UF 50V 20% 1812 X7R
CAP 4.7UF 16V Y5V 1206
CAP, TRIM 2-10PF 50V
RES 1M OHM 1/4W 5% 1206
RES 10M OHM 1/4W 5% 1206
RES 3.92 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 5.62 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 8.25 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 13 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 16.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 18.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 26.7 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 43.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 56.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 68.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 75 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 82.5 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 121 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 130 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 150 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 221 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 237 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 267 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 357 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 432 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 909 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1.21K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 2.37K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 3.57K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
2.0 EA
13.0 EA
21.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
16.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
10.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
9.0 EA
32.0 EA
3.0 EA
9.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
9.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
16.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
C015 C021 C036 C041 C049 C050 C053 C054
C056 C058 C059 C064 C065 C069 C070 C071
C072 C073 C074 C075 C076 C079 C089 C090
C093 C120
C018 C020
C001 C022 C033 C068 C080 C081 C082 C084
C085 C086 C087 C095 C100
C002 C003 C004 C005 C006 C007 C008 C009
C010 C011 C016 C019 C023 C024 C025 C027
C029 C123 C126 C127 C128
C121 C129 C131
C028 C034 C035 C042 C045 C046 C047 C051
C060
C31 C39
C088 C091 C116 C117
R057 R063 R072
R079 R082
R162 R163 R193
R152 R153
R085 R095
R032 R086 R087 R114 R115 R124 R125 R157
R158
R148 R149 R150 R151
R107 R116 R131 R133 R154 R156 R208 R209
R134 R135
R159 R160 R161
R155 R164 R166
R080 R089 R093 R094 R097
R121
R103
R024
R167 R168
R025 R028 R029 R030 R033 R043 R047 R048
R049 R050 R106 R145 R172 R176 R197 R205
R090 R091
R170 R171
R013 R015 R017 R019 R088 R098 R128 R138
R142 R173
R169
R031 R035 R036 R037 R144
R014 R016 R018 R020 R023 R060 R084 R111
R140
R076 R078 R081 R083 R092 R096 R099 R100
R101 R102 R104 R105 R108 R109 R110 R112
R113 R117 R118 R119 R120 R122 R123 R126
R127 R129 R130 R132 R136 R137 R139 R141
R143
R038
R201
R021 R022 R045 R055 R061 R066 R073 R074
R075 R077 R185 R188 R191 R195 R202 R204
R179
R200 R207
R146 R147
R206
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
545 0309 317
545 0309 401
545 0309 409
545 0309 412
545 0309 418
545 0309 501
545 0309 508
620 2972 000
843 5502 001
843 5502 003
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 030
043 8030 010
335 0267 000
356 0239 000
358 0420 000
358 3386 000
358 3490 000
358 3491 000
424 0033 000
424 0360 000
448 1125 000
614 0892 000
632 1179 000
632 1180 000
917 2413 500
917 2506 074
939 8205 059
943 5496 065
952 9190 214
952 9215 160
952 9215 163
952 9215 180
992 8737 003
992 8739 001
992 9371 002
HARRIS P/N
358 3000 000
358 3611 000
358 3612 000
358 3669 000
358 3703 000
614 0795 000
614 0915 000
614 0917 000
614 0920 000
RES 4.75K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 22.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 30.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 200K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
COUPLER, 3DB HYBRID SMT
SCH, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER
PWB, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER
2.0 EA
11.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
10.0 EA
11.0 EA
7.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
R068 R180
R046 R054 R058 R064 R070 R071 R165 R175
R184 R190 R199
R059 R065
R198
R026 R027 R034 R040 R041 R042 R051 R052
R053 R069
R039 R044 R056 R062 R067 R181 R183 R186
R187 R194 R196
R174 R177 R178 R182 R189 R192 R203
HY001 HY002 HY003 HY004
Table 7-36. CONTROL & MONITORING(SIGMA CD) - 992 9883 018
DESCRIPTION
GASKET, RUBBER
PLASTIC CHAN NO 190
WASHER SHOULDER .266 ID
CLAMP, FLAT CABLE 3"
SPACER, ROLLED 1/4 L
SCREW, SHOULDER 10-32
END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK
END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK
GROMMET 1-1/16 MTG D
GROMMET 1-3/4 MTG DIA
LATCH, RAISED, ADJ LEVER
TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT
MTR, % POWER, 90MM W
MTR, % POWER/VSWR 90MM W
RAIL, CARRIER, 3.0"
CABLE, CTLR & MONITOR DOOR
HINGE CONTROL & MONITORING
RIBBON CABLE, FRT CAB, DIGITAL
*OVERLAY SIGMA + CD
BOX CONTROL MONITORING
ASSY, FRAME CONTROL & MONITOR
LID CONTROL & MONITORING
*PWA, P/S UNIT DISTRIBUTION
*PWA, ANALOG/DIGITAL INTERFACE
*PWA, LOGIC & CONTROL
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (l)
6.40 FT
1.210 FT
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
10.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA #TB011
#TB011 1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
#TB011
#TB011
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-37. ASSY, TERM BLK CUSTOMER INTFC - 992 9883 019
DESCRIPTION
PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MT
PLATE, END COVER (280, 3-COND)
PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)
PLATE, SEPARATOR (281, 4-COND)
PLATE, STEP-DOWN (282, 2-COND)
JUMPER, HORIZONTAL 281
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
TERM BLK, 3C MODULAR 280
JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
19.0 EA
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-27
614 0923 000
614 0927 000
614 0932 000
614 0935 000
822 1297 058
922 1297 061
614 0896 000
620 2109 000
620 3042 000
646 1483 000
736 0301 000
827 6893 001
843 5496 049
917 2413 350
917 2506 070
922 1297 009
922 1297 013
922 1297 014
922 1297 047
939 8205 052
939 8210 045
943 5496 009
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 030
358 0420 000
358 2995 000
358 3224 000
358 3385 000
358 3490 000
358 3491 000
398 0544 000
402 0113 000
402 0217 000
448 0319 000
448 0923 000
448 0999 000
614 0786 000
614 0892 000
943 5496 013
952 9202 156
952 9202 157
952 9215 016
952 9215 018
952 9215 019
952 9215 126
952 9215 131
952 9215 148
952 9215 202
952 9215 203
952 9215 204
952 9215 205
992 8553 001
7-28
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
BLOCK, TERM, FOUR POSITION
JUMPER, 2P ADJACENT STEP-DOWN
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 280
ASSY INSTR, TERM BLK
RAIL, DIN 11.2
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
DESCRIPTION
GASKET, RUBBER
SPACER, ROLLED 1/4 L
END PLATE, 261 TERM BD
BUSHING, NYLON 17/64 ID
PIN QUICK RELEASE 1/4X4.0
END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK
END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK
FUSE 5X20 1.6A TIME DELAY
CLIP, FUSE 13/32 DIA
FUSEHOLDER 5X20MM QC TERM
CATCH MAGNETIC
LATCH, WINGHANDLE W/NUT
HINGE DOOR POSITIONING
TERM BD, 2C MODULAR 261
TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT
TERM BLOCK, 4C GND
JACK, BNC 75 OHM BULKHEAD
ADAPTER,SMA F/M TO N F/M BLKHD
HARRIS NAMEPLATE
PWR SUPPLY, LINEAR 12V 3.4AMP
PLATE
WIRING DIAG, CTLR/CD-1A EXC
CARRIER RAIL, 4.6"
CABLE PKG, CTLR CAB, LIN/DGTL
BLOCK, DOOR PIVOT
RAIL, CABLE SUPPORT
BRACKET, CABLE SUPPORT
BRACKET, LATCH MTG
ANGLE, I/O & PCB MTG
COVER, MOV BOARD
PANEL, BLANK FILLER
SEAL, GASKET
SUPPORT, EXC, SIGMA + CTLR CAB
SUPPORT, EXC/SW, CTLR CABINET
ASSY, WELDMENT, CONTROL CAB
PANEL, LEFT INNER
PANEL, RIGHT INNER
BLANK PNL, 8U, W/TOP FLANGE
BLANK PANEL, 1 RACK UNIT
CVR,SAFETY,MODE CTLR P/S UNIT
STRAP, GROUND
STRAP, GROUND
BRACKET, LINE STRETCHER MTG
INSULATOR, MOV
PWA, MOV-AC 198-250 VAC
Table 7-38. CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A) - 992 9824 002
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (s)
13.750 FT
10.0 EA
1.0 EA TB-5
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
TB002 TB004
(1) TB002, (2) TB004
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
13.0 EA
STRETCHER MTG
(2) TB-5
(6) TB002 (7) TB004
(2) TB002 (1) TB004
SEMPTE 310M
RF SAMPLE
MODE CONTROL
TB002 TB004
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
EXC/SW, EXC A, EXC B
EXC/SW, EXC A, EXC B
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
992 8810 001
992 9367 001
992 9502 067
992 9830 006
992 9834 001
992 9848 001
992 9883 003
HARRIS P/N
296 0345 000
560 0111 000
610 1066 000
839 7900 606
839 7900 614
999 2710 001
HARRIS P/N
335 0267 000
358 0420 000
358 3386 000
448 0729 000
632 1180 000
632 1181 000
952 9190 673
952 9215 025
952 9215 026
992 9502 023
HARRIS P/N
254 0003 000
354 0003 000
358 3490 000
358 3491 000
384 0860 000
560 0036 000
606 0866 000
614 0892 000
736 0305 000
736 0306 000
736 0307 000
839 8203 022
917 2413 341
917 2462 121
917 2506 065
943 5285 156
952 9202 148
7/15/02
*ASSY, HANDHELD DIAGNOSTICS
*PWA, MARSHALLING
*SYS INTERFACE PCB ASSY (CD)
PANEL, SYSTEM CONTROL (CD)
*PWA, EXCITER P/S DISTRIBUTION
ASSY, POWER SUPPLY DECK,
ASSY, REAR DOOR, CONTROL CAB
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-39. PWA, MOV-AC 198-250 VAC - 992 8553 001
DESCRIPTION
TUBING, SHRINKABLE 3/4
VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS
CONN, .25 FASTON PC MOUNT
PWB, MOV-AC PROTECTOR
SCHEM, MOV-AC PROTECTOR
WIRE/TUBING LIST
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)
1.0 FT CUT 12 PIECES 1.0" EACH
12.0 EA CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 CR006
CR007 CR008 CR009 CR010 CR011 CR012
A B C 3.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA QTY 1 NEEDED FOR SERVICEREPLACE-
MENT.
Table 7-40. PANEL, SYSTEM CONTROL (CD) - 992 9830 006
DESCRIPTION
WASHER SHOULDER .266 ID
SPACER, ROLLED 1/4 L
SCREW, SHOULDER 10-32
STRIKE MAGNETIC CATCH
MTR, % POWER/VSWR 90MM W
MTR, 0-50 SCL 120MM W
*SYS OVERLAY PNL SIGMA (CD)
FRAME, DOOR FRT, CTLR/MONITOR
DOOR, FRONT ASSY, CONTROL CAB
*SYS DISPLAY PCB ASSY (CD)
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
1.0 EA
12.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-41. ASSY, POWER SUPPLY DECK, - 992 9848 001
DESCRIPTION
WIRE, BUS CU 18AWG
LUG #10 RING RED 22-18AWG
END STOP, 264 TERM BLOCK
END PLATE, 264 TERM BLOCK
LED GREEN CART 24V ESD
MOV 6500A 80J 150 VAC
BREAKER, CIRCUIT 10A
TERM BLOCK, 4C RAIL MNT
POWER SUPPLY, 24V 3.6A
POWER SUPPLY, 15V 9A
POWER SUPPLY, 15V 3A
WIRING DIAG, PWR SUPPLY DECK
CARRIER RAIL - 6.3"
BRACKET, MOUNTING
CABLE, CTLR CABINET PWR SUPPLY
BRACKET, C.B. DOUBLE
BASE, POWER SUPPLY MOUNTING
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)
0.750 FT
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
12.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
#TB001
#TB001
DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004 DS005 DS006
CB001 CB002
CB001 CB002
#TB001
PS002A PS002B
PS001A PS001B
PS003A PS003B
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
10.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
#TB001
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-29
952 9202 149
952 9202 151
HARRIS P/N
252 0004 000
296 0253 000
296 0265 000
302 0057 000
303 4104 012
303 4105 012
306 0015 000
306 0034 000
310 0026 000
314 0015 000
354 0004 000
356 0005 000
359 1203 000
506 0250 000
843 5496 001
917 2506 018
917 2506 038
922 1297 028
922 1297 046
939 8121 251
943 5496 037
943 5496 038
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 030
358 0935 000
358 2718 000
358 3026 000
359 0150 000
359 0321 000
359 1071 000
359 1173 000
359 1174 000
424 0663 000
843 5496 037
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 030
358 0935 000
358 2718 000
358 3026 000
359 0592 000
359 1173 000
359 1174 000
7-30
COVER, SAFETY
COVER, SAFETY, CB
1.0 EA
1.0 EA #CB001 #CB002
Table 7-42. KIT, EEV FITTINGS - 992 9830 002
DESCRIPTION
WIRE, STRD 18AWG WHT/YEL
TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE
TUBING, SHRINK 1/16 WHITE
SCR, 4-40 X 5/8
SCREW, MACH M4-0.7 X 12
SCREW, MACH M5-0.8 X 12
NUT, HEX KEP 4-40
NUT, HEX 1/2-13
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
LUG .25 RING RED 22-18AWG
CABLE CLAMP 5/16 D
COUPLING, FLEXIBLE, 2 X 1-1/2
CAP 1.0UF 250V 5%
INSTR, LOCATOR PIN & CONNECT
LOCATOR PIN
CABLE, TUBE EEV
MOUNT CONNECTOR
ASSY, INPUT/OUTPUT BODY
*LABEL, KLYSTON INSTN/REML.
ASSY, INPUT, COLLECTOR, EEV
ASSY, OUTPUT COLLECTOR
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)
1.0 FT
4.0 FT
0.50 FT
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-43. ASSY, INPUT, COLLECTOR, EEV - 943 5496 037
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG .75 NOM DIA
CLAMP, HOSE
SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK
HOSE BARB 3/4 H X 3/4 MPT
ADAPTER FTG 3/4-3/4
PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT
TEE 3/4 X 1/8 X 3/4 CXFXC
NUT, C-61 7/8"
SLEEVE, C-60 7/8"
HOSE 48 IN LG
ASSY INSTR,INPUT,COLLECTOR,EEV
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
0.180 FT
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
Table 7-44. ASSY, OUTPUT COLLECTOR - 943 5496 038
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG .75 NOM DIA
CLAMP, HOSE
SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK
HOSE BARB 3/4 H X 3/4 MPT
ELBOW 3/4 IN 90 DEG
NUT, C-61 7/8"
SLEEVE, C-60 7/8"
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
0.180 FT
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
424 0663 000
442 0123 000
843 5496 038
917 2506 041
HARRIS P/N
358 3434 000
358 3455 000
700 1377 000
917 2506 086
952 9215 199
992 8741 001
HARRIS P/N
296 0344 000
357 0109 000
917 2506 054
917 2506 084
917 2506 085
917 2506 104
917 2506 108
939 8205 016
992 8734 001
992 9737 097
992 9737 098
992 9830 014
992 9830 022
HARRIS P/N
296 0372 000
307 0001 080
384 0966 000
736 0310 001
917 2506 073
917 2506 090
939 8205 060
952 9215 145
952 9215 200
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 030
296 0262 000
358 3466 000
426 0081 000
430 0241 000
430 0251 000
7/15/02
HOSE 48 IN LG
THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.
ASSY INSTR, OUTPUT COLLECTOR
PLATE, TEMP SENSOR MTG
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-45. KIT, SINGLE IPA - 992 9830 016
DESCRIPTION
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
STANDOFFS, HEX, 3/8
TERMINATION, 50 OHM BNC
CABLES, COAX PKG SINGLE IPA
COVER, SAFETY, IPA CLOSEOUT
*COMBINER, IPA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA SP001
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
L002, CLOSEOUT
Table 7-46. KIT, DUAL IPA - 992 9830 017
DESCRIPTION
TUBG, POLYETHYLENE 1/4 OD
TEE, HOSE BARB STYLE
CONNECTOR, BACKPLANE
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)
1.50 FT CUT 12" & 6"
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
IPA BLOWERS
STANDOFF, HEATSINK MTG
CABLES, COAX PKG DUAL IPA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
BRACKET,BNC,CAVITY PWR MONITOR 1.0 EA
CABLE, COAX W26 1.0 EA
CAVITY PWR MON
CAVITY PWR MON
SUPPORT
*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER
*COMBINER, 8-WAY,
*ASSY, LOAD, 3-WAY,
KIT, 3RD POWER SUPPLY
COOLING, IPA, LEFT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
IPA 2
PSU 3
IPA 2 BLOWER
Table 7-47. KIT, 3RD POWER SUPPLY - 992 9830 014
DESCRIPTION
SLEEVE, HEATSHRINK BOOT
NUT, STD HEX M8, DIN 934
DIODE, SCHOTTKY 40V 100A ESD
PWR SUPPLY, SW, 32V 2700W
SOCKET, MODIFIED
CABLE PKG, 3RD POWER SUPPLY
HOUSING, IPA CONNECTIONS
PLATE, IPA P/S, SIGMA+
COVER, SAFETY, IPA PS
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
PS3 1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
825, 826
1.0 EA
1.0 EA PSU3
Table 7-48. COOLING, IPA, LEFT - 992 9830 022
DESCRIPTION
GASKET, RUBBER
TUBING, SHRINK 1/4 WHITE
END PLATE W/FIXING FLANGE
MOUNT, ANTI-VIBRATION (METRIC)
FAN GUARD
FAN CENTRIFUGAL
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)
3.1670 FT
0.1670 FT
1.0 EA TB15A
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-31
614 0885 000
614 0886 000
646 0665 000
939 8121 928
939 8205 062
952 9215 177
952 9215 178
999 2916 001
HARRIS P/N
620 2964 000
917 2506 089
992 9843 005
HARRIS P/N
296 0253 000
356 0208 000
358 2598 000
358 3223 000
358 3579 000
358 3625 000
448 1101 000
583 0152 000
598 0470 000
620 2965 000
646 0665 000
700 1404 000
700 1405 000
839 8203 018
839 8203 019
917 2510 016
939 8203 027
939 8203 032
939 8203 034
939 8203 035
939 8203 036
988 2426 001
992 9843 006
999 2900 001
HARRIS P/N
296 0310 000
358 1928 000
380 0773 000
382 0288 000
382 0302 000
382 0367 000
382 0414 000
7-32
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK
MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCK 4C
INSPECTION LABEL
BRACKET, FAN MOUNTING
SUPPORT, IPA COOLING
BOX, IPA COOLING
LID, IPA COOLING
HARDWARE LIST, COOLING IPA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
TB15A
TB15A
Table 7-49. KIT, DUAL EXCITER - 992 9830 020
DESCRIPTION
POWER SPLITTER, 2-WAY
CABLES, COAX PKG DUAL EXCITER
SWITCHER, EXCITER, SIGMA UHF
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
1.0 EA SPL-1, RF SAMPLE
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
RF SAMPLE JUMPER I/O TO SPLITTER
Table 7-50. SWITCHER, EXCITER, SIGMA UHF - 992 9843 005
DESCRIPTION
TUBING, SHRINK 3/16 WHITE
CLAMP, FLAT CABLE 2"
CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY
FEMALE SCREWLOCK .56"4-40
SLIDES, DRAWER
SLIDES, DRAWER 1.38 X 14 LG
HANDLE, ALUMINUM
RELAY, COAX TRANSFER
FRAME, SNAP-IN, BLACK
POWER SPLITTER, 4-WAY
INSPECTION LABEL
TERMINATION, 50 OHM 0.25W BNC
TERMINATION, 50 OHMS 2W
BLOCK DIAG,EXC SWITCHER SYSTEM
WIRING DIAG, EXCITER SWITCHER
CABLE PKG, EXCITER SWITCHER
ANGLE, MINI CKT MTG.
COVER, REAR, SYNC-LO-SOUND
CHASSIS, EXC/SW, CA1/CD1 EXC
COVER, EXC/SW, (CA1/CD1 EXC)
PANEL, FRT, EXC/SW (CD1)
DP, EXCITER SWITCHER CD
PWA, EXCITER SWITCHER, DTV
HARDWARE LIST,EXCITER SWITCHER
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)
0.210 FT K001
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
OPTIONAL
K001
#S001 #S002 #S003
SPL-1
R003 R004 R005
R001
Table 7-51. PWA, EXCITER SWITCHER, DTV - 992 9843 006
DESCRIPTION
TUBING TEFLON 20 AWG
JUMPER 1/4 LG 1/8H
XSTR FET BS170 N-CHL ESD
IC, 4011/14011 ESD
IC, 4023/14023 ESD
IC, 4049/14049 ESD
IC, CD4002/MC14002 ESD
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)
0.730 FT
4.0 EA
7.0 EA
JP019 JP020 JP021 JP022
Q001 Q002 Q003 Q004 Q005 Q006 Q007
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
U006
U002 U005
U009
U013 U014
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
384 0597 000
384 0660 000
384 0837 000
384 0903 000
384 0904 000
384 0961 000
404 0507 000
404 0674 000
404 0675 000
404 0824 000
404 0825 000
516 0453 000
516 0530 000
516 0736 000
522 0548 000
522 0550 000
522 0570 000
540 1372 000
540 1416 000
540 1430 000
540 1437 000
545 0309 118
548 2051 000
548 2400 156
548 2400 185
548 2400 269
548 2400 285
548 2400 301
7/15/02
382 0594 000
382 0618 000
382 0719 000
382 1070 000
382 1192 000
382 1210 000
382 1629 000
383 0302 000
384 0205 000
IC TL074ACN ESD
IC, 4081/14081 ESD
IC LM324AN ESD
IC, ILQ-1 OPTO-ISOLATOR ESD
IC, MC14584BCP ESD
IC CD4538B ESD
IC ULN2804 ESD
IC, LT1206CR ESD
DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD
RECT 1N4002 ESD
DIODE, REFERENCE ESD
TRANSZORB 1N6376 12V 5W ESD
LED, RED, T-1 ESD
LED, GRN, T-1 ESD
LED, YELLOW ESD
SOCKET IC 18 PIN
SOCKET 14 PIN DIP (D-L)
SOCKET IC 16 CONT
SOCKET, DIP14, LO PROFILE
SOCKET, DIP16, LO PROFILE
CAP .1UF 100V 20% X7R
CAP .01UF 10% 100V X7R
CAP .001UF 10% 100V X7R
CAP 10UF 50V 20%
CAP 100UF 25V 20%
CAP 2.2UF 50V 20%
RES NETWORK 680 OHM 2%
RES NETWORK 10K OHM 2%
RES NETWORK, 10K OHM 2%
RES NETWORK 2000 OHM 2%
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES ZERO OHM
RES 37.4 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 75 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 511 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 750 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 1K OHM 1/2W 1%
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
6.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
15.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
7.0 EA
7.0 EA
5.0 EA
11.0 EA
6.0 EA
8.0 EA
4.0 EA
13.0 EA
16.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
45.0 EA
18.0 EA
U011
U003 U010
U020
U007 U022 U023 U024
U004 U018
U012
U001 U008 U017 U019 U021
U015 U016
CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 CR010
CR011 CR012 CR013 CR014 CR015 CR016
CR017 CR018 CR019 CR020 CR021 CR022
CR023 CR024 CR025 CR026 CR027 CR028
CR029 CR030 CR031
CR032 CR033 CR034 CR035 CR036 CR051
CR052 CR053 CR054 CR055 CR056 CR057
CR059 CR060 CR061 CR062 CR063 CR064
CR006 CR007 CR008 CR009 CR037 CR038
CR039 CR040 CR041 CR042 CR043 CR044
CR045 CR046 CR047 CR048 CR049 CR050
CR058
CR065 CR066
DS010 DS016 DS027
DS001 DS004 DS006 DS009 DS024 DS025
DS026
DS002 DS003 DS005 DS007 DS008 DS022
DS023
XU001 XU008 XU017 XU019 XU021
XU002 XU003 XU004 XU005 XU006 XU010
XU011 XU013 XU014 XU018 XU020
XU007 XU009
XU012 XU022 XU023 XU024
XK007A XK007B XK008A XK008B XK009A
XK009B XK010A XK010B
XK003 XK004 XK005 XK006
C006 C008 C009 C011 C012 C013 C014 C017
C018 C019 C020 C028 C032
C001 C002 C003 C004 C016 C021 C023 C024
C025
C026 C027 C029 C030 C031 C033 C034
C037 C038
C035
C005 C007 C010 C036 C039
C015 C022
R047 R048 R049
R021 R023 R064 R066 R068 R072
R012 R017 R092
R028
R065 R071
R001 R002
R039 R052
R032 R033
R029 R030 R031 R036 R046 R054
R087
R037 R038 R050 R051
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-33
548 2400 330
548 2400 342
548 2400 368
548 2400 380
548 2400 401
548 2400 701
550 0913 000
574 0477 000
574 0485 000
578 0026 000
578 0029 000
604 1147 000
604 1205 000
610 0827 000
610 0828 000
610 0830 000
610 0855 000
610 0900 000
610 0933 000
610 0950 000
610 1304 000
612 1184 000
620 0700 000
839 8203 001
839 8203 002
839 8203 003
HARRIS P/N
620 2833 000
700 1404 000
952 9215 132
952 9215 134
HARRIS P/N
055 0120 538
296 0394 026
RES 2K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 2.67K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 4.99K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 6.65K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 10K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 10MEG OHM 1/2W 1%
POT, 5K OHM
RELAY 4 PDT 12VDC 2 AMP
RELAY DPDT 12VDC 2 AMP
RELAY DPDT 12VDC 2 AMP
RELAY 12V SPCO RF SW PCB
SW PB SPST-N.O. MOM
SW, SPDT MOMENTARY
HEADER, 20 PIN PC RIBBON
HEADER, 26 PIN PC RIBBON
HEADER, 10 PIN PC RIBBON
HEADER 34 PIN PC RIBBON
HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT
JUMPER, PWB TEST POINT
PIN HEADER 6 PIN
HEADER, 16 PIN PC RIBBON
SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS
*RECPT, MALE SMB,PC MOUNT
SCH, EXCITER SWITCHER PWB
LAYOUT, COMPONENT,
PWB, EXCITER SWITCHER
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
18.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
19.0 EA
10.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
18.0 EA
9.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
R003 R004 R005 R006 R007 R008 R009 R011
R024 R041 R042 R053 R059
R075 R091
R076 R077 R078 R079 R080
R067
R013 R014 R015 R016 R026 R027 R040 R043
R018 R020
R010 R025 R034 R035 R044 R045 R056 R057
R060 R062 R081 R082 R083 R084 R085 R086
R088 R089
R090
R055 R058 R061 R063
R069 R070 R073 R074
K007 K008 K009 K010
K003 K004 K005
K006
K001 K002
S004
S001 S002 S003
J004
J001 J002
J003 J008
J007
J010 J010A
JP001 JP002 JP003 JP004 JP005 JP006
JP007 JP008 JP009 JP010 JP011 JP012
JP013 JP014 JP015 JP016 JP017 JP018
TP001 TP002 TP003 TP004 TP005 TP006
TP007 TP008 TP009 TP010
J009
J005 J006
XJP001 XJP002 XJP003 XJP004 XJP005
XJP006 XJP007 XJP008 XJP009 XJP010
XJP011 XJP012 XJP013 XJP014 XJP015
XJP016 XJP017 XJP018
J030 J031 J032 J033 J034 J035 J038 J039
J040
Table 7-52. KIT, SINGLE EXCITER - 992 9830 021
DESCRIPTION
SPLITTER/COMBINER, 4-WAY
TERMINATION, 50 OHM 0.25W BNC
BLANK PANEL, 2 RACK UNITS
BLANK PANEL, 4 RACK UNITS
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
1.0 EA SPL-2
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
USE AS REQUIRED
EX/SW CLOSEOUT
EXCITER B CLOSEOUT
Table 7-53. KIT, CPI ASSY - 992 9830 026
DESCRIPTION
CONDUIT FITTING 45 DEG ELBOW
TUBING, RF/EMI SHIELD 1.250 ID
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)
1.0 EA UMBILICAL
0.750 FT UMBILICAL
7-34 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
356 0253 000
358 1315 000
612 1562 000
839 8121 926
843 5496 075
917 2506 115
939 8121 251
943 5479 016
943 5496 072
952 9215 208
992 9737 105
992 9830 025
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 040
358 3040 000
358 3459 000
359 0228 000
359 0269 000
359 0660 000
359 0975 000
604 1206 000
629 0085 000
629 0087 000
843 5496 072
Harris PN
335 0012 000
354 0146 000
354 0890 000
357 0071 000
358 0960 000
384 0888 000
384 0968 000
410 0022 000
516 0968 000
540 1600 322
552 0997 000
560 0095 000
632 1175 000
632 1176 000
632 1193 000
632 1204 000
632 1205 000
917 2501 035
917 2506 016
922 1297 048
922 1297 049
952 9202 170
CABLE CLAMP, SIZE 22 SHELL
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 16
PLUG, CIRCULAR, 4 PIN FEMALE
*SCH, ISO SUPPLIES 3 (EEV)
SCH, FRT/REAR CAB (CPI)
CABLE, BODY CURRENT
*LABEL, KLYSTON INSTN/REML.
CABLE, HV UMBILICAL EIMAC K2
ASSY,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW METER
CONDUIT, UMBILICAL, CPI
*SUPPLIES, ISO, 3 (CPI)
METERS, ISO, CPI
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
YX007
UMBILICAL
YX007
UMBILICAL
Table 7-54. ASSY,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW METER - 943 5496 072
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA
PLUG, FEMALE 6-HK
PLUG, FEMALE 4-HK
ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC
ADAPTER, MALE
Y 45 DEG 1 IN.
ADAPTER, MALE
SWITCH, LIMIT
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-628
ASSY INSTR,CPI PLUMBING W/FLOW
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)
3.10 FT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
Table 7-55. METERS, ISO, CPI - 992 9830 025
Description
WASHER NYLON .195 ID
LUG SHAKE .176 MTG
TERM, MALE 250 TAB, #6 HOLE
SCREW 10-32 X 1/2
CPLR, 1/4"X1/4" SHAFT
RECT BYW96E 1000V 3A ESD
DIODE, BAW62 ESD
INSULATOR ROUND NS5W0332
CAP 4700PF 5% 100V C0G
RES 7.5K OHM 3W 5%
POT 1K OHM 2W 5% 10 TURN
MOV, 130WVAC, 70J, 20MM DISC
MTR, 0-50UA, 90MM W
MTR, 0-150V, 90MM W
MTR 0-12V HEATER V 90MM W
METER TO SPEC, 0-20A
METER, BIAS CURRENT
JUMPER PKG, METER, ISO
SHAFT BIAS ADJUST
BIAS, POT MTG BRKT
ELECTROSTATIC SCREEN BLANK
BOARD, 5 HV METERS SIGMA PLUS
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY UM Reference Designators (H)
4.0 EA
13.0 EA
11.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA V001 V002
C001 C002 C003 C004 C005
R002
R001
RV001
ION PUMP P002
BIAS VOLTS P003
HEATER VOLTS P001
HEATER CURRENT P005
BIAS CURRENT P004
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA USED ON HEATER VOLTS & ION PUMP ME-
TERS #P001 P002
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-35
HARRIS P/N
2400-016-00013
2400-016-00015
424 0586 000
843 5496 074
943 5479 015
943 5496 035
952 9215 170
992 9826 002
992 9830 004
Table 7-56. KIT, ASSY, EEV - 992 9830 027
DESCRIPTION
GLAND RING 32MM
GLAND LOCKNUT 32MM
HOSE BLACK 2" ID
SCH, FRT/REAR CAB (EEV)
CABLE, HV UMBILICAL SIGMA PLUS
ASSY, EEV PLUMBING W/FLOW MTR
UMBILICAL CONDUIT
POWER SUPPLY, ISOLATED, 4
METERS, ISO
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (d)
1.0 EA UMBILICAL
1.0 EA
4.80 FT
UMBILICAL
CUT 14" & 43"
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 040
358 3040 000
358 3459 000
359 0228 000
359 0269 000
359 0660 000
359 0975 000
604 1206 000
629 0085 000
629 0086 000
843 5496 035
Table 7-57. ASSY, EEV PLUMBING W/FLOW MTR - 943 5496 035
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA
PLUG, FEMALE 6-HK
PLUG, FEMALE 4-HK
ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC
ADAPTER, MALE
Y 45 DEG 1 IN.
ADAPTER, MALE
SWITCH, LIMIT
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-616
ASSY INSTR, EEV PLUMBING
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
3.10 FT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
041 6030 010
2422-487-89512
302 0144 100
354 0032 000
356 0004 000
358 2209 000
358 2635 000
358 3006 000
358 3132 000
380 0795 000
380 0796 000
384 0911 000
404 0854 000
472 1737 000
510 0760 000
524 0377 000
530 0088 000
542 1654 000
839 8121 956
917 2462 053
917 2462 058
917 2506 023
917 2506 034
917 2506 048
Table 7-58. POWER SUPPLY, ISOLATED, 4 - 992 9826 002
DESCRIPTION
RUBBER CHANNEL X650
*SIL PAD TO-3 X 0.177M
SCR, 10-32 X 5/8
SOLDER LUG 10 MTG HOLE
CABLE CLAMP 1/4 D
U BOLT
CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN
STANDOFF, 6-32 X .875
STUD, BRS 1/4-20 1-1/4
TRANSISTOR, POWER, ESD
TRANSISTOR, POWER, ESD
RECT, BRIDGE SKB60/04 ESD
HEAT SINK BLACK
XFMR, 12VA 20V SEC
CAPACITOR .5MFD -0/+20%
CAP 33000UF 25V -10%/+50%
BRACKET, CAP, 2" ID
RES 150 OHM 6W 5%
SCH, ISO SUPPLY 4 (EEV/CPI)
DISC, CORONA REDUCER
SHIELD, ISOLATED SUPPLIES
MODIFIED CORE ISOLATED P/S
SHIELD, FIBER OPTIC
STANDOFF, ISO PWR SUPPLY
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (h)
2.0 FT
6.0 EA
2.0 EA C203/C204 BRACKET
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
V010 V011
V014 V015 V033 V034
C202
C203 C204
R215
7-36 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
Harris PN
335 0012 000
354 0146 000
354 0890 000
357 0071 000
358 0960 000
384 0888 000
384 0968 000
410 0022 000
516 0968 000
540 1600 322
552 0997 000
560 0095 000
632 1175 000
632 1176 000
632 1203 000
632 1205 000
917 2501 035
917 2506 016
922 1297 048
922 1297 049
952 9215 116
999 2912 001
917 2506 126
922 1297 038
922 1297 063
9390-269-10112
943 5496 029
943 5496 070
992 9502 071
CABLES, ISO POWER SUPPLY
CORONA BUSTER ISOLATED P/S
COVER, ISOLATED SUPPLIES 3
*BUSH 56201J (TO-3) INSULA
COVER, ISOLATED P/S
MTG PLATE ISOLATED P/S, 4
*ASSY, 4-PCB, ISO SUPPLY
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
12.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-59. METERS, ISO - 992 9830 004
Description
WASHER NYLON .195 ID
LUG SHAKE .176 MTG
TERM, MALE 250 TAB, #6 HOLE
SCREW 10-32 X 1/2
CPLR, 1/4"X1/4" SHAFT
RECT BYW96E 1000V 3A ESD
DIODE, BAW62 ESD
INSULATOR ROUND NS5W0332
CAP 4700PF 5% 100V C0G
RES 7.5K OHM 3W 5%
POT 1K OHM 2W 5% 10 TURN
MOV, 130WVAC, 70J, 20MM DISC
MTR, 0-50UA, 90MM W
MTR, 0-150V, 90MM W
METER TO SPEC, 0-10V
METER, BIAS CURRENT
JUMPER PKG, METER, ISO
SHAFT BIAS ADJUST
BIAS, POT MTG BRKT
ELECTROSTATIC SCREEN BLANK
BOARD, HV METERS
HARDWARE LIST, METERS, ISO
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY UM Reference Designators (P)
4.0 EA
11.0 EA
9.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
R002
USED ON HEATER VOLTS & ION PUMP ME-
TERS #P001 P002
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
358 0935 000
359 1216 000
424 0586 000
442 0123 000
943 5496 073
HARRIS P/N
358 0935 000
358 2718 000
358 3026 000
424 0663 000
843 5496 073
Table 7-60. KIT, CPI FITTINGS - 992 9830 030
DESCRIPTION
CLAMP, HOSE
COUPLING, FLEXIBLE, 2 X 2
HOSE BLACK 2" ID
THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.
ASSY, COLLECTOR COOLING, CPI
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 FT
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
Table 7-61. ASSY, COLLECTOR COOLING, CPI - 943 5496 073
DESCRIPTION
CLAMP, HOSE
SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK
HOSE BARB 3/4 H X 3/4 MPT
HOSE 48 IN LG
ASSY INSTR, COLLECTOR COOLING
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-37
HARRIS P/N
992 8739 001
992 9371 002
992 9502 071
992 9881 001
570 0345 000
570 0346 000
570 0347 000
570 0353 000
574 0405 000
574 0498 000
574 0503 000
578 0028 000
578 0029 000
582 0064 000
584 0318 000
584 0319 000
584 0331 000
604 0447 000
604 0991 000
604 1005 000
HARRIS P/N
396 0251 000
404 0866 000
424 0664 000
430 0031 000
430 0189 000
430 0239 000
430 0242 000
430 0249 000
430 0251 000
442 0123 000
448 0963 000
448 0986 000
560 0054 000
560 0095 000
560 0111 000
604 1044 000
604 1141 000
604 1150 000
604 1153 000
604 1157 000
604 1160 000
604 1206 000
604 1207 000
606 0876 000
606 0877 000
606 0878 000
606 0879 000
606 0880 000
Table 7-62. *KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD, - 994 9797 001
DESCRIPTION
*PWA, ANALOG/DIGITAL INTERFACE
*PWA, LOGIC & CONTROL
*ASSY, 4-PCB, ISO SUPPLY
*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-63. *KIT, SPARE, PARTS - 994 9797 003
DESCRIPTION
LAMP WEDGE BASE 24V 2W
SKT RELAY 14P PYF14A-E
O-RING,
FAN CARAVEL CL3T2/020191
FAN 24VDC 106CFM
FAN, 24VDC 35.8-49.4 CFM
FAN 230V A/C 50/60HZ
FAN CENTRIFUGAL
FAN CENTRIFUGAL
THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.
FLTR MEDIA 25" W X 1" THK
FILTER,HIGH EFF,STYLE 192
MOV 4500A 25J 95 VAC
MOV 6000A 50J 130 VAC
VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS
CONTACTOR 3 POLE VACUUM
CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 190A
CONTACTOR, 3 POLE 65A
CNTOR 25A 600V 7.5HP 3PH
RELAY 3PDT 120VAC 50/60HZ
RELAY, PHASE PROTECTION
RELAY 110VAC COIL 5A 4PDT
RELAY, CHANGEOVER DPCO
RELAY 12V SPCO RF SW PCB
RELAY, OVERLOAD 2.5-4 AMP
COIL, FOR CA3-12 50/60HZ
CONTACT AUXILIARY
CONTACT BLOCK, AUXILIARY
SW, PRESS.
SW, PB, MOM, SPDT
SW, AIR PRESSURE
SW, INTLK DPDT
SW, PB MEMBRANE SPST
SW SPDT LEVER, GRAY
SWITCH PUSH BUTTON MOM 2P
SW ROTARY 2P 6 POS
SWITCH SQ PUSHBUTTON 1PNO
SWITCH, LIMIT
SWITCH, DISCONNECT
CONTACT AUXILIARY
CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 4A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 6A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
85.0 FT
10.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
7-38 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
606 0900 000
606 0911 000
606 0953 000
606 0954 000
606 0957 000
606 0958 000
606 0959 000
606 0962 000
606 0972 000
629 0085 000
629 0086 000
382 0770 000
382 0771 000
382 0772 000
382 0774 000
382 0777 000
382 0778 000
382 0785 000
382 0791 000
382 0793 000
382 0797 000
382 0798 000
382 0813 000
382 0854 000
382 0856 000
382 0865 000
382 0882 000
HARRIS P/N
380 0189 000
380 0190 000
380 0560 000
380 0747 000
380 0770 000
380 0773 000
382 0184 000
382 0371 000
382 0406 000
382 0415 000
382 0452 000
382 0593 000
382 0594 000
382 0734 000
382 0769 000
382 0897 000
382 0899 000
382 1045 000
382 1081 000
382 1160 000
382 1171 000
382 1191 000
382 1244 000
382 1320 000
7/15/02
CKT BREAKER 4A 415VAC
CKT BREAKER 20A 240VAC 3P
CKT BREAKER 15A 3 POLE
CKT BREAKER 30A 3 POLE
CKT BREAKER 0.25 AMP 1 POLE
CKT BREAKER 2 AMP 1 POLE
CKT BREAKER 5 AMP 1 POLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER 1P 20AMP
CKT BREAKER, MICRO CTLR, 3POLE
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-616
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-64. *KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE - 994 9797 004
DESCRIPTION
XSTR, NPN 2N3904 ESD
XSTR, PNP 2N3906 ESD
TRANSISTOR MPS-A06 ESD
XSTR MPSA42 NPN ESD
XSTR BC547 NPN ESD
XSTR FET BS170 N-CHL ESD
IC, 340T-5/7805 +5V REG ESD
IC, MC7912CT ESD
IC, MC7812CT ESD
IC, 324 ESD
IC, LM311/CA311 ESD
IC TL072ACP ESD
IC TL074ACN ESD
*IC, CA2830C/MHW592 ESD
IC 74HC02 ESD
IC, 74HC04 ESD
IC 74HC08 ESD
IC 74HC10 ESD
IC 74HC14 ESD
IC, 74HC30 ESD
IC, 74HC32 ESD
IC, 74HC86 ESD
IC, 74HC138 ESD
IC, 74HC147 ESD
IC, 74HC157 ESD
IC, 74HC158
IC 74HC240 ESD
IC 74HC4060 ESD
IC 74HC4078 ESD
IC, 74HC4538 ESD
IC, 78L05A ESD
IC ULN2803 ESD
IC, CDP1855CE ESD
IC, 74HC541 ESD
IC 74HC126 ESD
IC 74HC27 (ESD)
IC 74HC540 (ESD)
IC 74HC283 4BIT ADDER ESD
IC CD4043B ESD
IC 79L15AC ESD
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (f)
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
8.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-39
384 0895 000
384 0897 000
384 0899 000
384 0904 000
384 0911 000
384 0920 000
384 0931 000
384 0966 000
384 0968 000
385 0001 000
385 0027 000
385 0042 000
386 0082 000
386 0135 000
386 0181 000
386 0298 000
386 0342 000
386 0399 000
386 0401 000
386 0403 000
386 0440 000
386 0442 000
386 0447 000
384 0205 000
384 0268 000
384 0307 000
384 0431 000
384 0694 000
384 0695 000
384 0702 000
384 0761 000
384 0789 000
384 0793 000
384 0842 000
384 0880 000
384 0888 000
384 0889 000
384 0891 000
384 0894 000
382 1347 000
382 1348 000
382 1350 000
382 1360 000
382 1362 000
382 1365 000
382 1383 000
382 1395 000
382 1400 000
382 1407 000
382 1408 000
382 1410 000
382 1608 000
382 1633 000
382 1634 000
384 0020 000
7-40
IC LP311 ESD
IC ICL7665S CMOS ESD
IC 74HC4051 CMOS ESD
IC 7667 MOSFET DRIVER ESD
IC SFH610-2 ESD
IC, FIBER OPTIC RCVR ESD
IC, FIBER OPTIC XMTR ESD
IC, UCN5801A ESD
IC, CA5800 ESD
IC, ICL7673 ESD
IC, X9103P ESD
IC, RC4558 ESD
IC, ERA-5SM ESD
IC, LM333 ESD
IC, LT1083CP-12 ESD
RECTIFIER IN4005 ESD
DIODE SILICON 1N914/4148 ESD
RECT 7.5KV PIV 500MA 2W ESD
DIODE 1N916 ESD
RECT. 1N4001 ESD
LED RED CART 12V
LED GREEN CART 12V ESD
RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD
BRIDGE, FW 100A 200V ESD
DIODE, 5V 500W ESD
DIODE, TVS 15V 500W SA15A ESD
LED AMBER CART 12V
LED, GREEN, RT ANGLE MTG ESD
RECT BYW96E 1000V 3A ESD
* RECT 2KBP08 800V 2A ESD
LED 10 SEG BARGRAPH, GRN ESD
DIODE 1N4003G 200V 1A ESD
DIODE 1N4007G 1000V 1A ESD
RECTIFIER BYW56 1000V 2A ESD
RECT 30V .2A BAT85 ESD
LED, GRN, T-1 ESD
RECT, BRIDGE SKB60/04 ESD
RECT, BRIDGE 1A 100V SO ESD
RECT, 90SQ045 45V 9A ESD
DIODE, SCHOTTKY 40V 100A ESD
DIODE, BAW62 ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
DIODE, 2800 SCHOTTKY SMT ESD
RECT BAT 17 4V 30MA ESD
ZENER, 1N4744A 15V 1W 5% ESD
ZENER, 1N4733A 5.1V ESD
ZENER, 1N4739A 9.1V ESD
ZENER, 1N5352B 15V ESD
ZENER, 1N5333 3.3V ESD
ZENER, 1N5231B 5.1V ESD
ZENER, 1N5347B 10V ESD
ZENER, 1N5257B 33V ESD
ZENER, 1N5339B 5.6V 5W 5% ESD
ZENER 1N5237B 8.2V 5% ESD
TRANSIENT ABSORBER SA28 ESD
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
3.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
2.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
3.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
12.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
386 0452 000
386 0454 000
386 0459 000
386 1448 000
387 0010 017
398 0054 000
398 0324 000
398 0368 000
398 0372 000
398 0476 000
398 0485 000
398 0486 000
398 0487 000
398 0488 000
398 0490 000
398 0491 000
398 0492 000
398 0493 000
398 0494 000
398 0553 000
HARRIS P/N
992 8737 003
992 8739 002
992 8748 002
992 8815 002
992 9087 001
992 9363 002
992 9371 002
992 9384 001
992 9502 048
992 9502 056
992 9502 071
992 9737 043
992 9737 102
992 9800 001
992 9881 001
HARRIS P/N
736 0301 000
736 0305 000
736 0306 000
736 0307 000
992 9367 001
992 9502 023
992 9502 067
992 9834 001
ZENER, BZX79C3V6 3.6V ESD
ZENER, BZX85C15 15V ESD
TRANSZORB BZW50-150 150V ESD
DIODE, TVS SA18 18V 500W
DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD
FUSE, SLOW CART 1A 250V
FUSE, 1.5A
FUSE, CART 2A 600V
FUSE, 1A 600V
FUSE, 5A, 600V
FUSE, SLOW CART .1A 250V
FUSE, SLOW CART .25A 250V
FUSE, SLOW CART .5A 250V
FUSE, SLOW CART 1A 250V
FUSE, SLOW CART 5A 250V
FUSE, FAST 1A 32V
FUSE, FAST 7.5A 32V
FUSE, FAST 10A 32V
FUSE, FAST CART .25A 250V
FUSE, 5 X 30 8A 500V
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
12.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
Table 7-65. *KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD - 994 9797 007
DESCRIPTION
*PWA, P/S UNIT DISTRIBUTION
*PWA, DIGITAL & ANALOG INTFC
*PWA, THYROTRON INTERFACE
*PWA, IOT FDU2
*PWA, METER MULTIPLYER
*CONTACTOR DRIVER
*PWA, LOGIC & CONTROL
*PWA, IOT 2 INTERFACE
*PWA, SWITCHED METER
*PWA, FUSE PROTECTION, 15 AMP
*ASSY, 4-PCB, ISO SUPPLY
*PWA, LED DISPLAY
*ASSY, 40 WATT AMP, SIGMA++
PWA, FEED FORWARD REF AMP
*PWA, AGC & UHF LINEARIZER,
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (e)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-66. *KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD - 994 9797 009
DESCRIPTION
PWR SUPPLY, LINEAR 12V 3.4AMP
POWER SUPPLY, 24V 3.6A
POWER SUPPLY, 15V 9A
POWER SUPPLY, 15V 3A
*PWA, MARSHALLING
*SYS DISPLAY PCB ASSY (CD)
*SYS INTERFACE PCB ASSY (CD)
*PWA, EXCITER P/S DISTRIBUTION
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (b)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-41
506 0269 000
506 0270 000
506 0271 000
506 0272 000
506 0275 000
506 0278 000
508 0581 000
510 0760 000
516 0985 000
516 0986 000
522 0602 000
522 0616 000
524 0349 000
524 0363 000
524 0364 000
524 0372 000
540 1217 000
540 1541 000
542 0377 000
542 1006 000
542 1628 000
542 1635 000
430 0239 000
430 0242 000
430 0249 000
430 0251 000
432 0392 000
442 0123 000
442 0132 000
448 0963 000
448 0986 000
472 1710 000
472 1711 000
472 1715 000
472 1725 000
472 1771 000
506 0266 000
506 0268 000
HARRIS P/N
358 2718 000
358 3040 000
358 3459 000
358 3460 000
378 0180 000
3913-070-51860
396 0251 000
398 0495 000
404 0866 000
424 0662 000
424 0663 000
424 0664 000
430 0031 000
430 0189 000
430 0234 000
Table 7-67. KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS - 994 9797 012
DESCRIPTION
SOCKET, FEMALE 6-HK
PLUG, FEMALE 6-HK
PLUG, FEMALE 4-HK
SOCKET, FEMALE 4-HK
DETECTOR, EEV ARC FOR
*METER TO SPEC
LAMP WEDGE BASE 24V 2W
FUSE, SLOW CART .2A 250V
SKT RELAY 14P PYF14A-E
HOSE, BODY, EEV MA726B
HOSE 48 IN LG
O-RING,
FAN CARAVEL CL3T2/020191
FAN 24VDC 106CFM
FAN 12VDC 80MM
FAN, 24VDC 35.8-49.4 CFM
FAN 230V A/C 50/60HZ
FAN CENTRIFUGAL
FAN CENTRIFUGAL
BLOWER REGENERATIVE 1HP
THERMOSTAT 155 DEG F N.C.
SWITCH, THERMAL, NO
FLTR MEDIA 25" W X 1" THK
FILTER,HIGH EFF,STYLE 192
XFMR, FIL 8.9V 33A SEC
XFMR, FIL 6.4V 30A SEC
XFMR, PWR, 817-2336-013
XFMR, CNTL, TOROIDAL
*XFMR, GRID BIAS & ION PUMP
CAP 1.0UF 250VAC 10%
CAP, 0.1UF 1600VDC 5%
CAP .1UF 100V 10%
CAP 1UF 400V 10%
CAP .1UF 400V 10%
CAP 2.2UF 100V 10%
CAP 1UF 250V 20%
CAP 0.1UF 1000V 20%
CAP 0.05UF 2000A
CAPACITOR .5MFD -0/+20%
CAP, 100PF 3000V 20%
CAP, 460PF 30KV +80/-20%
CAP 3300UF 25V
CAP 6800UF 50V ELECT
CAP, 880UF 350V
CAP 100UF 385V 20%
CAP 470UF 385V 20%
CAP 220UF 200V +/-20%
RES 22.0 OHM 50W 10%
RES 40 OHM 75W 20% 8"X1"D
RES 60K OHM 5% 225W
RES 5.4 OHM 766W 10%
RES 1 OHM 10% 180W W/W
RES 8.2 OHM 6W 5%
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
85.0 FT
10.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (c)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
7-42 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
604 0851 000
604 1005 000
604 1044 000
604 1141 000
604 1150 000
604 1153 000
604 1154 000
604 1157 000
604 1160 000
604 1167 000
604 1168 000
604 1206 000
606 0876 000
606 0877 000
606 0878 000
606 0879 000
606 0880 000
606 0900 000
606 0911 000
606 0957 000
606 0958 000
606 0959 000
606 0962 000
552 1000 000
560 0059 000
560 0095 000
560 0111 000
570 0353 000
574 0502 000
574 0503 000
578 0021 000
578 0028 000
578 0029 000
582 0064 000
584 0318 000
584 0319 000
584 0331 000
584 0335 000
604 0447 000
542 1636 000
542 1638 000
542 1639 000
542 1640 000
542 1641 000
542 1644 000
542 1645 000
542 1648 000
542 1649 000
542 1651 000
542 1652 000
542 1659 000
544 1668 000
546 0324 000
548 2339 000
552 0999 000
7/15/02
RES 100 OHM 12W 5%
RES 470 OHM 12W 5%
RES 2.2K OHM 12W 5%
RES 3.3K OHM 12W 5%
RES 10K OHM 12W 5%
RES 10 OHM 2.5W 5%
RES 22 OHM 2.5W 5%
RES 100 OHM 2.5W 5%
RES 4.7K OHM 2.5W 5%
RES 4.7K OHM 6W 5%
RES 10K OHM 2.5W 5%
RES, 0.02 OHM 5% 50W
RES 10M OHM 1/4W 5%
RES, 25 MEG 45KV 23W 10%
RES 15M 1W 1% GC70 SERIES
RHEO, DUAL 50 OHM, 100W
RHEOSTAT, TANDEM 150 OHM
MOV 510VAC 700J 40KA
MOV 6000A 50J 130 VAC
VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 275VRMS
CNTOR 25A 600V 7.5HP 3PH
RELAY, SOLID STATE
RELAY 110VAC COIL 5A 4PDT
RELAY DPDT 12V
RELAY, CHANGEOVER DPCO
RELAY 12V SPCO RF SW PCB
RELAY, OVERLOAD 2.5-4 AMP
COIL, FOR CA3-12 50/60HZ
CONTACT AUXILIARY
CONTACT BLOCK, AUXILIARY
CONTACT, AUX DPST (NC/NO)
SW, PRESS.
SW, RKR 8PST DIP
SW, AIR PRESSURE
SW, INTLK DPDT
SW, PB MEMBRANE SPST
SW SPDT LEVER, GRAY
SWITCH PUSH BUTTON MOM 2P
THERMOSWITCH NC 70 DEG C
SW ROTARY 2P 6 POS
SWITCH SQ PUSHBUTTON 1PNO
SW THERMAL NC 150 DEG C
SW MICRO 1POL 10A
SWITCH, LIMIT
CONTACT AUXILIARY
CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 4A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 6A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 3A 240VAC
CKT BREAKER 4A 415VAC
CKT BREAKER 20A 240VAC 3P
CKT BREAKER 0.25 AMP 1 POLE
CKT BREAKER 2 AMP 1 POLE
CKT BREAKER 5 AMP 1 POLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER 1P 20AMP
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
7-43
614 0864 000
614 0865 000
614 0867 000
620 0907 000
629 0062 000
629 0063 000
629 0085 000
629 0086 000
632 1174 000
632 1175 000
632 1176 000
632 1177 000
632 1179 000
632 1180 000
632 1181 000
632 1203 000
636 0044 000
736 0310 001
736 0311 000
917 2506 054
943 5479 015
HARRIS P/N
384 0945 000
560 0098 000
735 0010 000
735 0011 000
735 0012 000
HARRIS P/N
430 0244 000
430 0246 000
442 0130 000
472 1758 000
570 0357 000
HARRIS P/N
358 3456 000
384 0694 000
384 0695 000
384 0702 000
384 0842 000
398 0324 000
398 0476 000
432 0316 000
442 0041 000
472 0622 000
472 1047 000
7-44
TERM BLOCK 10POS 750V 26A
TERM BLOCK 10POS 750V 34A
TERM BLOCK 10POS 750V 34A
GAUGE, PRESSURE
*FLOW METER, FLOW RANGE
*FLOWMETER .5 TO 4.0 GPM
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-604
FLOW METER, HEDLAND 620-616
MTR 150-0-150MA 90MM W
MTR, 0-50UA, 90MM W
MTR, 0-150V, 90MM W
MTR, 0-10V, 90MM W
MTR, % POWER, 90MM W
MTR, % POWER/VSWR 90MM W
MTR, 0-50 SCL 120MM W
METER TO SPEC, 0-10V
METER, ELAPSED TIME
PWR SUPPLY, SW, 32V 2700W
POWER SUPPLY LINEAR
CONNECTOR, BACKPLANE
CABLE, HV UMBILICAL SIGMA PLUS
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-68. *KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER - 994 9797 015
DESCRIPTION
TRANS-PAK FULLWAVE 6P ESD
SURGE ARRESTER 6KV
ASSY, RESISTOR BD, 60 OHM 225W
BD, INPUT PRIMARY SNUBBER
ASSY, RESISTOR BOARD 20 OHM
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-69. KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA - 994 9797 016
DESCRIPTION
*FAN BLADES USED ON LIEBERT
FAN MOTOR ASSEMBLY
THERMOSTAT SPDT 55-175F
TRANSFORMER, CONTROL
CONTACTORS, FAN CONTROL
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
Table 7-70. KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE - 994 9797 017
DESCRIPTION
CARTRIDGE FILTER 10MICRON
LED RED CART 12V
LED GREEN CART 12V ESD
RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD
LED AMBER CART 12V
FUSE, 1.5A
FUSE, 5A, 600V
PUMP, WATER 60HZ 3 PH
THERMOMETER DIAL
XFMR CTL 115/230V 50/60HZ
XFMR, CTL, STEP DOWN, 1 PHASE
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
560 0035 000
570 0279 000
574 0156 000
582 0056 000
584 0273 000
604 1060 000
604 1129 000
604 1170 000
620 2726 000
740 1059 000
HARRIS P/N
051 1010 021
378 0170 000
378 0195 000
378 0197 000
378 0218 000
378 0219 000
432 0410 000
620 2817 000
620 2950 000
620 3047 000
620 3048 000
620 3056 000
620 3057 000
620 3058 000
736 0322 000
952 9211 200
988 2414 200
988 8641 001
992 6742 005
992 8724 001
992 8734 001
992 8807 001
992 8812 001
992 9139 013
992 9508 001
992 9511 067
994 9649 001
994 9649 004
994 9797 001
994 9797 003
994 9797 004
994 9797 007
994 9797 009
994 9797 012
994 9797 013
994 9797 015
7/15/02
MOV 4500A 35J 130 VAC
CNTOR 40A 600V 3P
RELAY 12VDC 4PDT
RELAY, OVERLOAD 3P 600V
HEATER B55
SWITCH, TGL DP ON OFF ON
SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL
SWITCH, DISCONNECT 480V
GAUGE,PRESSURE 3.5IN DIAL
MON, PH 430-480V 3PH
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 7-71. SYSTEM, CD140P2/CD200P2 - 994 9649 005
DESCRIPTION
UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID
THYRATRON, CERAMIC
TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED
TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED
KLYSTRODE, K2D75W
KLYSTRODE, K2D110W
FLUID COOLER 3 FAN
MOTORIZED SWITCH OPTION
ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT
RF SYSTEM DTV 2-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYSTEM DTV 2-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYS DTV 2-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 2-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 2-TUBE DIELECTRIC
POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 2 TUBE
DP, 2-TUBE, CD140P2/CD200P2
*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT
LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ
*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER
INSTALL MATL, 2-TUBE IOT
CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE
ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR
INTERCONNECT CABLES, 2-TUBE CD
*XMTR, 2-TUBE, SIGMA
XMTR-Q, CD140P2/CD200P2
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,
*KIT, SPARE, PARTS
*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS
KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB
*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)
0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
OPTION ORDER QTY 1
ORDER QTY 2 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-
40
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-
69
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
#OPTION, ORDER QTY 1
ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-
OVER
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL
FORMAT
TO CHANNEL
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-45
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 040
003 8020 060
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
086 0004 047
299 0018 000
358 1722 000
358 3038 000
358 3348 000
359 0085 000
359 0192 000
359 0193 000
359 0197 000
359 0199 000
359 0200 000
359 0225 000
359 0228 000
359 0250 000
359 0251 000
359 0260 000
359 0272 000
359 0302 000
359 0321 000
359 0324 000
359 0355 000
359 0434 000
359 0476 000
359 0477 000
359 0479 000
359 0480 000
359 0514 000
359 0594 000
359 0829 000
359 0869 000
359 0883 000
359 0884 000
359 0891 000
359 0923 000
359 0942 000
359 0962 000
359 0984 000
359 0997 000
359 1042 000
359 1075 000
359 1079 000
359 1083 000
994 9797 016
994 9797 017
HEW8482H
HEWEPM-441A
KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA
KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE
HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE
POWER METER, RF
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
Table 7-72. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 2 TUBE - 952 9211 200
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"
THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.
PLUG, PIPE BRASS
ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC
TEE 1 IN
ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING
UNION, 1" CXC
ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET
ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M
ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC
ADAPTER, FEMALE
VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE
ELBOW 45 DEG 2 IN
ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC
ELBOW 90 DEG STREET
PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT
VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE
ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2
UNION C X M 2 IN
ADAPTER 2" CXM
UNION, 2" CXC
VALVE, GATE 2" CXC
UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT
ADAPTER 2 IN
UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST
UNION 1" CXM
REDUCER FTG 2-1/2" X 2"
ADPTR, FTG 1" FTG X 1/2"F
TEE, 2"CX2"CX1"C
TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1
ELBOW 90 DEG 2 X 1 CXC
VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER 2"
REDUCER, 2" FTG X 1" C
REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING
BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"
TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER
ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4
TEE 1X1X 3/4 CXCXC
NIPPLE, 2" NPT X 6"L
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (n)
0.0 FT 80 REQ’D
0.0 FT
0.0 LB
120 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
0.0 EA
0.0 LB
0.0 RL
0.0 EA
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
16 REQ’D
8 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
16 REQ’D
4 REQ’D
8 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS
4 REQ’D, #AMPLIFIER CABINETS
(OPTIONAL)
4 REQ’D, #DIELECTRIC LOADS
8 REQ’D
10 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS
4 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINETS
2 REQ’D
20 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
4 REQ’D, #TEST/REJECT LOADS
5 REQ’D
2 REQ’D, #USED WITH BALANCE SETTER
VALVE.
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
3 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
4 REQ’D
10 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
6 REQ’D
2 REQ’D, (#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
2 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
4 REQ’D, #PASSIVE PWR LOAD
2 REQ’D, #TEST/REJECT LOADS
1 REQ’D
7-46 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
359 1128 000
359 1236 000
424 0469 000
432 0410 000
442 0108 000
629 0059 000
646 1488 000
852 9211 200
917 2336 066
917 2336 112
952 9211 203
992 6742 005
354 0338 000
354 0700 000
358 3192 000
464 0242 000
464 0253 000
614 0842 000
614 0844 000
690 0016 000
917 2336 023
917 2336 024
917 2501 102
922 1311 003
992 3660 001
992 9830 032
994 8442 001
994 8442 006
HARRIS P/N
003 4010 050
296 0350 000
302 0532 000
308 0013 000
314 0015 000
354 0005 000
354 0006 000
354 0011 000
354 0015 000
354 0016 000
354 0017 000
354 0027 000
354 0245 000
354 0254 000
354 0325 000
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 013
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
ADAPTER 3/4 X 1 C X F
ELBOW, 2" STREET45
HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG
FLUID COOLER 3 FAN
THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.
FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT
LABEL, CAUTION
LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING
ADAPTER THERMOSTAT
LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,
KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 2 TUBE
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
4 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M
SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M
Table 7-73. INSTALL MATL, 2-TUBE IOT - 992 8807 001
DESCRIPTION
CU, STRAP .020 X 4"
TUBING, ZIPPER .625
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
TERM LUG RED SPADE 6
TERM LUG RED SPADE 8
LUG BLUE RING .25
LUG BLUE SPADE 6
LUG BLUE SPADE 8
LUG BLUE SPADE 10
TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8
TERM LUG YEL RING 10
LUG .25 RING YEL
LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG
LUG 4 RING RED
LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG
EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.
CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON
PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING
TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A
TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A
DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY
CABINET CLAMP
CABINET CLAMP
INSTL MTL, WIRE, USA 60/80KW
CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,
KIT, HARDWARE
KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR
KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE
KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
50.0 EA
10.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
7.0 EA
1.0 BX
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (u)
157.50 FT
200.0 FT
16.0 EA
16.0 EA
16.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
50.0 EA
10.0 EA
10.0 EA
# SIGMA CDII
Table 7-74. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 013
DESCRIPTION
RUBBER SPONGE 3/8
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)
10.0 FT #PIPE HANGERS
2.0 LB
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-47
086 0004 060
302 0318 000
302 0319 000
302 0320 000
302 0338 000
306 0034 000
306 0047 000
310 0011 000
310 0026 000
314 0011 000
314 0015 000
358 1127 000
358 1131 000
358 1891 000
358 1895 000
358 1896 000
358 2160 000
358 2188 000
358 2202 000
358 2472 000
358 3038 000
358 3565 000
358 3598 000
358 3700 000
359 1049 000
359 1051 000
359 1053 000
359 1055 000
464 0055 000
464 0056 000
690 0017 000
SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2
NUT, HEX 1/2-13
NUT, HEX 3/8-16
WASHER, FLAT 3/8
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG
NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16
ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16
NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13
ROD 1/2-13 THREADED
CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG
FLAT PLATE FITTING
NUT COUPLER 3/8-16
FLAT PLATE FITTING
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION
ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE
CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION
PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN
SETTING TOOL
DRILL MASONARY
PIPE JOINT COMPOUND
10.0 EA
50.0 EA
10.0 EA
10.0 EA
2.0 EA
14.0 EA
2.0 EA
10.0 EA
4.0 EA
10.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.80 TZ
120.0 EA
0.0 EA
120.0 EA
120.0 EA
180.0 EA
180.0 EA
180.0 EA
180.0 EA
180.0 EA
180.0 EA
23.0 EA
60.0 EA
0.0 EA
20.0 EA
20.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
378 0196 000
378 0198 000
378 0213 000
378 0214 000
3913-466-56810
3913-466-59680
432 0393 000
484 0441 000
484 0442 000
484 0443 000
484 0461 000
484 0462 000
618 0731 000
620 2957 008
620 2957 009
620 2957 010
Table 7-75. XMTR-Q, CD140P2/CD200P2 - 994 9649 004
DESCRIPTION
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW
KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3
KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3
3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5
*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4
BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ
LINE, ADJ CONSTANT Z
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (ak)
0.0 EA ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD140P2 OR DROP
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. EEV
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD200P2 OR DROP
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. EEV
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD140P2 OR DROP
SHIPMENTS. CPI
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CD200P2 OR DROP
SHIPMENTS. CPI
SELECT TWO FOR 626-860 MHZ
SELECT TWO FOR 470-636 MHZ
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 14-34
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 35-52
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 53-69
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 14 TO 43
ORDER QTY 2 FOR CH 44 TO 78
FOR CONTROL CABINET PH ADJ 1
ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26
ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44
ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69
7-48 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
620 2957 011
620 2974 000
620 2975 000
620 2976 000
620 2977 000
917 2300 133
992 8813 001
992 9821 001
992 9822 002
992 9824 002
992 9830 002
992 9830 016
992 9830 017
992 9830 020
992 9830 021
992 9830 026
992 9830 027
992 9830 030
994 9785 001
HARRIS P/N
051 1010 021
378 0170 000
378 0195 000
378 0197 000
378 0218 000
378 0219 000
432 0445 000
620 2817 000
620 2950 000
620 3049 000
620 3050 000
620 3059 000
620 3060 000
620 3061 000
736 0322 000
952 9211 300
988 2414 300
988 8641 001
992 6742 008
992 8724 001
7/15/02
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ
NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL
*ASSY, MODE CONTROLLER
CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)
KIT, EEV FITTINGS
KIT, SINGLE IPA
KIT, DUAL IPA
KIT, DUAL EXCITER
KIT, SINGLE EXCITER
KIT, CPI ASSY
KIT, ASSY, EEV
KIT, CPI FITTINGS
EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
ORDER QTY 4 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77
ORDER QTY: 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR
DUAL IPA, CH 14-26
ORDER 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR DUAL
IPA CH 27-40
ORDER 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 41-57
ORDER 8 FOR SINGLE IPA, 16 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 58-77
ORDER 2 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER QTY 2 WHEN USED WITH EEV
70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH-26
AND LOWER
ORDER QTY 2 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL
POWERS & CHANNELS EEV 100KW CH 27
AND UP
ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER
ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER
ORDER 2 FOR CPI TUBES
ORDER 2 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER 2 FOR CPI TUBES
ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2
FOR DUAL EXCITERS, QUINCY WILL FOR-
MAT TO CHANNEL
Table 7-76. SYSTEM, CD210P3/CD300P3 - 994 9650 005
DESCRIPTION
UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID
THYRATRON, CERAMIC
TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED
TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED
KLYSTRODE, K2D75W
KLYSTRODE, K2D110W
FLUID COOLER 4-FAN LO-FLOW
MOTORIZED SWITCH OPTION
ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT
RF SYSTEM DTV 3-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYSTEM DTV 3-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYS DTV 3-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 3-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 3-TUBE DIELECTRIC
POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 3 TUBE
DP, 3-TUBE, CD210P3/CD300P3
*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD
PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL TANK
LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (m)
0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
OPTION ORDER QTY 1
ORDER QTY 3 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-
40
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-
69
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-49
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 040
003 8020 060
003 8020 065
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
086 0004 047
299 0018 000
358 1722 000
358 3038 000
358 3348 000
359 0085 000
359 0192 000
359 0193 000
359 0197 000
359 0199 000
359 0200 000
359 0206 000
359 0225 000
359 0228 000
359 0250 000
359 0251 000
359 0272 000
359 0302 000
359 0321 000
359 0324 000
359 0355 000
359 0419 000
359 0420 000
992 8734 001
992 8808 001
992 8812 001
992 9139 014
992 9508 001
992 9511 068
994 9650 001
994 9650 004
994 9797 001
994 9797 003
994 9797 004
994 9797 007
994 9797 009
994 9797 012
994 9797 013
994 9797 015
994 9797 016
994 9797 017
HEW8482H
HEWEPM-441A
*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER
INSTALL MATL, 3-TUBE IOT
CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE
ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR
INTERCONNECT CABLES, 3-TUBE CD
*XMTR, 3-TUBE, SIGMA
XMTR-Q, CD210P3/CD300P3
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
#OPTION, ORDER QTY 1
ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-
OVER
ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL
FORMAT
TO CHANNEL
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,
*KIT, SPARE, PARTS
*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS
KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB
*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER
KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA
KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE
HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE
POWER METER, RF
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
Table 7-77. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 3 TUBE - 952 9211 300
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 2.5 NOM DIA
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"
THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.
PLUG, PIPE BRASS
ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC
TEE 1 IN
ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING
UNION, 1" CXC
ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET
ELBOW, 90 DEG 2-1/2"
ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M
ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC
ADAPTER, FEMALE
VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE
ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC
ELBOW 90 DEG STREET
PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT
VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE
ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2
ELBOW 90 DEG 2-1/2
ELBOW 45 DEG 2-1/2
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (q)
0.0 FT 90 FT REQ’D
0.0 FT
0.0 FT
20 REQ’D
200 FT REQ’D
0.0 LB
0.0 EA
0.0 LB
0.0 RL
1# REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1# REQ’D
1 REQ’D
24 REQ’D
12 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
26 REQ’D
6 REQ’D
12 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS
6 REQ’D, #AMPLIFIER CABINETS
OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL
6 REQ’D, #DIELECTRIC LOADS
12 REQ’D
12 REQ’D, #HOSE BARBS
6 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET
4 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
6 REQ’D, #TEST, REJECT LOADS
5 REQ’D
20 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
7-50 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
359 0422 000
359 0433 000
359 0475 000
359 0477 000
359 0479 000
359 0480 000
359 0532 000
359 0574 000
359 0594 000
359 0658 000
359 0829 000
359 0869 000
359 0891 000
359 0935 000
359 0939 000
359 0984 000
359 0997 000
359 1042 000
359 1075 000
359 1079 000
359 1084 000
359 1117 000
359 1128 000
359 1138 000
359 1236 000
424 0469 000
432 0445 000
442 0108 000
629 0059 000
629 0069 000
646 1488 000
852 9211 300
917 2336 066
917 2336 112
952 9211 303
992 6742 005
992 8812 001
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 113
026 6010 001
041 1310 025
041 1310 030
055 0120 230
055 0120 232
055 0120 319
063 1030 021
335 0106 000
354 0197 000
357 0038 000
358 1316 000
358 1761 000
7/15/02
ADAPTER 2-1/2
UNION C X C 2-1/2 IN
VALVE, GATE
UNION, 2" CXC
VALVE, GATE 2" CXC
UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT
COUPLING 2-1/2 X 1
TEE 2-1/2C x 2-1/2C x 1C
UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST
COUPLING 2-1/2 IN.
UNION 1" CXM
REDUCER FTG 2-1/2" X 2"
TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1
UNION 2-1/2 CXM
TEE, 2-1/2CX2-1/2CX3/4C
REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING
BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"
TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER
ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4
TEE 1X1X 3/4 CXCXC
NIPPLE 2 1/2" NPT X 6"
ADAPTOR 2-1/2 IN CXF (CAST)
ADAPTER 3/4 X 1 C X F
VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER 2-1/2"
ELBOW, 2" STREET45
HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG
FLUID COOLER 4-FAN LO-FLOW
THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.
FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT
FLOW MTR, 30GPM, 1" FNPT
LABEL, CAUTION
LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING
ADAPTER THERMOSTAT
LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,
KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 3 TUBE
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT
CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
10 REQ’D
6 REQ’D
6 REQ’D
14 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
2 REQ’D, #USE WITH BALANCE SETTER
VALVE.
4 REQ’D
3 REQ’D
5 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
6 REQ’D, #PASSIVE PWR LOADS
3 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
6 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
1 REQ’D
OPTION
Table 7-78. PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL TANK - 992 6742 008
DESCRIPTION
TUBING POLYPROPYLENE
NYLON, PROFILE .500 WIDE
RUB SILICONE SPONGE
GASKET, RUBBER
CONDUIT 3/4 IN.
CONN, STRAIGHT 3/4
CONN 90 DEG INSULATED 3/4
* PIPE SEALANT “PST”
WASHER PLAIN .187 ID
CONNECTOR SET SCREW TYPE
BUSHING TEFLON
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 24
CLAMP ADJ.
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)
7.0 FT
0.750 FT
0.1140 RL
10.670 FT #BETWEEN FRONT PANELS
6.0 FT
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
12.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
#USE AS REQ
K007
#PUMPS
#U001
#PIPE MTG ANGLES
#PIPE MTG ANGLES
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-51
384 0695 000
384 0702 000
384 0842 000
398 0324 000
398 0476 000
402 0024 000
402 0130 000
404 0578 000
404 0661 000
404 0695 000
410 0391 000
424 0033 000
424 0382 000
432 0316 000
442 0041 000
448 0224 000
358 1823 000
358 1974 000
358 2426 000
358 2635 000
358 3348 000
358 3456 000
358 3463 000
358 3612 000
358 3637 000
359 0495 000
359 1068 000
359 1122 000
359 1123 000
382 0296 000
384 0431 000
384 0694 000
472 0622 000
472 1047 000
522 0531 000
524 0147 000
524 0150 000
530 0088 000
530 0094 000
540 0287 000
540 0611 000
560 0035 000
570 0279 000
574 0156 000
582 0056 000
584 0273 000
604 1060 000
604 1129 000
604 1170 000
614 0048 000
614 0059 000
614 0132 000
614 0718 000
614 0915 000
7-52
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 48
SPEED NUT 10-32
PLUG, WHITE 2" HOLE
CABLE TIE, PUSH MOUNT SNAP IN
HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.
CARTRIDGE FILTER 10MICRON
SEAL, TOGGLE SWITCH
PLATE, BARRIER (282, 2-COND)
PLATE, END STOP, DIN RAIL MTG
SNUBBER, PRESSURE
BULKHEAD FITTING 2"
CONNECTOR, FEMALE
ELBOW MALE SWIVEL 90 DEG
IC, LM340K-12 ESD
RECT. 1N4001 ESD
LED RED CART 12V
LED GREEN CART 12V ESD
RECT FW BRIDGE 600V 35A ESD
LED AMBER CART 12V
FUSE, 1.5A
FUSE, 5A, 600V
FUSE HOLDER
FUSE HOLDER, 3 POLE
SOCKET RELAY, 4PDT
SOCKET, TRANSISTOR TO-3
HEAT SINK FOR TO-3 CASE
INSULATOR TRANSISTOR T03
GROMMET 1-1/16 MTG D
WASHER, RUBBER
PUMP, WATER 60HZ 3 PH
THERMOMETER DIAL
HANDLE ALUM
XFMR CTL 115/230V 50/60HZ
XFMR, CTL, STEP DOWN, 1 PHASE
CAP 1UF 50V 20%
CAP 2600UF 50V
CAP 6000 UF 50V
BRACKET, CAP, 2" ID
BRACKET, CAP, 1.375"ID
* RES 13 OHM 1W 5%
* RES 1K OHM 2W 5%
MOV 4500A 35J 130 VAC
CNTOR 40A 600V 3P
RELAY 12VDC 4PDT
RELAY, OVERLOAD 3P 600V
HEATER B55
SWITCH, TGL DP ON OFF ON
SWITCH, LIQUID LEVEL
SWITCH, DISCONNECT 480V
TERM BD 4 TERM
TERM BD 15 TERM
TERM STRIP 2 TERM
JUMPER MODEL 601-J/141J
TERM BLK, 2C MODULAR 282
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
44.0 EA
4.0 EA
23.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
7.0 EA
#PIPE MTG ANGLES
USED AS TIES FOR CABLE
#TB001
#TB001
#TANK OUTLET INLET
#M001
#M001
U001
CR002 CR003
DS005 DS006
DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004
CR001
DS007
F001
F002 F003 F004
XF001
XF002 3 4
XK003 XK004
XU001
#U001
#U001
#LEVEL SW
B001 B002
M002
T002
T001
C003
C002
C001
#C001
#C002
R002
R001
RV001 RV002
K001 K002
K003
K004
K005 K006
HR001 HR002 HR003 HR004 HR005 HR006
S001
S002
TB003
TB002
TS001
#TB001
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
614 0920 000
614 0921 010
620 2726 000
646 0665 000
646 1483 000
740 1059 000
817 2336 123
822 0218 001
822 0741 039
843 5396 221
852 9188 101
922 0965 152
922 0965 153
922 1295 019
922 1297 054
943 4578 001
952 9188 098
952 9188 100
952 9190 600
952 9190 607
952 9190 608
952 9190 611
952 9190 618
952 9190 619
952 9190 620
952 9190 627
952 9190 628
952 9190 630
994 9659 011
999 2418 001
999 2819 001
HARRIS P/N
003 4010 050
296 0350 000
302 0532 000
308 0013 000
314 0015 000
354 0005 000
354 0006 000
354 0011 000
354 0015 000
354 0016 000
354 0017 000
354 0027 000
354 0245 000
354 0254 000
354 0325 000
354 0338 000
354 0567 000
354 0700 000
358 3192 000
464 0242 000
7/15/02
JUMPER, 2-POLE ADJACENT 282
MARKER STRIP, TERM BLK, 1-10
GAUGE,PRESSURE 3.5IN DIAL
INSPECTION LABEL
HARRIS NAMEPLATE
MON, PH 430-480V 3PH
RUNNING SHT, PUMP MODULE
STRAP, GND
BRKT, U1 MTG
WIRING DIAG, PUMP MODULE,
OUTLINE, PUMP MODULE, 55 GAL
FITTING, LEVEL SWITCH
SHIELD, LEVEL SWITCH
SHIELD, DEFLECTOR
RAIL, 4"
PUMP DISCHARGE ASSY
TANK, MODIFIED, 55 GAL
ASSY, TANK RETURN, 55 GAL TANK
CABINET ASSY
VORTEX PLATE 2" OUTLET
ENCLOSURE, TOP TANK
PUMP INLET ASSY
ANGLE PIPE SUPPORT
TOP ELECTRICAL PANEL
PANEL, LOWER ELECTRICAL
SIDE PANELS
BLANK PANEL
CABLE ASSY
KIT, ADVANCED SPARES PUMP
HARDWARE LIST, PUMP MODULE
WIRE/TUBING LIST
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
#TB001
#TB001
M001
K007
#XU001
TB003
#TB001
#TANK OUTLET
#PIPE SUPPORTS
Table 7-79. INSTALL MATL, 3-TUBE IOT - 992 8808 001
DESCRIPTION
CU, STRAP .020 X 4"
TUBING, ZIPPER .625
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
TERM LUG RED SPADE 6
TERM LUG RED SPADE 8
LUG BLUE RING .25
LUG BLUE SPADE 6
LUG BLUE SPADE 8
LUG BLUE SPADE 10
TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8
TERM LUG YEL RING 10
LUG .25 RING YEL
LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG
LUG 4 RING RED
TERMINAL 3/8 RING
LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG
EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.
CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (s)
210.0 FT
300.0 FT
24.0 EA
24.0 EA
24.0 EA
75.0 EA
75.0 EA
75.0 EA
75.0 EA
75.0 EA
75.0 EA
75.0 EA
75.0 EA
15.0 EA
15.0 EA
75.0 EA
15.0 EA
15.0 EA
12.0 EA
1.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-53
464 0253 000
614 0842 000
614 0844 000
690 0016 000
917 2336 023
917 2336 024
917 2501 101
922 1311 003
992 3660 001
992 9830 032
994 8442 001
994 8442 006
358 1131 000
358 1891 000
358 1895 000
358 1896 000
358 2160 000
358 2188 000
358 2202 000
358 2472 000
358 3038 000
358 3570 000
358 3598 000
358 3700 000
359 1049 000
359 1051 000
359 1053 000
359 1055 000
464 0055 000
464 0056 000
690 0017 000
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 013
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
086 0004 060
302 0318 000
302 0319 000
302 0320 000
302 0338 000
306 0034 000
306 0047 000
310 0011 000
310 0026 000
314 0011 000
314 0015 000
358 1127 000
PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING
TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A
TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A
DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY
CABINET CLAMP
CABINET CLAMP
INSTL MTL, WIRE, USA 90/120KW
CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,
KIT, HARDWARE
KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR
KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE
KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 BX
9.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
# SIGMA CDII
Table 7-80. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 014
DESCRIPTION
RUBBER SPONGE 3/8
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2
NUT, HEX 1/2-13
NUT, HEX 3/8-16
WASHER, FLAT 3/8
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG
NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16
ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16
NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13
ROD 1/2-13 THREADED
CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG
FLAT PLATE FITTING
NUT COUPLER 3/8-16
FLAT PLATE FITTING
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
PIPE CLAMP WITH CUSHION
ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE
CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION
PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN
SETTING TOOL
DRILL MASONARY
PIPE JOINT COMPOUND
90.0 EA
0.0 EA
25.0 EA
25.0 EA
12.0 EA
50.0 EA
15.0 EA
15.0 EA
2.0 EA
15.0 EA
2.0 EA
15.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)
10.0 FT
3.0 LB
2.0 EA
2.70 TZ
120.0 EA
120.0 EA
120.0 EA
120.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
30.0 EA
7-54 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
484 0462 000
620 2957 008
620 2957 009
620 2957 010
620 2957 011
620 2974 000
620 2975 000
620 2976 000
620 2977 000
917 2300 133
917 2506 111
992 8813 001
992 9821 001
992 9822 002
992 9824 002
992 9830 002
992 9830 016
HARRIS P/N
378 0196 000
378 0198 000
378 0213 000
378 0214 000
3913-466-56810
3913-466-59680
432 0393 000
484 0441 000
484 0442 000
484 0443 000
484 0461 000
992 9830 017
992 9830 020
992 9830 021
992 9830 026
992 9830 027
992 9830 030
994 9785 001
Table 7-81. XMTR-Q, CD210P3/CD300P3 - 994 9650 004
DESCRIPTION
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW
KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3
KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3
3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5
*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4
BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ
NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL
KIT, PHASING, 3-AMP
*ASSY, MODE CONTROLLER
CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)
KIT, EEV FITTINGS
KIT, SINGLE IPA
KIT, DUAL IPA
KIT, DUAL EXCITER
KIT, SINGLE EXCITER
KIT, CPI ASSY
KIT, ASSY, EEV
KIT, CPI FITTINGS
EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (y)
0.0 EA ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD210P3 OR DROP
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. EEV
ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD300P3 OR DROP
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. EEV
ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD210P3 OR DROP
SHIPMENTS. CPI
ORDER QTY 3 FOR CD300P3 OR DROP
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. CPI
SELECT THREE FOR 626-860 MHZ
SELECT THREE FOR 470-636 MHZ
CHOOSE 3 FOR HIGH ALT.
ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 14-34
ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 35-52
ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 53-69
ORDER QTY 3 FOR
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
CH 14 TO 43
ORDER QTY 3 FOR CH 44 TO 78
ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26
ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44
ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69
ORDER QTY 6 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77
ORDER QTY 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR
DUAL IPA, CH 14-26
ORDER 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 27-40
ORDER 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR DUAL
IPA CH 41-57
ORDER 12 FOR SINGLE IPA, 24 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 58-77
1.0 EA
1.0 EA USED IN CONTROL
CABINET
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
ORDER 3 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER QTY 3 WHEN USED WITH EEV
70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 26
AND LOWER
ORDER QTY 3 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL
POWERS & CHANNELS EEV 100KW CH 27
AND UP
ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER
ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER
ORDER 3 FOR CPI TUBES
ORDER 3 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER 3 FOR CPI TUBES
ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2
FOR DUAL EXCITERS, QUINCY WILL FOR-
MAT TO CHANNEL
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-55
HARRIS P/N
051 1010 021
378 0170 000
378 0195 000
378 0197 000
378 0218 000
378 0219 000
432 0410 000
620 2817 000
620 2950 000
620 3051 000
620 3052 000
620 3062 000
620 3063 000
620 3064 000
736 0322 000
952 9211 400
988 2414 400
988 8641 001
992 6742 005
992 8724 001
992 8734 001
992 8809 001
992 8812 001
992 9139 015
992 9508 001
992 9511 069
994 9651 001
994 9651 004
994 9797 001
994 9797 003
994 9797 004
994 9797 007
994 9797 009
994 9797 012
994 9797 013
994 9797 015
HARRIS P/N
2411-027-07102
2413-031-10255
2432-020-00237
384 0307 000
3913-009-00920
618 0731 000
620 2966 000
917 2506 113
Table 7-82. KIT, PHASING, 3-AMP - 917 2506 111
DESCRIPTION
PLUG RF INC CBL SCR RG223
ADPT RF INC F-F FREE 50R
ADPT RF INC M-M FREE 50R
DIODE 1N916 ESD
RELAY 12 VOLT
LINE, ADJ CONSTANT Z
PLUG, TNC, RG223 CRIMP
CABLE, COAX JUMPER PACKAGE
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (a)
3.0 EA W062 W063
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
K001 K002
PH ADJ 1, PH ADJ 2
W062 W063 PHASE CABLES AS REQUIRED
W060 W061 W062 W063 W064
Table 7-83. SYSTEM, CD280P4/CD400P4 - 994 9651 005
DESCRIPTION
UCARTHERM COOLING FLUID
THYRATRON, CERAMIC
TUBE, IOT 70KW, WATER COOLED
TUBE, IOT 110KW, WATER COOLED
KLYSTRODE, K2D75W
KLYSTRODE, K2D110W
FLUID COOLER 3 FAN
MOTORIZED SWITCH OPTION
ADAPTER, DIELECTRIC TO MYAT
RF SYSTEM DTV 4-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYSTEM DTV 4-TUBE PASSIVE
RF SYS DTV 4-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 4-TUBE DIELECTRIC
RF SYS DTV 4-TUBE DIELECTRIC
POWER SUPPLY BEAM 480VAC 96KVA
KIT, WATER PLUMBING 4 TUBE
DP, 4-TUBE, CD280P4/CD400P4
*DP, SIGMA+ IPA W/FEED FORWARD
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT
LINE CNTL CAB, 480V 60HZ
*MODULE, 1KW S.S. AMPLIFIER
INSTALL MATL, 4-TUBE IOT
CALORIMETRY ASSEMBLY
KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE
ASSY, AUTO-CHANGEOVER CTLR
INTERCONNECT CABLES, 4-TUBE CD
*XMTR, 4-TUBE, SIGMA
XMTR-Q, CD280P4/CD400P4
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD,
*KIT, SPARE, PARTS
*KIT, SPARES, SEMICOND & FUSE
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
*KIT, SPARES, PC BOARD
KIT, SPARES,AMP CAB COMPONENTS
KIT, SPARES, LINE CONTROL CAB
*KIT, SPARES, 97KVA BEAM POWER
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (l)
0.0 EA QTY AS ORDERED BY CUSTOMER.
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
LINE ITEM SPARE 70KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE 100KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 75KW TUBE
LINE ITEM SPARE 110KW TUBE
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
OPTION ORDER QTY 1
ORDER QTY 4 FOR DIELECTRIC RF SYSTEM
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 14-
40
PASSIVE POWER PROD, QTY 1 FOR CH 41-
69
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 14-17
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 18-43
DIELECTRIC, ORDER QTY 1 FOR CH 44-69
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
LINE ITEM SPARE
ORDER QTY 1 FOR AUTO PUMP CHANGE-
OVER
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA ORDER 1 FOR QUINCY BUILT, QUINCY WILL
FORMAT TO CHANNEL
7-56 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
359 0199 000
359 0200 000
359 0206 000
359 0213 000
359 0225 000
359 0226 000
359 0228 000
359 0246 000
359 0250 000
359 0251 000
359 0260 000
359 0272 000
359 0302 000
359 0321 000
359 0324 000
359 0355 000
359 0403 000
359 0419 000
359 0435 000
359 0475 000
359 0476 000
359 0477 000
359 0479 000
359 0480 000
359 0514 000
359 0531 000
359 0532 000
359 0574 000
359 0594 000
359 0829 000
359 0860 000
HARRIS P/N
003 8020 040
003 8020 050
003 8020 060
003 8020 065
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
086 0004 047
299 0018 000
358 1722 000
358 3038 000
358 3348 000
359 0085 000
359 0192 000
359 0193 000
359 0197 000
994 9797 016
994 9797 017
HEW8482H
HEWEPM-441A
KIT, SPARES,FLUID COOLER SIGMA
KIT, SPARES, PUMP MODULE
HEWLETT PACKARD SENSOR PROBE
POWER METER, RF
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
OPTION ORDER QTY 1.
Table 7-84. KIT, WATER PLUMBING 4 TUBE - 952 9211 400
DESCRIPTION
CU, TBG 1.0 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 1.5 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 2.0 NOM DIA
CU, TBG 2.5 NOM DIA
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE .125"
THREAD-TAPE, TEFLON
CLAMP, ADJ, SIZE 20
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
HOSE CAP, 3/4 HOSE THD.
PLUG, PIPE BRASS
ELBOW, 90 DEG 1" CXC
TEE 1 IN
ADAPTER FEMALE FITTING
UNION, 1" CXC
ELBOW, 90 DEG STREET
ELBOW, 90 DEG 2-1/2"
TEE, 1 X 1 X 1-1/2
ADAPTER 1" C X 1" M
ADAPTER 1-1/2 CXM
ELBOW 45 DEG, 1" CXC
ELBOW, 90 DEG 1-1/2 CXC
ADAPTER, FEMALE
VALVE, GATE 1"CXC BRONZE
ELBOW 45 DEG 2 IN
ELBOW, 90 DEG 2" CXC
ELBOW 90 DEG STREET
PLUG PIPE 1/8 NPT
VALVE GLOBE 1" CXC BRONZE
ADAPTOR 3/4 - 1/2
COUPLING 1" CXC
ELBOW 90 DEG 2-1/2
UNION C X M 1-1/2 IN
VALVE, GATE
ADAPTER 2" CXM
UNION, 2" CXC
VALVE, GATE 2" CXC
UNION 2 IN C X 2FPT
ADAPTER 2 IN
TEE 2.5 X 2.5 X 1.5
COUPLING 2-1/2 X 1
TEE 2-1/2C x 2-1/2C x 1C
UNION, 3/4 CXM CAST
UNION 1" CXM
VALVE,3-WAY BALL 1-1/2NPT
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 RL
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (j)
0.0 FT 80 REQ
0.0 FT
0.0 FT
10 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE
40 REQ
0.0 FT
0.0 LB
0.0 EA
0.0 LB
250 REQ
1 REQ
1 REQ
2 REQ’D
2 REQ’D
32 REQ
16 REQ
10 REQ, #BOILER DRAIN VALVE
4 REQ’D
40 REQ
8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOAD
16 REQ’D,
#REJECT/TEST LOAD
8 REQ’D, 2 PER AMPLIFIER CABINETS
OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL
2 REQ
9 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOAD
2 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE
32 REQ’D, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET
3 REQ
16 REQ, #USED WITH HOSE BARBS
8 REQ, #TOP OF AMPLIFIER CABINET
4 REQ
10 REQ
2 REQ’D
(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS
10 REQ
8 REQ
34 REQ
4 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE
2 REQ
2 REQ
6 REQ’D
4 REQ
2 REQ’D
2 REQ
4 REQ, #3-WAY VALVE
4 REQ
8 REQ
8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS
18 REQ
2 REQ
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-57
359 0891 000
359 0905 000
359 0935 000
359 0939 000
359 0984 000
359 0997 000
359 1042 000
359 1075 000
359 1083 000
359 1128 000
359 1138 000
359 1236 000
424 0469 000
432 0410 000
442 0108 000
629 0059 000
629 0069 000
646 1488 000
852 9211 400
917 2336 066
917 2336 112
952 9211 403
992 6742 005
HARRIS P/N
003 4010 050
296 0350 000
302 0532 000
308 0013 000
314 0015 000
354 0005 000
354 0006 000
354 0011 000
354 0015 000
354 0016 000
354 0017 000
354 0027 000
354 0245 000
354 0254 000
354 0325 000
354 0338 000
354 0567 000
354 0700 000
358 3192 000
464 0242 000
464 0253 000
614 0842 000
614 0844 000
690 0016 000
917 2336 023
917 2336 024
7-58
TEE, 1 X 1/8 X 1
COUPLING,2-1/2 X 2 W/STOP
UNION 2-1/2 CXM
TEE, 2-1/2CX2-1/2CX3/4C
REGULATOR, PRESS REDUCING
BOILER DRAIN, 1/2"
TEE 2"X2"X3/4" COPPER
ADAPTER FTG X M 1 X 3/4
NIPPLE, 2" NPT X 6"L
ADAPTER 3/4 X 1 C X F
VALVE, BALANCE/SETTER 2-1/2"
ELBOW, 2" STREET45
HOSE SIL RUB 1" X 12’ LG
FLUID COOLER 3 FAN
THERMOSTAT 185 DEG F N.C.
FLOW MTR, 15GPM, 1" FNPT
FLOW MTR, 30GPM, 1" FNPT
LABEL, CAUTION
LAYOUT, WATER PLUMBING
ADAPTER THERMOSTAT
LABEL INSTRUCTIONS,
KIT, SUB ASSY PLUMBING, 4 TUBE
GLYCOL PUMP MODULE, IOT
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
(#CALORIMETRIC TEST LOAD)
2 REQ’D
4 REQ’D, #USED WITH BALANCE SETTER
VALVE
6 REQ’D
4 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS
10 REQ
4 REQ’D
8 REQ, #USED WITH PASSIVE POWER
LOADS
2 REQ
8 REQ, #REJECT/TEST LOADS
2 REQ’D, #MAY OR MAY NOT BE USED
1 REQ’D
SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M
#REJECT/TEST LOAD
#REJECT LOADS
#TEST LOADS
#REJECT/TEST LOAD
SEE NEXT LEVEL B/M
Table 7-85. INSTALL MATL, 4-TUBE IOT - 992 8809 001
DESCRIPTION
CU, STRAP .020 X 4"
TUBING, ZIPPER .625
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/4
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
TERM LUG RED SPADE 6
TERM LUG RED SPADE 8
LUG BLUE RING .25
LUG BLUE SPADE 6
LUG BLUE SPADE 8
LUG BLUE SPADE 10
TERM LUG YEL SPADE 8
TERM LUG YEL RING 10
LUG .25 RING YEL
LUG,.25 RING YEL 12-10AWG
LUG 4 RING RED
TERMINAL 3/8 RING
LUG 3/8 RING FOR 18-14AWG
EYEBOLT, 1/2-13 THDS.
CHAIN HOIST 10 FT, 1 TON
PLIERS, ZIPPER TUBING
TERM BLOCK 4POS 380V 8A
TERM BLOCK 10POS 380V 8A
DUCT SEALANT, PUTTY
CABINET CLAMP
CABINET CLAMP
100.0 EA
20.0 EA
20.0 EA
16.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
9.0 EA
1.0 BX
12.0 EA
4.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (r)
262.50 FT
400.0 FT
32.0 EA
32.0 EA
32.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
100.0 EA
20.0 EA
20.0 EA
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
917 2501 100
922 1311 003
943 5396 105
992 3660 001
992 9830 032
994 8442 001
994 8442 006
358 1131 000
358 1891 000
358 1895 000
358 1896 000
358 2160 000
358 2188 000
358 2202 000
358 2472 000
358 3038 000
358 3570 000
358 3598 000
358 3700 000
359 1049 000
359 1051 000
359 1053 000
359 1055 000
464 0055 000
464 0056 000
690 0017 000
HARRIS P/N
041 1310 013
086 0004 038
086 0004 040
086 0004 060
302 0318 000
302 0319 000
302 0320 000
302 0338 000
306 0034 000
306 0047 000
310 0011 000
310 0026 000
314 0011 000
314 0015 000
358 1127 000
HARRIS P/N
378 0196 000
378 0198 000
378 0213 000
INSTL MTL, WIRE, USA 120/160KW
CLAMP, CABINET INSTALLATION,
*KIT OF CABLES RF & CONTROL
KIT, HARDWARE
KIT, LINEARIZER INP ATTENUATOR
KIT, PROBE (1.50); 6-1/8 LINE
KIT, PROBE (1.25); 4-1/16 LINE
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
# SIGMA CDII
Table 7-86. KIT, INSTALLATION, 4" LINE - 992 9139 015
DESCRIPTION
RUBBER SPONGE 3/8
SOLDER, SILVER SIZE 0.062
* STAY CLEAN FLUX
SOLDER, HARD SILVER, 1/16DIA
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1.0
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/4
SCR, 3/8-16 X 1-1/2
SCR, 1/2-13 X 1-1/2
NUT, HEX 1/2-13
NUT, HEX 3/8-16
WASHER, FLAT 3/8
WASHER, FLAT 1/2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 3/8
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 1/2
ANGLE FITTING 90 DEG
NUT W/SPRING 3/8-16
ANCHOR SCREW 3/8-16
NUT W/SPRING 1/2-13
ROD 1/2-13 THREADED
CHANNEL 1-5/8 SQ 20 FT LG
FLAT PLATE FITTING
NUT COUPLER 3/8-16
FLAT PLATE FITTING
HOSE BARB 1" H X 1" MPT
PIPE CLAMP WITH CUSHION
ANGLE, UNISTRUT, 45 DEGREE
CLAMP, PIPING, WITH CUSHION
PIPE HANGER 2IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 2.0IN LAY-IN
PIPE HANGER 4.0IN LAY-IN
SETTING TOOL
DRILL MASONARY
PIPE JOINT COMPOUND
120.0 EA
0.0 EA
25.0 EA
30.0 EA
15.0 EA
60.0 EA
15.0 EA
20.0 EA
2.0 EA
25.0 EA
2.0 EA
12.0 EA
8.0 EA
12.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (g)
10.0 FT
4.0 LB
2.0 EA
2.70 TZ
150.0 EA
0.0 EA
150.0 EA
150.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
250.0 EA
35.0 EA
Table 7-87. XMTR-Q, CD280P4/CD400P4 - 994 9651 004
DESCRIPTION
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 70KW
IOT AND CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY 110KW
KLYSTRODE, CDK2750W3
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS (z)
0.0 EA ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD280P4 OR DROP
0.0 EA
SHIPMENTS. EEV
ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD400P4 OR DROP
SHIPMENTS. EEV
0.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-59
378 0214 000
3913-466-56810
3913-466-59680
432 0393 000
484 0441 000
484 0442 000
484 0443 000
484 0461 000
484 0462 000
618 0731 000
620 2957 008
620 2957 009
620 2957 010
620 2957 011
620 2974 000
620 2975 000
620 2976 000
620 2977 000
917 2300 133
917 2506 112
992 8813 001
992 9821 001
992 9822 002
992 9824 002
992 9830 002
992 9830 016
992 9830 017
992 9830 020
992 9830 021
992 9830 026
992 9830 027
992 9830 030
994 9785 001
KLYSTRODE, CDK2110W3
3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD5
*3DB COUPLER LO POWER BD4
BLOWER REGENERATIVE 2.5HP
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 470-596 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 596-704 MHZ
BREAKAWAY/FILTER, 704-862 MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 700MHZ
FILTER, LOW PASS 1000MHZ
LINE, ADJ CONSTANT Z
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, UHF
CIRCULATOR, 470-547 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 537-636 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 626-740 MHZ
*CIRCULATOR, 730-860 MHZ
NAMEPLATE, XMTR FCC SERIAL
CABLE, COAX, W65
*ASSY, MODE CONTROLLER
CABINET, REAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, FRONT, LINEAR, SIGMA+
CABINET, CONTROL (CD1A)
KIT, EEV FITTINGS
KIT, SINGLE IPA
KIT, DUAL IPA
KIT, DUAL EXCITER
KIT, SINGLE EXCITER
KIT, CPI ASSY
KIT, ASSY, EEV
KIT, CPI FITTINGS
EXCITER,CD-1A UHF OR VHF TUNED
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD280P4 OR DROP
SHIPMENTS. CPI
ORDER QTY 4 FOR CD400P4 OR DROP
SHIPMENTS. CPI
SELECT FOUR FOR 626-860 MHZ
SELECT FOUR FOR 470-636 MHZ
CHOOSE 4 FOR HIGH ALT.
ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 14-34
ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 35-52
ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 53-69
ORDER QTY 4 FOR
CH 14 TO 43
ORDER QTY 4 FOR CH 44 TO 78
FOR CONTROL CABINET PH ADJ 1, PH ADJ
2, PH ADJ 3
ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 14-26
ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 27-44
ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 45-69
ORDER QTY 8 FOR FEED FWD CH 70-77
ORDER QTY 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR
DUAL IPA, CH 14-26
ORDER 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 27-40
ORDER 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 41-57
ORDER 16 FOR SINGLE IPA, 32 FOR DUAL
IPA, CH 58-77
USED IN CONTROL CABINET PH ADJ 2
ORDER 4 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER QTY 4 WHEN USED WITH EEV
70KW ALL CHANNELS, EEV 100KW CH 26
AND LOWER
ORDER QTY 4 WHEN USED WITH CPI ALL
POWER & CHANNELS EEV 100KW CH 27
AND UP
ORDER QTY 1 FOR DUAL EXCITER
ORDER QTY 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER
ORDER 4 FOR CPI
TUBES
ORDER 4 FOR EEV TUBES
ORDER 4 FOR CPI TUBES
ORDER 1 FOR SINGLE EXCITER, ORDER 2
FOR DUAL EXCITERS, QUINCY WILL FOR-
MAT TO CHANNEL
7-60 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 451
843 5469 516
992 9363 000
2400 086 00016
Table 7-88. CONTACTOR DRIVER QSIG+ - 992 9363 002
DESCRIPTION
WIRING DIAGRAM CONTACTOR
ASSY DWG PCB CONT DRVR SIGMA+
CONTACTOR DRIVER PCB
FUSE 10A T 5X20 HRC CER
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA F001:F002:F003:F004
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 851
843 5469 074
9336 774 30682
0722 206 09005
3913 240 10015
3913 240 10004
Table 7-89. LED DISPLAY PCB ASSY - 992 9737 043
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM FUSE PROT/LED DISPLAY
PCB LED DISPLAY
LED 3MM MV5774C RED
CBL RIBBON 16WAY GREY
HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
SKT 16 WAY LTCH IDC STD P/FL
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA H001:H002:H003:H004: H005:H006:H007
1.30 FT
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
X006
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 926
992 9415 039
992 9502 049
952 9190 380
9338 827 61682
2400 490 01564
917 2506 048
2413 531 00179
2222 114 16333
8213 268 82046
4322 043 04281
2113 256 02316
380 0795 000
380 0796 000
2422 487 89512
335 0288 000
302 0292 000
302 0106 000
302 0109 000
302 0110 000
2522 178 15106
2522 401 50013
314 0009 000
314 0005 000
310 0009 000
310 0038 000
2522 600 79147
2513 712 02006
2513 712 02007
358 3006 000
2413 015 00141
1312 501 29501
2513 712 02005
2413 015 00144
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM ISO SUPPLIES 3 (EEV)
ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY MECH KIT
ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB ASSY
CABLE ISOLATED SUPPLIES 3
RECTFR SKB60/04 or /08 (60Amp)
HEATSINK 120 X 120 X 120MM BLK
STANDOFF
TRANSFORMER 12VA 20V
CAP 33000U 25V ELECT
CAP 500N 4KV TO SPEC
CLIP CAP 51MM
RES 150R 5% 6W W/W
TRANSISTOR, POWER ESD
TRANSISTOR, POWER, ESD
SIL-PAD TO-3 X 0.177mm
BUSHING, INSULATING, TO-3
SCR HEX HD 1/4-20 X 3/4 SST
SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/8 SST
SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 5/8 SST
SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/4 SST
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M5X12
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6
SPLIT LOCK WASHER 1/4 SST
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST
WASHER PLAIN 1/4" SST
WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M6
WSH CRKL ST18-8 M5
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6
STANDOFF 6-32x0.875" M/F ALUM
CLIP CABLE P NY M6.4
HEATSINK COMPOUND DC340
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M4
CLIP CABLE P NY M9.5
Table 7-90. ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY - 992 9737 092
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 PK
0010
0015
050
060
070
0080
0000 C203 C204
C202
110
R215
V010:V011
V014:V015:V033:V034
12.0 EA
5.0 EA 200
31.0 EA 203
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
204
205
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
0230
0310
13.0 EA 405
40.0 EA 410
5.0 EA 415
40.0 EA 420
9.0 EA
2.0 EA
0425
0430
7.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0440
0470
0475
USE AS REQUIRED
0530
0540
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-61
917 2336 154
358 2209 000
358 3134 000
0813 026 98327
306 0007 000
306 0004 000
2422 016 05019
302 0143 000
306 0006 000
314 0007 000
304 0045 000
304 0039 000
304 0038 000
310 0041 000
314 0010 000
307 0012 000
310 0040 000
302 0303 000
302 0054 000
2422 015 01003
310 0056 000
314 0003 000
302 0056 000
302 0290 000
304 0009 000
308 0056 000
4322 020 02060
MODIDFIED CORE EC70
U BOLT FOR EC70 CORE
STUD, BRS 1/4-20x1-3/4
TRIM EDGE-PVC 5/16 X 3/8"
NUT FULL 1/4-20 SST
NUT FULL 6-32 SST
SADDLE FOR 7.9MM TY-RAP
SCR PAN PHIL 10-32 X 1/2 SST
NUT FULL 10-32 SST
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;10 SST
NUT CAP, 10-32 BRS
NUT CAP, 5/16-18 BRS
NUT CAP 1/4-20 BRS
WASHER PLAIN 5/16 SST
SPLIT LOCK WASHER 5/16 SST
NUT, DOME M6 ST ST 18-8 A2
WASHER PLAIN No;10 SST
SCR, 5/16-18 X 5/8 HEX
SCR PAN PHIL 4-40 X 3/8 SST
SOLDERTAG M4 SNGL BR SN
WASHER #4 NARROW
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;4 SST
SCR, 4-40x1/2 PHIL PAN ST/ST
SCR HEX HD 1/4-20 X 1/2 SST
NUT FULL 1/4-20 BRSS
WASHER PLAIN 1/4" BRSS
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
3.0 EA
7.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 BX
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
0.70 ME
5.0 EA
6.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
555
560
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
6.0 EA
3.0 EA
7.0 EA
840
850
11.0 EA 860
12.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
992 9737 092
542 1663 000
952 9190 744
302 0054 000
314 0003 000
310 0037 000
1312 501 29501
Table 7-91. ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI) - 992 9737 105
DESCRIPTION
ISO SUPPLY 3 ASSY
RES 0.15 OHM 50W 5% W/W
KIT CBLS ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI)
SCR PAN PHIL 4-40 X 3/8 SST
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;4 SST
WASHER PLAIN No;4 SST
HEATSINK COMPOUND DC340
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA AS REQUIRED
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 915
839 8121 926
843 5469 576
843 5469 076
4322 020 02060
2413 490 01046
2422 016 05019
402 0201 000
2422 015 05069
2432 020 00048
610 1235 000
610 1306 000
Table 7-92. ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB ASSY - 992 9502 049
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM ISO SUPPLIES 3 (CPI)
SCHEM ISO SUPPLIES 3 (EEV)
DWG ISO SUPPLY 3 PCB
PCB ISO SUPPLY 3
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
HEATSINK TV-5
SADDLE FOR 7.9MM TY-RAP
HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE
TIE CABLE 3.5 X 150 NYLON NAT
SKT RF BNC PCB MGT 50R
HEADER, STRAIGHT 4 PIN
HDR, 18PIN 1ROW STRAIGHT
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
60.0 EA 015
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
020
025
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
030
035
X011:
X001:
X018
7-62 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
3913 935 00045
9335 613 10682
3913 935 00007
9334 636 90742
382 1347 000
506 0266 000
2000 101 06478
524 0364 000
2000 003 08229
524 0363 000
2013 751 15198
506 0271 000
2000 301 03223
2012 310 03124
2222 030 27109
2012 310 03162
522 0602 000
2012 310 00318
2012 310 03125
2222 683 34151
3913 200 10052
2222 030 36109
2013 017 01543
8213 268 75169
2422 086 01015
9338 827 15682
9332 897 10682
2413 535 00708
2122 550 00035
2113 256 02641
2113 256 02255
2113 256 02399
2322 156 12701
2122 362 00154
560 0092 000
2113 256 02902
2113 256 01041
2113 256 02336
638 0036 000
2322 156 11502
2113 256 02161
2322 156 13901
2322 156 11808
2113 256 02335
2113 256 02262
2322 156 18202
2322 156 13001
2322 156 11002
2322 156 19101
2113 111 22473
2322 156 13301
2322 156 12002
2113 111 25133
REG 79L15 -15V 0.1A TO92
IC RC4558P-00
REG 7812 +12V 1.5A TO-220
IC LM7912CT
IC LP311N (DIL-8)
CAP 1U 20% 250V PP
CAP 4U7 25V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 470U 385V ELECT
CAP 22U 63V ELEC AX 105deg
CAP 100U 385V ELECT
CAP 47P +-1PF 350/400V MICA
CAP 100N 10% 400V PETP 15MM
CAP 22N 10% 400V PETP 10MM
CAP 330N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 10U 40V ELECT
CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 3300U 25V ELECT PCB MGT
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 470N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 150P 2% 100V N150 0.2"
CAP 100N -20+80 50V CER
CAP 10U 25V ELECT
CAP 10U 20% 16V TANT
CAP 47N 3KV +-5% PAPER
FUSE 500MA T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3
OPTO/TX HFBR-1522
LED 5MM HLMP-3507 GRN
CHOKE 100UH 0W33 BS9751-N001-B
RES VD 220V 0.8W 24MM DIA
RES 0R47 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 4R7 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 22R 5% 9W W/W
RES 270R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
POT 200R 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ
RES VD 14V RMS 100J 20MM DIA
RES 3K9 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 20K 5% 6W W/W
RES 4K7 5% 6W W/W
METER SHUNT, DIGITAL 200MV 20A
RES 1K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K0 5% 12W W/W
RES 390R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1R8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 3K9 5% 6W W/W
RES 47R 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 300R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 910R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 47K 2% 2W0 MTLOX
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 2K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 12K 2% 1W0 MTLOX
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
A001:
A002:A110
A101:
A102:
0000 A103:A104:
0000 C001:C002:
C205
C003:
C014:C015
C004:
C018
C005:C009:C119
C017
C006
C127
C008:C110;C111:C010: C011:C126
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA C101:C102:
11.0 EA C007:C012:C013: C114:C115:C116:C117:
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
C118:C120:C129:C128
C016
C123:C124:C125
0000 C103:C104:C109:
0000 C105:C106:
0000 C107:C108:C121:C122
C201:
F001:
0000 H001:H101;H102;H103: H104:H107
0000 H105:H106:
L001
R042:R043
0000 R001:R002:
R023:R128:R129
R003:
R007
R217
R124:R127:R134:R215
R006
R044
R004:R207:
R216
R130: AOT 1K5 FOR EEV TUBES 1K8 FOR
CPI TUBES
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R045:R046
R111:R115:
R047
R005
R051
R136
R137
0000 R011:R025:R026:R050: R107
R131
R009:
R010:R027:R028:R041
R012:R109:
R013
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-63
2322 156 11003
2322 156 12003
2113 111 25103
2122 362 00159
2113 111 00265
2113 256 02257
2113 256 02275
2322 156 11001
2322 156 11009
2322 156 16801
2322 156 15603
2322 156 14704
2322 156 11005
2322 156 11004
2322 156 11004
2322 156 11504
2322 156 12203
2322 156 13002
2322 156 14302
2322 156 19109
2322 156 12001
2322 156 14701
2322 156 16202
548 2343 000
2322 241 13106
2122 362 00158
2322 156 17502
9338 828 06682
9338 828 28682
380 0746 000
384 0789 000
9330 473 10112
380 0747 000
386 0459 000
9338 820 00682
9331 176 70112
9331 177 70112
9331 178 10112
9330 791 70702
9336 508 70682
9331 177 20112
384 0793 000
9330 745 40702
384 0020 000
9331 176 80112
384 0268 000
384 0268 000
2413 015 14086
2422 015 12168
2422 015 12808
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 20K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10K 2% 1W0 MTLOX
POT 10K 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ
RES 6K8 2% 1W0 MTLOX
RES 10R 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 4K7 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 56K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
R029:R036:R037:R121: R122:R123:R110:
R135
R030
R015:
R038:
R014:
0000 R016:R017:R018:R019:
R133
0000 R022:R024:
R101:R102:R125:R126
R040:
R031:
0000 R032:R033:R034:R035:
R039
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 150K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 3K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 4K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 91R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 200R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 6K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
R213:
R103:
R104:
R214
R105
0000 R106:R108:R132
0000 R112:R113:
0000 R116:R117:
R201:
RES 500K 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 10.0 EA 0000
RES 10M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ
POT 5K0 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ
RES 7K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RECTFR 1B08 (800V-1A)
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R118:R119
R049:R120
R114
V002:
DIODE 1.5KE200A TRANS O/VOLT
TRANS MPSA92
TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V
DIODE 1N916
TRANS MPSA42
DIODE BZW50-150
RECTFR 1B01 (100V 1Amp)
DIODE BZX79C3V3
DIODE BZX79C8V2
DIODE BZX79C12
TRANS 2N3906 (TO-92)
TRANS BS170 (TO-92)
DIODE BZX79C5V1
TRANSZORB SA15 15V
TRANS 2N3904 (TO-92)
DIODE 1N4004
DIODE BZX79C3V6
RECT 7.5KV PIV
RECT 7.5KV PIV
TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
V038:V039:V040:V041
0000 V003:V004:V009:V042
2.0 EA V036:V119
14.0 EA V005:V006: V020:V021:
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
V022:V023:V025:V206: V110:V111
V112:V113:V114:V115
0000 V013:V017:V018:V019:
0000 V024:V027
V101:
V106:V116
0000 V102
V105
V103:
V026
0000 V104:V204:
V031:V108:V109
V107:V117
V028:V029:V030:V032 V035
V205:
0000
2.0 EA V202:V203:
23.0 EA 0000 X007:X008:X012:X013: X4/1:X4/2:X4/3;
TERM INSULUG M5 RED
TERM PUSH-ON 6.3 x 0.5MM RED
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
X006:X005:X010:X009: X002:X003:X015:X016:
X017
120
130
7-64 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
2522 178 15105
2522 178 15059
2522 401 50012
2522 401 50008
2513 712 02006
2513 712 02004
2522 600 79029
2522 600 79017
2413 015 14168
917 2336 078
3913 445 50110
2422 015 12167
2522 178 15064
3913 080 52250
0722 186 00033
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M5X10
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M5
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3
WSH CRKL ST18-8 M5
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
WSH PLN A ST 18-8 M5
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3
TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M
LABEL - ISOL.P/S. FUSE VALUES
HEADER 1 X 2
TERM INSULUG M4 RED
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X16
SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI
CBL 1.5MM2 (30/0.25) WHT
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
040
080
070
090
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
050
110
2.0 EA 060
10.0 EA 100
101
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 PK
LK01
180
190
200
0.40 ME 210
HARRIS P/N
817 2336 371
3913 461 74900
4322 020 02060
2422 015 01002
2522 178 15062
2522 401 50008
2522 600 79017
2513 712 02004
2422 015 01005
2522 032 26231
2522 401 50013
2522 600 79147
2513 712 02007
548 2339 000
548 2339 000
2113 116 13007
Table 7-93. METER MULTIPLIER PCB ASSY - 992 9087 001
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM METER MULTIPLIER PCB
PCB - METER MULTIPLIER
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
SOLDERTAG M3 SNGL BR SN
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA 001
24.0 EA 005
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
006
007
008
009
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
SOLDERTAG M6 SNGL BR SN
SCR HEX ST18-8 M6X20
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
010
012
015
020
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M6
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
025
026
RES 15M 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 12.0 EA 0000 R001 R002 R003 R004 R005 R006 R007
R008 R009 R010
RES 15M 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 12.0 EA R011 R012
RES 25K 1% 0W5 MTLFLM 1.0 EA 0000 R013
HARRIS P/N
3913 468 13270
952 9190 382
3913 461 45540
3913 081 65300
3913 465 53790
3913 464 15880
3913 464 17450
3913 461 77440
3913 464 19480
2522 178 15059
2522 178 15058
2513 712 02004
2122 900 00171
2522 615 04005
Table 7-94. 8-WAY DUMP LOAD ASSY - 992 9737 103
DESCRIPTION
CABLE ASSY (570MM) STRAIGHT
CABLE ASSEMBLY 1200MM STRAIGHT
LABEL BERYLLIA WARNING 15 X 30
LABEL 15MM HAZARD-TOXIC
HEATSINK - DUMP LOAD
SPACER DUMP LOAD
SCREEN
PCB DUMP LOAD
CABLE SUPPORT
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X6
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
RES 50R 5% 250W B/OXIDE (TERM
WSH LOCK INT 18-8 M3
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
4.0 EA 010
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
420
430
020
030
050
060
090
16.0 EA 100
64.0 EA 110
80.0 EA 300
8.0 EA 400
16.0 EA 095
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-65
2522 178 15061
2522 187 02044
2522 401 60064
2513 712 02003
2422 015 05024
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X10
SCR CSKSL 18-8 M2.5X6
NUT FULHEX ST18-8 M2.5
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2.5
TIE CABLE 2.5 X 100 NYLON NAT
16.0 EA 125
32.0 EA 120
32.0 EA 210
32.0 EA 310
8.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 745
843 5469 052
506 0268 000
516 0985 000
472 1731 000
2422 086 01136
2113 256 02147
402 0201 000
2413 015 14086
2422 015 01005
300 1653 000
308 0009 000
2513 712 02007
304 0009 000
4322 020 02060
9338 827 27682
2000 010 04222
2413 015 14085
9338 820 00682
2322 156 14708
2322 156 14302
2122 362 00153
917 2462 071
504 0532 000
9330 619 30752
384 0789 000
9338 827 15682
2322 156 11001
Table 7-95. THYRATRON INTERFACE PCB - 992 8748 002
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM CROWBAR ASSEMBLY
PCB THYRATRON INTERFACE
CAP 100N 5% 1600V PPS
CAP 100P 20% 3KV X5F CER
XFMR CURRENT 20 TURN CT2 TOR
FUSE 6A3 T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3
RES 330R 5% 12W W/W
HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE
TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG
SOLDERTAG M6 SNGL BR SN
SCR 1/4-20 X 1-1/4 BRASS PHIL
WASHER PLAIN 1/4" BRSS
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6
NUT FULL 1/4-20 BRSS
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
DIODE BAT48 (DO-35)
CAP 2200U 25V ELEC RAD PCB
TAB 2.8MM PCB MTG
RECTFR 1B01 (100V 1Amp)
RES 4R7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 4K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
POT 100R 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ
COIL 100UH
CAP 2200PF 20% 5KV
DIODE 1N4003
TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V
OPTO/TX HFBR-1522
RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
CAP 100N 5% 1600V PP C001
CAP 100P 20% 3KV X5F C002
0020 CT2
F001
RES 300R 5% 12W W/W R002
0045
0050 X004:X005:X006
055
060
18.0 EA 065
9.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
070
075
080
V001:V002
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
C005:C006:C007
X007:X008 CT2/1:CT2/2
VC03
R004
R005
R006
L002
C003
V004
V005
H101
R042
HARRIS P/N
843 5469 551
839 8121 744
943 5469 051
382 0882 000
382 1360 000
524 0372 000
506 0269 000
506 0271 000
2012 310 03165
2013 017 01587
506 0272 000
506 0270 000
2012 310 00318
Table 7-96. IOT FDU2 PCB ASSY - 992 8815 002
DESCRIPTION
ASSY DWG PCB FDU 2
SCHEM. IOT FDU2 PCB ASSY
PCB FLOATING DECK 2
REG 78L05 +5V 0.1A TO-92
IC ICL7667CPA
CAP 220U 200V ELECT
CAP 100N 10% 100V PETP 10MM
CAP 100N 10% 400V PETP 15MM
CAP 100N 20% 1KV
CAP 10U 20% 35V TANT
CAP 2U2 10% 100V PETP 22.5MM
CAP 1U 10% 400V PETP 27.5MM
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
0010
A003
A002
C001:C002
0000 C003 C006
C005
C011
C017
C007
C010
C012:C013:C014:C018
7-66 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
382 1365 000
382 1366 000
9337 437 90682
2113 256 02169
2113 256 02174
2113 256 02294
2113 256 02187
2113 256 02264
2322 156 11005
2113 256 02626
2322 156 11003
2113 256 02266
2113 256 02275
2322 156 11009
2322 156 11004
2322 156 12201
2113 256 01018
2113 256 02336
2113 256 02152
2322 156 13902
3913 469 06640
384 0889 000
9336 705 40682
9330 635 30112
380 0753 000
9333 636 30112
384 0888 000
382 1362 000
386 0469 000
9336 706 00682
9332 848 30702
9334 982 50113
386 0459 000
9331 976 10112
9331 177 70112
386 0440 000
386 0401 000
386 0342 000
2413 015 00864
2413 015 00885
2413 015 00874
4322 020 02060
2413 015 14168
3913 445 50120
2422 549 26016
302 0106 000
306 0004 000
310 0038 000
314 0005 000
2422 015 01003
OPTO/RX HFBR-2532
OPTO/TX HFBR-1532
LED 3MM MV5474C GRN
RES 2K2 5% 12W W/W
RES 3K3 5% 12W W/W
RES 82R 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 10K 5% 12W W/W
RES 100R 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10K 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 220R 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 4K7 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 8R2 5% 6W W/W
RES 4K7 5% 6W W/W
RES 470R 5% 12W W/W
RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
PULSE TRANSFORMER 1:4
RECTFR 2KBP08
DIODE BZX85-C15
DIODE 1N4001
TRANS IRF450 (TO-3)
DIODE BYW56 SOD-57
DIODE BYW96E (SOD-64)
IC SFH610-A-2
ZENER, BZX85C30 30V 1.3W ESD
DIODE BZX85-C18
DIODE 1N5352B
DIODE 1N4007G
DIODE BZW50-150
TRANS BC547
DIODE BZX79C8V2
DIODE 1N5339B
DIODE 1N5347B
DIODE 1N5333
TERM SL4-V
TERM SL2-V
TERM SL3-V
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M
HEADER 1 X 3
SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH
SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/8 SST
NUT FULL 6-32 SST
WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST
SOLDERTAG M4 SNGL BR SN
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
H001
H002
H003:H004
R003
R026:R027
R004
R005
R006
R008:R029
R009:R019:R021:R028
R010:R023
R024
R013
R014
R001:R002
R020:R022
R016
R017
R018
R025
T003
V001
V004
V003:V018
V005
V006:V007
V008
V011
V021
V002
V009
V012
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
V019:V022
V014:V020
V010:V017
V013
V016
V015:V023
X001
X002
1.0 EA X003
30.0 EA 0255
9.0 EA
1.0 EA
TP01:TP02:TP03:TP04: TP05:TP06:X4: TP07
LINK1
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-67
HARRIS P/N
817 2336 190
843 5469 520
843 5469 020
3913 240 00017
3913 240 00021
3913 240 00013
3913 240 00018
3913 240 00019
3913 240 00015
2413 015 14086
3913 080 52250
2413 040 00809
2432 020 00048
2413 015 00864
2413 015 00867
2413 015 00893
2400 025 00013
2400 025 00008
2413 015 00863
Table 7-97. IOT2 INTERFACE PCB - 992 9384 001
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM IOT2 INTERFACE PCB
ASSY DWG IOT2 INTERFACE
PCB IOT2 INTERFACE
SKT 9 WAY D TYP PCB MTG
SKT 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG
PLUG 15WAY D TYP PCB MTG
SKT 15WAY D TYP PCB MTG
SKT 25WAY D TYP PCB MTG
PLUG 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG
TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG
SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI
JACKSOCKET D TYP (PAIR)
SKT RF BNC PCB MGT 50R
TERM SL4-V
TERM SL10-V
TERM SL15-V
HEADER 40 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF
HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF
TERM BL10
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
0010
0000 X001
X002
0000 X003:X004:X008:X030
X029
X007
X005:X006:X009:X032
X035:X036
24.0 PK 080
12.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
X025
X026
0000 X027:X028
125 X023:X037 2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0000 X010:X011:X012:
X053
X027:X028
HARRIS P/N
992 9415 037
839 8121 923
992 9502 055
3913 461 45560
3913 081 65320
952 9215 192
430 0250 000
2413 015 06312
610 1247 000
2100 265 20228
2100 265 10398
952 9190 742
430 0233 000
992 9095 001
336 1137 000
2413 015 01017
0300 062 00002
2522 178 15059
2522 177 04039
302 0052 000
302 0106 000
302 0108 000
2513 712 02002
2513 712 02003
2513 712 02004
314 0005 000
2522 600 79017
310 0038 000
9390 238 60112
Table 7-98. 40W AMP ASSY SIGMA++ - 992 9737 102
DESCRIPTION
40W AMP ASSY SIG MECH KIT
SCHEM 40WATT AMP ASSY
40W AMP PCB ASSY
LABEL BERYLLIA WARNING 25 X 50
LABEL 25MM HAZARD-TOXIC
HEATSINK, 40W AMP
FAN GUARD FOR W2E143 FAN
GROMMET PVC 9.5X3.2X 7.9
MALE CONNECTOR, 4C
RES 2R2 5% 25W W/W ALUM CASE
RES 3R9 5% 15W W/W ALUM CASE
40W AMP KIT OF CABLES
FAN AXIAL 48V 235CFM
CA5800 AMPLIFIER PCB ASSY
PIN SPRING 1/8 X 3/4" BER CU
TERM INSUL DBLE M3 NUT
FINGER CNCT STRP 8.6x1.6mm S/A
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8
SCR PNSL 18-8 M2.5X8
SCR PAN PHIL 4-40 X 1/4 SST
SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/8 SST
SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 1/2 SST
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2.5
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3
WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST
WASHER 56326 (TO-126) LOAD
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
10
12
15
30
70
90
X003
R025:R065
R016:R056
150
160
180
220
230
0.180 EA 240
15.0 EA 260
8.0 EA 290
4.0 EA 300
40.0 EA 310
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
320
340
8.0 EA 350
14.0 EA 360
40.0 EA 380
14.0 EA 400
40.0 EA 420
8.0 EA 450
7-68 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
2400 490 01565
9390 289 10112
2522 006 01003
302 0110 000
9338 824 60682
9338 824 40682
9338 824 50682
9330 912 30112
9330 912 20112
3913 935 00007
1312 501 29501
550 1094 000
3913 081 65220
302 0285 000
310 0039 000
314 0006 000
306 0005 000
302 0012 000
314 0003 000
2522 401 60008
3913 464 17180
302 0132 000
2522 178 15064
2422 015 09508
SIL-PAD TO-126 X 0.177mm
BUSH 56387B (TO-126) INSUL
SCR SKT CAP 18-8 M3X8
SCR PAN PHIL 6-32 X 3/4 SST
IC CA5800C
TRANS TPV695A
TRANS TPV7025
TRANS BD140
TRANS BD139
REG 7812 +12V 1.5A TO-220
HEATSINK COMPOUND DC340
POT 2K5 +-10% 1W CERMET
LABEL 25MM NON-IONIZING RADIAT
SCR PAN PHIL 8-32 X 1/2 SST
WASHER PLAIN No;8 SST
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;8 SST
NUT FULL 8-32 SST
SCR, 2-56x1/4
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;4 SST
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3
M/F PILLAR
SCR PAN PHIL 8-32 X 5/8 SST
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X16
PLUG HOLE 12.7x3.2MM NYL BLK
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
690
700
710
720
730
750
760
460
470
490
510
A002:A002:A003
V001:V007
V002:V008
V004:V006:V010:V012
V003:V005:V009:V011
A001
USE AS REQUIRED
R002
650
660
670
680
HARRIS P/N
843 5469 058
614 0914 000
560 0111 000
2522 178 15062
2522 600 79017
2513 712 02004
2522 401 50008
Table 7-99. MOV ASSY 380/415V (CONTACTOR) - 992 9502 017
DESCRIPTION
PCB-MOV (3 PHASE)
TERM BLOCK SCREW TO TAG
VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 369VDC
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA R004:R005:R006:R007: R008:R009:R010
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 927
843 5469 593
843 5469 093
9334 907 80682
382 1070 000
3913 935 12028
2012 310 00312
2012 310 00318
2000 301 01105
2413 086 01013
2400 086 00002
9338 827 16682
2422 025 02884
2422 549 26016
2322 156 16801
Table 7-100. FUSE PROTECTION PCB ASSY - 992 9502 056
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM FUSE PROT/LED DISPLAY
ASSY DWG PCB FUSE PROTECT
PCB, FUSE PROTECTION (15A)
IC ULN2803A
OPTO COUPLER ILQ-1
IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14
CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 1U 10% 100V PETP 15MM
FUSE 5A T 6.3X32
FUSE 15A F 6.3X32 CERAMIC
OPTO/RX HFBR-2522
HEADER 3 WAY 0.1" PITCH
SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH
RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
A001
A002
A003
C001:C002:C003
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
6.0 EA
C006
C004:C005
F002:F003
F001
H008:H009
LK01:LK02:LK03
LK01:LK02:LK03
R002:R003:R005:R006: R008:R009
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-69
2322 156 11009
2322 156 13301
2322 156 11002
2322 156 12202
2322 156 11003
2322 156 14702
2322 156 13001
2113 256 02299
9330 619 30752
9336 247 60112
9336 508 70682
2422 015 01005
610 1306 000
3913 240 10015
3913 240 10015
402 0129 000
610 1236 000
2522 178 15135
2522 600 79147
2513 712 02007
2522 401 50013
4322 020 02060
RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 2K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 300R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K2 5% 2W5 W/W
DIODE 1N4003
DIODE BAT85
TRANS BS170 (TO-92)
SOLDERTAG M6 SNGL BR SN
HDR, 18PIN 1ROW STRAIGHT
HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
CLIP, 1/4 DIA FUSE
HEADER, STRAIGHT 8 PIN
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M6X25
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M6
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
R28
R010:R011:R012:R013: R018:R019:R020
R014:R016
R015:R017
R029
R021:R022:R023:R026: R027
R024:R025
R001:R004:R007
V004:V005:V006
V001:V002:V003
V007:V008
0V IN:+32V IN USE 14SWG TCW TO CON-
NECT
X002
X004
X003
HARRIS P/N
3913 461 78160
2422 025 02795
2422 025 02931
2422 021 98412
3913 465 54210
Table 7-101. SWITCHED METER PCB ASSY - 992 9502 048
DESCRIPTION
PCB COLLECTOR BODY FOCUS MONIT
HEADER 4 WAY 0.1" PITCH
HEADER 2 WAY 0.1" PITCH
HEADER 10 WAY 0.1" PITCH
MODIFIED SWITCH
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
X002
X003
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
X001
HARRIS P/N
843 5469 073
614 0833 000
2400 015 00068
9336 508 80682
9336 774 30682
2012 310 00318
2322 156 13301
2322 156 11003
2422 086 01021
2422 086 01133
402 0201 000
Table 7-102. PSU DISTRIBUTION PCB ASSY - 992 8737 003
DESCRIPTION
PCB PSU DISTRIBUTION
TERM STRIP 4 WAY PCB 5mm PITCH
TERM BLOCK 6 WAY PCB 5mm Pin
TRANS BS250 (TO-92)
LED 3MM MV5774C RED
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
FUSE 1A T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3
FUSE 3A15 T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3
HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
0000 X001 X003 X004
0000 X002 X005
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
V001:V002
H001:H002
C001:C002
R001:R003
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
R002::R004
F002
F001
7-70 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
HARRIS P/N
992 8739 002
2322 156 11003
9336 247 60112
Table 7-103. DIGITAL & ANALOGUE PCB ASSY - 992 8739 001
DESCRIPTION
DIGITAL & ANALOG I/FACE
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
DIODE BAT85
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
R43
V005:V008
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 151
3913 461 78140
9333 297 90682
382 0594 000
3913 935 12051
3913 935 12013
382 0865 000
9338 827 28682
3913 935 12033
382 1081 000
3913 935 35041
9338 816 40682
382 1348 000
3913 935 12012
9335 327 60682
3913 935 12026
3913 935 12096
2012 310 03125
2222 683 09398
2222 683 10129
2222 683 34229
2222 630 19102
526 0351 000
2222 683 34479
2222 683 34279
2012 310 03162
516 0760 000
2012 310 00314
2222 629 19103
2012 310 00312
2222 123 17109
2013 017 01548
2020 021 90009
2012 310 00318
Table 7-104. DIGITAL & ANALOG I/FACE - 992 8739 002
DESCRIPTION
WIRING DIAG ANALOG &
PCB DIGITAL & ANALOGUE I/F
OPTO COUPLER ILQ-74
IC TL074ACN
IC 74HC04 HEX INV (DIL-14
IC 74HC08 2 I/P AND (DIL-14
IC 74HC4538 MONSTBL (DIL-16
IC UCN5801A DIL-22
IC 74HC541 B/DRIVR (DIL-20
IC 74HC126 QUAD BUF (DIL-14)
IC 4043 4X R/S LATCH DIL-16
IC ICL7673CPA
IC ICL7665 (DIL-8)
IC 74HC02 2 I/P NOR (DIL-14
IC TL072CP (DIL-8)
IC 74HC27 3 I/P NOR (DIL-14
IC 74HC10 3 I/P NAND (DIL-14
CAP 470N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 3P9 0.25PF 100V NPO 0.2"
CAP 12P 2% 100V NPO 0.2"
CAP 22P 2% 100V N150 0.2"
CAP 1N0 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"
CAP 6U8 50V 20%
CAP 47P 2% 100V N150 0.2"
CAP 27P 2% 100V N150 0.2"
CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8
CAP 22N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 10N -20+80 63V HI-K 0.2"
CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 10U 40V ELSOL
CAP 3U3 20% 16V TANT
CAP 47U 25V ELECT
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
010
0000 A001:A039:A040:A041: A042:A043
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
5.0 EA
0000 A002:A003:A004:A045: A046:A047
0000 A005:A032:A037:A038
A006:A033:A048:A051:
A007:A008:A031:A044: A035
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0000 A009:A012:A014:A016: A020:A025
0000 A010:A013:A015:A017: A021:A026
0000 A011:A022
0000 A018:A019:A023:A024
A029
A030
A034
A050:
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
A036
A049:
C001:C002
C003
C004
C005:C071:C073:
C006:C072:C074:
C078
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
C007: FOR USE AT 45. 75MHZ
C007: FOR USE AT 38. 9MHZ
0000 C008:C009:C010:C014: C060:C061
C062:C063:
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
C080:C081
C011
2.0 EA C079:C083:
26.0 EA 0000 C016:C017:C028:C029: C030:C031
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
73.0 EA
C032:C033:C034:C035: C036:C037
C038:C039:C040:C041: C042:C043
C044:C045:C046:C047: C048:C050
C052:C054:
C025:
C013:
C086
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-71
2012 310 00318 CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
2222 630 19472
2000 101 03229
2222 630 19332
2000 101 04109
2000 003 04221
2412 526 01041
9338 827 16682
9338 827 15682
9337 437 90682
9336 774 30682
2400 545 10026
3913 469 50410
2413 535 00708
2322 156 12203
2322 156 11804
2322 156 12201
2100 700 02101
2322 156 17502
2322 156 11001
2322 156 11503
2322 156 15603
2322 156 12702
2322 156 12704
2322 156 14702
CAP 4N7 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"
CAP 22U 10V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 3N3 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"
CAP 10U 16V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 220U 25V ELEC AX 105deg
BATTERY 3.6V POLARIZED
OPTO/RX HFBR-2522
OPTO/TX HFBR-1522
LED 3MM MV5474C GRN
LED 3MM MV5774C RED
BEAD FXD 3.5X1.2X3MM F14
COIL 0.58-1.04UH
CHOKE 100UH 0W33 BS9751-N001-B
RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 180K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100R 2% 0.25W Size 1206
RES 7K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 15K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 56K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 2K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 270K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
2322 156 11002
2322 156 11002
2322 156 14704
2322 156 18202
2322 156 13003
2322 156 12703
2322 242 13106
2322 156 11003
RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 30K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 27K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10M 5% 0W5 MTLGLZ
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
C020:C022:C024:C026: C027:C049
C051:C053:C055:C056: C057:C058
C059:C064:C066:C102: C103:C104
C105:C106:C107:C108: C109:C110
C111:C112:C113:C114: C115:C116
C117:C118:C119:C120: C121:C122
C123:C124:C125:C126: C129:C130
C131:C132:C133:C134: C135:C136
C137:C138:C144:C145: C146:C147
73.0 EA C148:C202:C203:C204: C245:C246:C247:
C069:C070: C149:C012:
C150:C250:C075:C151: C068:C091:C065:C015
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
C067:C084:C085:
C018
0000 C077:
0000 C019:C021:C023:C082
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
C076
G001
0000 H001:H012:H013:H014: H015:H016
H002
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
7.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0000 H003:H004:H005:H006: H007:H008
H017:H018:H019
0000 H009:H010:H011
L001
L002
0000 L003:L004:L005:L006: L007:L008
0000 R001:R002:R003:R004: R009:R020 R037
R104:
R005
0000 R006:R007:R017:R018: R028:R029
0000 R206:
0000 R063:
0000 R008:R019:R030:R031 R263:R267:
R016:R027:R036:R192: R200:R211: R234:AOT
0000 R011:R022
0000 R062:
21.0 EA 0000 R012:R023:R093:R100: R114
R116:R117:R118: R123:R124
R139:R146:R147 R148:R152:R154:R159:
R168:R169 R177:R205:
22.0 EA 0000 R013:R024:R040:R096:
22.0 EA R097:R098 R099:R178:R251:R262:
R274:R276: R223:R224:R228: R232:R233:
R042:R053:R054:R252: R254:
14.0 EA 0000 R014:R025:R041:R173: R174:R179
R183:R193:R201:R212: R221:R245:
7.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
6.0 EA
44.0 EA
R281:R288
0000 R015:R026:R035:R191: R199:R210:
R244:
R264:R268:
R033:R265:R269:
R034:R266:R271:R272: R270:R273:
7-72 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
2113 391 00577 POT 10K 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T
2322 156 14703
2322 156 13304
2322 156 16202
2322 156 11004
RES 47K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 330K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 6K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
2113 253 02515
2322 156 12202
3913 017 00130
3913 017 00210
2322 156 11202
2322 156 13301
2322 156 13301
2322 156 12204
2322 156 11005
2322 156 15103
2322 156 18203
2322 156 16801
2322 156 18201
2322 156 15601
2322 242 13335
2322 156 11802
RES 0R22 1% 3W W/W
RES 2K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9
RES NWORK 47K X8 DIL16
RES 1K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 220K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 51K 1% OW6 MTLFLM
RES 82K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 820R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 560R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 3M3 5% 0W5 MTLGLZ
RES 1K8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
2322 156 15102
2322 156 11501
2322 156 11801
2322 156 13903
2322 156 13902
2322 156 11302
2322 156 16802
3913 050 52750
9331 976 10112
9330 635 30112
9334 989 80702
9330 473 10112
9336 247 60112
RES 5K1 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 150R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 180R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 39K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 6K8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
SWITCH P/B 2P MOM GOLD
TRANS BC547
DIODE 1N4001
TRANS MPSA06
DIODE 1N916
DIODE BAT85
7/15/02
0000 R044:R045:R055: R059:R065
R067:R068:R071:R072: R075:R076
R079:R080:R083:R084: R087:R088
R095:R102:R120:R121: R156:R157
R175:R180:R190:R284: R287:
R189:R196:R202: R285: R213:R218:
R225:R229:R230: R231:R235
R248:R249:R250 R246:R247
14.0 EA 0000 R046:R047:R048:R049: R050:R051
R238:R239:R240:R241: R242:R243
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R253:R255:
0000 R056:R119:R155:R171: R172 R195:
R058
0000 R032:
20.0 EA 0000 R060:R103:R107:R109
R176:R181:R184:R194: R203:R204
R214:R215:R219:R222: R226:R227
R280:R186:R187: R101:
R278:R279 2.0 EA
9.0 EA R064:R094:R275:R277: R010:R052:
R021:R038:R283:
12.0 EA R069:R070:R073:R074: R077:R078
R081:R082:R085:R086: R089:R090
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R289
R286:
0000
R092:
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
0000 R182:R220:
R105
R185:R188:R256:R257:
R106:R207
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0000 R160:R161:R162:R163: R164:R165:
R166:R167:
0000 R110:R111:
0000 R091:
1.0 EA R113
23.0 EA 0000 R112:R125:R126:R127: R128:R129
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
46.0 EA
R130:R131:R132:R133: R136:R137
R138:R140:R143:R144: R145:R149
R150:R151:R153:R158: R039
R197:R198:R208:R209: R258:R259:
R260:R261:
R170
R237:
R282
R216:
R236
R217:
S001
0000 V001:V015:V023:V024
V002
V003:V089:
V004:V080:V081:V084: V085:V086:
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-73
9340 002 80682
9331 177 10112
386 1448 000
386 0447 000
9331 177 80112
384 0789 000
9331 977 20112
384 0793 000
9331 178 50112
2400 025 00013
2422 025 02931
2400 031 00011
2413 015 00867
3913 445 50120
2413 015 02201
2413 015 02201
4322 020 02060
2422 025 02795
3913 445 50110
2422 549 26016
2432 490 00005
2432 490 00003
HARRIS P/N
992 9371 001
DIODE HSMS-2820 (MARK-C0
DIODE BZX79C4V7
TRANSZORB SA18 18V
TRANSZORB SA28 28V
DIODE BZX79C9V1
TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V
TRANS BC557A
TRANSZORB SA15 15V
DIODE BZX79C18
HEADER 40 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF
HEADER 2 WAY 0.1" PITCH
SKT RF SMC 50R PCB MTG STRGHT
TERM SL10-V
HEADER 1 X 3
PIN TEST 1.3 X 1.02MM PCB
PIN TEST 1.3 X 1.02MM PCB
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
HEADER 4 WAY 0.1" PITCH
HEADER 1 X 2
SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH
SKT DIL 22WAY x 0.4" FL/FRAME
SKT DIL 16WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
7.0 PK
7.0 PK
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
9.0 EA
6.0 EA
7.0 EA
0000 V006:V007: V009:V010
V022:V033:V034:V035: V036
V037:V038:V039:V040: V041:V042
V043:V044:V045:V046: V047:V048
V049:V050:V051:V052: V053:V055
V056:V057:V058:V059: V060:V061
V062:V063:V064:V065: V066:V067
V078:V079:V068:V088: V082:V083:V032
0000 V011:V012:V013:
V014
0000 V028:V029:
0000 V016:V017:V018:V019: V020:V021
V031:V054
V025:V026
V030:V087
V027
0000 V069:V070:V071:V072: V073:V074
V075:V076:V077
0000 V090:
0000 X001:X006:X007:X008: X009
X002
0000 X003:X004:X005:X029
X010
0000 X011:X012:X013:X027: X028:X030:X036
0000 X014:X015:X016:X017: X018:X019
X020
X031
0000 X024:X025
910
FOR:A009:A012:A014: A016:A020:A025
FOR:A001:A039:A040: A041:A042:A043:R289
Table 7-105. SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY - 992 9371 002
DESCRIPTION
SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
817 2336 172
843 5396 576
843 5469 517
843 5469 017
3913 935 12016
3913 935 12013
382 0774 000
3913 935 12012
382 0882 000
3913 935 12051
3913 935 12051
382 1070 000
382 0773 000
Table 7-106. SIGMA+ LOGIC & CONT PCB ASSY - 992 9371 001
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM IOT2 LOGIC & CONTROL
MOD INFO SIGMA+ CD LOGIC PCB
ASSY DWG PCB LOGIC & CONTROL
PCB LOGIC & CONTROL (IOT2)
IC 74HC133 13I/P NAND (DIL-16
IC 74HC08 2 I/P AND (DIL-14
IC 74HC14 HEX SCHMIDT (DIL-14
IC 74HC02 2 I/P NOR (DIL-14
REG 78L05 +5V 0.1A TO-92
IC 74HC04 HEX INV (DIL-14
IC 74HC04 HEX INV (DIL-14
OPTO COUPLER ILQ-1
IC 74HC11 3I/P & GATE (DIL-14
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
010
A001
11.0 EA 0000 A002:A008:A020:A042: A063:A070:A100:
A076:A085:A088:A092
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
A096:A112
A003
A097
0000 A004 A041 A071 A087
A093
A098:A055:A056:A057
0000 A005:A043:A090
7-74 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
3913 935 12047
3913 935 12018
3913 935 12096
382 0865 000
9338 822 70682
3913 935 12094
9335 004 40749
9335 004 40749
9338 827 28682
3913 935 12048
3913 935 12033
3913 935 12079
382 1081 000
382 0594 000
3913 935 35041
3913 935 12035
3913 935 12011
3913 935 12028
382 0856 000
382 0793 000
382 0793 000
3913 935 12097
3913 935 12032
382 1351 000
3913 935 12116
382 0851 000
382 0782 000
444 2987 000
2012 310 00318
2012 310 00318
516 0760 000
2000 003 03102
2012 310 03124
7/15/02
IC 74HC86 8X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14
IC 74HC161 B/CONNTR (DIL-16
IC 74HC10 3 I/P NAND (DIL-14
IC 74HC4538 MONSTBL (DIL-16
IC X9C103P (DIL-8
IC 74HC688 CMPRTR (DIL-20
IC LM324N (DIL-14
IC LM324N (DIL-14
IC UCN5801A DIL-22
IC 74HC157 2 I/P MUX (DIL-16
IC 74HC541 B/DRIVR (DIL-20
IC 74HC4053 MUX/DEMUX (DIL-14
IC 74HC126 QUAD BUF (DIL-14)
IC TL074ACN
IC 4043 4X R/S LATCH DIL-16
IC 74HC74 2X D F/F (DIL-14
IC 74HC00 2 I/P NAND (DIL-14
IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14
IC 74HC4078 NOR/OR (DIL-14)
IC 74HC147 10-4 ENCDR (DIL-16
IC 74HC147 10-4 ENCDR (DIL-16
IC 74HC20 4 I/P NAND (DIL-14
IC 74HC540 B/DRIVR (DIL-20
IC 74HC4066 SWTCH (DIL-14)
IC 74HC4060 CNTR (DIL-16
IC 74HC4040 COUNTER (DIL-16)
IC 74HC75 B/STBL LTCH (DIL-16)
CRYSTAL 32.7680MHZ
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8
CAP 1000U 16V ELEC AX 105deg
CAP 330N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
1.0 EA A101
16.0 EA 0000 A006 A007 A029 A030 A031 A037 A038
A039 A059 A060 A061 A066 A067 A068 A083
A084
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
A102
A009:A040:A080:A089: A091
A103
0000 A010 A028 A036 A058 A065 A082
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
A104
0000 A011 A014 A016 A018 A024 A086
A106
0000 A012 A015 A017 A019 A025 5.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
A108
0000 A013:A023:A035:A048: A072
A109:A113
0000 A021:AA22:A026:A027: A047:A081 6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
A110:A111
A032
0000 A033:A064:A077:A099
0000 A074 A075 A079 3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
A044
A045
A046
0000 A050 A051 A052
A073:A095:
A078
A094
B001
121.0 EA C001:C007:C101:C102: C103
C104:C105:C106:C107: C108:C109
C110:C111:C112:C113: C114:C115
C116:C117:C118:C119: C120:C121
C122:C123:C124:C125: C126:C127
C128:C129:C130:C131: C132:C133
C135:C136:C137:C138: C139:C140
C141:C142:C143:C144: C145:C146
C147:C148:C150:C151: C152:C158
C159:C160:C161:C163: C164:C165
C166:C167:C168:C170: C171:C172
C173:C174:C175:C176: C177:C178
C179:C180:C181:C182: C183:C184
121.0 EA C185:C186:C187:C188: C189:C190
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
C191:C192:C193: C194:C195:
C028:C030:C038:C039: C040:C037 C045
C196:C197:C202:C205:
C206:C207:C209:C210:
C212:C214:C215:C216:
C217:C218:C219:C225:
C226:C227:C228:C229:
C230:C231:C232:C233 C211:C235
C031:C032
C198
C199
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-75
2012 310 03162
2000 101 04478
2000 101 02479
2013 017 01584
2013 017 01522
2222 683 10109
2222 809 07008
2000 101 03229
2012 310 00312
2012 310 00312
2000 003 04221
2000 101 04109
2222 630 19472
384 0891 000
9337 437 90682
9335 467 80723
9336 966 20682
9335 110 70723
3913 017 00410
2322 156 14702
2322 156 17502
2322 156 12202
2113 391 00577
2322 156 11003
CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 4U7 16V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 47U 6V3 ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 1U0 20% 35V TANT
CAP 10U 20% 10V TANT
CAP 10P 2% 100V NPO 0.2"
CAP 4P0 - 40P TRIM (40E)
CAP 22U 10V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 220U 25V ELEC AX 105deg
CAP 10U 16V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 4N7 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"
LED 10 SEG BARGRAPH.GRN 8.0mm
LED 3MM MV5474C GRN
LED 10 SEG BARGRAPH.RED 8.0mm
LED MV54124 GRN
LED MV57124 RED
RES NWORK 100K X8 SIL9
RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 7K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 2K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
POT 10K 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
2322 156 13003
2322 156 13301
2322 156 18202
2322 156 11801
2322 156 13902
2322 156 14704
2322 156 14704
2322 156 16204
2113 253 02515
2322 156 13304
2322 156 14703
3913 017 00130
2322 156 12001
2322 156 11005
RES 30K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 180R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 620K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 0R22 1% 3W W/W
RES 330K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 47K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9
RES 200R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
7.0 EA
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0000 C002:C004:C026:
C213
0000 C003:C005:C006:C015
C220:C221:C222:C324
C024:
C013
C014
0000 C20:C22:
0000 C021:C023:C025:C018:
C041:C042:C200
C29:
0000 C19:
0000 C033:C034:C035:C036: C016:C027:C043:
360 H002 H003 H004 H005
0000 H001 H014 H015 H016
0000 H006 H007 H008
11.0 EA 0000 H009:H010:H011:H012:
H013:H018:H019:H020: H021:H022:H023
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
H017
0000 R165:
11.0 EA R167:R168:R182:R191: R193:R237
R047:R048:R049:R050 R051
2.0 EA R245:R246
12.0 EA 0000 R002:R026:R028:R034:
4.0 EA
R036:R043:R222:R248: R138:R142:R146:R150
R183:R192:R196:R240
40.0 EA 0000 R003:R005:R011:R012:
R014:R015:R017:R018 R020:R021:R023:R024
R029:R037:R046:R072 R073:R086:R091:R092
R093:R094:R154:R155
R159:R160:R169:R186:
R187:R198:R199:R202:
R204:R206:R209:R233: R234,R242,R247,R161
1.0 EA R085
18.0 EA 0000 R004:R120:R121:R122:
R123:R124:R125:R126:
R127:R128:R129:R130:
1.0 EA
R131:R132:R134:R172: R173:R236
R207
26.0 EA 0000 R095:R096:R097:R098: R099:R100
R101:R102:R103:R104: R105:R106
R107:R108:R109:R110: R111:R112
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
R113:R114:R115:R116: R117:R118 R119:R133
R208:R213:R214:R215
R006:R030:
R157:R158:R184:R189: R195:R239
0000 R039:FOR EEV TUBES
R162:R163
R007
R166:R219:R220:R226
14.0 EA 0000 R009:R010:R013:R016: R019:R022
R032:R033:R040:R041: R045
R082:R090:R025:
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
R216:R223:R224
0000 R148:R203 R039:FOR CPI TUBES
7-76 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
2322 241 13106
2322 156 11002
2322 156 14701
2322 156 18201
2322 156 18201
2322 156 16804
2322 156 11802
2322 156 11004
2322 156 12203
2422 128 02074
604 1141 000
598 0450 000
2413 127 00071
9336 247 60112
9336 247 60112
384 0020 000
384 0789 000
9336 508 70682
386 0447 000
9334 989 80702
3913 445 50120
RES 10M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ
RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 820R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 820R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 680K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K8 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
SWITCH P/B SPDT 0.4A
SWITCH P/B MEMBRANE
CAP SPACING W/ 2 HOLES
SWITCH DIL 8 POLE SPST
DIODE BAT85
DIODE BAT85
DIODE 1N4004
TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V
TRANS BS170 (TO-92)
TRANSZORB SA28 28V
TRANS MPSA06
HEADER 1 X 3
2400 025 00008
2400 025 00013
2413 015 00867
3913 445 50110
3913 445 50110
2422 549 26016
4322 020 02060
2432 490 00003
2432 490 00005
2413 015 14085
2413 015 14168
HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF
HEADER 40 WAY LTCH STRGHT L/PF
TERM SL10-V
HEADER 1 X 2
HEADER 1 X 2
SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
SKT DIL 16WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME
SKT DIL 22WAY x 0.4" FL/FRAME
TAB 2.8MM PCB MTG
TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M
1.0 EA R084:
25.0 EA 0000 R001:R038:R042:
R052:R053:R054:R055: R056:R156:R181:
R185:R188:R190:R194:
R197:R212:R218:R221:
R225:R231:R235:R238: R241:R244: R211
4.0 EA R227:R228:R229:R230
10.0 EA 0000 R057 R058
10.0 EA R059 R060 R061 R062 R063 R064 R065 R066
2.0 EA R027:R035
5.0 EA 0000 R067 R068 R069 R070 R071
13.0 EA 0000 R006,R008,R031,R074
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
R136,R140,R144,R164,
R200:R201:R210:R217 R243
0000 R137:R141:R145:R149: R176:R205
S001
12.0 EA 0000 S002:S009:S010:S011:
S012:S013:S014:S015: S016:S017:S018:S019
12.0 EA 575
6.0 EA 0000 S003 S004 S005 S006 S007 S008
24.0 EA 0000
24.0 EA V001:V002:V008:V009: V010:V011:V012:V015:
V016:V017:V018:V024:
V027:VO28:V029:V030: V031:V032:V033:V034
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
4.0 EA
V036:V037:V038:V039
V025
V019:V020
V026
0000 V003 V004 V005 V006 V007
V021:V022:V023:V035
21.0 EA 0000 X001:X002:X003:X004: X008:X009
X010:X011:X012:X013: X014:X020
X021:X022:X023:X024: X025:X026
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
X027:X028:X039
X029
0000 X005:X006:X036
X007
0000 X015 X016 X017 X018
X019
27.0 EA 650
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
6.0 EA
660
FOR A055:A056:A057
FOR A086
X030:X031:X032:X033: X034:X035:X037:X038
R234:R244:V039
HARRIS P/N
560 0111 000
610 1066 000
839 7900 606
839 7900 614
999 2710 001
Table 7-107. MOV PCB ASSY 198-250 VOLT - 992 8553 001
DESCRIPTION
VARISTOR 275VAC 140J 369VDC
CONN, 0.25 FASTON PC MOUNT
PWB, MOV-AC PROTECTOR
SCHEM, MOV-AC PROTECTOR
WIRE/TUBING LIST
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
12.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-77
HARRIS P/N
84354690151
2413 015 00889
2012 310 00318
2413 535 00419
9334 982 00112
9330 473 10112
2413 015 00881
2400 131 00051
3913 240 10012
Table 7-108. MARSHALLING PCB ASSEMBLY - 992 9367 001
DESCRIPTION
MARSHALLING PCB
TERM SL12-V
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CHOKE 100UH 0W33 BS9751-N001-D
DIODE 1N4002G
DIODE 1N916
TERM BL12
RELAY 5V.dc 2P C/O PCB MTG
HEADER 10 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
9.0 EA X001:X002:X003:X004 X005:X006:X007:X008
X009
7.0 EA
7.0 EA
C001:C002:C003:C004 C005:C006:C007
L001:L002:L003:L004 L005:L006:L007
10.0 EA V001:V002:V003:V004 V005:V006:V007:V008
V009:V010
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
V011
X001:X002:X003:X004 X005:X006:X007:X008
X009
K001
X010
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 799
843 5469 096
2413 015 00861
9334 907 80682
382 0594 000
382 0856 000
382 0813 000
3913 935 12047
3913 935 12028
2012 310 00318
2012 310 00325
2222 630 19102
2012 310 03125
2222 683 34229
516 0760 000
2322 156 11503
2413 015 14168
2322 156 11004
2322 156 14702
2322 156 11002
2322 156 18202
2322 156 14704
2113 391 00589
3913 017 00270
Table 7-109. SYST INTERFACE CD MK2 PCB ASSY - 992 9502 067
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM SYSTEM INTERFACE (CD)
PCB-SYSTEM INTERFACE (CD)
TERM BL6
IC ULN2803A
IC TL074ACN
IC 74HC4078 NOR/OR (DIL-14)
IC 74HC240 OCTAL BUF (DIL-20)
IC 74HC86 8X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14
IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 1U0 20% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 1N0 10% 100V MED-K 0.2"
CAP 470N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 22P 2% 100V N150 0.2"
CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8
RES 15K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 8K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
POT 1M 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T
RES NWORK 22K X8 SIL9
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
010
X028
10.0 EA 0000 A001:A002:A003:A004:
A005:A014:A016:A020: A022:A028
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
0000 A006:A007:A008:A009: A010
A011
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
0000 A015:A021:A024:A025: A027
A030
1.0 EA A023
19.0 EA 0000 C001:C002:C004:C005:
C008:C009:C010:C011:
C014:C015:C032:C033:
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
C040:C041:C044:C046: C047:C049:C050
0000 C003:C006:C007:C012: C013
C016:C017:C020:C023: C024
C026:C027:C028:C029: C030
C018:C019:C021:C022: C031
0000 C034:C035:C042:C043: C045
20.0 EA 0000 R001:R003:R012:R015:
R031:R033:R034:R036:
R053:R055:R057:R065: R062:R072:R078:
R056:R063:R069:R074: R080: A.O.T.
12.0 EA
10.0 EA 0000 R002:R014:R030:R037:
R052:R064:R068:R071: R077:R082
15.0 EA 0000 R004:R007:R016:R020:
R026:R029:R038:R041:
R046:R051:R009:R013: R032:R035:R054
10.0 EA 0000 R005:R010:R017:R021:
R024:R028:R039:R043: R048:R050
5.0 EA 0000 R006:R019:R027:R040: R047
10.0 EA 0000 R008:R018:R025:R042:
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
R049:R139:R141:R143: R145:R147
0000 R140:R142:R144:R146: R148
R130
7-78 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
2322 156 11003
2322 241 13105
2113 391 00577
2100 700 02101
3913 017 00390
3913 017 00960
3913 017 00180
3913 017 00130
3913 017 01100
9336 247 60112
9340 002 80682
9330 473 10112
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ
POT 10K 10% LIN 0W5 CER M/T
RES 100R 2% 0.25W Size 1206
RES NWORK 22K X8 DIL16
RES NWORK 1K0 X8 DIL16
RES NWORK 1K0 X8 SIL9
RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9
RES NWORK 390R X8 SIL9
DIODE BAT85
DIODE HSMS-2820 (MARK-C0
DIODE 1N916
2413 015 00864
3913 240 10015
3913 240 10021
3913 240 00015
2413 015 00865
2400 031 00029
3913 240 00021
3913 240 00013
3913 240 00012
2422 549 26016
2413 040 00809
3913 080 52250
3913 445 50110
2432 490 00002
2432 490 00032
2432 490 00004
TERM SL4-V
HEADER 16 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
HEADER 50 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
PLUG 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG
TERM SL6-V
SKT RF BNC PCB 50R 16mm High
SKT 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG
PLUG 15WAY D TYP PCB MTG
PLUG 9 WAY D TYP PCB MTG
SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH
JACKSOCKET D TYP (PAIR)
SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI
HEADER 1 X 2
SKT DIL 14WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME
SKT DIL 20WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME
SKT DIL 18WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME
10.0 EA 0000 R011:R022:R023:R044:
R045:R137:R138: R070:R075:R081
5.0 EA 0000 R058:R059:R060:R061: R076
10.0 EA 0000 R088:R089:R090:R091:
R092:R093:R094:R095: R096:R097
10.0 EA 0000 R102:R103:R104:R105:
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R106:R107:R108:R109: R110:R111
0000 R114:R115:R122:R123: R126
R128
R116:R117:R124:R125
0000 R127
R135
10.0 EA 0000 V001:V002:V004:V005:
5.0 EA
V006:V007:V010:V011: V012:V013
0000 V003:V008:V009:V014: V015
15.0 EA 0000 V016:V017:V018:V019:
V020:V021:V022:V023: V024:V025:V026:V027:
V028:V029:V030
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
X002
X003
X004
0000 X005:X006:X015
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
X028
0000 X009:X010:X011:X012: X013
X007
0000 X016:X017:X020:X021
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
X022
X023:X024:X025:X030: X031 X032:X033
11.0 EA 255
22.0 PK 260
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
0265 X023:X024:X025:X030: X031 X032:X033
FOR A023
FOR A027
FOR A001:A002:A003 A004
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 787
992 9502 050
382 1634 000
382 1633 000
9338 818 20682
3913 935 00001
9390 280 70112
9390 272 20112
943 5396 721
3913 080 52310
2522 178 15085
2522 600 17026
2513 712 02005
2522 178 15062
2513 712 02004
410 0414 000
2413 490 90116
Table 7-110. PSU DIST PCB/HEATSINK ASSY - 992 9834 001
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM EXC CUB DIST PCB
CONT CAB PSU DIST PCB ASSY
IC, LT1083CP-12 ESD
IC, LM333 ESD
IC MC78T12CT
REG 7805 +5V 1.5A TO-220
WASHER 56359D (TO-220) INSUL
WASHER 56360A (TO-220) LOAD
HEATSINK
SPCR RND THRU M4 X 6 BRASS NI
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M4X16
WSH PLN FRM A 18-8 M4
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M4
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
THERMAL PAD 1"X0.8"X0.006"
SIL-PAD TO-220 X 0.012"
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
A001:A008
A002:A007
A003:A005
A004:A006
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-79
2522 178 15064 SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X16 2.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
992 9415 040
2413 031 00351
2513 706 07121
2513 706 07113
2513 658 15118
2513 658 05116
2522 178 15135
2522 178 15133
2522 178 15057
2522 006 01209
2522 179 64178
2522 613 06104
2513 712 02007
1322 511 41801
2513 712 02004
0613 163 01001
2522 401 50013
Table 7-111. COMBINER 8 WAY SIGMA++ - 992 9737 097
DESCRIPTION
COMBINER 8 WAY SIG (MECH KIT)
SKT RF N PANEL 50R
CLIP HOSE ST ST 35-50MM
CLIP HOSE ST ST 90-120MM
PIN SPIRL STNI M2X10
PIN SPIRL ST/ST CHR M1X6
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M6X25
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M6X16
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X5
SCR SKTCAP 18-8 M5X16
SCR CSKPZ 18-8 M5X10
WSH S/COIL TYPE-B M5
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M6
LOCTITE STUDLOCK 270
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
SOLDER 3MM DIA PLUMBSOL
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M6
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
130
470
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
191
195
196
140
12.0 EA 150
32.0 EA 160
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
230
240
1.0 EA 200
12.0 EA 180
0.0 EA AS REQUIRED
32.0 EA 190
0.0 RL
4.0 EA
AS REQUIRED
HARRIS P/N
3913 468 13280
3913 461 45540
3913 081 65300
943 5396 728
3913 464 15880
700 1416 000
3913 464 17450
3913 461 77440
2522 178 15067
3913 464 19480
2522 615 04005
2522 178 15059
2522 178 15058
2522 187 02044
2522 401 60064
2513 712 02004
2513 712 02003
2122 900 00171
2522 178 15061
2422 015 05024
2522 600 17017
Table 7-112. LOAD ASSY 3 WAY SIGMA++ - 992 9737 098
DESCRIPTION
CABLE ASSY (990MM STRAIGHT
LABEL BERYLLIA WARNING 15 X 30
LABEL 15MM HAZARD-TOXIC
HEATSINK-DUMP LOAD
SPACER DUMP LOAD
ATTENUATOR 40DB, 1KW
SCREEN
PCB DUMP LOAD
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X30
CABLE SUPPORT
WSH LOCK INT 18-8 M3
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X6
SCR CSKSL 18-8 M2.5X6
NUT FULHEX ST18-8 M2.5
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M2.5
RES 50R 5% 250W B/OXIDE (TERM
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X10
TIE CABLE 2.5 X 100 NYLON NAT
WSH PLN FRM A 18-8 M3
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
2.0 EA 015
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
420
430
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
020
030
040
050
2.0 EA 060
10.0 EA 460
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
090
095
4.0 EA 100
16.0 EA 110
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
120
210
30.0 EA 300
8.0 EA 310
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
400
410
2.0 EA
10.0 EA 440
7-80 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
2222 683 34151
3913 200 10052
2222 030 36109
2013 017 01543
8213 268 75169
2422 086 01015
2422 086 01005
2422 086 00013
9338 827 15682
9332 897 10682
2122 550 00035
2113 256 02641
2113 256 02255
2113 256 01466
2322 156 12701
560 0092 000
2322 156 13902
2113 256 01041
2113 256 02336
2113 256 02152
2322 156 11502
2113 256 02147
2322 156 13901
2322 156 17508
2113 256 02335
2322 156 11002
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 288
839 8121 805
3913 461 78760
4322 020 02060
2413 490 01046
2413 490 01094
2422 016 05019
402 0201 000
2422 015 05069
2432 020 00048
2413 015 00864
3913 935 00045
9335 613 10682
3913 935 00007
9334 636 90742
382 1347 000
506 0266 000
2000 101 06478
524 0364 000
524 0363 000
506 0271 000
2012 310 03124
2012 310 03162
522 0602 000
2012 310 00318
Table 7-113. ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2 PCB ASSY - 992 9080 001
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2
SCHEM ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2 (K2)
PCB ISOLATED SUPPLIES 2
SPACER CER 7.00 X 1.3MM *
HEATSINK TV-5
HEATSINK TV-21 FOR TO-220
SADDLE FOR 7.9MM TY-RAP
HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE
TIE CABLE 3.5 X 150 NYLON NAT
SKT RF BNC PCB MGT 50R
TERM SL4-V
REG 79L15 -15V 0.1A TO92
IC RC4558P-00
REG 7812 +12V 1.5A TO-220
IC LM7912CT
IC LP311N (DIL-8)
CAP 1U 20% 250V PP
CAP 4U7 25V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 470U 385V ELECT
CAP 100U 385V ELECT
CAP 100N 10% 400V PETP 15MM
CAP 330N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 1U0 10% 50V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 3300U 25V ELECT PCB MGT
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 150P 2% 100V N150 0.2"
CAP 100N -20+80 50V CER
CAP 10U 25V ELECT
CAP 10U 20% 16V TANT
CAP 47N 3KV +-5% PAPER
FUSE 500MA T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3
FUSE 100MA T 5X20 LBC IEC127-3
FUSE 160MA F 5X20 LBC IEC127-2
OPTO/TX HFBR-1522
LED 5MM HLMP-3507 GRN
RES VD 220V 0.8W 24MM DIA
RES 0R47 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 4R7 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 47R 5% 9W W/W
RES 270R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES VD 14V RMS 100J 20MM DIA
RES 3K9 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 20K 5% 6W W/W
RES 4K7 5% 6W W/W
RES 470R 5% 12W W/W
RES 1K5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 330R 5% 12W W/W
RES 390R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 7R5 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 3K9 5% 6W W/W
RES 1K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 PK
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
9.0 EA
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA EEV TUBES
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
CPI TUBES
010
64.0 EA 015
3.0 EA 020
7.0 EA
2.0 EA
160 170
025
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
030
035
X011:
X001:
A001:
A002:
A101:
A102:
0000 A103:A104:
0000 C001:C002:
C205
C003:
C004:
C005:C009:C119
C006
C008:C110;C111:C010: C011:
C101:C102:
C007:C012:C013: C114:C115:C116:C117:
C118:C120
C123:C124:C125
0000 C103:C104:C109:
0000 C105:C106:
0000 C107:C108:C121:C122
C201:
F001:
F002:
0000 F003:
0000 H001:H101;H102;H103: H104
0000 H105:H106:
R042:R043
0000 R001:R002:
R128:R129
R003:
R007
R124:R127:R215
R006
R044
R004:R207:
R045
R130: AOT 1K5 FOR EEV TUBES 1K8 FOR
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
CPI TUBES
R046
R111:R115:
R047
R005
0000 R011:R025:R026:R107
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-81
2322 156 19101
2113 111 22473
2322 156 13301
2322 156 12002
2113 111 25133
2322 156 11003
2322 156 12003
2113 111 25103
2122 362 00159
2113 111 00265
2113 256 02265
2322 156 11001
2322 156 11009
2113 256 02257
2322 156 16801
2322 156 15603
2322 156 14704
2322 156 11005
2322 156 11004
2322 156 11504
2322 156 12203
2322 156 13002
2322 156 14302
2322 156 19109
2322 156 12001
2322 156 14701
2322 156 16202
548 2343 000
2322 241 13106
2122 362 00158
2322 156 19102
9338 828 06682
380 0746 000
9330 473 10112
9338 828 08682
380 0747 000
9338 828 07682
9338 828 07682
386 0459 000
9338 820 00682
9331 176 70112
9331 177 70112
9331 178 10112
9330 791 70702
9336 508 70682
9331 177 20112
384 0793 000
9330 745 40702
384 0020 000
9331 177 00112
9331 176 80112
RES 910R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 47K 2% 2W0 MTLOX
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 2K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 12K 2% 1W0 MTLOX
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 20K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10K 2% 1W0 MTLOX
POT 10K 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ
RES 6K8 2% 1W0 MTLOX
RES 150R 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 100R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10R 5% 2W5 W/W
RES 680R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 56K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1M 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 150K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 22K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 3K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 4K3 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 91R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 200R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 6K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
R131: AOT 910R FOR EEV TUBES 390R FOR
CPI TUBES
R009:
R010:R027:R028:R041
R012:R109:
R013
R029:R036: R037:R121 R122:R123:R110:
R030
R015:
R038:
R014:
0000 R016:R017:R018:R019: R020:R021:
0000 R022:R024:
R101:R102:R125:R126
R023:
R040:
R031:
0000 R032:R033:R034:R035:
R039
R213:
R103:
R104:
R214
R105
0000 R106:R108:R132
0000 R112:R113:
0000 R116:R117:
R201:
RES 500K 1W3 1 1.9397E-320C70 SERIES 10.0 EA 0000
RES 10M 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ 2.0 EA R118:R119
POT 5K0 10% LIN W5 TOP ADJ
RES 9K1 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RECTFR 1B08 (800V-1A)
TRANS MPSA92
DIODE 1N916
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
R120
R114: AOT 9K1 FOR EEV IOT 12K FOR CPI
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
KLYSTRD
V002:
0000 V003:V004:V009:
16.0 EA V005:V006:V007:V008: V020:V021:
TRANS MJE5731 (PNP) (TO-220)
TRANS MPSA42
TRANS TIP49 (NPN) (TO-220)
TRANS TIP49 (NPN) (TO-220)
DIODE BZW50-150
RECTFR 1B01 (100V 1Amp)
DIODE BZX79C3V3
DIODE BZX79C8V2
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
V022:V023:V025:V206: V110:V111
V112:V113:V114:V115
0000 V010:V011:V012:
0000 V013:V017:V018:V019:
0000
V014:V015:V016: V033:V034
0000 V024:V027
V101:
DIODE BZX79C12
TRANS 2N3906 (TO-92)
TRANS BS170 (TO-92)
DIODE BZX79C5V1
TRANSZORB SA15 15V
TRANS 2N3904 (TO-92)
DIODE 1N4004
DIODE BZX79C4V3
DIODE BZX79C3V6
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
V116
0000 V102
V105
V103:
V026
0000 V104:V204:
V031:V108:V109
V107:V117
V028:V029:V030:V032
V106
V205:
7-82 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
384 0268 000
2413 015 14086
2413 015 14086
2422 015 12168
2422 015 12808
2522 178 15105
2522 178 15059
2522 401 50012
2522 401 50008
2513 712 02006
2513 712 02004
2522 600 79029
2522 600 79017
2413 015 14168
2522 178 13059
2522 178 15062
917 2336 078
RECT 7.5KV PIV
TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG
TAB 6.3mm Vertical PCB MTG
TERM INSULUG M5 RED
TERM PUSH-ON 6.3 x 0.5MM RED
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M5X10
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M5
NUT FULLHEX ST18-8 M3
WSH CRKL ST18-8 M5
WSH CRKL ST 18-8 M3
WSH PLN A ST 18-8 M5
WSH PLN A ST18-8 M3
TAG SOLDER PCB TAIL 2.5 X 0.9M
SCR PNPZ ST 18-8 M3X8
SCR PNPZ ST18-8 M3X12
LABEL - ISOL.P/S. FUSE VALUES
2.0 EA 0000 V202:V203:
20.0 EA 0000 X007:X008:X012:X013: X4/1:X4/2:X4/3;
20.0 EA X006:X005:X010:X009: X002:X003:
2.0 EA 120
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
130
040
080
070
15.0 EA 090
4.0 EA 050
15.0 EA 110
2.0 EA 060
21.0 EA 100
14.0 EA 101
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
HARRIS P/N
817 2336 125
817 2336 126
817 2336 127
817 2336 128
817 2336 160
817 2336 161
839 8121 161
839 8121 169
992 8933 001
992 8934 001
943 5396 137
646 1537 000
943 5396 711
306 0004 000
310 0038 000
314 0005 000
3913 080 52310
Table 7-114. MODE CONTROLLER ASSY - 992 8813 001
DESCRIPTION
MODE CONTRLLR 2 TUBE CONFIGURA
MODE CONTRLLR 3 TUBE CONFIGURA
MODE CONTRLLR 2 TUBE+STANDBY
MODE CONTRLLR 4 TUBE CONFIGURA
MODE CONTRLLR DH120 E3 CONFIGU
MODE CONTRLLR HD240 E5 CONFIGU
SCHEM MODE CONTROLLER
SCHEM MODE CONTROLLER
MODE CONTROLLER PCB LOCAL ASSY
MODE CONTROLLER P.C.B. ASSY.
SET OF RIBBON CABLES MODE CONT
PANEL-MODE CONTROL OVERLAY
SUPPORT - MODE CONTROL
NUT FULL 6-32 SST
WASHER PLAIN No;6 SST
SPLIT LOCK WASHER No;6 SST
SPCR RND THRU M4 X 6 BRASS NI
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
10.0 EA
10.0 EA
10.0 EA
10.0 EA
0010
0015
0020
0025
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 161
3913 461 78560
382 0774 000
382 1070 000
382 0771 000
382 0778 000
382 0865 000
382 0798 000
3913 935 12117
3913 935 12118
Table 7-115. MODE CONTROLLER P.C.B. ASSY. - 992 8934 001
DESCRIPTION
SCHEM MODE CONTROLLER
PCB MODE CONTROLLER
IC 74HC14 HEX SCHMIDT (DIL-14
OPTO COUPLER ILQ-1
IC 74HC08 2 I/P AND (DIL-14
IC 74HC32 4X 2 I/P OR (DIL-14
IC 74HC4538 MONSTBL (DIL-16
IC 74HC158 2I/P M/INV (DIL-16
IC 74HC148 ENCODEER (DIL-16)
IC 74HC237 DCODER (DIL-16)
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
010
0000 A001:A002:A019:A027:
5.0 EA
A036:A039:A046:A068:
0000 A003:A004:A024:A025: A026:
10.0 EA 0000 A005:A006:A007:A018: A031:A032:
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
A037:A044:A060:A069:
0000 A008:A009:A010:A033: A035:
0000 A011:A063:
0000 A012:A013:A014:
0000 A015:
0000 A017:
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-83
382 0897 000
382 0832 000
382 0854 000
382 0777 000
614 0844 000
516 0760 000
614 0842 000
506 0233 000
506 0233 000
2000 101 06228
2013 017 01607
2000 101 03229
506 0277 000
506 0232 000
2400 086 00016
402 0201 000
384 0610 000
2400 131 00022
2400 131 00015
540 1534 000
3913 017 01430
3913 017 01420
548 2309 000
2322 156 14709
548 0483 000
2322 241 13225
548 2303 000
2322 156 12004
548 1121 000
548 2291 000
548 2286 000
548 2310 000
548 2294 000
540 1542 000
540 1538 000
7-84
IC ULN2803A
IC 74HC373 OCTAL LTCH (DIL-16
IC 74HC4060 CNTR (DIL-16
IC 74HC30 8I/P NAND (DIL-14)
TERM BL10
CAP 100N 20% 50/63V X7R SIP8
TERM BL4
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 100N 10% 63V PSTR 0.2"
CAP 2U2 25V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 10U 20% 50V TANT
CAP 22U 10V ELSOL RAD/WIRE
CAP 1U0 20% 63V PSTR 0.2" P
CAP 10N 20% 100V PSTR 0.2" P
FUSE 10A T 5X20 HRC CER
HOLDER FUSE CLIP DUAL SIZE
LED 5MM HLMP-3507 GRN
RELAY 24V 2 CO 2A BISTBL PCB M
RELAY 24VDC 1P C/O 16AMP (5mm
RES NWORK 4K7 X8 SIL9
RES NWORK 100K X8 DIL16
RES NWORK 330R X8 DIL16
RES 4K7 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 47R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 100K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 2M2 5% 0W25 MTLGLZ
RES 330R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 200K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 10K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 1K2 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 470K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES 220K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES NWORK 47K X8 SIL9
RES NWORK 10K X8 SIL9
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
0000 A020:A023:A034:A042: A064:A065:
0000 A021:A022:
1.0 EA 0000 A028:
21.0 EA 0000 A016:A038:A040:A041:
A043:A045:A047:A048: A049:A050:A051:A052:
A053:A054:A055:A056: A057:A058:A059:A066:
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
A067:
X014:X013:X011:X006 X007
0000 C001:
X009:X004 X012:X016
65.0 EA 0000 C005:C010:C011:C012:
C013:C014:C015:C016:
C017:C018:C020:C022:
C024:C025:C026:C027:
C028:C030:C032:C033:
C034:C035:C036:C038:
C039:C040:C041:C042:
C043:C044:C045:C046:
C047:C048:C049:C050:
C051:C052:C053:C054:
C055:C056:C057:C058:
C059:C060:C061:C062:
65.0 EA C063:C064:C065:C066:
C067:C068:C069:C070:
C072:C075:C076:C081:
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
C077:C078:C079:C080: C082:
0000 C083:
0000 C019:C021:
0000 C029:C071:C074:
0000 C023:C031:
0000 C037:
F001:F002:F003:F004
0000 F001:F002:F003:F004:
0000 H001:H002:H003:H004:
0000 K001:K011:
13.0 EA 0000 K002:K003:K004:K005:
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
K006:K007:K008:K009: K010:K014:K015:K016:
K013:
0000 R001:R023:
0000 R002:
0000 R003:R004:
0000 R009:R011:R024:R062: R073:R048:
0000 R079:
0000 R010:R012:R030:R033:
R047:R075:R076:R028: R046:
0000 R083:
0000 R016:R042:R055:R056:
0000 R080:R081:
0000 R022:
0000 R025:R035:
0000 R026:R036:R029:R034: R082:
0000 R027:R031:R059
0000 R032:
0000 R084:
0000 R057:
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
3913 017 01080
2322 156 17504
3913 017 00220
RES NWORK 10K X5 SIL6
RES 750K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
RES NWORK 470K X8 SIL9
2322 156 16804
604 1153 000
2400 127 00005
604 0851 000
RES 680K 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
SWITCH P/B 2P MOM GOLD
SWITCH DIL 8 POLE C/O SPDT
SWITCH DIL 8 POLE SPST
384 0789 000
9338 827 87682
9338 827 39682
384 0307 000
612 1419 000
610 0900 000
614 0849 000
3913 240 10017
614 0852 000
614 0852 000
610 1070 000
610 1192 000
610 1215 000
612 1184 000
2432 490 00004
404 0675 000
358 1214 000
3913 080 52250
TRANSZORB SA5.0 5V
DIODE 31DQ06 (C-16)
TRANSZORB SA24 24V
DIODE 1N916
SKT 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG
HEADER 1 X 3
TERM SL4-V
HEADER 26 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
TERM SL10-V
TERM SL10-V
HEADER 2 X 3
PLUG 37WAY D TYP PCB MTG
HEADER 10 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
SKT 2 WAY 2.54MM PITCH
SKT DIL 18WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME
SKT DIL 16WAY x 0.3" FL/FRAME
JACKSOCKET D TYP (PAIR)
SPCR RND THRU M3 X 6 BRASS NI
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 PK
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0000 R058:
0000 R049:
13.0 EA 0000 R060:R063:R064:R065:
R066:R067:R068:R069:
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
R070:R071:R074:R077: R078:
0000 R061:
0000 S001:
0000 S002:S003:S004:S005:
S006:S007:S008:S009:
13.0 EA 0000 S010:S011:S012:S013:
S014:S015:S016:S017: S018:S019:S020:S021:
S022:
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
0000 V001:
0000 V002:V003:V005:V006:
0000 V004:
0000 V007:V008:V009:
0000 X001:
0000 X002:
0000 X003:X004:X009:X012: X016:
0000 X005:
0000
X006:X007:X011:X013: X014:
0000 X008:
0000 X010:
0000 X015:
520
FOR A020:A042
FOR A003:A004:A024 A025:A026
530
540
HARRIS P/N
839 8121 162
3913 461 78570
384 0906 000
540 1536 000
548 2291 000
604 1141 000
3913 240 10017
598 0450 000
Table 7-116. MODE CONTROLLER PCB LOCAL ASSY - 992 8933 001
DESCRIPTION
WIRING DIAG LOCAL CTRL
PCB MODE CONTROLLER LOCAL
LED MV54124 GRN
RES NWORK 220R X8 SIL9
RES 220R 1% 0W6 MTLFLM
SWITCH P/B MEMBRANE
HEADER 26 WAY LTCH STRGHT STD
CAP SPACING W/ 2 HOLES
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
0.0 EA
1.0 EA 010
10.0 EA 0000 H001:H002:H003:H004:
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
H005:H006:H007:H008: H009:H010:
0000 R001:
0000 R002:R003:
10.0 EA 0000 S001:S002:S003:S004:
1.0 EA
10.0 EA
S005:S006:S007:S008: S009:S010:
0000 X001
7/15/02 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7-85
7-86 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
7/15/02
a.1
Suggested Procedure For Cutting
And Soldering Transmission Line
The purpose for this procedure is to provide guidelines for field cutting and soldering of RF transmission line used to interconnect the transmitter to the RF system.
Try to cut and flange the longest pieces first. Complete one run at a time in order to avoid accumulated errors. (i.e.: Cut, solder, and hang line from antenna port of Bandpass filter to patch panel.
Then cut, solder, and hang line from the Amplifier output to the input port of the bandpasss filter.)
Listed in Table a-1 are some tools and materials that have proven effective for RF Feed Line Construction.
Table a-1. Installation Tools
and Materials
Welding Torch Set
Oxygen and Acetylene Tanks
Welder’s Mask or Goggles
Power Band Saw (can be rented) and Extra Blades
Silver Solder 1/16 inch diameter, 30%-45%, Hard Stay-
Silv #45, Aladdin #45, HARRIS part number 099 0002 238
Paste flux (Engelhard Ultra-Flux 1 lb jar) HARRIS part number 099 0002 241
(HARRIS part number 086 0004 040, 16 oz bottle)
Muriatic Acid (quart)
Baking Soda (two 1-pound boxes)
Three plastic 5-gallon buckets or containers with open tops
Scotch Brite
Steel Wool
Emery Cloth (roll type like plumber uses)
Carpenters Square
Level
Plumb Bob
Chalk Line
Hacksaw and Extra Blades
Wrenches
Crowbar
Rope
Saw Horses or Cutting Table
Come-along or Chain-Fall Hoist
Ladders
Files
Garden Hose
25-Ft Tape Measure
Hole Saw, 1-7/8 inches, for installing directional couplers
Rubber Hammer
Claw Hammer
Gloves
Safety Glasses
NOTE: All-thread rod, hangers, angle iron or channel will be needed to support the transmission line, dummy load, etc.
Appendix A
Cutting and Soldering Transmission Line
a.2
Transmission Line Cutting and
Flange Soldering Procedure
a. Determine the flange-face to flange-face length of the transmission line run needed. (If the run includes an elbow, see Figure a-2 to determine the elbow length.) b. Subtract twice the cutback dimension of the flange. This dimension varies with flange manufacturer. See Figure a-1.
Using the suggested methods for cutting the line given in paragraph a.3, cut the outer conductor to the length just calculated.
c. If holes in the outer conductor are needed for directional couplers, tuning paddles, etc. they should be added now with the holes properly deburred.
d. Using the suggested techniques for installing the flanges given in paragraph a.4, solder a flange to each end of the outer conductor.
e. Measure the flange-face to flange-face dimension after soldering to confirm the proper length and to determine the initial length of the inner conductor.
f. Determine the length of the inner conductor by using the flange-face to flange-face dimension of the outer conductor and subtracting the dimension of the anchor connector
(bullet) shown in Figure a-3. This dimension determines the proper cutback of the inner conductor for BOTH ENDS
OF THE LINE AT THE SAME TIME. DO NOT DOUBLE
THIS DIMENSION WHEN SUBTRACTING FROM
THE OUTER CONDUCTOR LENGTH.
g. Cut the inner conductor and deburr the cut edges.
h. Ensure the inside of the outer conductor is clean; then insert the inner conductor. The line is ready to install.
a.3
Cutting The Transmission Line
A square smooth cut is required. Several methods may be used with the choice depending on tools and labor available.
a. METHOD #1. A hand hack saw and cast iron cutting guide are a good combination for making a cut with a minimum of tools for one or two pieces, but can be very labor intensive for putting up an entire system. See Figure a-4.
b. METHOD #2. Hand Band Saw. These popular saws can be rented or purchased. See Figure a-5.
c. METHOD #3. Swing Arm Band Saw. This is a good way to go if one can be rented or borrowed. Many pipe fitters and electrical contractors own them. If the saw has an automatic feed, cut slowly. It is critical that the support saw horses be made level with the saw. Test cuts should first be made using scrap pipe or a wood 4x4 to verify that the blade is not creeping and the saw is in alignment. See
Figure a-6.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
a-1
Figure a-4.Guide For Use With Hand Hack Saw
Figure a-1. Outer Conductor Measurements
Figure a-2. Measurements When Elbows Are Used
Figure a-5. Cutting with Hand Band Saw
a-2
Figure a-3. Measurements for Cutback of Inner Conductor
Figure a-6. Swing Arm Band Saw Cutting Tips
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
C
Appendix A
Cutting and Soldering Transmission Lines e. METHOD #5. Cut Off Saw. These saws are similar to radial arm saws. It is rare to find one big enough to cut
6-1/8" line. The set up is similar to the swing arm band saw.
See Figure a-6.
Figure a-7.
Crimped Cut (Exaggerated)
a.4
Soldering Transmission Line Flanges
Transmission line flanges that are supplied with the optional transmission line kit are the silver solder type. Although the attachment of this type of flange may require more care and skill than the soft solder type, it has been found that the silver soldered flange provides much greater reliability. The services of a steam fitter or plumber may be helpful if personnel are not available that are experienced with silver soldering.
a.4.1
Soldering Procedure
a. The line should be free of burrs. The outer corner may be beveled slightly to make assembly of flange easier. See
Figure a-8.
b. Emery cloth should be used to clean the outside of the line where it will meet the flange. Also clean the inner surface of the flange with emery cloth.
c. Insert the solder ring into the groove on the flange. If solder rings are not included with the flange, they can be made from .062-inch diameter silver solder wire (30-45% silver).
d. Apply a thin coat of flux to the line and to the flange.
e. Slide the flange onto the end of the outer conductor.
Figure a-8.
Bevel and Remove Burrs
Figure a-9.
Torch Aiming Location
AUTION
DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN THE VISE USED WITH THESE SAWS. IT
WILL BE DIFFICULT TO PUT THE FLANGE ON AN OUT OF
ROUND PIPE.
d. METHOD #4. Tubing Cutter. This is generally not recommended. Many cuts end up with crimped ends due to dull cutters or trying to cut too fast. Use with caution. Avoid if possible unless someone is available that has had a lot of experience using a tubing cutter on this type of installation.
See Figure a-7.
WARNING
SKIN BURN HAZARD. TEMPERATURE OF THE HEATED LINE IN
THE FOLLOWING STEPS IS QUITE HIGH AND PRECAUTIONS
MUST BE TAKEN TO AVOID CONTACT WITH EXPOSED SKIN.
f. Stand the line on end (vertical) for soldering (flange to be soldered pointing down). Ensure that the flange remains square with the outer conductor.
g. Using a #3 or #4 torch tip, heat the entire circumference of the line and flange. Keep the torch moving and heat 2 or 3 inches of the line/flange at a time. Aim the torch at the copper just above the crack between the flange and the line.
This will minimize the need for fill solder. If the brass flange is heated more than the copper line, the flange will expand and create an unnecessary gap to fill with solder.
Use caution. There is a fine line between melting the solder and melting the brass flange or burning a hole in the copper.
The solder will pull up into the joint from the solder ring by capillary action. Once it starts to flow, do not stop until the entire circumference of the joint has solder appearing in it. If the solder from the internal solder ring does not
“wick up” and become visible at the joint after a few minutes, a small amount of solder can be applied to the joint to enhance the heat transfer. See Figure a-9.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
a-3
a.5
Cleaning The Soldered Joint
Vigorous scrubbing with a wire brush and steel wool will remove torch black with good results. In addition, cleaning with an acid solution can make this job easier. The procedure is as follows:
WARNING
MURIATIC ACID USED IN THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE IS
HAZARDOUS. USE EYE AND SKIN PROTECTION WHEN HAN-
DLING OR MIXING. KEEP AN EXTRA BOX OF BAKING SODA
HANDY FOR FIRST AID OR TO NEUTRALIZE SPILLS. PERFORM
THE PROCEDURES OUTDOORS IF POSSIBLE. IF THE WORK
MUST BE DONE INDOORS, WORK ONLY IN WELL VENTILATED
AREA.
WARNING
IN THE FOLLOWING MIXING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT WATER
IN THE CONTAINER FIRST AND THEN ADD ACID TO THE WATER.
ADDING WATER TO A CONTAINER OF ACID MAY RESULT IN A
VIOLENT & DANGEROUS REACTION.
a. Prepare three plastic 5 gallon buckets as follows:
1. Bucket #1 - Water
2. Bucket #2 - One quart muriatic acid in four gallons of water (SEE WARNINGS ABOVE)
3. Bucket #3 - One pound baking soda in five gallons of water b. After soldering is finished, dip the end of the line in the water to cool.
c. Set the cooled end of the line into the acid-water mixture for 5-10 minutes. This will loosen the film and brighten the silver.
d. Immerse the end of the line into the soda solution. This will stop the action of the acid.
e. Use a Scotch Bright pad or steel wool to scrub off the remaining torch black.
f. If the flux scale is particularly stubborn repeat the process.
g. Rinse thoroughly when done with water and dry line before assembling.
a.5.1
Alternate Cleaning Method
The following is an alternate procedure to clean the soldered transmission line. The following materials are needed.
• Water and Hose
•
Small Paint Brush
• Rubber Gloves
•
Scotch Brite Pad or BBQ Grill Cleaning Pad With Handle
•
Naval Jelly (or equivalent rust remover)
WARNING
NAVAL JELLY CONTAINS PHOSPHORIC ACID AND CAN BE DAN-
GEROUS IF IT COMES IN CONTACT WITH SKIN OR EYES OR IF IT
IS SWALLOWED. READ AND FOLLOW THE PRECAUTIONS AND
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ON THE NAVAL JELLY CONTAINER
BEFORE USING.
a. After soldering the flange, dip the end of the line into water or spray it with a hose until it is cool.
b. Using a small paint brush, apply a coating of Naval Jelly to the torch black and flux scale on the outside and inside of the line. Let the Naval Jelly set from 10 to 20 minutes.
c. Scrub the line with Scotch Brite or the BBQ Grill pad to loosen the torch black and flux scale.
d. Flush with water until the Naval Jelly residue is gone.
e. Repeat the process until all the torch black and flux scale is removed.
The first application of the Naval Jelly will remove the torch black and some of the flux scale. Normally, if vigorous scrubbing is done, repeating the process a second time will completely clean the line.
a-4 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
b.1.
Introduction
What do you do with a 2 million volt pulse pushing 220,000 amps of current into your transmitting plant? Like the 500 pound gorilla you let it do what ever it wants to. There is not much that can be done to protect against a major direct lightning strike. This is called a significant impulse lightning stroke. It usually lasts less than 100 microseconds and is most destructive to electronic equipment because it contains huge amounts of high frequency energy.
Here are some examples of this damage:
• Melted ball and horn gaps.
• Ground straps burned loose.
• H.V. rectifier stacks shorted.
• Massive arc marks in the output circuit of AM transmitters.
• Ball lightning traveling into building on outer conductor of transmission line.
Figure b-1 is a map of the United States that shows the number of lightning days you can expect in any year. You fellas in Colorado, New Mexico, and Florida need lightning rods on your hats.
Figure b-2 shows the incidents to tall structures. A triggered event is one that happens because the tower was present.
Without the tower the strike would not have occurred.
b.2.
Enviornmental Hazards
There are devices and procedures that do offer protection from lessor environmental
Appendix B
Lightning Protection Recommendation
hazards than lightning. Some of these anomalies are listed and defined: a. Over voltage/under voltage (brownout).
Where the lines voltage differs from the nominal RMS for longer than one cycle.
• Remedy - Automatic voltage regulators, preferably individual regulators on each phase. This can only be accomplished when the power feed line is delta or
4/wire wye connected. (See Figure b-3.) b. Single phasing. This is where one leg of the three phase service is open.
• Remedy - Protection afforded by a loss of phase detector. Without protection power transformers and 3 phase motors over heat.
c. Radio frequency interference (RFI). This is somethingwe must design into all ofour transmitters, however, you may purchase equipment that is susceptible, is not protected, and develop problems.
• Remedy - RFI filters on the ac lines and control lines are sometimes effective.
Sometimes the entire device must be enclosed in an RF free space.
d. Electromagnetic pulse (EMP). This is a interfering signal pulse that enters the system by magnetic coupling (transformer). Generally caused by lightning.
• Lightning from cloud to cloud produces horizontally polarized waves while lightning from cloud to earth produce vertically polarized waves. The waves couple into the power lines and transmission lines causing large induced voltage that destroy high voltage rectifier stacks and output circuit faults. High frequency energy is coupled back into the transmitter causing VSWR overloads. (See Figures b-4 & b-5.)
• Remedy - Ball or horn gaps at the base of the antenna prevent the voltage from exceeding some high potential. Transient suppressor devices on the input power lines remove excessive voltage spikes. Buried power and transmission lines will reduce the amount of coupled energy to a great extent. This does not totally eliminate the problem because there are currents traveling in the earth when lightning strikes close to the station which prefer to travel on the metal conductors.
e. Surge. A rapid increase in voltage on the power lines usually caused by lightning.
The duration is less than 1/2 cycle and can be very destructive.
• Remedy - Transient protectors are very effective in preventing damage to the equipment when properly designed and installed. (See Figure b-7.)
Significant Lightning Stroke Characteristics
Charge Range
Peak Currents
2 to 200 coulombs
2,000 to 400,000
Amperes
Rise Time to 90% 300 Nanoseconds to
10 Microseconds
Duration to 50% 100 Microseconds
Potential Energy at
99% to 10 Milliseconds
1010 Joules*
* Only a small portion is manifested in a surge, usually less than 10,000 Joules.
b.3.
What Can Be Done?
Installation of the transmitter building, antenna tuning unit if applicable, and antenna should be done so that the risk of destruction due to lightning is minimal and the efficiency of the over all system is maximized.
To do this, separate ground systems should be installed for the building and antenna.
This forces all of the RF return currents to flow in the transmission line shield. The coax can be buried below the antenna ground plane to still further reduce the RF current coupled to it.
Figure b-1. Isokeraunic Map of the United States
Showing Lightning Days Per Year
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
b-1
In medium and short wave installations the antenna ground plane is very important as it is
1
⁄
2 of the radiating element. RF current leaving the antenna must return via the ground path (ground wave). For this reason the “antenna coupling unit” must be close to the base of the tower and securely connected to the ground plane.
Figure b-6 shows the basic elements of a properly designed antenna system.
• Good ground plane.
• Ball gap on tower.
• Series inductor in tower feeder.
• Antenna coupling unit connected to antenna ground.
•
The
π circuit is equivalent to the normal
Tee used by Harris.
• Underground coax.
• Guy wire length broken by insulators and grounded at the bottom end.
The transmitter building must be given extra protection to insure reliable equipment operation. A low impedance safety ground system must be installed using 3 inch wide copper strap hard soldered at all joints and connected to multiple ground rods located at the perimeter of the building.
The ground rods should be wet to make good connection to the earth water table. All equipment cabinets within the building must be connected to the ground straps for safety reasons.
b.4.
AC Service Protection
See Figure b-7. All incoming ac lines should have a choke connected in series to limit the high frequency surges on the lines followed by a surge protector. The surge protector must be connected to the building ground system by short direct connections.
A surge protector is a solid state device that is a high impedance until the voltage across it reaches its rated clamping voltage at which time the impedance suddenly decreases. The protector will then conduct hundreds to thousands of amperes to ground. All protectors are rated for maximum voltage and maximum surge energy.
If the surge energy exceeds rating of the device it will normally short and for this reason must be fused so it will disconnect itself from the line being protected. When this happens all protection is lost so some warning system must be used to tell the operators that a new protector should be installed.
Speed is essential to protect equipment from current surges with rates of rise exceeding 10,000 amps per microsecond and pulses that last no longer than 100 microseconds. Very short, low inductance ground
Figure b-2. Lightning Incidents to Tall Structures
Figure b-3. Regulators in Delta and 4/Wire WYE Systems
straps are required to pass surges of this type.
The surge protectors must be selected for the line to ground voltage and the maximum energy to be diverted. Bigger is always better in this case. There are several manufacturers of surge protectors:
• Lightning Elimination Assoc., Inc.
• Current Technology
• Control Concept
b-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
• MCG Electronics, Inc.
• EFI Corp.
• General Electric
All of these vendors provide parts and systems to protect broadcast transmitters.
All audio and control lines should be protected the same as described for ac lines with components sized accordingly.
All coaxial lines should have the shield connected to the system ground at the point of entrance and in addition have a ferrite choke around it located between the entrance point and the equipment rack. This will provide a high impedance for current flowing in the shield but does not affect the signal currents.
b.5.
Conclusion
The 1% chance of a major lightning strike probably can not be protected against but the other 99% can be controlled and damage
Appendix B
Lightning Protection Recomendations prevented. Install surge protection on all incoming and outgoing lines at the wall of the building connected to a well designed ground system. Properly install the antenna ground system with spark gap adjusted correctly and maintained. With this done you can sleep peacefully at night if your bed isn’t under the feed line.
Figure b-4. EM Flux Field
Figure b-5. Sample Surge Voltage as a Function of
Distance from Stroke to Line
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
b-3
Figure b-6. Basic Elements of a Properly Designed
Antenna System
Figure b-7. Surge Protectors and Ferrite Choke
b-4 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Appendix C
Surge and Lightning Protection and Grounding Considerations
c.1
Surge and Lightning Protection
A lightning storm can cause transients in excess of 2 kV to appear on power or field signal lines. The duration of these transients varies from a few hundred nanoseconds to a few microseconds. Power distribution system transient protectors can efficiently protect the transmitter from transients of this magnitude. Transients are shunted to ground through the protection devices and do not appear on the output. To protect the transmitter from high transients on field cables, electronic surge protectors are recommended.
All lightning protection is defensive in nature, that is, reacting to a lightning strike that has already occurred; therefore, its effectiveness is limited. Nothing can provide total immunity from damage in the case of a direct lightning strike. However, surge protectors installed immediately after the main power disconnect switch in the power distribution panel will afford some protection from electrical surges induced in the power lines.
Surge protection devices are designed to operate and recover automatically. When operated within specifications, a surge protector does not require testing, adjustment, or replacement.
All parts are permanently enclosed to provide maximum safety and flexibility of installation.
To assure the safety of equipment and personnel, primary power line transformers must be protected by lightning arrestors at the service entrance to the building. This will reduce the possibility that excessive voltage and current due to lightning will seek some low impedance path to ground such as the building metallic structure or an equipment cabinet. The most effective type of power line lightning protection is the one in which a spark gap is connected to each primary, secondary, and the case of the power line transformer. Each spark gap is then independently connected to earth ground. In cases where driven ground rods are used for building ground, the primary and secondary neutrals must be separated by a spark gap. If two separate ground rods are used, the rods must be at least 20 feet apart. All connections between lightning arrestors, line connections, and ground must be made as short and straight as possible, with no sharp bends.
c.2
System Grounding
Signals employed in transmitter control systems are on the order of a few microseconds in duration, which translates to frequencies in the megahertz region. They are therefore radio-frequency signals, and may be at levels less than 500 microvolts, making them susceptible to noise appearing on ground wires or adjacent wiring. Thus, all ground wiring must be low in impedance as well as low in resistance, without splices, and as direct as possible. Four basic grounds are required: a. AC ground b. DC ground c. Earth ground d. RF ground
c.2.1
Ground Wires
Ground wires should be at least as large as specified by the local electrical code. These leads must be low impedance direct runs, as short as possible without splices. In addition, ground conductors should be insulated to prevent intermittent or unwanted grounding points.
Connection to the earth ground connection must be made with copper clamps which have been chemically treated to resist corrosion. Care must be taken to prevent inadvertent grounding of system cabinets by any means other than the ground wire.
Cabinets must be mounted on a support insulated from ground.
c.2.2
AC Ground
The suggested grounding method consists of two separately structured ground wires which are physically separated from each other but terminate at earth ground. The green ground wire from the AC power input must connect to the power panel and the ground straps of the equipment cabinets.
The primary electrostatic shield of the isolation transformer, if used, connects to the AC neutral wire (white) so that in the event of a transformer primary fault, fault current is returned directly to the AC source rather than through a common ground system.
The AC neutral is connected to earth ground at the service entry.
Use of separate grounds prevents cross-coupling of power and signal currents as a result of any impedance that may be common to the separate systems. It is especially important in low-level systems that noise-producing and noise-sensitive circuits be isolated from each other; separating the grounding paths is one step.
Noise Grounding Plate. Where excessive high-frequency noise on the AC ground is a problem, a metal plate having an area of at least 10 square feet embedded in concrete and connected to the AC ground will assist in noise suppression. The connection to AC ground should be shorter than 5 feet, as direct as possible, and without splices. Local wiring codes will dictate the minimum wire size to be used.
Peripheral Equipment Grounds. All peripherals are supplied with a separate grounding wire or strap. All branch circuit receptacles must permit connection to this ground. This service ground must be connected through the branch circuit to a common grounding electrode by the shortest and most direct path possible. This is a safety ground connection, not a neutral.
Often, circuit common in test equipment is connected to power ground and chassis. In these cases, isolated AC power must be provided from a separate isolation transformer to avoid a ground loop.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
c-1
c.2.3
DC Ground
DC grounds in the transmitter are connected to a ground bus, which in turn is routed to a common cabinet ground and then connected to an earth ground. The use of separate ground busses is a suggested method of isolation used to prevent cross-coupling of signals. These ground buses are then routed to the cabinet ground and to earth ground.
c.2.4
Earth Ground
The transmitter must be connected to earth ground. The connection must have an impedance of 5 ohms or less. For example, a one-inch metal rod driven 20 feet into moist earth will have a resistance of approximately 20 ohms, and a large ground counterpoise buried in moist earth will exhibit a resistance on the order of 1 to 5 ohms.
The resistance of an electrode to ground is a function of soil resistivity, soil chemistry and moisture content. Typical resistivities of unprepared soil can vary from approximately 500 ohms to 50 k ohms per square centimeter.
The resistance of the earth ground should be periodically measured to ensure that the resistance remains within installation requirements.
c.2.5
RF Ground
Electrical and electronic equipment must be effectively grounded, bonded, and shielded to achieve reliable equipment operation. The facility ground system forms a direct path of low impedance of approximately 10 ohms between earth and various power and communications equipment. This effectively minimizes voltage differentials on the ground plane to below levels which will produce noise or interference to communication circuits.
The basic earth electrode subsystem consist of driven ground rods uniformly spaced around the facility, interconnected with a minimum of 1/0 AWG bare copper cable. The cable and rods should be placed approximately 40 inches (1 meter) outside the roof drip line of the structure, and the cable buried at least 20 inches (0.5 meters). The ground rods should be copper-clad steel, a minimum of eight feet (2.5 meters) in length and spaced apart not more than twice the rod length. Brazing or welding should be used for permanent connections between these items.
Where a resistance of 10 ohms cannot be obtained with the above configuration, alternate methods must be considered.
Ideally, the best building ground plane is an equipotential ground system. Such a plane exists in a building with a concrete floor if a ground grid, connected to the facility ground system at multiple points, is embedded in the floor.
The plane may be either a solid sheet or wire mesh. A mesh will act electrically as a solid sheet as long as the mesh openings are less than 1/8 wavelength at the highest frequencies of concern.
When it is not feasible to install a fine mesh, copper-clad steel meshes and wires are available. Each crossover point must be brazed to ensure good electrical continuity. Equipotential planes for existing facilities may be installed at or near the ceiling above the equipment.
Each individual piece of equipment must be bonded to its rack or cabinet, or have its case or chassis bonded to the nearest point of the equipotential plane. Racks and cabinets should also be grounded to the equipotential plane with a copper strap.
RF transmission line from the antenna must be grounded at the entry point to the building with copper wire or strap equivalent to at least no. 6 AWG. Wire braid or fine-stranded wire must not be used.
All building main metallic structural members such as columns, wall frames, roof trusses, and other metal structures must be made electrically continuous and grounded to the facility ground system at multiple points. Rebar, cross over points, and vertical runs should also be made electrically continuous and grounded.
Conduit and power cable shields that enter the building must be bonded at each end to the facility ground system at each termination.
c-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
d.1
General Description
d.1.1
Introduction
This Appendix contains the information necessary to install, operate, maintain and service the Heat Exchanger System. The parts listing for the Heat Exchanger System (Fluid Cooler, Pump
Module and Kit of Interconnecting Piping, Flow Control Valves and Flow Monitoring Devices) will be found in Section 7 of the manual.
d.1.2
Equipment Purpose
The Heat Exchanger System transfers the heat generated by each tube and from each water cooled test and reject RF Loads to the atmosphere outside the building.
d.1.3
General Description
See Figure d-1. The Heat Exchanger System consists of a one stage heat transfer cooling system to cool the tube and RF Loads.
The Heat Transfer System circulates water directly in contact with the tube collector; absorbing that heat. The Heat Transfer
System uses a 50% mixture of water and ethylene glycol as a coolant. This permits a liquid to air heat exchanger to be located outside the building to transfer heat from the coolant to the atmosphere without the danger of the coolant freezing
d.1.4
Major Hardware
The major pieces of hardware that make up the heat exchanger system are:
•
Fluid Cooler (liquid to air heat exchanger)
•
Pump Module
•
Kit of Interconnecting Piping, Flow Control Valves and
Flow Monitoring Devices
•
Calorimeter Hardware and Digital Thermometer (for meas-
Appendix D
Heat Exchanger System
uring transmitter power) - OPTION See Appendix E
d.1.5
Equipment Characteristics
d.1.5.1
Electrical Requirements
Table d-1 lists the electrical requirements of the Heat Exchanger
System.
d.1.5.2
Mechanical/Environmental Characteristics
Table d-2 lists the physical/environmental characteristics of the major parts of the Heat Exchanger System.
NOTE
Specifications subject to change without notice.
d.1.6
Recommended Coolants
d.1.6.1
During Checkout and Flushing
Tap water may be used during initial checkout of the system and for flushing and cleaning the loop.
CAUTION
IF FREEZING CONDITIONS EXIST DURING THE CHECKOUT
AND FLUSHING PROCEDURES, THE FLUSHING PROCEDURE
AND SUBSEQUENT FILL WITH THE FINAL GLYCOL/WATER
MUST BE FINISHED BEFORE STILL WATER IS ALLOWED TO
REMAIN IN THE FLUID COOLER. IF THE PROCEDURE CANNOT
BE FINISHED, CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO PREVENT THE WATER
FROM FREEZING IN THE OUTSIDE FLUID COOLER. IF WATER
REMAINS IN THE COOLER LONG ENOUGH TO FREEZE, THE
UNIT WILL BE DAMAGED. PUMP A MIXTURE OF GLYCOL/WATER
INTO THE COOLER TO PREVENT DAMAGE.
d.1.6.2
During Operation
The Cooling Loop uses a 50% mixture of deionized water and industrial grade ethylene glycol. The recommended ethylene glycol is a product of Union Carbide Company called
“Ucartherm”. See appendix for information on the product.
Equivalent ethylene glycol from another manufacturer may be
Figure d-1. Block Diagram Heat Exchanger System
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
d-1
used as long as it’s inhibitors are similar. Also, information on the properties of the product must be obtained from the manufacturer in order to calculate the transmitter power output calorimetrically. The information needed is the same information given in the back of this manual for Ucartherm.
CAUTION
DO NOT USE AUTOMOTIVE GRADE ANTI-FREEZE AS A SUBSTI-
TUTION FOR INDUSTRIAL GRADE ETHYLENE GLYCOL. IT DOES
NOT CONTAIN THE PROPER INHIBITORS FOR THIS APPLICA-
TION AND WILL LEAD TO EVENTUAL DAMAGE OF THE SYSTEM.
Coolant Part Numbers
Description
Ucartherm Cooling Fluid,
Hazardous Material, 55 Gal.
Drum Concentrate Solution
Ucartherm Cooling Fluid,
Hazardous Material, 55 Gal.
Drum 50/50 Solution
Part Numbers
Harris: 0511010001
Union PM6141
Carbide
Harris: 0511010021
Union PM6171
Carbide
Since the water used to mix with the glycol will affect the corrosivity of the mixture, the water used should be de-ionized water with chloride and sulfate concentrations less than 100 ppm of each substance.
d.2
d.2.1
Installation
Introduction
This section contains information for installing the Heat Exchanger System and performing preoperational checks.
d.2.2
Unpacking
Carefully unpack the Heat Exchanger System components and perform a visual inspection to determine that no apparent damage was incurred during shipment. Retain the shipping materials
Table d-2. Physical/Environmental Characteristics
Height
Width
Depth
Weight (No Coolant)
Mechanical: Pump Module
65.25"
36.0"
55.0"
Glycol Coolant Tank
Glycol Coolant Pressure
800 lbs
30 Gal./113 liters
70 PSIG - 105 PSIG
Environmental
0 o
C to +45 o
Ambient Temp.
Ambient Humidity Range
Altitude
* Max Temp is 45
25 o
C at 6,360 ft.
o
C
0 to 95% Relative Humidity
Sea Level to 6,500 Ft.
(2,000 Meters)
C up to 1,640 ft and derates linearly to
Mechanical: Fluid Cooler
Ambient Temp
Ambient Humidity
Altitude
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
2 Fans, 3 Fans, 4 Fans
115
3.5
o o
F @ sea level, Deviated
F/100 ft
0 - 95% Relative Humidity
Sea Level to 6,500 Ft
(2,000 Meters)
2 Fan
s
43.125"
43.19"
84.0"
685 lbs
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
3 Fans
43.125
43.19"
164.00"
886 lbs
4 Fans
3.6 Ft
3.6 Ft
11.0 Ft
1340 lbs
Table d-1. Electrical Characteristics
Power Consumption
Pump Module 10 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor
460 VAC @ 60 Hz *
380 VAC @ 50 Hz *
Fluid Cooler
2 Fan
3 Fan
4 Fan
2 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor
3 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor
4 KVA Max @ 0.8 Power Factor
* Voltage & Frequency specified at time of purchase.
d-2
until it has been determined that the unit is not damaged. The contents of the shipment should be as indicated on the packing list. If the contents are incomplete or if the unit is damaged electrically or mechanically, notify the carrier and HARRIS
CORPORATION, Broadcast Transmission Division.
d.2.3
Installation
Individual systems vary greatly dependent upon equipment type, power output and building layout. Only general installation recommendations will be presented. See Drawings 852-9211-
100 through 400 and the main portion of this technical manual for a typical installation. If a typical system layout is not utilized,
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
a consulting engineering firm should be contracted to analyze flow losses to insure the flow rates can be maintained.
d.2.4
Location
The pump module should be located in a manner which will provide access to all sides for ease of maintenance. A minimum of 36 inches clearance must be provided on all sides of the module for maintenance access.
SigmaCD
Pipes must be sized no smaller than shown on the typical plumbing layout. Their routing should minimize turns and long runs.
Typical flow losses for cooling circuit components are shown in
Table d-3. These values can be converted to feet of water column head loss by using the following formulas:
•
Head Loss (ft. H
2
O)=Flow Loss (psi) X .432
d.2.5
Installation of Externally Mounted Fluid Cooler
The system cooling coil assembly should be located outside the building on a level concrete pad and securely fastened with anchor bolts. The cooler should be oriented so that plumbing connections to the cooler minimize plumbing elbows and complex plumbing assemblies. In addition, the cooler should be oriented so access to the fans and fan motors can be accomplished. Refer to the appropriate manufacturer’s guidelines in the back of this manual.
d.2.8
Plumbing System Installation
The plumbing lines must be type “M” hard drawn copper with soft silver soldered joints (96.5% Tin, 3.5% Silver; Aladdin #450 silver solder or equivalent). An adequate amount of soft silver solder (Harris part 086-0004-038) is supplied with the plumbing kit. Good silver brazed joints are acceptable but not required. A poorly done brazed joint is much harder to repair than a soft silver solder joint.
d.2.9
Reserve Coolant Supply
A sufficient reserve supply of coolant should be kept on hand to refill the entire system in the event of a major leak.
CAUTION
THE 2 FAN FLUID COOLER’S WEIGHT IS 685 LBS. THE 4 FAN
FLUID COOLER WEIGHS 1150 LBS. ENSURE THE PROPER EQUIP-
MENT IS AVAILABLE TO SAFELY INSTALL THE UNIT. REFER TO
THE APPROPRIATE MANUFACTURER’S GUIDELINES IN THE
BACK OF THIS MANUAL.
Extreme care should be exercised during the following steps to avoid equipment damage or personnel injury.
a. Lift the unit into a horizontal position using manufacturer’s recommended lifting points.
b. Install the leg channels and brace angles.
c. Carefully place assembled unit onto concrete pad.
d. Fasten unit to the concrete pad.
d.2.10
A plan for containment and spill clean-up acceptable to local environmental regulations should be considered.
d.3
Clean-Up Plan
Operation
This section contains information pertaining to identification, location and function of the controls and indicators on the Heat
Exchanger system. Table d-4 lists controls and indicators on the
Pump Module. Figure d-2 (sheets 1, 2 and 3) show component location.
d.2.6
Ice/Sun Shield
The fluid cooler must be protected from large pieces of falling ice. A non-air restricting structure, installed well above the cooler, that breaks up large pieces of ice before they reach the cooler is needed. Often a 2x8 or 2x10 wood planks installed vertically and spaced several inches apart have been used as an effective ice shield.
If the cooler will be exposed to strong sunlight in hot weather, the efficiency of the fluid cooler may be adversely affected. In this case, a sun shield that reduces the full effect of the sun should be considered. The ice shield covering, described above, can reduce the full effect of the sun and yet allow free movement of exhaust air from the fluid cooler.
d.3.1
Controls and Indicators
Check the Phase Loss Monitor for an indication of proper phase presence (an illuminated LED indicates that all 3 phases of power are present AND in the proper phase relationship). If this LED is not illuminated, remove power from the Pump Module and swap two input phases at TB-1.
d.3.1.1
Pump Rotation
Check pumps for correct direction of rotation. The pump must operate clockwise when viewed from the motor end. The pump casing is marked with an arrow indicating correct direction of rotation.
CAUTION
PUMP MUST NOT BE OPERATED MORE THAN 5 SECONDS DRY
TO CHECK ROTATION.
d.2.7
Pipe Sizing and Routing
If a typical system layout is not used, the typical plumbing layout should still be consulted for pipe size information and connection details and techniques at the amplifier cabinets, RF Loads, pump module and outside fluid cooler. A custom plumbing installation must not unduly restrict flow rates or change the design of the cooling system. Locate the plumbing so that access to transmitter system components is not restricted.
WARNING
DISCONNECT PRIMARY POWER AT SOURCE BEFORE
INTERCHANGING WIRES.
• If rotation direction is incorrect, interchange any two of the three phase input wires at TB1-1, 2 and 3 and recheck rotation.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
d-3
Table d-3. Controls and Indicators
1
2
3
4
REF.
CONTROL/INDICATOR
FAHRENHEIT
TEMPERATURE gauge
FUNCTION
Indicates temperature of coolant to transmitter from 30 o
F (-1.1
o
C) to 220 o
F (104.4
o
C)
PRESSURE gauge Indicates pressure of coolant to transmitter from 0 to 100 PSI.
PUMP A/OFF/B switch (S1) Selects between a primary or secondary pump and removes pump power from pump A or pump B to enable maintenance to be performed.
5
6
8
STATUS INDICATORS
(green)
AC POWER PRESENT
CONTROL VOLTAGE
PRESENT
PUMP A ON
PUMP B ON
FAULT INDICATORS (RED)
Indicates A/C power present
Indicates Control voltage present
Indicates Pump A is operating
Indicates Pump B is operating
COOLANT LEVEL LOW Indicates a low level of coolant
COOLANT TANK EMPTY Indicated the coolant tank is empty
WARNING INDICATOR
(RED)
ALTERNATE PUMP MODE Indicates a remote switching of pump A/B has been done
FUSES
115V
12V
Protects wiring for 115V power supply
Protects wiring for 12V power supply
d.3.1.2
Fan Rotation
The fans on the cooling coil should blow upwards. If a fan motor is rotating in the wrong direction, reverse two of the phases at the input to the Cooling Unit.
d.3.2
Start Up Procedure
WARNING
DUE TO THE HIGH PRESSURES INVOLVED, DO NOT OPERATE
THE PUMP MODULE WITHOUT THE SIDE PANELS INSTALLED
CAUTION
UNDER NO CONDITION SHOULD THE PUMPS BE OPERATED
DRY OR WITH SUCTION LINES PARTIALLY CLOSED. PUMPS MAY
BE OPERATED ONLY BRIEFLY (LESS THAN 3 MINUTES) WITH
DISCHARGE CLOSED. IMPELLERS, SEALS AND BEARINGS WILL
BE DAMAGED IF PUMPS ARE OPERATED IMPROPERLY.
Table d-4. System Coolant Capacities
d-4
System Type
1 Tube
2 Tube
3 Tube
4 Tube
d.3.3
Glycol Cooling System
For initial cooling system flush or cleanout of an existing system, proceed to steps l. through r., using tap water.
a. Close pump B service valves on suction and discharge sides.
b. Open pump A service valves on suction and discharge sides.
c. Depending on system plumbing layout, open any valves external to the pump module so that air can vent during system fill, also any flow control valves to transmitter and load.
d. Fill the system with tap water. Pump module tank capacity is 30 gallons (113.55 liters). Capacity will vary with individual system size and layout. Refer to Table d-4 for systems capacities. Check the system and repair any leaks.
NOTE
The system cannot be filled to capacity at this time. Water must be added as pipes and equipment complete fill up at initial pump turn on. The reservoir tank is equipped with a level switch which will shut the pump off if a low water level occurs.
e. Close all flow control valves in the transmitter system.
Coolant Capacity
(gallons)
60
80
100
160
Coolant Capacity
(liters)
227.1
302.8
378.5
605.6
WARNING
ENSURE PRIMARY POWER IS OFF BEFORE JUMPER IS IN-
STALLED IN STEP f.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f. Install a jumper wire across terminals 1 to 10 of TB2 to allow pump turn on independent of transmitter. Turn on primary power.
g. Set S1 to OFF prior to applying pump power.
h. Jog the toggle switch from OFF to A to check and verify direction of rotation. If the direction is wrong see paragraph D.3.1, if correct proceed to step i.
i. Allow pump to operate for approximately 30 seconds. At this time, the pressure gauge should rise to 70 to 90 psi. If pressure does not rise, shut off pump and vent air from
SigmaCD
pump casing by removing seal flushing fitting at top of pump casing. Replace fitting after air vents.
CAUTION
PUMPS THAT ARE USED IN THE HEAT EXCHANGER WILL DE-
LIVER TO THE POINT WHERE MOTOR OVERLOAD OCCURS. IN
NO CASE SHOULD THE FLOW REQUIRED FROM A SINGLE PUMP
EXCEED 100 GPM. ON PARALLEL UNITS, FLOW MUST NOT EX-
CEED THE NUMBER OF PUMPS TIMES 100 GPM OR 100 GPM PER
PUMP.
j. When the pump operates within 70 to 90 PSI, the flow control valves to the transmitter are adjusted to the correct
Figure d-2. Pump Performance Parameters
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
d-5
flow rates. Refer to the schematic package OVERALL
TRANSMITTER COOLING FLOW DIAGRAM:
CD 50 P1
CD 100 P2
CD 150 P3
CD 200 P4
839-8201-100
839-8201-200
839-8201-300
839-8201-400 k. In a 2 pump system, open service valves (suction and discharge) to pump B, set S1 to B position and repeat steps i. and j.
l. On the rear of the pump module locate the Teel scrubbing filter. Ensure a filter cartridge has been installed. (The filter is utilized for initial system cleaning only. A flow of 12 gpm is available through the filter.) m. Locate the tank return isolation gate valve. Close the tank return valve and open the two 3/4 inch gate valves which will allow coolant system flow to be routed through the filter cartridge. After the initial flush the filter should be bypassed and the coolant return gate valve should be fully opened.
n. After the pump module and water circuit have been tested and flows are correctly adjusted per the transmitter cool-
ing section,
open all output, inlet and balance valves.
Allow water to circulate 30 minutes with the pump operating.
o. Shut off the pumps. Drain tap water from the system and clean any strainers installed in the system.
p. Repeat flushes until cooling fluid appears to be clean.
q. For systems which are excessively dirty, flush using a mixture of 4 cups of a non-sudsing detergent (such as
Cascade) in 2 gallons of water. Strain mixture into tank through a fine filter. Fill tank with hot tap water. Operate pumps for 30 minutes, drain the system and reflush with clean tap water.
r. Refill the system with a 50% glycol/water mixture. Refer to Appendix E for mixture concentrations.
WARNING
ENSURE PRIMARY POWER IS OFF BEFORE JUMPER IS RE-
MOVED IN STEP t.
s. Shut off primary power and remove jumper wire installed in step f.
t. Turn on primary power. Set pump switch (S1) to OFF. The heat exchanger system is now operational.
d.3.4
Pump Performance Parameter.
Correct operation of the pump module can be verified by reading the pump module pressure gauge and referring to Figure d-2.
Reading the gauge pressure horizontally across to the pump discharge curve and down to the flow rate axis will give the actual system flow rate. If the flow rate is grossly different than expected, the system plumbing is not performing as expected. The reason should be located and corrected.
Table d-5. Cooling System Scheduled Maintenance
CHECK
Glycol basket strainers
Clean RF Load(s) particle filter(s)
Check pump pressures
Check plumbing system and tubes for leaks
Check water and glycol reservoir levels
Check fluid cooler fan operation
FREQUENCY
30 hours 1st week; then monthly
30 hours 1st week; then semi-annually
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Monthly
RESULTS/NOTES
Note any unusual contents.
Note any unusual contents.
Approximately 90 PSI. Compare with previous readings
Repair leaks around tubes immediately.
Compare with previous reservoir levels.
Use fan test buttons. Check for unusual noises. Make sure fans are tight on motor shafts.
Check for unusual noises. Look for leakage around pump shaft.
Check pumps for excess noise and seal leaks
Check alternate pump operation
Clean dirt from fluid cooler coils;
Monthly
Monthly
Semi-annually fans
Check condition of glycol solution Annually
Check pressures; quiet operation. Check for seal leaks.
Use air conditioner cleaning solution and high pressure hose.
Lubricate glycol pump (Do not over lubricate)
Annually
Use hydrometer to check freezing point. Check clarity of the solution. Be aware of increased granular particles in filters.
Use Chevron SR1 grease (1/2 oz tube available from Burks
Pumps; order #9199)
d-6 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
SigmaCD
d.4
d.4.1
Description of Operation
Temperature Control
Temperature control of the transmitter is accomplished by pumping a water/glycol fluid from the pump(s) through the tube collector and the RF Load(s), where the fluid absorbs heat. The coolant is then directed to the External Fluid Cooler. The output temperature of the fluid after it has gone through the cooler is used as a reference temperature. If the temperature of the outlet coolant is less than 90 ture reaches 90 o o
F, no fans are running. When the tempera-
F half the fans activate. Should the outlet coolant temperature rise above 100 o
F the remaining fans will activate.
This 3 speed cooling will keep the coolant temperature in the normal operating range of 90 to 100 o
F.
Table d-6. Pump Troubleshooting
TROUBLE SYMPTOM
PRESSURE ERRATIC,
SOUNDS LIKE PUMP-
ING GRAVEL (CAVITA-
TION)
PUMP LEAKS
PUMP LOCKED - DOES
NOT TURN
PUMP SHUTS OFF
PRESSURE BELOW
SPECIFICATION
PROBABLE CAUSE
Clogged suction line
Closed discharge valve
Check valve on pump discharge stuck closed
System flow rate too high; pressure too low
System filter screens clogged
Seal broken or worn
Casing gasket broken
Bearings frozen
Foreign object lodged in impeller casing
Low coolant level
Incorrect heaters in overload protectors
Motor overloaded (Flow too high)
Blown fuse
Worn impeller or casing rings
Flow too high.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clear suction line
Open discharge valve
Replace check valve
Raise system pressure by adding fluid, adjusting system valves; check for leaks.
Clean screens.
Replace seal
Replace gasket
Replace pump, motor or bearings
Disassemble pump and remove object replace damaged parts
Add Water/glycol
Replace heaters with correct units
Reduce flow
Set flow control valves correctly
Replace impeller or casing rings.
Reduce flow
Table d-7. Fan Troubleshooting
TROUBLE SYMPTOM
EXCESSIVE VIBRATION
OR NOISE
FAN WON’T RUN
FAN WON’T RUN WHEN
COOLANT IS HOT OR
FAN SHUTS OFF TOO
SOON
PROBABLE CAUSE
Damaged fan
Loose or broken motor mount
Motor rain shield loose or damaged
Fan safety guards loose or damaged
Blown Fuse
One or more power input phases low or not present
Motor overloaded
Thermostat set wrong or is defective
Thermostat sensor monitoring air temperature rather than coolant temperature.
LOW AIR FLOW Restricted inlet. (Bottom of cooler).
Clogged coil fins
Fan loose on motor shaft
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace fan
Tighten or repair/replace
Tighten or replace
Tighten, repair or replace
Replace fuse
Check indicator on phase loss monitor. Check power line voltage. Reverse any two of 3 phase input wires.
Check for free rotation
Check thermostat
If sensor is the type that measures temperature on outside of pipe, make sure the sensor is tightly pressed against the pipe with straps and/or thermally insulated tape.
Remove restriction
Clean coils
Tighten
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
d-7
d.4.2
External Fluid Cooler
The fluid cooler is a weatherproof unit designed to be mounted outdoors. The unit is equipped with finned coils through which the hot coolant passes. The finned coils transfer heat from the hot coolant to the air. Cool air is drawn from the bottom of the cooler by fans mounted above the coils, through the coils, and is exhausted from the top of the cooler.
The fans, driven directly from the motor shafts, are cycled on as a function of the liquid temperature leaving the cooler. Temperature sensors, attached to the coil outlet header, operate thermostats that energize half of the fans when the coolant temperature reaches 90 o
F. If the ambient temperature is particularly warm, the operation of only half the available fans may be insufficient to properly cool the fluid. In this case, when the coolant temperature reaches 100 o
F, the remaining fan(s) energize providing the needed air flow. The fluid cooler supplied with the transmitter has been chosen to provide sufficient transmitter cooling under worst case ambient and heat load conditions.
Because the fans operate strictly as a function of exiting fluid temperature, during cold weather the fans may not run at all.
d.4.3
Coolant System
d.5
Maintenance
d.5.1
Preventative Maintenance
The following information is intended to provide guidelines in establishing a regular maintenance program that will minimize downtime. Preventative maintenance should be performed as shown in Table d-5.
d.6
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting is separated into pump troubleshooting (Table d-6), fan troubleshooting (Table d-7), and thermal problems
(Table d-8). Refer by symptom to the applicable table and follow the corrective action indicated.
Prior to starting a troubleshooting procedure check all switches, power cord connections, connecting cables and power fuses.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM
COOLANT OVERHEATS
Table d-8. Thermal Troubleshooting
PROBABLE CAUSE
Fluid cooler coil fins dirty
Fluid cooler fans not running
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean coils with industrial air conditioner cleaner and high pressure spray
Troubleshoot fan operation
d-8 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Harris P/N
570 0357 000
430 0246 000
472 1758 000
430 0244 000
430 0245 000
442 0137 000
442 0130 000
SigmaCD
Description
Contactor
Fan Motor
Control Transformer
Fan Blade
Fan Guard
Table d-9. IOT Fluid Cooler 60Hz - 2, 3, 4, Fan Units
2
2
2
1
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
2 K1, K2
FA1, FA2
T1
N/A
N/A
Thermostat -30 o
Thermostat +55 o
F to +90 o
F to +175
F o
F
Harris P/N
570 0356 000
430 0243 000
472 1759 000
430 0244 000
430 0245 000
442 0137 000
442 0130 000
Description
Contactor
Fan Motor
Control Transformer
Fan Blade
Fan Guard
Table d-10. IOT Fluid Cooler 50Hz - 2, 3, 4, Fan Units
2
2
2
1
QTY/UM REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS
2 K1, K2
FA1, FA2
T1
N/A
N/A
Thermostat -30 o
Thermostat +55 o
F to +90 o
F to +175
F o
F
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
d-9
d-10 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e.1
General Introduction
The power output of a transmitter can be accurately verified by calorimetric measurement of the coolant passing through a reject load. The calculation of this power can be made by using the following formula.
Q
= 146.54
×
Where
IndicatedFlowRate
×
S
.G.
√
S
F
F
F
×
C p
×∆
T
Appendix E
Calorimetric Measurement (OPTION)
across the load seem to vary, take several readings over time and average them before applying them to the formula.
The same averaging technique should be applied to reading the flow measurement if it varies during the data taking period.
The formula given alone holds true for both water calculations and for ethylene-glycol mixtures. The various correction factors have been added to compensate for both the water specific gravity changes due to temperature changes as well as the glycol mixtures.
Q
I n d i c a t e d
Flow Rate
S.G.
F
= Power in Watts
= Visually indicated flow in the flow meter in
GPM
= Specific Gravity of the coolant at the flow meter temperature
C p
= Specific heat of the coolant passing through the load
∆ T
= Temperature rise of the coolant across the load in o
F
Errors in measurement of the flow, ∆ T and S.G. can cause dramatic changes in the calculated result. Therefore, the more accurate the measurement, the more consistent the result.
To minimize these errors, run the transmitter power under evaluation into the load for an extended period to allow the system to become thermally stable. When temperature measurements
e.2
Measuring the Temperature
The steps required to perform the data gathering process will be explained in the following example. In order to perform the calculation, you must measure flow, the temperature into the load, and the temperature out of the load. Proper calorimetric setup is shown in Figure e-1. Once the data has been gathered, you will have the following formula entries.
Indicated flow - An average reading in GPM over the test period
∆ T = An average temperature rise across the reject load in o
F
T
Ave
= The average temperature of the coolant passing through the reject load in o
F (T
ave
=
AveT out
−
AveT
2
in
)
Figure e-1. Simplified Calorimetric Setup
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e-1
Temp. deg C
4
6
0
2
8
20
22
24
26
28
10
12
14
16
18
30
32
34
36
38
e.3
Specific Gravity
The next step is to determine the coolant specific gravity. This is accomplished by using the hydrometer and cylinder supplied with the installation.
Extract a sample of the coolant being used and cool it to 60 calibrated.) o
F
(Note: this is the temperature to which your hydrometer has been
Read the specific gravity as accurately as possible. With this number we can determine the concentration or per cent of glycol in the solution. Let us assume the S.G. reads 1.060 on the hydrometer scale.
Refer to Figure e-2 at the 60 o
F curve (interpolation will be required). Reading across the 1.06 S.G. line to the intersection of the 60 o
F curve (Point A) and then vertically down to the % of
UCARTHEM in the solution, shows that this particular sample is a 40% glycol mixture.
Now we are ready to fill in the formula based on our data gathered. Assume our data reads as follows:
S.G. at 60 o
F = 1.060
Ave Temp into the load = 120 o
F
Ave Temp out of the load = 180 o
F
The Ave indicated flow on the flow meter = 10 GPM
∆ T = 180 - 120 = 60 o
F
T
Ave
=
180 + 120
2
= 150
o
F
Ave
through the load
Temperature of the coolant at the flow meter = 120 o as the temperature into the load.)
F (the same
Q
= 146.54
×
IndicatedFlow o
10GPM
√
S
F
F
×
S
.G.
L
×
C p
×∆
T
We need to now find S.G.
F or specific gravity of the 40% glycol at the flow meter temperature.
Again refer to Figure e-2. From the bottom scale and 40% solution, run vertically until the fluid temperature curve you desire crosses the 40% solution line. In our case, the temperature at the flow measure is 120 left and this will be the S.G. for the fluid at the flow meter. In our case,
S.G.
F
= 1.046.
o
F (Point B). Now read across to the
Table e-1. Specific Gravity and Density of Water at Atmospheric Pressure
(Weights are in vacuo)
Specific gravity Density lb per cu ft
0.99987
0.99997
1.00000
0.99997
0.99988
62.4183
62.4246
62.4266
62.4246
62.4189
0.99973
0.99952
0.99927
0.99897
0.99862
0.99823
0.99780
0.99732
0.99681
0.99626
0.99567
0.99505
0.99440
0.99371
0.99299
62.4096
62.3969
62.3811
62.3623
62.3407
62.3164
62.2894
62.2598
62.2278
62.1934
62.1568
62.1179
62.0770
62.0341
61.9893
Temp. deg C
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
Table e-2. Specific Heat of Water at 1 Atm (I.C.T)
Specific gravity Density lb per cu ft
0.99224
0.99147
0.99066
0.98982
0.98896
61.9428
61.894
61.844
61.791
61.737
0.98807
0.98715
0.98621
0.98524
0.98425
0.98324
0.98220
0.98113
0.98005
0.97894
0.97781
0.97666
0.97548
0.97428
0.97307
61.682
61.624
61.566
61.505
61.443
61.380
61.315
61.249
61.181
61.112
61.041
60.970
60.896
60.821
60.745
e-2
Temperature in degrees F.
C p
32
1.001
50
1.002
100
1.004
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
150
1.009
212
1.021
This step is required to correct the indicated flow reading at the meter into the actual flow being measured. This is due to the flow meter being calibrated to a S.G. of 1.0.
Next, we must determine the Ave specific gravity flowing through the reject load (S.G.
L
). This is found in the same manner, except the fluid temperature is now the average temperature passing through the load, which in our case is 150 o
F.
S.G.L = 1.037 (Point C)
The next task is to determine C flowing through the load.
p or specific heat of the fluid
•
T
Ave
= 150 o
F
Since the chart is in o
C we must convert
•
• o o
C = 5/9 ( o
C = 65.55
F - 32)
From the base of the chart at 65.55
40% solution line crosses the 65.55
left to locate the value for C p
.
o
C, run vertically until the o
C line (Point A). Read to the
•
In our case it is Cp = .92
Now all the data has been gathered.
The calculation of the power dissipated in the load becomes:
Q
= 146.54
×
IndicatedFlowof
10GPM
√
S
F
F
× 1.037
× .92
× 60
Q = 81,748.651 Watts being dissipated into load with a 40% glycol solution.
NOTE
The specific heat and specific gravity of water is NOT always equal to 1.0.
Refer to Figure e-2. This chart will simplify calculations and convert the formula as shown below.
Q
= 146.54
×
IndicatedFlowRate
CorrectionFactor
×
S
.G.
F
×
C p
×∆
T
Read the specific gravity on the left and the correction factor on the bottom.
The flow meter and the thermometer wells may be positioned at a convenient eye level location for ease in reading. There is no major reason to locate them extremely close to the load connections to insure temperature accuracy. Calculation can be made to show that the temperature change in the fluid, due to thermal loss
Appendix E from bare pipes, is so small that it can be reasonably ignored.
For example, at a flow of 10GPM the temperature change due to thermal losses in bare 1 inch pipe are on the order of 1 o measurement (assuming uninsulated pipe). Reasonable location selection and insulated lines should be considered, depending upon plant layout.
F per 100 feet of pipe. The closer to the load, the more accurate the
e.4
Transmitter Operation
Assuming that materials in the cooling system are compatible and that the pumps allow for the additional heat loss due to glycol, only the change in specific heat affects transmitter operation. When cooling with solutions of ethylene glycol of approximately 50% concentration, actual flow rate should be increased
15%. This corresponds directly to the decrease in heat capacity.
e.5
Heat Transfer Solutions
e.5.1
Ethylene Glycol
Commercial Grade “Ucartherm” (Union Carbide Corporation)
Ethylene Oxide/Glycol is the recommended heat transfer fluid to be used for the liquid portion of the cooling system.
Automotive grade antifreeze is not recommended due to the silicon additives which can cause incompatibility problems with pump seals and other components within a system.
Due to a tendency of the glycol to break down over time when mixed with chlorinated water, it is recommended that deionized water or distilled water be used for the solution.
The life expectancy of a “Ucartherm” system can be as long as
10-15 years for a clean system installed and monitored per the recommended procedures.
Glycols are excellent penetrants. Systems tested with water and checked to be tight sometimes will leak when glycol solutions are then added. Recheck the system for leaks after installing the glycol mixture.
Distribution information may be obtained by contacting Union
Carbide Corporation (312-454-2162).
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e-3
e-4
Figure e-2. Correction Factor
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Appendix E
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e-5
e-6 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Appendix E
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e-7
e-8 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Appendix E
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e-9
e-10 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Appendix E
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e-11
e-12 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Appendix E
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
e-13
e-14 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Appendix F
Vendor Data
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-1
f-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-3
f-4 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-5
f-6 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-7
f-8 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-9
f-10 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-11
f-12 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-13
f-14 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-15
f-16 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-17
f-18 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
f-19
f-20 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
IOT BROADCAST BEAM SUPPLY - 736 0269 000
HARRIS P/N DESCRIPTION QTY/UM REF. SYSMBOL/EXPLANATIONS
510 0748 000 . . CAPACITOR, 30 UF, 660 VAC. . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . C1,2,3
560 0081 000 . . MOV, 575 VRMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . MOV 1,2,3
560 0099 000 . . CAP-MOV ASSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A
384 0945 000 . . TRANS-PACK, FULL WAVE BRIDGE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ADC, 90KPIV W/RC NETWORK . . 1 . . . . . . . . . 1REC
418 0039 000 . . BUSHING 18 KV CLASS 110A . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . N/A
418 0040 000 . . L.V. BUSHING, 400AAC . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . N/A
359 1041 000 . . PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A
359 0979 000 . . LIQUID LEVEL GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A
442 0104 000 . . TEMPERATURE GAUGE . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A
560 0098 000 . . SURGE ARRESTOR..6 KV. . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . MOV 4
358 2870 000 . . COVER CLAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . . . N/A
510 0755 000 . . CAPACITOR, 4UF, 40KV . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . C4,5
542 1627 000 . . .RESISTOR, 20 OHM, 225 WATTS . 2 . . . . . . . . . R1,2
540 1541 000 . . RESISTOR, 40 OHM, 75WATT . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . . R3,4
604 1164 000 . . .INTLK SW: JB COVER . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A
604 1165 000 . . INTLK SW: TAP SW COVER . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A
604 1166 000 . . INTLK SW: SHRTG STICK. . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . N/A
Appendix G
Beam Supply
888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
g-1
g-2 888-2414-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 21 Scope and Purpose
- 21 General Description
- 21 Transmitter Cabinets
- 21 Beam Supplies
- 21 Optional Dry High Voltage Supplies
- 21 Cooling
- 21 System Control Panel
- 21 Exciter
- 21 General Description
- 21 2426-001)
- 21 Amplifier Control
- 21 AGC and UHF Linearizer
- 21 Intermediate Power Amplifier
- 21 Feed Forward Assembly
- 21 EEV IOT Assembly
- 21 CPI Klystrode Assembly
- 21 IOT Crowbar Assembly
- 21 General Description
- 21 Construction
- 21 Size and Weight
- 21 Heat Load Requirements
- 22 General
- 22 Delivery And Storage
- 22 Returns And Exchanges
- 22 Unpacking
- 22 Equipment Inventory
- 22 High Voltage Power Supplies
- 22 Dry High Voltage Power Supply
- 22 Equipment Placement
- 22 Typical Station Layouts
- 22 Fan Units
- 22 Line Control Cabinets
- 22 RF System
- 22 RF System Mounting Height
- 22 Optional Patch Panel
- 22 RF System Placement
- 22 Optional Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)
- 22 Transmitter Cabinets
- 22 Placing and Joining Transmitter Cabinets
- 22 EEV IOT Uncrating and Assembly
- 22 CPI Klystrode Uncrating and Assembly
- 22 Magnet Assembly Handling and Storage
- 22 Transmitter Transmission Line Height Adjustment
- 22 Amplifier System)
- 22 Equipment Interconnections
- 22 Interconnecting Transmission Line and Wave guide
- 22 sion Line
- 22 RF Line Optimization
- 22 Plumbing System Installation
- 22 Guidelines For Installing Cooling System
- 22 Conduit And Electrical Installation
- 22 PA Cabinet Internal Assembly
- 22 Crowbar Assembly Installation
- 22 Cable and Wire Connections
- 22 Rear Cabinet Control Connectors
- 22 nation
- 22 CPI IOT High Voltage Umbilical Interconnect
- 22 Signal Interconnects
- 22 Single IPA Install
- 22 Dual IPA Install
- 22 CD Checkout Procedures
- 22 Automatic Voltage Regulator Checkout
- 22 Control Checkout
- 22 RF System/Mode Controller Checkout
- 22 Line Control Cabinet Checkout
- 22 Indicator LEDs
- 22 Check Interlocks
- 22 System Checkout
- 22 Setup TX Output Feeder Probes
- 22 Amplifier Cubicle PCB links
- 22 Functional Checks
- 22 3 Phase supply Present
- 22 Cabinet Temperature
- 22 Collector Over-temperature
- 22 Collector Current Calibration/Overload
- 22 Body Current Calibration/Overload
- 22 Cavity Air Checkout
- 22 Collector Cooling
- 22 EEV and CPI Minimum Coolant Flow Rates
- 22 External Interlocks
- 22 Motor Overload
- 22 Ion Current (Calibration/Overload)
- 22 Bias Current (Calibration/Overload)
- 22 IPA Power Supply Set-up And Balance
- 22 Filament Check
- 22 Ion Pump Current Check
- 22 Focus Current Adjustment
- 22 Cavity Arc
- 22 3 or 4 Shot Overloads
- 22 HV Step Start. (2nd step fail)
- 22 Crowbar Filament Voltage Check
- 22 Pretuning IOT
- 22 Crowbar Protection Check
- 22 First HV Application
- 22 Tube Tuning
- 23 Introduction
- 23 Routine Operating Procedures
- 23 Daily Turn On
- 23 Single-Button Daily Turn-On
- 23 Daily Turn Off
- 23 Black Heat or Background Heat
- 23 System Control Panel
- 23 Metering
- 77 Operational Mode and Power Control
- 77 NORMAL Indicators
- 77 Mode Control Panel
- 77 Exciter Switcher
- 77 Amplifier Control Panel
- 77 Metering
- 77 Amplifier Control
- 77 Amplifier NORMAL Status
- 77 Amplifier FAULT Status
- 77 Lockout Reset & Indicator Reset
- 77 PA Tube and Driver Metering
- 77 Linearizer Meter Panel
- 77 Isolated Meter Panel
- 77 Line Control Cabinet
- 77 BEAM SUPPLY BREAKER RESET
- 77 Cooling System
- 77 Flow Guages
- 77 Pump Module
- 78 Control Cabinet
- 78 System Control PCB
- 78 Power Supplies
- 78 Remote Controls
- 78 Local Controls
- 78 Control Actions
- 78 Status Readback
- 78 Meter Selection
- 78 Amp Status
- 78 Power Control
- 78 Digital Pot
- 78 System Interface Panel
- 78 Amplifier Interface
- 78 Exciter/External Inputs
- 78 Forward, VSWR, and Reject Power metering
- 78 Mode Controller General Description
- 78 Mode Controller Detailed Circuit Description
- 78 Mode Controller Power Supply
- 78 Control Actions
- 78 Drive and Tally Select
- 78 Control Outputs
- 78 Status I/P Matrix
- 78 Line Stretch Switch
- 78 Multiplex Mode Decode
- 78 Set O/P Switch
- 78 Exciter Switcher Assembly
- 78 Amplifier Control
- 78 FAULT Indications
- 78 Fault protection
- 78 Power metering
- 78 Remote control and monitoring
- 78 Line Control Cabinet
- 78 Remote Shunt Trip Reset P.C.B
- 78 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
- 78 Unitized High Voltage Beam Power Supply
- 78 HV Contactor Assembly
- 78 Control Circuitry
- 78 HV Rectifier Assembly
- 78 Assembly
- 78 Power Distribution
- 78 Contactor Driver PCB
- 78 IOT Power Supplies
- 78 Focus PSU
- 78 Focus Current Overload PCB
- 78 Theory of Operation: Isolated Supplies PCB
- 78 Heater Supply
- 78 Heater Proving Circuit
- 78 Ion Pump Supply
- 78 Ion Voltage Sensing
- 78 Ion Current Sensing
- 78 Grid Bias Supply
- 78 Bias Volts Proving Circuit
- 78 Bias Current Sensing
- 78 Crowbar General Description
- 78 Crowbar Construction
- 78 Crowbar Detailed Circuit Description
- 78 Floating Deck Unit
- 78 FDU/Thyratron Interface PCB
- 78 IOT LOGIC Circuit description
- 78 Digital and Analog Interface PCB
- 78 Power Supply Monitoring
- 78 Power Metering
- 78 Forward Power and IPA power metering
- 78 Reflected Power Metering
- 78 IPA Power Normal
- 78 Crowbar Control
- 78 Status Inputs
- 78 Open Collector Outputs
- 78 Digital and Analog Interface PCB
- 78 LEDs (Description)
- 78 Link Settings
- 78 Adjustments
- 78 Logic and Control PCB
- 78 Remote Controls
- 78 System Controls
- 78 Control Actions
- 78 Oscillator
- 78 Collector Cooling timer
- 78 Cavity Cooling Timer
- 78 120 Second Delay
- 78 B-Heat Timer
- 78 Standby Timer
- 78 Fault counter
- 78 Contactor Drivers
- 78 Led Drivers
- 78 Power Control
- 78 Power Selector
- 78 IOT logic link positions
- 78 Circuit Description
- 78 Theory Of Operation: Feed Forward Correction
- 78 Error Signal Path
- 101 General Transmitter Maintenance Information
- 101 Recommended Test Equipment
- 101 Equipment Cleaning
- 101 Scheduled Maintenance
- 101 Weekly Maintenance
- 101 Cooling System
- 101 Electrical Performance
- 101 Monthly Maintenance
- 101 Electrical Performance
- 101 Transmitter Room
- 101 Biannual Maintenance
- 101 Heat Exchanger
- 101 IOT Inspection
- 101 Interior Transmitter Cleaning
- 101 Electrical Performance
- 101 Beam Power Supply
- 101 Annual Maintenance
- 101 IOT/Thyratron Ceramic Cleaning
- 101 Cavity Inspection
- 101 Beam Supply
- 101 Glycol System
- 101 Fiberglass Insulators (G-10)
- 101 Water Flow Rate Calibration
- 101 IPA and Cavity Air Flow
- 101 Thyratron Removal and Replacement
- 101 Thyratron Tube Installation
- 101 IOT Removal/Replacement
- 101 Transmission Line Breakaway
- 101 erating
- 101 NOT Operating
- 101 Tube Removal
- 101 IOT Replacement
- 101 IOT Tuning
- 101 RF Linearizer Initial Setup
- 101 DTV Power Metering
- 101 Output VSWR foldback
- 101 DTV Feed Forward Setup
- 101 Power Calibration
- 101 Precision Directional Coupler Method Calculations
- 101 Testing and Adjustments
- 101 AC Control Voltage
- 101 Voltage Measuring
- 101 BK Heater Voltage Adjustment
- 101 Heater Voltage Adjustment
- 101 Magnet Current Adjustment
- 101 Heater Time Delay Adjustment
- 101 Focus Current Interlock Adjustments
- 101 Adjustments
- 101 justments
- 101 Bias current overload
- 101 ION Pump Current Overload
- 101 VSWR Overload
- 101 ARC Overload
- 101 Cabinet Overtemp
- 101 HV second step fail
- 101 Collector Over Temperature
- 101 Crowbar Fired
- 101 Motor O/L
- 101 in or coming out of extended storage
- 101 IOT Beam Current Adj
- 101 Heat Exchanger Adjustments
- 102 Introduction
- 102 Technical Assistance
- 102 Safety Precautions to Observe While Troubleshooting
- 102 Cabinet Views
- 102 Component Designators